2018 Cx5

User Manual: 2018-cx5

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 628 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is
necessary, that's the place to go.
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best
possible service.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda Motor Corporation
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove compartment as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda.
Should you resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal
at Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obliga-
tion.
Air Conditioner and the Environment
Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the earth's
ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Perchlorate
Certain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries,…] may
contain Perchlorate Material-- Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
©2017 Mazda Motor Corporation
Oct. 2017 (Print1)
A Word to Mazda Owners
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
We want to help you get the most driving
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's
manual, when read from cover to cover,
can do that in many ways.
Illustrations complement the words of the
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can
find out about the features, important
safety information, and driving under
various road conditions.
The symbol below in this manual means
“Do not do this” or “Do not let this
happen”.
Index: A good place to start is the Index,
an alphabetical listing of all information in
your manual.
You'll find several WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in which
serious injury or death could result if the
warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in which
bodily injury or damage to your vehicle, or
both, could result if the caution is ignored.
NOTE
A NOTE provides information and
sometimes suggests how to make better
use of your vehicle.
The following symbol, located on some
parts of the vehicle, indicates that this
manual contains information related to the
part.
Please refer to the manual for a detailed
explanation.
How to Use This Manual
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Table of Contents
Pictorial Index
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
1
Essential Safety Equipment
Important information about safety equipment, including seats, seat belt
system, child-restraint systems and SRS air bags.
2
Before Driving
Use of various features, including keys, doors, mirrors and windows.
3
When Driving
Information concerning safe driving and stopping.
4
Interior Features
Use of various features for ride comfort, including air-conditioning and
audio system.
5
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
6
If Trouble Arises
Helpful information on what to do if a problem arises with the vehicle.
7
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on
equipment.
8
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
9
Index
10
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
1Pictorial Index
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Interior Overview..............................1-2
Interior Equipment (View A)........1-2
Interior Equipment (View B)........1-3
Interior Equipment (View C)........1-4
Interior Equipment (View D)........1-5
Interior Equipment (View E)........1-6
Exterior Overview.............................1-7
Front............................................. 1-7
Rear...............................................1-8
1-1
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Interior Equipment (View A)
①Lighting control.....................................................................................................page 4-46
②Turn and lane-change signal..................................................................................page 4-52
③Audio control switches..........................................................................................page 5-15
④INFO switch.................................................................................................page 4-17, 4-19
⑤Cruise control switches............................................................................ page 4-115, 4-157
⑥Wiper and washer lever.........................................................................................page 4-53
⑦TCS OFF Switch...................................................................................................page 4-77
⑧Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) OFF
switch..................................................................................................................page 4-132
⑨Power liftgate switch.............................................................................................page 3-22
⑩Headlight leveling switch......................................................................................page 4-50
⑪Outside mirror switch............................................................................................page 3-34
⑫Door-lock switch................................................................................................... page 3-15
⑬Power window switches........................................................................................page 3-37
⑭Power window lock switch................................................................................... page 3-37
⑮Door-lock knob..................................................................................................... page 3-18
Pictorial Index
Interior Overview
1-2 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Interior Equipment (View B)
①Active driving display........................................................................................... page 4-27
②Instrument cluster..................................................................................................page 4-11
③Dashboard illumination knob................................................................................page 4-15
④Seat warmer switches..............................................................................................page 2-6
⑤Heated steering wheel switch................................................................................page 3-33
⑥Hazard warning flasher switch..............................................................................page 4-59
⑦Rear window defogger switch...............................................................................page 4-57
⑧Audio........................................................................................................... page 5-20, 5-65
⑨Glove compartment............................................................................................ page 5-135
⑩Climate control system............................................................................................page 5-4
⑪Accessory socket................................................................................................ page 5-131
⑫Push button start......................................................................................................page 4-4
⑬Horn.......................................................................................................................page 4-59
⑭Lock release lever................................................................................................. page 3-33
⑮Hood release handle.............................................................................................. page 6-14
⑯Remote fuel-filler lid release.................................................................................page 3-31
Pictorial Index
Interior Overview
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
1-3
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Interior Equipment (View C)
①Head restraint........................................................................................................ page 2-16
②Seat belt.................................................................................................................page 2-18
③Bottle holder....................................................................................................... page 5-134
④Overhead lights...................................................................................................page 5-129
⑤Overhead console............................................................................................... page 5-135
⑥Moonroof switch................................................................................................... page 3-40
⑦Vanity mirror...................................................................................................... page 5-128
⑧Sunvisor.............................................................................................................. page 5-128
⑨Rearview mirror.................................................................................................... page 3-35
⑩Vent......................................................................................................................... page 5-5
⑪Selector lever.........................................................................................................page 4-37
⑫Drive selection switch........................................................................................... page 4-82
⑬Commander switch................................................................................................page 5-65
⑭Electric parking brake (EPB) switch.....................................................................page 4-65
⑮AUTOHOLD switch............................................................................................. page 4-71
⑯Cup holder.......................................................................................................... page 5-133
⑰Front seat.................................................................................................................page 2-5
Pictorial Index
Interior Overview
1-4 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Interior Equipment (View D)
①Seat belt.................................................................................................................page 2-18
②Lever.............................................................................................................. page 2-9, 2-13
③Head restraint........................................................................................................ page 2-16
④USB power outlet...............................................................................................page 5-132
⑤Child safety locks..................................................................................................page 3-19
⑥Armrest box........................................................................................................page 5-136
⑦Seat warmer switches............................................................................................page 2-14
⑧Cup holder.......................................................................................................... page 5-133
⑨Rear coat hook....................................................................................................page 5-139
⑩Rear map lights.................................................................................................. page 5-129
⑪Door-lock knob..................................................................................................... page 3-18
⑫Center console.................................................................................................... page 5-135
⑬External input terminal..........................................................................................page 5-16
⑭Accessory socket................................................................................................ page 5-131
⑮Power window switch........................................................................................... page 3-37
⑯Bottle holder....................................................................................................... page 5-134
⑰Armrest..................................................................................................................page 2-15
⑱Rear seat.................................................................................................................. page 2-9
⑲LATCH lower anchors.......................................................................................... page 2-40
Pictorial Index
Interior Overview
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
1-5
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Interior Equipment (View E)
①Remote handles....................................................................................................... page 2-9
②Anchor brackets.................................................................................................... page 2-32
③Accessory socket................................................................................................ page 5-131
④Cargo Securing Loops........................................................................................ page 5-137
Pictorial Index
Interior Overview
1-6 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Front
①Windshield wiper blades....................................................................................... page 6-22
②Moonroof...............................................................................................................page 3-40
③Window................................................................................................................. page 3-37
④Fuel-filler lid......................................................................................................... page 3-31
⑤Request switch ..................................................................................................... page 3-13
⑥Door.......................................................................................................................page 3-11
Pictorial Index
Exterior Overview
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
1-7
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Rear
①Rear window wiper blade......................................................................................page 6-25
②Liftgate.................................................................................................................. page 3-20
③Outside mirror....................................................................................................... page 3-34
④Request switch ..................................................................................................... page 3-13
⑤Electric liftgate opener.......................................................................................... page 3-21
Pictorial Index
Exterior Overview
1-8 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
2Essential Safety Equipment
Important information about safety equipment, including seats, seat
belt system, child-restraint systems and SRS air bags.
Seats.................................................... 2-2
Seat Precautions............................2-2
Front Seat......................................2-5
Rear Seat.......................................2-9
Head Restraints...........................2-16
Seat Belt Systems.............................2-18
Seat Belt Precautions..................2-18
Seat Belt......................................2-21
Seat Belt Warning Systems.........2-22
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and
Load Limiting Systems...............2-22
Seat Belt Extender...................... 2-24
Child Restraint................................ 2-26
Child-Restraint Precautions........2-26
Child-Restraint System
Installation.................................. 2-31
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems.......................................2-32
SRS Air Bags....................................2-44
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) Precautions.......................2-44
Supplemental Restraint System
Components................................2-51
How the SRS Air Bags Work..... 2-52
SRS Air Bag Deployment
Criteria........................................2-55
Limitations to SRS Air Bag........2-56
Front Passenger Occupant
Classification System................. 2-58
Constant Monitoring...................2-62
2-1
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Seat Precautions
WARNING
Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that are not securely locked are dangerous. In a sudden stop
or collision, the seat or seatback could move, causing injury. Make sure the adjustable
components of the seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and
backward and rocking the seatback.
Never allow children to adjust a seat:
Allowing children to adjust a seat is dangerous as it could result in serious injury if a child's
hands or feet become caught in the seat.
Do not drive with the seatback unlocked:
All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle. Leaving the
seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around
and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision, resulting in severe injury. After
adjusting the seatback at any time, even when there are no other passengers, rock the
seatback to make sure it is locked in place.
Adjust the driver's seat only when the vehicle is stopped:
Adjusting the driver's seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous. The driver could lose
control of the vehicle and have an accident.
Do not modify or replace the front seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts
is dangerous. The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental
restraint system. Such modications could damage the supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or
reinstall the front seats.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats, such as seat cushions torn or damaged down to the
urethane, is dangerous. A collision, even one not strong enough to inate the air bags, could
damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components. If there was a
subsequent collision, an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries. Always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats, front seat belt pretensioners and air bags
after a collision.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-2
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Do not drive with either front seats reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get
the full protection from seat belts. During sudden braking or a collision, you can slide under
the lap belt and suer serious internal injuries. For maximum protection, sit well back and
upright.
Do not place an object such as a cushion between the seatback and your back:
Putting an object such as a cushion between the seatback and your back is dangerous
because you will be unable to maintain a safe driving posture and the seat belt cannot
function at its full capacity in a collision, which could result in a serious accident, injury or
death.
Do not place objects under the seat:
The object could get stuck and cause the seat to not be xed securely, and result in an
accident.
Do not stack cargo higher than the seatbacks:
Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatbacks is dangerous. During sudden
braking or a collision, objects can y around and become projectiles that may hit and injure
passengers.
Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden
braking or a collision and cause injury.
Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving:
Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous. Allowing a child to sit up on
the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous. In a sudden stop or
even a minor collision, a child not in a proper seat or child-restraint system and seat belt could
be thrown forward, back or even out of the vehicle resulting in serious injuries or death. The
child in the baggage area could be thrown into other occupants and cause serious injury.
CAUTION
When operating a seat, be careful not to put your hands or ngers near the moving parts of
the seat or on the side trim to prevent injury.
When moving the seats, make sure there is no cargo in the surrounding area. If the cargo
gets caught it could damage the cargo.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-3
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
(Manual Seat)
When moving the seats forward and rearward or returning a rear-reclined seatback to its
upright position, make sure you hold onto the seatback with your hand while operating. If
the seatback is not held, the seat will move suddenly and could cause injury.
NOTE
•
When returning a rear seat to its original position, place the seat belt in its normal
position. Verify that the seat belt pulls out and retracts.
•
(Power Seat)
The seat-bottom power adjustment is operated by motors. Avoid extended operation
because excessive use can damage the motors.
•
To prevent the battery from running down, avoid using the power adjustment when the
engine is stopped. The adjuster uses a large amount of electrical power.
•
Do not use the switch to make more than one adjustment at a time.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-4
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Front Seat
▼Seat Operation
Power operation
Seat Slide
(Manual Seat)
To move a seat forward or backward, raise the lever and slide the seat to the desired position
and release the lever.
Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and backward.
(Power Seat)
To slide the seat, move the slide lifter switch on the outside of the seat to the front or back
and hold it. Release the switch at the desired position.
Height Adjustment*
(Manual Seat)
To adjust the seat height, move the lever up or down.
(Power Seat)
To adjust the seat height, move the switch up or down.
Height Adjustment for Front Edge of Seat Bottom (Driver's Power Seat)*
To adjust the front height of the seat bottom, raise or lower the front of the slide lifter
switch.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
*Some models.
2-5
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Seat Recline
(Manual Seat)
To change the seatback angle, lean forward slightly while raising the lever. Then lean back
to the desired position and release the lever.
Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and backward.
(Power Seat)
To change the seatback angle, press the front or rear side of the reclining switch. Release the
switch at the desired position.
Lumbar Support Adjustment (Driver's Seat)*
(Manual Seat)
To increase the seat firmness, move the lever downward. Move the lever upward to decrease
firmness.
(Power Seat)
To increase the seat firmness, press and hold the front part of the switch to the desired
position, then release it.
Press the rear part of the switch to decrease firmness.
▼Seat Warmer
*
The front seats are electrically heated. The
ignition must be switched ON.
Press the seat warmer switch while the
ignition is switched ON to operate the seat
warmer. The indicator lights turn on to
indicate that the seat warmer is operating.
The mode changes as follows each time
the seat warmer switch is pressed.
OFF
High
Mid
Low
WARNING
Be careful when using the seat warmer:
The heat from the seat warmer may be too
hot for some people, as indicated as
follows, and could cause a
low-temperature burn.
Infants, small children, elderly people,
and physically challenged people
People with delicate skin
People who are excessively fatigued
People who are intoxicated
People who have taken sleep-inducing
medicine such as sleeping pills or cold
medicine
Do not use the seat warmer with anything
having high moisture-retention ability such
as a blanket or cushion on the seat:
The seat may be heated excessively and
cause a low-temperature burn.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-6 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Do not use the seat warmer even when
taking a short nap in the vehicle:
The seat may be heated excessively and
cause a low-temperature burn.
Do not place heavy objects with sharp
projections on the seat, or insert needles or
pins into it:
This could cause the seat to become
excessively heated and result in injury from
a minor burn.
CAUTION
Do not use organic solvents to clean the
seat. It may damage the seat surface and
the heater.
NOTE
•
If the ignition is switched off while the
seat warmer is operating (High, Mid or
Low) and then switched ON again, the
seat warmer will automatically operate
at the temperature set before switching
off the ignition. In addition, the seat
warmer operation stops automatically
after the seat warmers have operated for
about 90 minutes.
•
Use the seat warmer when the engine is
running. Leaving the seat warmer on for
long periods with the engine not running
could cause the battery power to be
depleted.
▼Driving Position Memory
*
The desired driving position can be called
up after programming the position.
The following driving positions can be
programmed.
•Driver’s seat position (seat slide, height
adjustment, front edge of seat bottom,
seat recline)
Refer to Seat Operation on page 2-5.
•Active driving display (display position,
brightness level, display information)
Refer to Active Driving Display on page
4-27.
CAUTION
Do not place ngers or hands around the
bottom of the seat while the seat memory
function is operating. The seat moves
automatically while the seat memory
function is operating and ngers or hands
could get pinched and injured.
SET button
1
2
A driving position can be programmed or
operated using the buttons on the side of
the seat or the key.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
*Some models.
2-7
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
Lumbar support adjustment cannot be
programmed.
•
A driving position can be programmed
to the buttons on the side of the seat and
the key in use for driving the vehicle.
•
If the vehicle has been serviced and the
battery cables disconnected, the
programmed seat positions will have
been erased. Re-program the seat
positions.
Programming
1. Make sure the parking brake is on.
2. Make sure the selector lever is in the P
position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Adjust the seat and the active driving
display to the desired driving position.
5. Press the SET button on the seat until a
beep sound is heard one time.
6. Perform one of the following settings
within 5 seconds of completing step 5
above:
•Programming using a button on
the side of the seat
Press the button you want to
program, either button 1 or 2, until a
beep sound is heard one time.
•Programming using the key
Press the key button until a beep
sound is heard one time.
NOTE
If a beep sound is heard three times, the
operation is canceled.
To move the driving position to a
programmed position
(Using a button on the side of the seat)
1. Make sure the parking brake is on.
2. Make sure the selector lever is in the P
position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Press the programming button for the
driving position you want to call up
(button 1 or 2).
5. A beep sound is heard when the
driving position adjustment is
completed.
NOTE
•
If the driving position movement is not
changed, only the beep sounds.
•
A seat position can be called up even
with the engine not running.
•
The driving position adjustment is
canceled in the following cases:
•
Any of the seat adjustment switches is
operated.
•
The SET button is pressed.
•
Programming button 1 or 2 is pressed.
•
The key button or button is
operated.
•
The vehicle starts moving.
•
The active driving display is adjusted.
(Using a programmed key)
1. Unlock the doors by pressing a request
switch or the key button.
2. After unlocking the doors, the seat
position adjustment begins within 40
seconds of opening the driver's door,
and a beep sounds when the operation
is finished.
3. Make sure the parking brake is on.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-8
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
4. Make sure the selector lever is in the P
position.
5. Start the engine.
6. The active driving display adjustment
begins.
NOTE
•
If there is no driving position movement,
a beep is not heard.
•
The driving position adjustment is
canceled in the following cases:
•
Any of the seat adjustment switches is
operated.
•
The SET button is pressed.
•
Programming button 1 or 2 is pressed.
•
The key button or button is
operated.
•
The vehicle starts moving.
•
The active driving display is adjusted.
Erasing programmed driving positions
(Erasing the driving positions
programmed to the key)
1. Switch the ignition OFF.
2. Press the SET button on the side of the
seat until a beep sound is heard one
time.
3. After the beep sounds, press the key
button within 5 seconds until a beep
sound is heard one time.
NOTE
If a beep sound is heard three times, the
operation is canceled.
Rear Seat
▼Split Folding
By lowering the rear seatbacks the luggage
compartment space can be expanded.
WARNING
Tightly secure cargo in the luggage
compartment when it is transported with
the seatbacks folded down:
Driving without tightly securing cargo and
luggage is dangerous as it could move and
become an obstruction to driving during
emergency braking or a collision resulting
in an unexpected accident.
CAUTION
If the seatback is not supported by your
hand, it will move suddenly and could
cause injury.
Folding both seatbacks down
CAUTION
Check the position of a front seat before
folding a rear seatback. Depending on the
position of a front seat, it may not be
possible to fold a rear seatback all the way
down because it may hit the seatback of
the front seat which could scratch or
damage the front seat or its pocket. Lower
or remove the head restraint on the rear
outboard seat if necessary.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-9
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
When you fold down the left seatback, the
center seatback folds down at the same
time.
Using remote handle*
1. (With rear seat warmer)
Turn the rear seat warmer switch off.
Refer to Seat Warmer on page 2-14.
2. After checking that the rear seats are
clear, open the liftgate and lower the
seatback you want to fold down using
the remote handle.
When folding the left side, operate the
outer part of the remote handle.
WARNING
Always remove the child-restraint system
from the rear seat before operating the
remote handle for the rear seat:
Operating the remote handle while a
rear-facing child-restraint system is in the
rear seat is dangerous. It could cause injury
to a child seated in the child-restraint
system when the seatback suddenly ips
forward.
Make sure there is nobody in the rear seat
area before operating (pulling) the remote
handle:
Not checking the rear seat area for persons
before folding the seatbacks with the strap/
remote handle is dangerous. The rear seat
area is dicult to see from the rear of the
vehicle. Operating (pulling) the remote
handle without checking could cause injury
to a person when a seatback suddenly ips
forward.
CAUTION
Before folding the seatbacks down with
the remote handle, make sure there is no
cup in a rear cup holder. Folding the
seatbacks with the remote handle while
a cup is in the cup holder could soil or
damage the seat bottom and seatback.
Be careful of the following when using
the remote handle:
On a downward slope, the seatback
could ip forward faster than on a at
surface.
On an upward slope, the seatback may
not fold down. When the seatbacks
cannot be folded down with the
remote handle, pull the rear seatback
forward from inside the vehicle.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-10 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
(Folding the left seatback)
Be careful when operating the remote
handle with the center seatback folded
down. If a person sitting in the right rear
seat places a hand on the center
seatback, it could be pinched by a
seatback or seat component causing
injury.
Using the lever
1. (With rear seat warmer)
Turn the rear seat warmer switch off.
Refer to Seat Warmer on page 2-14.
2. Pull the lever and fold the seatback
forward.
Folding only center seatback
Using remote handle*
1. (With rear seat warmer)
Turn the rear seat warmer switch off.
Refer to Seat Warmer on page 2-14.
2. If the center head restraint is in the
position for use, store it.
3. After checking that the center seat is
clear, open the liftgate and pull the
inside remote handle on the left side of
the liftgate compartment.
WARNING
Always remove the child-restraint system
from the rear seat before operating the
remote handle for the rear seat:
Operating the remote handle while a
rear-facing child-restraint system is in the
rear seat is dangerous. It could cause injury
to a child seated in the child-restraint
system when the seatback suddenly ips
forward.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
*Some models.
2-11
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Make sure there is nobody in the rear seat
area before operating (pulling) the remote
handle:
Not checking the rear seat area for persons
before folding the seatbacks with the strap/
remote handle is dangerous. The rear seat
area is dicult to see from the rear of the
vehicle. Operating (pulling) the remote
handle without checking could cause injury
to a person when a seatback suddenly ips
forward.
CAUTION
Before folding the seatbacks down with
the remote handle, make sure there is no
cup in a rear cup holder. Folding the
seatbacks with the remote handle while
a cup is in the cup holder could soil or
damage the seat bottom and seatback.
Be careful of the following when using
the remote handle:
On a downward slope, the seatback
could ip forward faster than on a at
surface.
On an upward slope, the seatback may
not fold down. When the seatbacks
cannot be folded down with the
remote handle, pull the rear seatback
forward from inside the vehicle.
Using strap
1. (With rear seat warmer)
Turn the rear seat warmer switch off.
Refer to Seat Warmer on page 2-14.
2. If the center head restraint is in the
position for use, store it.
3. Pull the strap on the back of the
seatback to fold the seatback forward.
To return the seatbacks to the upright
position
WARNING
Always make sure the seat belts are fully
pulled out from under the seatbacks:
A seat belt caught under a seatback after
the seatback is returned to its upright
position is dangerous. In a collision or
sudden stop, the seat belt cannot provide
adequate protection.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-12
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
When returning the seatback to its upright
position, make sure that it is rmly locked
and the red indication is not visible:
If the red indication is visible, the seatback
is not locked. If the vehicle is driven without
the seatback locked, it could fold down
suddenly and cause an accident.
Locked
position
Unlocked
position
Red indicator
1. Make sure that the seat belt passes
through the seat belt guide.
Seat belt guide
2. Press the seatback rearward and lock it
in place. After returning the seatback
to its upright position, make sure it is
securely locked.
▼Rear Seat Recline
WARNING
After adjusting the seatback, make sure
that it is rmly locked and the red
indication is not visible by attempting to
lightly move the seatback forward and
back:
If the red indication is visible, the seatback
is not locked. If the vehicle is driven with the
seatback unlocked, it may move
unexpectedly and the seating posture of
the occupant becomes unstable, resulting
in an accident.
Locked
position
Unlocked
position
Red indicator
CAUTION
When adjusting the seatback, always
support the seatback with your hand. If the
seatback is not supported by your hand, it
will move suddenly and could cause injury.
NOTE
When you adjust the left seatback, the
center seatback moves at the same time.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-13
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
The left and right seatbacks of the rear seat
can be adjusted separately.
Recline the seatback with the lever pulled
up.
▼Seat Warmer
*
The rear seats are electrically heated. The
ignition must be switched ON.
Press the seat warmer switch while the
ignition is switched ON to operate the seat
warmer. The indicator lights turn on to
indicate that the seat warmer is operating.
The mode changes as follows each time
the seat warmer switch is pressed.
When using the seat warmer, fold the
armrest forward.
Refer to Armrest on page 2-15.
OFF
High
Mid
Low
WARNING
Be careful when using the seat warmer:
The heat from the seat warmer may be too
hot for some people, as indicated as
follows, and could cause a
low-temperature burn.
Infants, small children, elderly people,
and physically challenged people
People with delicate skin
People who are excessively fatigued
People who are intoxicated
People who have taken sleep-inducing
medicine such as sleeping pills or cold
medicine
Do not use the seat warmer with anything
having high moisture-retention ability such
as a blanket or cushion on the seat:
The seat may be heated excessively and
cause a low-temperature burn.
Do not use the seat warmer even when
taking a short nap in the vehicle:
The seat may be heated excessively and
cause a low-temperature burn.
Do not place heavy objects with sharp
projections on the seat, or insert needles or
pins into it:
This could cause the seat to become
excessively heated and result in injury from
a minor burn.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-14 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CAUTION
Before folding a rear seatback, make sure
that the rear seat warmer switch is o. If
a rear seatback is folded while the rear
seat warmer is in operation, it may heat
the seat excessively and damage the seat
surface.
Do not use organic solvents to clean the
seat. It may damage the seat surface and
the heater.
NOTE
•
Use the seat warmer when the engine is
running. Leaving the seat warmer on for
long periods with the engine not running
could cause the battery power to be
depleted.
•
When the engine is stopped while the
seat warmers are operating and then the
ignition is switched ON, the seat
warmers will not turn back on
automatically. In addition, the seat
warmer operation stops automatically
after the seat warmers have operated for
about 90 minutes.
To turn the seat warmer back on, press
the switch.
▼Armrest
*
The rear armrest in the center of the rear
seatback can be used (no occupant in the
center seat) or placed upright.
WARNING
Never put your hands andngers around
the moving parts of the seat and armrest:
Putting your hands and ngers around the
moving parts of the seat and armrest is
dangerous as they could get injured.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
*Some models.
2-15
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head
restraints on all outboard seats and the rear
center seat. The head restraints are
intended to help protect you and the
passengers from neck injury.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
installed when seats are being used and
make sure they are properly adjusted. In
addition, always raise the head restraints
on all rear seat when they are being used:
Driving with the head restraints adjusted
too low or removed is dangerous. With no
support behind your head, your neck could
be seriously injured in a collision.
▼Height Adjustment
Adjust the head restraint so that the center
is even with the top of the passenger's
ears.
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the
stop-catch release, then push the head
restraint down.
Front outboard seat
Rear outboard seat
Rear center seat
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-16
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Removal/Installation
To remove the head restraint, pull it up
while pressing the stop-catch.
To install the head restraint, insert the legs
into the holes while pressing the
stop-catch.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
installed when seats are being used and
make sure they are properly installed:
Driving with the head restraints not
installed is dangerous. With no support
behind your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
After installing a head restraint, try lifting it
to make sure that it does not pull out:
Driving with an unsecured head restraint is
dangerous as the eectiveness of the head
restraint will be compromised which could
cause it to unexpectedly detach from the
seat.
CAUTION
When installing a head restraint, make
sure that it is installed correctly with the
front of the head restraint facing
forward. If the head restraint is installed
incorrectly, it could detach from the seat
during a collision and result in injury.
The head restraints on each of the front
and rear seats are specialized to each
seat. Do not switch around the head
restraint positions. If a head restraint is
not installed to its correct seat position,
the eectiveness of the head restraint
during a collision will be compromised
which could cause injury.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-17
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Seat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.
All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the way when
not in use.
The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only an
emergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during a
collision.
However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two
modes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.
While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front
passenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make
sure any child-restraint system is secured properly.
WARNING
Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not wearing
seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out of the vehicle.
They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same collision, occupants wearing seat
belts would be much safer.
Do not wear twisted seat belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is not available to
absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt, which could cause
serious injury or death. So, if your seat belt is twisted, you must straighten the seat belt to
remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt to be used.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used in this
way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed
together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more than one person at a
time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained.
Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt webbing of the
seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a collision. Have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident before
they are used again.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-18
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been
expended:
Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the seat belt pretensioners
and air bags after any collision. Like the air bags, the seat belt pretensioners and load limiters
will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy. A
seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt
at all; however, if the seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced, the risk of
injury in a collision will increase.
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous. Always make sure
the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck,
but never under your arm, on your neck, or on your upper arm.
Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous. In a collision, this would
concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area, causing serious injury. Wear the
lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is signicantly more likely to die than a person wearing
a seat belt.
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become dicult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep them clean.
For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to "Seat Belt Maintenance" (page 6-54).
Ring
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-19
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Pregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions
Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific
recommendations.
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the
stomach area.
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your doctor
for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.
▼Emergency Locking Mode
When the seat belt is fastened, it will always be in the emergency locking mode.
In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the
retractor will lock in position during a collision.
If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling it out
slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out again slowly.
(Seat Belt with Automatic Locking Mode)
When the seat belt is fastened, it will always be in the emergency locking mode until it is
switched to automatic locking mode by pulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt
feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it
may be in the automatic locking mode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return
the belt to the more comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped
in a safe, level area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and
then extend it around you again.
▼Automatic Locking Mode
Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting to
an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,
pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It will retract
down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on child restraint
(page 2-26).
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-20
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Seat Belt
▼Fastening the Seat Belt
Seat belt
buckle
Seat belt tongue
Position the lap belt as low as possible, not
on the abdominal area, then adjust the
shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against
your body.
Keep low
on hip bone
Too high
Take up
slack
▼Unfastening the Seat Belt
Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.
If the belt does not fully retract, pull it out
and check for kinks or twists. Then make
sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.
Button
NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it
for kinks and twists. If it is still not
retracting properly, have it inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
▼Front Shoulder Belt Adjuster
To raise To lower
Make sure the adjuster is locked.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-21
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Seat Belt Warning Systems
If it detects that the occupant seat belt is
unfastened, the warning light or beep
alerts the occupant.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on page
4-30.
Refer to Seat Belt Warning Beep on page
7-43.
Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner and Load
Limiting Systems
For optimum protection, the driver and
front passenger seat belts are equipped
with pretensioner and load limiting
systems. For both these systems to work
properly you must wear the seat belt
properly.
Pretensioners:
When a collision is detected, the
pretensioners deploy simultaneously with
the air bags.
The pretensioners deploy simultaneously
with the air bags when a roll-over is also
detected.
For deployment details, refer to the SRS
Air Bag Deployment Criteria (page 2-
55).
The front seat belt retractors remove slack
quickly as the air bags are expanding. Any
time the air bags and seat belt
pretensioners have fired they must be
replaced.
A system malfunction or operation
conditions are indicated by a warning.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on page
4-30.
Refer to Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep on
page 7-42.
In addition, the pretensioner system for the
front passenger, like the front and side
passenger air bag, is designed to only
deploy when the front passenger occupant
classification sensor detects a passenger
sitting on the front passenger's seat.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-22
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
For details, refer to the front passenger
occupant classification sensor (page 2-
58).
Load limiter:
The load limiting system releases belt
webbing in a controlled manner to reduce
belt force on the occupant's chest. While
the most severe load on a seat belt occurs
in frontal collisions, the load limiter has an
automatic mechanical function and can
activate in any accident mode with
sufficient occupant movement.
Even if the pretensioners have not fired,
the load limiting function must be checked
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Wear seat belts only as recommended in
this owner's manual:
Incorrect positioning of the driver and front
passenger seat belts is dangerous. Without
proper positioning, the pretensioner and
load limiting systems cannot provide
adequate protection in an accident and
this could result in serious injury. For more
details about wearing seat belts, refer to
"Fastening the seat belts" (page 2-21).
Have your seat belts changed immediately
if the pretensioner or load limiter has been
expended:
Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
immediately inspect the seat belt
pretensioners and air bags after any
collision. Like the air bags, the seat belt
pretensioners and load limiters will only
function once and must be replaced after
any collision that caused them to deploy. A
seat belt with an expended pretensioner or
load limiter is still better than wearing no
seat belt at all; however, if the seat belt
pretensioners and load limiters are not
replaced, the risk of injury in a collision will
increase.
Do not modify the components or wiring,
or use electronic testing devices on the
pretensioner system:
Modifying the components or wiring of the
pretensioner system, including the use of
electronic testing devices is dangerous. You
could accidentally activate it or make it
inoperable which would prevent it from
activating in an accident. The occupants or
repairers could be seriously injured.
Properly dispose of the pretensioner
system:
Improper disposal of the pretensioner
system or a vehicle with non-deactivated
pretensioners is dangerous. Unless all
safety procedures are followed, injury could
result. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
safely dispose of the pretensioner system or
scrap a pretensioner system equipped
vehicle.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-23
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
The pretensioner system may not
operate depending on the type of the
collision. For details, refer to the SRS
Air Bag Deployment Criteria (page 2-
55).
•
Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be
released when the air bags and
pretensioners deploy. This does not
indicate a fire. This gas normally has no
effect on occupants, however, those with
sensitive skin may experience light skin
irritation. If residue from the
deployment of the air bags or the front
pretensioner system gets on the skin or
in the eyes, wash it off as soon as
possible.
Seat Belt Extender
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
may be available to you at no charge from
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This extender will be only for you and for
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold
in the critical moment of a crash.
When ordering an extender, only order one
that provides the necessary additional
length to fasten the seat belt properly.
Please contact your Authorized Mazda
Dealer for more information.
WARNING
Do not use a seat belt extender unless it is
necessary:
Using a seat belt extender when not
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt will
be too long and not t properly. In an
accident, the seat belt will not provide
adequate protection and you could be
seriously injured. Only use the extender
when it is required to fasten the seat belt
properly.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-24
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Do not use an improper extender:
Using a seat belt extender that is for
another person or a dierent vehicle or seat
is dangerous. The seat belt will not provide
adequate protection and the user could be
seriously injured in an accident. Only use
the extender provided for you and for the
particular vehicle and seat. NEVER use the
extender in a dierent vehicle or seat. If you
sell your Mazda, do not leave your seat belt
extender in the vehicle. It could be used
accidentally by the new owner of the
vehicle. After removing the seat belt
extender, discard it. Never use the seat belt
extender in any other vehicle you may own
in the future.
Do not use an extender that is too long:
Using an extender that is too long is
dangerous. The seat belt will not t
properly. In an accident, the seat belt will
not provide adequate protection and you
could be seriously injured. Do not use the
extender or choose one shorter in length if
the distance between the extender's buckle
and the center of the user's body is less
than 15 cm (6 in).
Do not leave a seat belt extender
connected to the buckle:
Leaving a seat belt extender connected to
the buckle without using the seat belt is
dangerous. When the seat belt extender is
connected to the driver's seat belt buckle
(or front passenger's seat belt buckle), the
SRS driver's (or front passenger's) air bag
system will determine that the driver (or
front passenger) is wearing the seat belt
even if the driver (or front passenger) is not
wearing it. This condition could cause the
driver's (or front passenger's) air bag to not
activate correctly and result in death or
serious injury in the event of collision.
Always wear the seat belt with the seat belt
extender.
Do not use the seat belt extender when
installing a child-restraint system on the
front or rear passenger seat:
Using a seat belt extender to fasten a
child-restraint system on any seat is
dangerous. Always follow the
child-restraint system manufacturer's
installation instructions and never use a
seat belt extender.
NOTE
When not in use, remove the seat belt
extender and store it in the vehicle. If the
seat belt extender is left connected, the
seat belt extender might get damaged as it
will not retract with the rest of the seat belt
and can easily fall out of the door when
not in use and be damaged. In addition,
the seat belt warning light will not
illuminate and function properly.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-25
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Child-Restraint Precautions
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,
both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to
the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if the
child is seated on the center seat.
Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,
and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air
bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for other
child-restraint systems.
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
front passenger occupant classification sensor works as a part of the supplemental restraint
system. This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front
passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates.
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the front
passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children be
properly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear
seats which are the best place for children.
For more details, refer to "Front passenger occupant classification sensor" (page 2-58).
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-26
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
WARNING
Use the correct size child-restraint system:
For eective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be properly
restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and size. If not, the
child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint system buckled
down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it could move
causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure any child-restraint
system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's
instructions. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it
down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding
tether anchor.
Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No matter
how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden stop or collision
and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Even in a
moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag forces that could result in serious
injury or death to the child, or the child may be slammed into an adult, causing injury to both
child and adult.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-27
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could
deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though
you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the
front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. The child-restraint system
can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or
death to the child.
Vehicles with a front passenger air bag have the following warning label. The warning label
reminds you not to put a rear-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat at any
time.
Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unless it is
unavoidable:
In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child. If
installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is unavoidable,
move the front passenger seat as far back as possible and adjust the seat bottom (height
adjustable seat bottom) to the highest position at which the seat belt fastening the
child-restraint system is securely tightened.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-28
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous under
certain conditions :
Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger occupant classication sensor. Even with the
front passenger occupant classication sensor, if you must use the front passenger seat to
seat a child, using a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under the following
conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying and could result in
serious injury or death to the child.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when seating a
child in the child-restraint system.
Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint system.
A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger seatback.
Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
The seat is washed.
Liquids are spilled on the seat.
The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items placed
behind it.
The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat.
An electric device is put on the front passenger's seat.
An additional electrical device, such as a seat warmer is installed to the surface of the front
passenger seat.
The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for children.
Always use seat belts and child restraints.
Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side
and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area of the front
passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from
which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraint system is used. The impact
of ination from a side or curtain air bag could cause serious injury or death to an out of
position child. Furthermore, leaning over or against the front door could block the side and
curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air
bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a
better location for children. Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the
side window, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-29
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used in this
way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed
together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more than one person at a
time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained.
Always remove the child-restraint system from the rear seat before operating the remote
handle for the rear seat:
Operating the remote handle while a rear-facing child-restraint system is in the rear seat is
dangerous. It could cause injury to a child seated in the child-restraint system when the
seatback suddenly ips forward.
CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during warm
weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your child touches
them.
NOTE
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems on the rear seats. When using these anchors to secure a
child-restraint system, refer to "Using LATCH Lower Anchor" (page 2-40).
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-30
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Child-Restraint System Installation
▼Child-Restraint System Types
In this owner's manual, explanation of
child-restraint systems is provided for the
following three types of popular
child-restraint systems: infant seat, child
seat, booster seat.
NOTE
•
Installation position is determined by
the type of child-restraint system.
Always read the manufacturer's
instructions and this owner's manual
carefully.
•
Due to variations in the design of
child-restraint systems, vehicle seats
and seat belts, all child-restraint systems
may not fit all seating positions. Before
purchasing a child-restraint system, it
should be tested in the specific vehicle
seating position (or positions) where it
is intended to be used. If a previously
purchased child-restraint system does
not fit, you may need to purchase a
different one that will.
Infant seat
An infant seat provides restraint by
bracing the infant's head, neck and back
against the seating surface.
Child seat
A child seat restrains a child's body using
the harness.
Booster seat
A booster seat is a child restraint
accessory designed to improve the fit of
the seat belt system around the child's
body.
When using a backless booster seat,
always install the vehicle head
restraint to the seat where the
backless booster seat is installed.
Backless booster seat
*
1
*
1
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-31
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems
Accident statistics reveal that a child is
safer in the rear seat. The front passenger's
seat is clearly the worst choice for any
child under 12, and with rear-facing
child-restraint systems it is clearly unsafe
due to air bags.
NOTE
Even if your vehicle is equipped with front
passenger occupant classification sensor
(page 2-58), which automatically
deactivates the front passenger air bag, a
rear seat is the safest place for a child of
any age or size.
Some child-restraint systems now come
with tethers and therefore must be
installed on the seats that take tethers to be
effective. In your Mazda, tethered
child-restraint systems can only be
accommodated in the three positions on
the rear seat.
Some child-restraint systems also employ
specially designed LATCH attachments;
refer to "Using LATCH Lower Anchor"
(page 2-40).
WARNING
Tethered Child-Restraint Systems Work
Only on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:
Installation of a tether equipped
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat defeats the safety design
of the system and will result in an increased
chance of serious injury if the
child-restraint system goes forward
without benet of being tethered.
Place tether equipped child-restraint
systems where there are tether anchors.
▼Anchor Bracket
Anchor brackets for securing
child-restraint systems are equipped in the
vehicle. Locate each anchor position using
the illustration.
To install a child-restraint system, remove
the head restraint. Always follow the
instruction manual accompanying the
child-restraint system.
Anchor bracket location
Use the indicated anchor bracket locations
when installing a child-restraint system
equipped with a tether.
For center
For left
For right
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-32
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
WARNING
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect
tether anchor position is dangerous. In a
collision, the tether strap could come o
and loosen the child-restraint system. If the
child-restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
Always remove the head restraint and
install child-restraint system:
Installing a child-restraint system without
removing the head restraint is dangerous.
The child-restraint system cannot be
installed correctly which may result in
death or injury to the child in a collision.
Tether strap
Forward
Tether strap
Forward
Always install the head restraint and adjust
it to the appropriate position after
removing the child-restraint system:
Driving with the head restraint removed is
dangerous as impact to the occupant's
head cannot be prevented during
emergency braking or in a collision, which
could result in a serious accident, injury or
death.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-16.
▼Using Automatic Locking Mode
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system, unless you are
attaching a LATCH-equipped
child-restraint system to the rear LATCH
lower anchors. Refer to “Using LATCH
Lower Anchor” (page 2-40).
NOTE
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If
you are not sure whether you have a
LATCH system or tether, check in the
child-restraint system manufacturer's
instructions and follow them accordingly.
Depending on the type of child-restraint
system, it may use LATCH system instead
of seat belts or if the belt goes across the
child's chest, may recommend against
using automatic locking mode.
1. If the rear seat is reclined, return it to
the upright position.
2. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-33
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
3. Remove the head restraint. However,
when installing a backless booster seat,
always install the vehicle head restraint
to the seat where the backless booster
seat is installed.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-16.
4. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
5. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
6. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. A
clicking noise from the retractor will
be heard during retraction if the system
is in the automatic locking mode. If the
belt does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.
NOTE
•
Inspect this function before each use
of the child-restraint system. You
should not be able to pull the
shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic
locking mode. When you remove the
child-restraint system, be sure the
belt fully retracts to return the
system to emergency locking mode
before occupants use the seat belts.
7. If your child-restraint system requires
the use of a tether strap, refer to the
manufacturer's instructions to hook
and tighten the tether strap.
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only for a
child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to secure
anything but a child-restraint system is
dangerous. This could weaken or damage
the tether or tether anchor and result in
injury.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-34
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Always remove the head restraint and
install child-restraint system (except when
installing a backless booster seat):
Installing a child-restraint system without
removing the head restraint is dangerous.
The child-restraint system cannot be
installed correctly which may result in
death or injury to the child in a collision.
Tether strap
Forward
Tether strap
Forward
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect
tether anchor position is dangerous. In a
collision, the tether strap could come o
and loosen the child-restraint system. If the
child-restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
Always install the head restraint and adjust
it to the appropriate position after
removing the child-restraint system:
Driving with the head restraint removed is
dangerous as impact to the occupant's
head cannot be prevented during
emergency braking or in a collision, which
could result in a serious accident, injury or
death.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-16.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-35
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼If You Must Use the Front Seat for
Children
If you cannot put all children in the rear
seat, at least put the smallest children in
the rear and be sure the largest child up
front uses the shoulder belt over the
shoulder.
NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat whether
your vehicle is equipped with an occupant
classification sensor or not.
This seat is also not set up for tethered
child-restraint systems, put them in one of
the rear seat positions set up with tether
anchors.
Likewise the LATCH child-restraint
system cannot be secured in the front
passenger's seat and should be used in the
rear seat.
Do not allow anyone to sleep against the
side window since your vehicle has side
and curtain air bags, it could cause serious
injuries to an out of position occupant. As
children more often sleep in cars, it is
better to put them in the rear seat. If
installing the child-restraint system on the
front seat is unavoidable, follow these
instructions when using a front-facing
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat.
NOTE
•
To check if your front seats have side air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with side air
bag will have a "SRS AIRBAG" tag on
the outboard shoulder of the front seats.
•
To check if your vehicle has curtain air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain
air bag will have an "SRS AIRBAG"
marking on the window pillars along the
roof edge.
WARNING
Always move the front passenger seat as
far back as possible if installing a
front-facing child-restraint system on it is
unavoidable:
As your vehicle has front air bags and
doubly so because your vehicle has side air
bags, a front-facing child-restraint system
should be put on the front passenger seat
only when it is unavoidable.
Even if the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminates,
always move the seat as far back as
possible, because the force of a deploying
air bag could cause serious injury or death
to the child.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-36
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint
system in the front seat with an air bag
that could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the
front seat are particularly dangerous.
Even in a moderate collision, the
child-restraint system can be hit by a
deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or
death to the child. Even though you may
feel assured that the front passenger air
bag will not deploy based on the fact that
the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates, you should not
use a rear-facing child-restraint system in
the front seat.
Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over
or against the side window of a vehicle
with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean
over or against the side window, the area
of the front passenger seat, the front and
rear window pillars and the roof edge
along both sides from which the side and
curtain air bags deploy, even if a
child-restraint system is used. The impact
of ination from a side or curtain air bag
could cause serious injury or death to an
out of position child. Furthermore, leaning
over or against the front door could block
the side and curtain air bags and eliminate
the advantages of supplemental
protection. With the front air bag and the
additional side air bag that comes out of
the front seat, the rear seat is always a
better location for children. Take special
care not to allow a child to lean over or
against the side window, even if the child is
seated in a child-restraint system.
Always remove the head restraint and
install child-restraint system (except when
installing a backless booster seat):
Installing a child-restraint system without
removing the head restraint is dangerous.
The child-restraint system cannot be
installed correctly which may result in
death or injury to the child in a collision.
Always install the head restraint and adjust
it to the appropriate position after
removing the child-restraint system:
Driving with the head restraint removed is
dangerous as impact to the occupant's
head cannot be prevented during
emergency braking or in a collision, which
could result in a serious accident, injury or
death.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-16.
Front Passenger's Seat Child-Restraint
System Installation
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off.
2. Slide the seat as far back as possible.
3. Remove the head restraint. However,
when installing a backless booster seat,
always install the vehicle head restraint
to the seat where the backless booster
seat is installed.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-37
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
4. Place the child-restraint system on the
seat without putting your weight on the
seat and fasten the seat belt. See the
manufacturer's instructions on the
child-restraint system for belt routing
instructions.
5. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
6. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. A
clicking noise from the retractor will
be heard during retraction if the system
is in automatic locking mode. If the
belt does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat the previous step and also this
one.
NOTE
•
Inspect this function before each use
of the child-restraint system. You
should not be able to pull the
shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic
locking mode. When you remove the
child-restraint system, be sure the
belt fully retracts to return the
system to emergency locking mode
before occupants use the seat belts.
•
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions
carefully.
Depending on the type of
child-restraint system, it may not
employ seat belts which are in
automatic locking mode.
7. Seat your child safely in the
child-restraint system and secure the
child according to the instructions
from the child-restraint system
manufacturer.
8. Switch the ignition ON and make sure
the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates after
installing a child-restraint system on
the front passenger seat.
If the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not
illuminate, remove the child-restraint
system, switch the ignition to OFF, and
then re-install the child-restraint
system (page 2-58).
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-38
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
WARNING
Do not seat a child in a child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat if the
front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light does not illuminate:
While it is always better to install any
child-restraint system on the rear seat, it is
imperative that a child-restraint system
ONLY be used on the front passenger seat if
the deactivation indicator light illuminates
when the child is seated in the
child-restraint system (page 2-58). Seating
a child in a child-restraint system installed
on the front passenger seat with the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator
light not illuminated is dangerous. If this
indicator light does not illuminate, this
means that the front passenger front and
side air bags, and seat belt pretensioner are
ready for deployment. If an accident were
to deploy an air bag, a child in a
child-restraint system sitting in the front
passenger seat could be seriously injured or
killed. If the indicator light does not
illuminate after seating a child in a
child-restraint system on the front
passenger seat, seat a child in a
child-restraint system on the rear seat and
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-39
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Using LATCH Lower Anchor
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seats. Both anchors must be used, otherwise the
seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systems
must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether you must
use it to better assure your child's safety.
WARNING
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it could move
causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure the child-restraint
system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's
instructions.
Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:
Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous. In a
collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraint system
attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use the seat position for
another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is occupied, use the center
seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.
Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it could move
causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the seat just as you would with a
child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an improperly secured seat later on.
When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to
BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child-restraint systems.
Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-restraint
system:
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing the
child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the child-restraint
system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and the child-restraint
system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could move in a sudden stop or
collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. When installing the
child-restraint system, make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the
LATCH lower anchors. Always follow the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-40
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Installation on rear outboard seats
1. First, adjust the front seat to allow
clearance between the child-restraint
system and the front seat (page 2-5).
2. If the rear seat is reclined, return it to
the upright position.
3. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
4. Expand the open seams on the rear of
the seat bottom slightly to verify the
locations of the LATCH lower anchors.
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower
anchors indicate the locations of the
LATCH lower anchors for the
attachment of a child-restraint system.
5. Remove the head restraint. However,
when installing a backless booster seat,
always install the vehicle head restraint
to the seat where the backless booster
seat is installed.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-16.
6. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instruction. Pull on the
child-restraint to be sure both anchors
are engaged.
7. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that means it is
very important to properly secure the
tether for child safety. Please carefully
follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions when
installing tethers.
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only for a
child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to secure
anything but a child-restraint system is
dangerous. This could weaken or damage
the tether or tether anchor and result in
injury.
Always remove the head restraint and
install child-restraint system (except when
installing a backless booster seat):
Installing a child-restraint system without
removing the head restraint is dangerous.
The child-restraint system cannot be
installed correctly which may result in
death or injury to the child in a collision.
Tether strap
Forward
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-41
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect
tether anchor position is dangerous. In a
collision, the tether strap could come o
and loosen the child-restraint system. If the
child-restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
Always install the head restraint and adjust
it to the appropriate position after
removing the child-restraint system:
Driving with the head restraint removed is
dangerous as impact to the occupant's
head cannot be prevented during
emergency braking or in a collision, which
could result in a serious accident, injury or
death.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-16.
Installation on rear center seat
The LATCH lower anchors at the center of
the rear seat are much further apart than
the sets of LATCH lower anchors for
child-restraint system installation at other
seating positions. Child-restraint systems
with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be
installed on the center seating position.
Some LATCH equipped child-restraint
systems can be placed in the center
position and will reach the nearest LATCH
lower anchors which are 406 mm (16.0 in)
apart. LATCH compatible child-restraint
systems (with attachments on belt
webbing) can be used at this seating
position only if the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions state that the
child-restraint system can be installed to
LATCH lower anchors that are 406 mm
(16.0 in) apart. Do not attach two
child-restraint systems to the same
LATCH lower anchor. If your
child-restraint system has a tether, it must
also be used for your child's optimum
safety.
The procedure for installation on the rear
outboard seats is the same.
LATCH lower anchor location
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-42
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
WARNING
Always remove the head restraint and
install child-restraint system (except when
installing a backless booster seat):
Installing a child-restraint system without
removing the head restraint is dangerous.
The child-restraint system cannot be
installed correctly which may result in
death or injury to the child in a collision.
Tether strap
Forward
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect
tether anchor position is dangerous. In a
collision, the tether strap could come o
and loosen the child-restraint system. If the
child-restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
Always install the head restraint and adjust
it to the appropriate position after
removing the child-restraint system:
Driving with the head restraint removed is
dangerous as impact to the occupant's
head cannot be prevented during
emergency braking or in a collision, which
could result in a serious accident, injury or
death.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-16.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-43
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions
The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include different types of air bags.
Please verify the different types of air bags which are equipped on your vehicle by
locating the “SRS AIRBAG” location indicators. These indicators are visible in the area
where the air bags are installed.
The air bags are installed in the following locations:
•The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)
•The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)
•The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)
•The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)
The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection
in certain situations so seat belts are always important in the following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.
Seat belt usage is necessary to:
•Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.
•Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag
inflation, such as rear impact.
•Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal, near frontal or side collisions or roll-over
accidents that are not severe enough to activate the air bags.
•Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.
•Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the
air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.
•Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-44
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Refer to the Front Passenger Occupant Classification System (page 2-58) for details.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specified time after
the ignition is switched ON.
Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in every
state and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraint
system (page 2-26).
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the
installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
WARNING
Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous. Alone, air
bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be expected to inate
only in the rst accident, such as frontal, near frontal or side collisions or roll-over accidents
that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.
Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be hit by a
deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. A sleeping child is more likely to lean
against the door and be hit by the side air bag in moderate collision to the front-passenger
side of the vehicle. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear
seats with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-45
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could
deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though
you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the
front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. The child-restraint system
can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or
death to the child.
Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:
Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feet on
them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bags inate with great force
and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close. The driver should always hold
onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The front seat passenger should keep both feet on the
oor. Front seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit
upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:
Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them, or sleeping up against
the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous. The side and curtain air bags
inate with great force and speed directly expanding along the door on the side the car is hit.
Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning against a
window, or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks. Give the side and
curtain air bags room to work by sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving
with seat belts worn properly.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air bags
deploy:
Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing something
in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere with air bag ination
and injure the occupants.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-46
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat in
any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag, which
inates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added protection of the side
air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag
could be cut open releasing the gas.
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats. Never
use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules in your front seats
free to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the windshield
glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge and assist grips is
dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the curtain air bag, which inates
from the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge, impeding the added
protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous.
Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.
Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes, hang
them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free to deploy in the
event of a side collision or roll-over accident.
Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have
inated:
Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have
inated is dangerous. Immediately after ination, they are very hot. You could get burned.
Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar, bull bar,
push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The air bag crash
sensor system could be aected. This could cause air bags to inate unexpectedly, or it could
prevent the air bags from inating during an accident. Front occupants could be seriously
injured.
Do not modify the suspension:
Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the suspension is
modied, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision or roll-over accident
resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-47
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
To prevent false detection by the air bag sensor system, heed the following:
Do not use tires or wheels other than those specied for your Mazda:
Use of any tire or wheel other than those specied for your Mazda (page 9-7) is
dangerous. Use of such wheels will prevent the vehicle's accident detections system from
accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air
bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.
Do not overload your vehicle:
Overloading your vehicle is dangerous as it could prevent the air bag crash sensor system
from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in incorrect or
unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries. The gross axle weight
rating (GAWR) and the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver's door frame. Do not exceed these ratings.
Do not drive the vehicle o-road:
Driving your Mazda o-road is dangerous because the vehicle has not been designed to do
so. Driving the vehicle o-road could prevent the air bag crash sensor system from
accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air
bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.
Do not modify a front door or leave any damage unrepaired. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect a damaged front door:
Modifying a front door or leaving any damage unrepaired is dangerous. Each front door has a
side crash sensor as a component of the supplemental restraint system. If holes are drilled in a
front door, a door speaker is left removed, or a damaged door is left unrepaired, the sensor
could be adversely aected causing it to not detect the pressure of an impact correctly during
a side collision. If a sensor does not detect a side impact correctly, the side and curtain air
bags and the front seat belt pretensioner may not operate normally which could result in
serious injury to occupants.
Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is dangerous. You
could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make any modications to the
supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim, badges, or anything else over the
air bag modules. It also includes installing extra electrical equipment on or near system
components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda Dealer can provide the special care needed in
the removal and installation of front seats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and
connections to assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy, and that the front passenger
occupant classication system and the seats retain an undamaged air bag connection.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-48
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:
Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The components
essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event of a side
collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in death or serious
injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplemental restraint system,
do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats.
Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components:
Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must be replaced
after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only a trained Authorized
Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they will work in any subsequent
accident. Driving with an expended or damaged air bag or pretensioner unit will not aord
you the necessary protection in the event of any subsequent accident which could result in
serious injury or death.
Do not remove interior air bag parts:
Removing any components such as the front seats, front dashboard, the steering wheel or
parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge, containing air bag parts
or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential air bag components. The air bag could
accidentally activate and cause serious injuries. Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
remove these parts.
Properly dispose of the air bag system:
Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely
dangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury could result. Have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer safely dispose of the air bag system or scrap an air bag equipped vehicle.
NOTE
•
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to
“Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)” (page 8-2).
•
When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be
released. Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause
light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.
•
Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and
that familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is
important.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-49
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
This highly-visible label is displayed which warns against the use of a rear-facing
child-restraint system on the front passenger seat.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-50
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Supplemental Restraint System Components
Driver/Front passenger inflators and air bags
Roll-over sensor, crash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
Seat belt pretensioners (page 2-22)
Front air bag sensors
Side crash sensors
Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 4-30)
Side and curtain inflators and air bags
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-58)
Front passenger occupant classification sensor (page 2-58)
Front passenger occupant classification module
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-51
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
How the SRS Air Bags Work
Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags. SRS air bags are
designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident.
The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to the
seat belt functions. Be sure to wear seat belts properly.
▼Front Seat Belt Pretensioners
The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal, near
frontal collisions.
In addition, the pretensioners operate when a side collision (only on the side in which the
collision occurs) or a roll-over accident is detected. The pretensioners operate differently
depending on what types of air bags are equipped. For more details about seat belt
pretensioner operation, refer to the SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria (page 2-55).
▼Driver Air Bag
The driver's air bag is mounted in the steering wheel.
When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, the
driver's air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver's head or chest
caused by directly hitting the steering wheel.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to "SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria"
(page 2-55).
The driver's dual-stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an
impact of moderate severity, the driver's air bag deploys with lesser energy, whereas during
more severe impacts, it deploys with more energy.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-52
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Front Passenger Air Bag
The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard.
The inflation mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver's air bag.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to "SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria"
(page 2-55).
In addition, the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy when the front passenger
occupant classification sensor detects a passenger sitting on the front passenger's seat. For
details, refer to the front passenger occupant classification system (page 2-58).
▼Side Air Bags
The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks.
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the
system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit. The side air
bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger's chest caused by
directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to "SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria"
(page 2-55).
In addition, the front passenger side bag is designed to only deploy when the front passenger
occupant classification sensor detects a passenger sitting on the front passenger's seat. For
details, refer to the front passenger occupant classification system (page 2-58).
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-53
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Curtain Air Bags
The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge
along both sides.
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the
curtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard
passenger's head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to "SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria"
(page 2-55).
In a side impact:
Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on that
side only to inflate.
Only one side curtain air bag will
deploy on the side of the vehicle
that receives the force of an impact.
In a roll-over:
In response to a vehicle roll-over, both curtain air bags inflate.
Both curtain air bags will
deploy after the roll-over
accident is detected.
▼Warning Light/Beep
A system malfunction or operation conditions are indicated by a warning.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on page 4-30.
Refer to Warning Sound is Activated on page 7-42.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-54
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria
This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type of
collision.
(The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions.)
SRS equip-
ment
Types of collision
A severe frontal/near frontal colli-
sion
A severe side colli-
sion
*2
A roll-over/near
roll-over
*3
A rear collision
Front seat
belt preten-
sioner
X
*1
(both sides) X
*1
(impact side
only) X
*1
(both sides)
No air bag and
front seat belt pre-
tensioner will be
activated in a rear
collision.
Driver air
bag X
Front pas-
senger air
bag
X
*1
Side air bag X
*1
(impact side
only)
Curtain air
bag
X (impact side on-
ly) X (both sides)
X: The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision.
*1 The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed to deploy when the front
passenger occupant classification sensor detects a passenger sitting on the front passenger's seat.
*2 In a side collision, the seat belt pretensioners and the side/curtain air bags deploy (only on the side in which the
collision occurs).
*3 In a roll-over accident, the seat belt pretensioners and the curtain air bags deploy.
NOTE
In a frontal offset collision, the equipped air bags and pretensioners may all deploy
depending on the direction, angle, and rate of impact.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-55
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Limitations to SRS Air Bag
In severe collisions such as those described previously in "SRS Air Bag Deployment
Criteria", the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy. However, in some accidents,
the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity.
Limitations to front/near front collision detection:
The following illustrations are examples of front/near front collisions that may not be
detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.
Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle
Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail gate
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-56
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Limitations to side collision detection:
The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as
severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.
Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles
Limitations to roll-over detection:
The following illustration is an example of an accident that may not be detected as a
roll-over accident. Therefore, the front seat belt pretensioners and curtain air bags may not
deploy.
Pitch end over end
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-57
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Front Passenger Occupant Classification System
First, please read "Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions" (page 2-44) carefully.
▼Front Passenger Occupant Classification Sensor
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classification sensor as a part of
the supplemental restraint system. This sensor is equipped in the front passenger's seat
cushion. This sensor measures the electrostatic capacity of the front passenger's seat. The
SAS unit is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system from deploying if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator
light turns on.
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt
pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light turns on.
Refer to the following table for the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
illumination conditions.
This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light turns on
according to the following table.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front passenger
air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction. If
this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy.
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
This indicator light turns on to remind you that the front passenger front and side air bags
and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-58
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
If the front passenger occupant classification sensor is normal, the indicator light turns on
when the ignition is switched ON. The light turns off after a few seconds. Then, the
indicator light turns on or is off under the following conditions:
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light on/off condition chart
Condition detected by the front
passenger occupant classifica-
tion system
Front passenger air
bag deactivation indi-
cator light
Front passenger front
and side air bags
Front passenger seat
belt pretensioner sys-
tem
Empty (Not occupied) On Deactivated Deactivated
A child less than 1 year old is
seated in a child-restraint system On Deactivated Deactivated
Child
*1
On or off Deactivated or ready Deactivated or ready
Adult
*2
Off Ready Ready
*1 The occupant classification sensor may not detect a child seated on the seat, in a child-restraint system, or a
junior seat depending on the child's physical size and seated posture.
*2 If a smaller adult sits on the front passenger seat, the sensors might detect the person as being a child
depending on the person's physique.
The curtain air bag is ready for inflating regardless of what the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light on/off condition chart indicates.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not turn on when the ignition
is switched ON and does not turn on as indicated in the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light on/off condition chart, do not allow an occupant to sit in the front passenger
seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work
properly in an accident.
WARNING
Do not allow an occupant in the front passenger's seat to sit with a posture which makes it
dicult for the front passenger occupant classication sensor to detect the occupant
correctly:
Sitting in the front passenger's seat with a posture which makes it dicult for the front
passenger occupant classication sensor to detect the occupant correctly is dangerous. If the
front passenger occupant classication sensor cannot detect the occupant sitting on the front
passenger's seat correctly, the front passenger front and side air bags and pretensioner
system may not operate (non-deploy) or they may operate (deploy) accidentally. The front
passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bags or the accidental
operation (deployment) of the air bags could result in serious injury or death.
Under the following conditions, the front passenger occupant classication sensor cannot
detect a passenger sitting on the front passenger's seat correctly and the deployment/
non-deployment of the air bags cannot be controlled as indicated in the front passenger air
bag deactivation indicator light on/o condition chart. For example:
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-59
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
A front passenger is seated as shown in the following gure:
A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet.
Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the front
passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat bottom.
An object, such as a seat cushion, is put on the front passenger's seat or between the
passenger's back and the seatback.
A seat cover is put on the front passenger's seat.
Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint system.
A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.
Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
The seat is washed.
Liquids are spilled on the seat.
The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items placed
behind it.
The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat.
An electric device is put on the front passenger's seat.
An additional electrical device, such as a seat warmer is installed to the surface of the front
passenger seat.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-60
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate
if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light turns on.
CAUTION
To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensor in
the front seat cushion:
Do not place sharp objects on the front seat cushion or leave heavy luggage on them.
Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.
To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:
Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks
with seat belts worn properly.
If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint system
properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page 2-33).
NOTE
•
The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger
front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.
•
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may turn on repeatedly if luggage
or other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's
interior changes suddenly.
•
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may turn on for 10 seconds if the
electrostatic capacity on the front passenger seat changes.
•
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light might turn on if the front
passenger seat receives a severe impact.
•
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not turn on after installing
a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat, first, re-install your child-restraint
system according to the procedure in this owner's manual. Then, if the front passenger air
bag deactivation indicator light still does not turn on, install the child-restraint system on
the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
•
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light turns on when an occupant is
seated directly in the front passenger seat, have the passenger re-adjust their posture by
sitting with their feet on the floor, and then re-fastening the seat belt. If the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light remains turned on, move the passenger to
the rear seat. If sitting in the rear seat is not possible, slide the front passenger seat as far
back as possible. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-61
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Constant Monitoring
The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system:
•Front air bag sensors
•Crash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
•Side crash sensors
•Air bag modules
•Front seat belt pretensioners
•Air bag/Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light
•Related wiring
•Front passenger occupant classification sensor
•Front passenger occupant classification module
•Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system's readiness. This begins when the
ignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-62
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
3Before Driving
Use of various features, including keys, doors, mirrors and windows.
Keys.................................................... 3-2
Keys..............................................3-2
Keyless Entry System...................3-3
Advanced Keyless Entry
System.................................................3-9
Advanced Keyless Entry System
*
.....
...................................................... 3-9
Operational Range...................... 3-10
Doors and Locks.............................. 3-11
Door Locks................................. 3-11
Liftgate....................................... 3-20
Fuel and Emission........................... 3-28
Fuel and Engine Exhaust
Precautions................................. 3-28
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap.............. 3-31
Steering Wheel.................................3-33
Steering Wheel........................... 3-33
Mirrors............................................. 3-34
Mirrors........................................3-34
Windows........................................... 3-37
Power Windows..........................3-37
Moonroof
*
.................................. 3-40
Security System............................... 3-43
Modification and Add-On
Equipment...................................3-43
Immobilizer System....................3-43
Driving Tips..................................... 3-45
Break-In Period.......................... 3-45
Saving Fuel and Protection of the
Environment............................... 3-45
Hazardous Driving......................3-46
Floor Mat....................................3-47
Rocking the Vehicle....................3-47
Winter Driving............................3-48
Driving In Flooded Area............ 3-50
Overloading................................ 3-50
Driving on Uneven Road............3-51
Towing.............................................. 3-52
Trailer Towing............................ 3-52
Recreational Towing...................3-60
*Some models. 3-1
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Keys
WARNING
Do not leave the key in your vehicle with
children and keep them in a place where
your children will not nd or play with
them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is
dangerous. This could result in someone
being badly injured or even killed. Children
may nd these keys to be an interesting toy
to play with and could cause the power
windows or other controls to operate, or
even make the vehicle move.
CAUTION
Because the key (transmitter) uses
low-intensity radio waves, it may not
function correctly under the following
conditions:
The key is carried with communication
devices such as cellular phones.
The key contacts or is covered by a
metal object.
The key is near electronic devices such
as personal computers.
Non-Mazda genuine electronic
equipment is installed in the vehicle.
There is equipment which discharges
radio waves near the vehicle.
The key (transmitter) may consume
battery power excessively if it receives
high-intensity radio waves. Do not place
the key near electronic devices such as
televisions or personal computers.
To avoid damage to the key
(transmitter), DO NOT:
Drop the key.
Get the key wet.
Disassemble the key.
Expose the key to high temperatures
on places such as the dashboard or
hood, under direct sunlight.
Expose the key to any kind of magnetic
eld.
Place heavy objects on the key.
Put the key in an ultrasonic cleaner.
Put any magnetized objects close to
the key.
A code number is stamped on the plate
attached to the key set; detach this plate
and store it in a safe place (not in the
vehicle) for use if you need to make a
replacement key (auxiliary key).
Also write down the code number and
keep it in a separate safe and convenient
place, but not in the vehicle.
If your key (auxiliary key) is lost, consult
your Authorized Mazda Dealer and have
your code number ready.
Before Driving
Keys
3-2
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
The driver must carry the key to ensure the
system functions properly.
Auxiliary keyTransmitter
Key code number plate
To use the auxiliary key, pull out the
auxiliary key from the transmitter while
pressing the knob.
Knob
Keyless Entry System
This system uses the key buttons to
remotely lock and unlock the doors and
the liftgate, and opens/closes the liftgate.
The system can start the engine without
having to take the key out of your purse or
pocket.
It can also help you signal for attention or
help.
System malfunctions or warnings are
indicated by the following warning lights
or beeps.
For vehicles with the type A instrument
cluster, check the displayed message for
more information and, if necessary, have
the vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer, according to the indication.
•KEY Warning Light (Red)
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on
page 4-30.
•Ignition Not Switched Off (STOP)
Warning Beep
Refer to Ignition Not Switched Off
(STOP) Warning Beep on page 7-43.
•Key Removed from Vehicle Warning
Beep
Refer to Key Removed from Vehicle
Warning Beep on page 7-43.
If you have a problem with the key,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If your key is lost or stolen, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make the
lost or stolen key inoperative.
Before Driving
Keys
3-3
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CAUTION
Radio equipment like this is governed by
laws in the United States.
Changes or modications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority
to operate the equipment.
NOTE
•
The keyless entry system operation may
vary due to local conditions.
•
The keyless entry system is fully
operational (door/liftgate lock/unlock)
when the ignition is switched off. The
system does not operate if the ignition is
switched to any position other than off.
•
If the key does not operate when
pressing a button or the operational
range becomes too small, the battery
may be weak. To install a new battery,
refer to Key Battery Replacement (page
6-29).
•
Battery life is about one year. Replace
the battery with a new one if the KEY
indicator light (green) flashes in the
instrument cluster (for vehicles with a
type A instrument cluster (page 4-30),
messages are displayed in the
instrument cluster). Replacing the
battery about once a year is
recommended because the KEY warning
light/indicator light may not illuminate
or flash depending on the rate of battery
depletion.
•
Additional keys can be obtained at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6 keys
can be used with the keyless functions
per vehicle. Bring all keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer when
additional keys are required.
▼Transmitter
Operation buttons
Operation indicator light
NOTE
•
The headlights turn on/off by operating
the transmitter. Refer to Leaving Home
Light on page 4-50.
•
(With the advanced keyless function)
A beep sound can be heard for
confirmation when the doors and the
liftgate are locked/unlocked using the
key. If you prefer, the beep sound can be
turned off.
The volume of the beep sound can also
be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
Use the following procedure to change the
setting.
1. Switch the ignition off and close all of
the doors and the liftgate.
2. Open the driver's door.
Before Driving
Keys
3-4
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
3. Within 30 seconds of opening the
driver's door, press and hold the LOCK
button on the key for 5 seconds or
longer (All of the doors and the liftgate
are locked and unlocked when the
LOCK button on the key is pressed and
held for 5 seconds.).
The beep sound activates at the
currently set volume. The setting
changes each time the LOCK button on
the key is pressed and the beep sound
activates at the set volume. (If the beep
sound has been set to not activate, it
will not activate.)
4. The setting change is completed by
doing any one of the following:
•
Switching the ignition to ACC or
ON.
•
Closing the driver's door.
•
Opening the liftgate.
•
Not operating the key for ten
seconds.
•
Pressing any button except the
LOCK button on the key.
•
Pressing a request switch.
The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
Lock button
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press the
lock button and the hazard warning lights
will flash once.
(With the advanced keyless function)
A beep sound will be heard once.
To confirm that all doors and the liftgate
have been locked, press the lock button
again within 5 seconds. If they are closed
and locked, the horn will sound.
NOTE
•
The doors and the liftgate can be locked
by pressing the lock button while any
other door or the liftgate is open. The
hazard warning lights will not flash.
When the lock button is pressed while
any door is open and then the door is
closed, all the doors and the liftgate are
locked.
•
Confirm that all doors and the liftgate
are locked visually or audibly by use of
the double click.
•
Make sure all doors and the liftgate are
locked after pressing the button.
Before Driving
Keys
3-5
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button and the hazard warning
lights will flash twice.
(With the advanced keyless function)
A beep sound will be heard twice.
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the unlock button again within three
seconds and two more beep sounds will be
heard.
NOTE
•
The system can be set to unlock all
doors by performing a single operation.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
Use the following procedure to change
the setting.
1. Switch the ignition off and close all
of the doors and the liftgate.
2. Open the driver's door.
3. Within 30 seconds of opening the
driver's door, press and hold the
UNLOCK button on the key for 5
seconds or longer (the sound of the
doors locking/unlocking can be
heard).
After this, the system switches the
setting each time the UNLOCK
button is pressed (the sound of the
doors locking/unlocking can be
heard).
4. The setting change is completed by
doing any one of the following:
•
Switching the ignition to ACC or
ON.
•
Closing the driver's door.
•
Opening the liftgate.
•
Not operating the key for ten
seconds.
•
Pressing any button except the
UNLOCK button on the key.
•
Pressing a request switch.
•
(Auto re-lock function)
After unlocking with the key, all doors
and the liftgate will automatically lock if
any of the following operations are not
performed within about 60 seconds.
The time required for the doors to lock
automatically can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
A door or the liftgate is opened.
•
The ignition is switched to any
position other than off.
Before Driving
Keys
3-6
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Power liftgate button*
To open/close the liftgate, press the power
liftgate button for one second or more with
the liftgate in the fully closed/open
position.
The hazard warning lights flash twice and
the liftgate opens/closes after the beep
sounds.
Panic button
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, press and hold the panic button to
activate the vehicle's alarm. Call
emergency services if necessary.
NOTE
The panic button will work whether any
door or the liftgate is open or closed.
(Turning on the alarm)
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or
more will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and the following
will occur:
•The horn sounds intermittently.
•The hazard warning lights flash.
(Turning off the alarm)
The alarm stops by pressing any button on
the key.
▼Operational Range
The system operates only when the driver
is in the vehicle or within operational
range while the key is being carried.
Starting the Engine
NOTE
•
Starting the engine may be possible even
if the key is outside of the vehicle and
extremely close to a door and window,
however, always start the engine from
the driver's seat.
If the vehicle is started and the key is not
in the vehicle, the vehicle will not restart
after it is shut off and the ignition is
switched to off.
•
The luggage compartment is out of the
assured operational range, however, if
the key (transmitter) is operable the
engine will start.
With the advanced keyless function
Interior antenna
Operational range
Before Driving
Keys
*Some models.
3-7
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Without the advanced keyless function
Interior antenna
Operational range
NOTE
The engine may not start if the key is
placed in the following areas:
•
Around the dashboard
•
In the storage compartments such as the
glove compartment or the center console
▼Key Suspend Function
If a key is left in the vehicle, the functions
of the key left in the vehicle are
temporarily suspended to prevent theft of
the vehicle.
To restore the functions, press the unlock
button on the functions-suspended key in
the vehicle.
Before Driving
Keys
3-8
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Advanced Keyless Entry
System*
WARNING
Radio waves from the key may aect
medical devices such as pacemakers:
Before using the key near people who use
medical devices, ask the medical device
manufacturer or your physician if radio
waves from the key will aect the device.
The advanced keyless function allows you
to lock/unlock the door and the liftgate, or
open the liftgate while carrying the key.
System malfunctions or warnings are
indicated by the following warning beeps.
•Request switch Inoperable Warning
Beep
Refer to Request Switch Inoperable
Warning Beep (With the advanced
keyless function) on page 7-44.
•Key Left-in-luggage Compartment
Warning Beep
Refer to Key Left-in-luggage
Compartment Warning Beep (With the
advanced keyless function) on page 7-
44.
•Key Left-in-vehicle Warning Beep
Refer to Key Left-in-vehicle Warning
Beep (With the advanced keyless
function) on page 7-44.
NOTE
The advanced keyless entry system
functions can be deactivated to prevent
any possible adverse effect on a user
wearing a pacemaker or other medical
device. If the system is deactivated, you
will be unable to start the engine by
carrying the key. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer for details. If the advanced
keyless entry system has been deactivated,
you can start the engine by following the
procedure indicated when the key battery
goes dead.
Refer to Engine Start Function When Key
Battery is Dead on page 4-8.
Before Driving
Advanced Keyless Entry System
*Some models.
3-9
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Operational Range
The system operates only when the driver
is in the vehicle or within operational
range while the key is being carried.
NOTE
When the battery power is low, or in
places where there are high-intensity radio
waves or noise, the operational range may
become narrower or the system may not
operate. For determining battery
replacement, Refer to Keyless Entry
System on page 3-3.
▼Locking, Unlocking the Doors and
the Liftgate
Exterior antenna
Operational range
80cm (31in)
80cm (31in)
80cm (31in)
Lock
Exterior antenna
Operational range
80cm (31in)
80cm (31in)
Unlock
NOTE
•
The system may not operate if you are
too close to the windows or door
handles, or liftgate.
•
If the key is left in the following areas
and you leave the vehicle, the doors may
be locked depending on the radio wave
conditions even if the key is left in the
vehicle.
•
Around the dashboard
•
In the storage compartments such as
the glove compartment or the center
console
•
Next to a communication device such
as a mobile phone
▼Opening the Liftgate
Exterior antenna
80cm (31in)
Operational range
Before Driving
Advanced Keyless Entry System
3-10
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Door Locks
WARNING
Always take all children and pets with you
or leave a responsible person with them:
Leaving a child or a pet unattended in a
parked vehicle is dangerous. In hot
weather, temperatures inside a vehicle can
become high enough to cause brain
damage or even death.
Do not leave the key in your vehicle with
children and keep them in a place where
your children will not nd or play with
them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is
dangerous. This could result in someone
being badly injured or even killed.
Keep all doors locked when driving:
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle are
dangerous. Passengers can fall out if a
door is accidentally opened and can more
easily be thrown out in an accident.
Always close all the windows and
moonroof, lock the doors and the liftgate
and take the key with you when leaving
your vehicle unattended:
Leaving your vehicle unlocked is dangerous
as children could lock themselves in a hot
vehicle, which could result in death. Also, a
vehicle left unlocked becomes an easy
target for thieves and intruders.
After closing the doors and the liftgate,
always verify that they are securely closed:
Doors and the liftgate not securely closed
are dangerous, if the vehicle is driven with
a door and the liftgate not securely closed,
the door and the liftgate could open
unexpectedly resulting in an accident.
Always conrm the safety around the
vehicle before opening a door and the
liftgate:
Suddenly opening a door and the liftgate is
dangerous. A passing vehicle or a
pedestrian could be hit and cause an
accident.
CAUTION
Always conrm the conditions around
the vehicle before opening/closing the
doors and the liftgate and use caution
during strong winds or when parked on
an incline. Not being aware of the
conditions around the vehicle is
dangerous because ngers could get
caught in the door and the liftgate or a
passing pedestrian could be hit, resulting
in an unexpected accident or injury.
NOTE
•
Always stop the engine and lock the
doors. In addition, to prevent theft of
valuables, do not leave them inside the
cabin.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-11
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
If the key is left in the following areas
and you leave the vehicle, the doors may
be locked depending on the radio wave
conditions even if the key is left in the
vehicle.
•
Around the dashboard
•
In the storage compartments such as
the glove compartment or the center
console
•
Next to a communication device such
as a mobile phone
•
When the ignition is switched to ACC or
ON, the vehicle lock-out prevention
feature prevents you from locking
yourself out of the vehicle.
All doors and the liftgate will
automatically unlock if they are locked
using the power door locks with any
door or the liftgate open.
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
does not operate while the ignition is
switched off.
When all doors and the liftgate are
locked using the power door lock with
any door or the liftgate open, the closed
doors and the liftgate are locked. After
that, when all doors and the liftgate are
closed, all doors and the liftgate are
locked. However, if the key is inside the
vehicle, all doors and the liftgate are
automatically unlocked.
(With the advanced keyless function)
The beep sound is heard for about 10
seconds to notify the driver that the key
has been left in the vehicle.
(Without the advanced keyless
function)
The horn sound is heard twice to notify
the driver that the key has been left in
the vehicle.
•
(Door unlock (control) system with
collision detection)
This system automatically unlocks the
doors and the liftgate in the event the
vehicle is involved in an accident to
allow passengers to get out of the
vehicle immediately and prevent being
trapped inside. While the ignition is
switched ON and in the event the vehicle
receives an impact strong enough to
inflate the air bags, all the doors and the
liftgate are automatically unlocked after
about 6 seconds have elapsed from the
time of the accident.
The doors and the liftgate may not
unlock depending on how an impact is
applied, the force of the impact, and
other conditions of the accident.
If door-related systems or the battery is
malfunctioning, the doors and the
liftgate will not unlock.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-12
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Locking, Unlocking with Request
Switch (With the advanced keyless
function)
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by pressing the request switch on
the front doors while the key is being
carried.
The request switch on the liftgate can only
be used to lock all doors and the liftgate.
Front doors
Request switch
Liftgate (Lock only)
Request switch
To l oc k
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press the
request switch and the hazard warning
lights will flash once.
A beep sound will be heard once.
To unlock
Driver's door request switch
To unlock the driver's door, press the
request switch. A beep sound will be heard
twice and the hazard warning lights will
flash twice.
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the request switch again within three
seconds and two more beep sounds will be
heard.
Front passenger door request switch
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the request switch. A beep sound will be
heard twice and the hazard warning lights
will flash twice.
NOTE
•
The system can be set to unlock all
doors by performing a single operation.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
Use the following procedure to change
the setting.
1. Switch the ignition off and close all
of the doors and the liftgate.
2. Open the driver's door.
3. Within 30 seconds of opening the
driver's door, press and hold the
UNLOCK button on the key for 5
seconds or longer (the sound of the
doors locking/unlocking can be
heard).
After this, the system switches the
setting of pressing the driver's
request switch once or twice to
unlock all doors and the liftgate
each time the UNLOCK button is
pressed (the sound of the doors
locking/unlocking can be heard).
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-13
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
4. The setting change is completed by
doing any one of the following:
•
Switching the ignition to ACC or
ON.
•
Closing the driver's door.
•
Opening the liftgate.
•
Not operating the key for ten
seconds.
•
Pressing any button except the
UNLOCK button on the key.
•
Pressing a request switch.
•
Confirm that all doors and the liftgate
are securely locked.
For the liftgate, move it without pressing
the electric liftgate opener to verify that
the liftgate has not been left ajar.
•
All doors and the liftgate cannot be
locked when any door or the liftgate is
open.
•
It may require a few seconds for the
doors to unlock after the request switch
is pressed.
•
A beep sound is heard for confirmation
when the doors and the liftgate are
locked/unlocked using the request
switch. If you prefer, the beep sound can
be turned off.
The volume of the beep sound can also
be changed. Refer to Personalization
Features on page 9-9.
Use the following procedure to change
the setting.
1. Switch the ignition off and close all
of the doors and the liftgate.
2. Open the driver's door.
3. Within 30 seconds of opening the
driver's door, press and hold the
LOCK button on the key for 5
seconds or longer (All of the doors
and the liftgate are locked and
unlocked when the LOCK button on
the key is pressed and held for 5
seconds.).
The beep sound activates at the
currently set volume. The setting
changes each time the LOCK button
on the key is pressed and the beep
sound activates at the set volume. (If
the beep sound has been set to not
activate, it will not activate.)
4. The setting change is completed by
doing any one of the following:
•
Switching the ignition to ACC or
ON.
•
Closing the driver's door.
•
Opening the liftgate.
•
Not operating the key for ten
seconds.
•
Pressing any button except the
LOCK button on the key.
•
Pressing a request switch.
•
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-14
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
The setting can be changed so that the
doors and the liftgate are locked
automatically without pressing the
request switch.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
(Auto-lock function)
A beep sound is heard when all doors
and the liftgate are closed while the
advanced key is being carried. All doors
and the liftgate are locked automatically
after about three seconds when the
advanced key is out of the operational
range. Also, the hazard warning lights
flash once. (Even if the driver is in the
operational range, all doors and the
liftgate are locked automatically after
about 30 seconds.) If you are out of the
operational range before the doors and
the liftgate are completely closed or
another key is left in the vehicle, the
auto-lock function will not work. Always
make sure that all doors and the liftgate
are closed and locked before leaving the
vehicle. The auto-lock function does not
close the power windows.
•
Auto re-lock function
After unlocking with the request switch,
all doors and the liftgate will
automatically lock if any of the
following operations are not performed
within about 60 seconds.
The time required for the doors to lock
automatically can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
Opening a door or the liftgate.
•
Switching the ignition to any position
other than off.
▼Locking, Unlocking with
Transmitter
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by operating the keyless entry
system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry
System (page 3-3).
▼Locking, Unlocking with Door-Lock
Switch
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when the lock side is
pressed. They unlock when the unlock
side is pressed.
Driver's door
Unlock
Lock
Front passenger's door
Unlock
Lock
To lock all the doors and the liftgate from
an open front door, press the lock side of
the door lock switch and then close the
door.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-15
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
When locking the doors this way, be
careful not to leave the key inside the
vehicle.
▼Auto Lock/Unlock Function
WARNING
Do not pull the inner handle on a front
door:
Pulling the inner handle on a front door
while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Passengers can fall out of the vehicle if the
door opens accidentally , which could
result in death or serious injury.
•When the vehicle speed exceeds 20
km/h (12 mph), all doors and the liftgate
lock automatically.
•When the ignition is switched off, all
doors and the liftgate unlock
automatically.
These functions can also be disabled so
that they do not operate.
Auto lock/unlock function setting
change using door-lock switch
The doors and the liftgate can be set to
lock or unlock automatically by selecting
any one of the functions from the
following table and using the driver's
door-lock switch on the interior door
panel.
NOTE
•
Function number 3 in the following
table is the factory setting for your
vehicle.
•
There are only a total of six auto lock/
unlock settings available. Be sure to
press the unlock side of the driver's
door-lock switch the correct number of
times according to the selected function
number. If the switch is mistakenly
pressed seven times, the procedure will
be cancelled. If this occurs, start the
procedure from the beginning.
Function
number Function
*1
1The auto door-lock function is disa-
bled.
2
All the doors and the liftgate lock au-
tomatically when the vehicle speed is
about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more.
3 (Factory
Setting)
All the doors and the liftgate lock au-
tomatically when the vehicle speed is
about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more. All
the doors and the liftgate unlock
when the ignition is switched from
ON to Off.
4
When the ignition is switched ON
and the selector lever is shifted from
park (P) to any other gear position, all
the doors and the liftgate lock auto-
matically.
5
When the ignition is switched ON
and the selector lever is shifted from
park (P) to any other gear position, all
the doors and the liftgate lock auto-
matically.
When the selector lever is shifted to
park (P) while the ignition is switched
ON, all the doors and the liftgate un-
lock automatically.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-16
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Function
number Function
*1
6
All the doors and the liftgate lock au-
tomatically when the vehicle speed is
about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more.
When the selector lever is shifted to
park (P) while the ignition is switched
ON, all the doors and the liftgate un-
lock automatically.
*1 Other settings for the auto door lock function are
available at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. For
details consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
Settings can be changed using the
following procedure.
1. Safely park the vehicle. All doors and
the liftgate must remain closed.
2. Switch the ignition ON.
3. Press and hold the lock side of the
driver's door-lock switch within 20
seconds of switching the ignition ON,
and make sure a beep sound is heard
about eight seconds afterwards.
4. Refer to the auto lock/unlock function
setting table, determine the function
number for the desired setting. Press
the unlock side of the driver's
door-lock switch the same number of
times as the selected function number
(Ex. If you select function 2, press the
unlock side of the switch only 2 times).
5. Three seconds after the function
setting has been changed, a beep sound
will beep in the amount of the selected
function number. (Ex. Function
number 3 = 3 beep sounds)
Press unlock side of
lock switch once
Press 2 times
Press 3 times
Current Function Number
Function Number 1
Function Number 2
Press 4 times
Function Number 3
Press 5 times
Function Number 4
Press 7 times
Function Number 5
Press 6 times
Function Number 6
Cancel setting
Cancel setting
Function set (The
number of beeps
heard is the same as
the selected function
number)
Press lock side of
lock switch
Wait for 3 second
NOTE
•
The doors and the liftgate cannot be
locked or unlocked while the setting
function is being performed.
•
The procedure can be cancelled by
pressing the lock side of the driver's
door-lock switch.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-17
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Locking, Unlocking with Auxiliary
Key
Turn the auxiliary key toward the front to
lock, toward the back to unlock.
To lock
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when the driver's door is
locked using the auxiliary key.
To unlo ck
The driver’s door unlocks when the
auxiliary key is turned briefly to the
unlock position and then immediately
returned to the center position.
All doors and the liftgate unlock when the
driver's door is unlocked and the auxiliary
key is held in the unlock position for one
second or longer.
Lock Unlock
▼Locking, Unlocking with Door-Lock
Knob
Operation from inside
To lock any door from the inside, press the
door-lock knob.
To unlock, pull it outward.
This does not operate the other door locks.
Lock
Unlock
Unlocked: Red indicator
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-18
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Operation from outside
To lock any door with the door-lock knob
from the outside, press the door-lock knob
to the lock position and close the door
(holding the door handle in the open
position is not required).
This does not operate the other door locks.
Door-lock knob
NOTE
When locking the door this way, be careful
not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
▼Rear Door Child Safety Locks
These locks are intended to help prevent
children from accidentally opening the
rear doors. Use them on both rear doors
whenever a child rides in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
If you slide the child safety lock to the
lock position before closing that door, the
door cannot be opened from the inside.
The door can only be opened by pulling
the outside handle.
Lock
Unlock
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-19
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Liftgate
WARNING
Never allow a person to ride in the luggage
compartment:
Allowing a person to ride in the luggage
compartment is dangerous. The person in
the luggage compartment could be
seriously injured or killed during sudden
braking or a collision.
Do not drive with the liftgate open:
Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle is
dangerous. An open liftgate in a moving
vehicle will cause exhaust gas to be drawn
into the cabin. This gas contains CO
(carbon monoxide), which is colorless,
odorless, and highly poisonous, and it can
cause loss of consciousness and death.
Moreover, an open liftgate could cause
occupants to fall out in an accident.
Do not stack or leave loaded luggage
unsecured in the luggage compartment:
Otherwise, the luggage may move or
collapse, resulting in injury or an accident.
In addition, do not load luggage higher
than the seatbacks. It may aect the side or
rear eld of view.
CAUTION
Before opening the liftgate, remove any
snow and ice accumulation on it.
Otherwise, the liftgate could close under
the weight of the snow and ice resulting
in injury.
Be careful when opening/closing the
liftgate during strong winds. If a strong
gust blows against the liftgate, it could
close suddenly resulting in injury.
Fully open the liftgate and make sure
that it stays open. If the liftgate is only
opened partially, it could slam shut by
vibration or wind gusts resulting in
injury.
When loading or unloading luggage in
the luggage compartment, turn o the
engine. Otherwise, you could get burned
by the heat of the exhaust gas.
Be careful not to apply excessive force to
the damper stay on the liftgate such as
by putting your hand on the stay.
Otherwise, the damper stay may bend
and aect the liftgate operation.
Damper stay
Do not modify or replace the liftgate
damper stay. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer if a liftgate damper stay is
deformed or damaged for reasons such
as a collision or if there is some other
problem.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-20
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Opening and Closing the Liftgate
Opening the liftgate with Electric
liftgate opener
Unlock the doors and liftgate, then press
the electric liftgate opener on the liftgate
and raise the liftgate when the latch
releases.
For the power liftgate operation, refer to
Power Liftgate on page 3-22.
Electric liftgate
opener
NOTE
(With the advanced keyless function)
•
A locked liftgate can also be opened
while the key is being carried.
•
When opening the liftgate with the doors
and the liftgate locked, it may require a
few seconds for the liftgate latch to
release after the electric liftgate opener
is pressed.
•
The liftgate can be closed when the
doors are locked with the key left in the
vehicle. However, to prevent locking the
key in the vehicle, the liftgate can be
opened by pressing the electric liftgate
opener. If the liftgate cannot be opened
despite doing this procedure, first push
the liftgate completely closed, then press
the electric liftgate opener to fully open
the liftgate.
•
When the liftgate latch is released by
pressing the electric liftgate opener, the
liftgate raises slightly. If the liftgate is
not operated for a certain period of
time, the liftgate cannot be raised.
To open
Press the electric liftgate opener again.
To close
To close the liftgate from its slightly
raised position, open it first by pressing
the electric liftgate opener, then close it
after waiting at least 1 second.
•
If the liftgate is not fully closed, the
driver is notified by a warning indicated
in the instrument cluster.
•
If the vehicle battery is dead or there is
a malfunction in the electrical system
and the liftgate cannot be unlocked, the
liftgate can be opened by performing the
emergency procedure.
Refer to When Liftgate Cannot be
Opened on page 7-47.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-21
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Closing the liftgate
Lower the liftgate slowly using the liftgate
grip recess, then push the liftgate closed
using both hands.
Do not slam it. Pull up on the liftgate to
make sure it is secure.
For the power liftgate operation, refer to
Power Liftgate on page 3-22.
Liftgate grip
recess
NOTE
Confirm that the liftgate is securely closed.
The liftgate, move it without pressing the
electric liftgate opener to verify that the
liftgate has not been left ajar.
▼Power Liftgate
*
The power liftgate opens/closes
electrically by operating the switches in
the vehicle or the buttons on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
WARNING
Be sure to watch the power liftgate as it
opens or closes, and make sure that it
closes completely:
Opening or closing the power liftgate while
not watching it move is dangerous.
Because of unseen obstacles and the
jam-safe feature, a liftgate may not close
completely and, if left unnoticed, could
result in serious injury or death if an
occupant were to fall out of the vehicle.
Always be sure that the area around the
liftgate is clear before activating it.
Always conrm the safety of the area
around the power liftgate before operating
it electrically.
Not checking the area around the liftgate
for people before operating it using the
power liftgate switch or the button on the
keyless entry system is dangerous. A person
could become caught between the liftgate
and an obstruction while it is opening
electrically or between the liftgate and
vehicle while it is closing electrically,
resulting in an accident and serious injury.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-22 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Never allow children to operate the power
liftgate system:
Allowing children to operate the power
liftgate switch and the keyless entry system
is dangerous. Children are not aware of the
dangers of people getting ngers and
hands caught in a moving liftgate. If
someone's neck, head or hands get caught
in a closing door, it could result in death or
serious injury.
CAUTION
When closing the power liftgate, make
sure there are no foreign objects around
the striker. If foreign objects are
obstructing the striker, the liftgate may
not close properly.
Striker
Do not install accessories to the power
liftgate other than specied accessories.
Otherwise, it cannot be opened/closed
automatically and could result in a
malfunction.
Be careful when switching the power
liftgate from electrical to manual
operation. The power liftgate may open/
close unexpectedly depending on its
position which could result in injury.
NOTE
•
Do not apply unnecessary force to the
power liftgate when it is opening/closing
electrically. Unnecessary force on the
liftgate may cause it to reverse direction
of movement automatically. Also, it
could result in a malfunction.
•
The power liftgate may not open/close
electrically if the vehicle is parked on an
incline, or there is strong wind, or the
liftgate is laden with snow.
•
If a power liftgate system fuse has
blown, the liftgate cannot be opened
using the power liftgate switch or the
electric liftgate opener. Use the
emergency lever to open the liftgate.
•
Fully close the power liftgate before
disconnecting the vehicle battery. If the
battery is disconnected with the liftgate
open, it cannot be opened or closed
automatically after the battery is
reconnected. If this happens, fully close
the liftgate manually to restore the auto
full open/close function.
•
If the system detects weight such as that
caused by a snow-laden liftgate when it
is opened electrically, after the beep
activates three times, the liftgate stops
after reversing.
•
If the power liftgate is snow-laden,
remove the snow before operating the
liftgate.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-23
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Operation using the transmitter
Press the power liftgate button for one
second or more. The hazard warning lights
flash twice and the liftgate opens/closes
after the beep sounds.
Refer to Transmitter on page 3-4.
NOTE
•
When the ignition is switched ON, the
transmitter does not operate.
•
When opening the liftgate by pressing
the power liftgate button on the
transmitter, the liftgate can be opened
even when it is locked.
•
If the power liftgate button on the
transmitter is pressed while the liftgate
is opening/closing electrically, the beep
is activated and the liftgate stops. When
pressing the power liftgate button again,
the liftgate moves in the reverse
direction.
Operation using each switch
Operation conditions
Opening the liftgate
If the vehicle has satisfied all the
following operation conditions, the power
liftgate can be opened using the power
function.
•All doors and the liftgate are unlocked.
•The ignition is switched OFF, or the
selector lever is in P with the ignition
switched ON.
Closing the liftgate
•The ignition is switched OFF, or the
selector lever is in P with the ignition
switched ON.
NOTE
•
If the vehicle moves with the selector
lever shifted to a position other than P
while the liftgate is opening/closing
electrically, the liftgate moves as
follows:
While opening electrically
The buzzer is activated, and the liftgate
moves in the reverse direction
automatically and closes. When the
selector lever is shifted to P, you can
resume the power liftgate operation
using the switches.
While closing electrically
The buzzer is activated, but the liftgate
continues closing.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-24
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Operation from the driver's seat (To
open/close)
Press the power liftgate switch for about
one second or more while the liftgate is in
the fully closed/open position. The hazard
warning lights flash twice and the liftgate
opens/closes fully after the beep sound is
heard.
Power liftgate switch
Operation from outside (To open)
Press the electric liftgate opener on the
liftgate and raise the liftgate. The hazard
warning lights flash twice and the liftgate
opens automatically after the beep sound
is heard.
(With the advanced keyless function)
A locked liftgate can also be opened while
the key is being carried.
Electric liftgate
opener
Operation from outside (To close)
Press the power liftgate close switch while
the liftgate is fully opened. The hazard
warning lights flash twice and the liftgate
closes automatically after the beep sound
is heard.
Power liftgate
close switch
NOTE
If the power liftgate switch/power liftgate
close switch is pressed or the electric
liftgate opener is operated while the
liftgate is opening/closing electrically, the
beep sound is heard and the liftgate stops.
Then, it reverses when any of the switches
are pressed again.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-25
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Changing the power liftgate fully open
position
The power liftgate fully-open position can
be changed according to the height of a
garage.
When changing the position
1. Stop the liftgate at the desired position.
2. Press the power liftgate close switch
for about three seconds.
A beep sound is activated two times to
indicate that the position change has
been completed.
NOTE
Set the desired fully-open position of the
liftgate at the position where it is open
more than halfway. The position where it
is less than halfway open cannot be set.
To re set
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Press the power liftgate close switch
for about seven seconds.
A beep sound is activated three times
to indicated that the reset has been
completed.
NOTE
After about 3 seconds have elapsed since
the switch was pressed, a beep sound is
activated 2 times to indicate that the
liftgate fully-open position has changed.
Continuously press the switch for about 7
seconds to complete the reset.
Jam-safe equipment
While the power liftgate is opening/
closing electrically and the system detects
a person or an object in the liftgate's path,
the liftgate will move in the reverse
direction automatically and stops.
WARNING
Always check the area around the power
liftgate before opening/closing it:
Not checking for occupants and objects
around the power liftgate before opening/
closing it is dangerous. The jam-safe
equipment is designed to prevent jamming
in the event an obstruction is in the
liftgate's path. The system may not detect
certain objects obstructing the liftgate
depending on the way they are positioned
and their shape. However, if the jam-safe
function detects an obstruction and moves
the liftgate in the reverse direction, an
occupant in the liftgate's path could be
seriously injured.
CAUTION
Sensors are installed on both ends of the
power liftgate. Be careful not to allow the
sensors to be scratched or damaged by
sharp objects, otherwise the liftgate may
no longer open/close automatically. In
addition, if the sensor is damaged while the
liftgate is closing automatically, the system
will stop.
Sensor
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-26
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
The jam-safe equipment does not activate
during easy closure operation when the
power liftgate is between the near-shut
position and fully closed position.
When the power liftgate is moving in the
open/close direction and an obstruction is
detected, the beep sound will be heard and
the liftgate moves in the reverse direction
and stops.
Liftgate easy closure
The Easy Closure system automatically
closes the liftgate completely from the
near-shut position.
This system also operates when the liftgate
is closed manually.
WARNING
When closing a liftgate, always keep hands
and ngers away from the liftgate:
Placing hands or ngers around a liftgate is
dangerous because the liftgate closes
automatically from the near-shut position,
which could cause hands and ngers to be
pinched and injured.
NOTE
•
If the electric liftgate opener is pressed
while the easy closure function is
operating, the liftgate can be opened.
•
If the liftgate is opened/closed
repeatedly in a short period of time, the
easy closure function may not operate.
Wait for about 2 seconds and then try
again.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-27
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
▼Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.
This vehicle will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel Octane Rating
*
(Anti-knock index)
Regular unleaded fuel 87 [(R M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)
∗U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) will negatively affect the emission control
system performance and could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.
CAUTION
USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead to
deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.
This vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 % ethanol by
volume. Damage to the vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this recommendation, or
if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of any kind if your vehicle engine
is performing poorly.
Never add fuel system additives, otherwise the emission control system could be damaged.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details.
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10 %. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name "Gasohol".
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not be
covered by the warranty.
•Gasohol containing more than 10 % ethanol.
•Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
•Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
Before Driving
Fuel and Emission
3-28
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Emission Control System
This vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of
this system) that enables the vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions
requirements.
WARNING
Never park over or near anything ammable:
Parking over or near anything ammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with the
engine turned o, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could ignite
anything ammable. A resulting re could cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside the
converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will damage the converter
and cause poor performance.
USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.
Do not coast with the ignition switched o.
Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched o.
Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.
Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be
made by a qualied technician.
Do not push-start or pull-start this vehicle.
NOTE
•
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control
system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some
states, such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.
•
While the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard at the rear
of the vehicle, however this does not indicate an abnormality. The vehicle has a
self-checking device and it operates while the engine is off.
Before Driving
Fuel and Emission
3-29
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Engine Exhaust (Carbon monoxide)
WARNING
Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless,
odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness and death. If you
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, keep all windows fully open and contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer immediately.
Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust gas,
which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss of
consciousness or even death could occur.
Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when idling the
engine:
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When the vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and the
engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which contains poisonous
carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or even death could occur.
Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe, before
starting the engine:
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The exhaust pipe
could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin. Because exhaust gas
contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss of consciousness or even death to
occupants in the cabin.
Before Driving
Fuel and Emission
3-30
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap
WARNING
When removing the fuel-ller cap, loosen
the cap slightly and wait for any hissing to
stop, then remove it:
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can burn skin
and eyes and cause illness if ingested. Fuel
spray is released when there is pressure in
the fuel tank and the fuel-ller cap is
removed too quickly.
Before refueling, stop the engine, and
always keep sparks and ames away from
the ller neck:
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be ignited
by sparks or ames causing serious burns
and injuries.
Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel-ller
cap or not using a fuel-ller cap may result
in a fuel leak, which could result in serious
burns or death in an accident.
Do not continue refueling after the fuel
pump nozzle shuts o automatically:
Continuing to add fuel after the fuel pump
nozzle has shut o automatically is
dangerous because overlling the fuel tank
may cause fuel overow or leakage. Fuel
overow and leakage could damage the
vehicle and if the fuel ignites it could cause
a re and explosion resulting in serious
injury or death.
CAUTION
Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel-ller
cap or an approved equivalent, available
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. The wrong
cap can result in a serious malfunction of
the fuel and emission control systems. It
may also cause the check engine light in
the instrument cluster to illuminate.
▼Refueling
Before refueling, close all the doors,
windows, and the liftgate, and switch the
ignition OFF.
1. To open the fuel-filler lid, pull the
remote fuel-filler lid release.
Remote fuel-filler lid release
2. To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn it
counterclockwise.
Before Driving
Fuel and Emission
3-31
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
3. Attach the removed cap to the inner
side of the fuel-filler lid.
Fuel-filler cap
Fuel-filler lid
4. Insert the refueling nozzle all the way
and begin refueling. Pull out the
refueling nozzle after the refueling
stops automatically.
5. To close the fuel-filler cap, turn it
clockwise until a click is heard.
6. To close, press the fuel-filler lid until it
locks securely.
CAUTION
If the check fuel cap warning light
illuminates, the fuel-ller cap may not be
properly installed. If the warning light
illuminates, park your vehicle safely o the
right-of-way, remove the fuel-ller cap and
reinstall it correctly. After the cap has been
correctly installed, the fuel cap warning
light may continue to illuminate until a
number of driving cycles have been
completed. A drive cycle consists of starting
the engine (after four or more hours with
the engine o) and driving the vehicle on
city and highway roads.
Continuing to drive with the check fuel cap
warning light illuminated could cause the
check engine light to illuminate as well.
Before Driving
Fuel and Emission
3-32
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Steering Wheel
WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while the
vehicle is moving:
Adjusting the steering wheel while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. Moving it
can very easily cause the driver to abruptly
turn to the left or right. This can lead to loss
of control or an accident.
▼Steering Wheel Adjustment
To change the angle or length of the
steering wheel:
1. Stop the vehicle, and then pull down
the lock release lever under the
steering column.
Lock release lever
2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust
the steering column length to the
desired positions, then push the lever
up to lock the column.
3. Attempt to push the steering wheel up
and down to make sure it's locked
before driving.
▼Heated Steering Wheel
*
The grips on the left and right of the
steering wheel can be warmed up.
Heated steering
wheel switch
Heating area
The ignition must be switched ON.
Press the switch to turn on the heated
steering wheel. The heated steering wheel
operates for about 30 minutes and then
turns off automatically.
The indicator light illuminates when the
heater is operating.
To turn off the heated steering wheel
before the 30 minutes has elapsed, press
the switch again.
CAUTION
The following types of persons should be
careful not to touch the steering wheel.
Otherwise, it could cause a
low-temperature burn.
Infants, small children, elderly people,
and physically challenged people
People with delicate skin
People who are excessively fatigued
People who are intoxicated
People who have taken sleep-inducing
medicine such as sleeping pills or cold
medicine
Before Driving
Steering Wheel
*Some models.
3-33
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Mirrors
Before driving, adjust the inside and
outside mirrors.
▼Outside Mirrors
WARNING
Be sure to look over your shoulder before
changing lanes:
Changing lanes without taking into
account the actual distance of the vehicle
in the convex mirror is dangerous. You
could have a serious accident. What you
see in the convex mirror is closer than it
appears.
Mirror type
Flat type (driver's side)
Flat surface mirror.
Convex type (front passenger side)
The mirror has single curvature on its
surface.
Power mirror adjustment
The ignition must be switched to ACC or
ON position.
To adjust:
1. Rotate the mirror switch to the left or
right to choose the left or right side
mirror.
2. Press the mirror switch in the
appropriate direction.
Center position
Mirror switch
After adjusting the mirror, lock the control
by rotating the switch in the center
position.
Folding mirror
WARNING
Always return the outside mirrors to the
driving position before you start driving:
Driving with the outside mirrors folded in is
dangerous. Your rear view will be
restricted, and you could have an accident.
Manually fold the outside mirror rearward
until it is flush with the vehicle.
Before Driving
Mirrors
3-34
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Rearview Mirror
WARNING
Do not stack cargo or objects higher than
the seatbacks:
Cargo stacked higher than the seatbacks is
dangerous. It can block your view in the
rearview mirror, which might cause you to
hit another car when changing lanes.
Rearview mirror adjustment
Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror
to center on the scene through the rear
window.
NOTE
For the manual day/night mirror, perform
the adjustment with the day/night lever in
the day position.
Reducing glare from headlights
Manual day/night mirror
Push the day/night lever forward for day
driving. Pull it back to reduce glare of
headlights from vehicles at the rear.
Day/Night lever
DayNight
Auto-dimming mirror
(With Homelink wireless control
system)
The auto-dimming mirror automatically
reduces the glare of headlights from
vehicles at the rear when the ignition is
switched ON.
Press the OFF button ( ) to cancel the
automatic dimming function. The
indicator light will turn off.
To reactivate the automatic dimming
function, press the ON button ( ). The
indicator light will illuminate.
Indicator light
OFF button
ON button
(Without Homelink wireless control
system)
The auto-dimming mirror automatically
reduces the glare of headlights from
vehicles at the rear when the ignition is
switched ON.
Before Driving
Mirrors
3-35
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
Do not use glass cleaner or suspend
objects on or around the light sensor.
Otherwise, light sensor sensitivity will
be affected and may not operate
normally.
(With Homelink wireless control
system)
Light sensor
(Without Homelink wireless control
system)
Light sensor
•
(With Homelink wireless control
system)
For information regarding the 3 buttons
(,,) on the auto-dimming
mirror.
Refer to HomeLink Wireless Control
System on page 4-60.
•
The auto-dimming function is canceled
when the ignition is switched ON and
the selector lever is in reverse (R).
Before Driving
Mirrors
3-36
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Power Windows
The windows can be opened/closed by
operating the power window switches.
WARNING
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window:
Closing a power window is dangerous. A
person's hands, head, or even neck could
be caught by the window and result in
serious injury or even death. This warning
applies especially to children.
Never allow children to play with power
window switches:
Power window switches that are not locked
with the power window lock switch would
allow children to operate power windows
unintentionally, which could result in
serious injury if a child's hands, head or
neck becomes caught by the window.
Make sure nothing blocks the window just
before it reaches the fully closed position or
while fully holding up the power window
switch:
Blocking the power window just before it
reaches the fully closed position or while
fully holding up the power window switch
is dangerous.
In this case, the jam-safe function cannot
prevent the window from closing all the
way. If ngers are caught, serious injuries
could occur.
NOTE
When driving with only one of the rear
windows open, your ears might experience
a resonating sound. However, this does not
indicate a problem. The sound can be
reduced by slightly opening a front
window or by changing the size of the rear
window opening.
Before Driving
Windows
3-37
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Opening/Closing Windows
The window opens while the switch is pressed and it closes while the switch is pulled up
with the ignition switched ON. Do not open or close three or more windows at the same
time.
The front passenger's side and rear windows can be opened/closed when the power window
lock switch on the driver's door is in the unlock position. Keep this switch in the locked
position while children are in the vehicle.
Close
Close
Open
Open
Right rear window
Driver's
window
Power window
lock switch
Master control switch Front passenger's
window switch
Locked position
Unlocked position
Front passenger's
window
Left rear
window
Rear window switches
NOTE
•
A power window may no longer open/close if you continue to press the switch after fully
opening/closing the power window. If the power window does not open/close, wait a
moment and then operate the switch again.
•
The passenger windows may be opened or closed using the master control switches on the
driver's door.
•
The power window can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition is switched
from ON to ACC or off with all doors closed. If any door is opened, the power window
will stop operating.
For engine-off operation of the power window, the switch must be held up firmly
throughout window closure because the auto-closing function will be inoperable.
•
When the power window lock switch is in the locked position, the light on each power
window switch, except for the driver's power window switch, turns off. The light may be
difficult to see depending on the surrounding brightness.
Before Driving
Windows
3-38
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Auto-opening/Closing
To fully open the window automatically,
press the switch completely down, then
release. The window will fully open
automatically.
To fully close the window automatically,
pull the switch completely up, then
release. The window will fully close
automatically.
To stop the window partway, pull or press
the switch in the opposite direction and
then release it.
NOTE
Power window system initialization
procedure
If the battery was disconnected during
vehicle maintenance, or for other reasons
(such as a switch continues to be operated
after the window is fully open/closed), the
window will not fully open and close
automatically.
The power window auto function will only
resume on a power window that has been
reset.
1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Make sure that the power window lock
switch located on the driver's door is
not depressed.
3. Press the switch and fully open the
window.
4. Pull up the switch to fully close the
window and continue holding the
switch for about 2 seconds after the
window fully closed.
5. Make sure that the power windows
operate correctly using the door
switches.
After the system has been re-initialized,
each passenger window can be fully
opened or closed automatically using the
master control switches.
▼Jam-safe Window
If foreign matter is detected between the
window and the window frame while the
window is closing automatically (refer to
Auto-opening/Closing on page 3-39), the
window stops closing and automatically
opens partway.
NOTE
•
The jam-safe function may operate
under the following conditions:
•
A strong impact is detected while the
window is closing automatically.
•
Window is closing automatically in
very low temperatures.
•
In the event the jam-safe function
activates and the power window cannot
be closed automatically, pull and hold
the switch and the window will close.
•
The jam-safe window function does not
operate until the system has been reset.
Before Driving
Windows
3-39
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Moonroof*
The moonroof can be opened or closed
when operating the overhead tilt/slide
switch at the front seats.
WARNING
Do not let passengers stand up or extend
part of the body through the open
moonroof while the vehicle is moving:
Extending the head, arms, or other parts of
the body through the moonroof is
dangerous. The head or arms could hit
something while the vehicle is moving. This
could cause serious injury or death.
Never allow children to play with the tilt/
slide switch:
The tilt/slide switch would allow children to
operate the moonroof unintentionally,
which could result in serious injury if a
child's hands, head or neck becomes
caught by the moonroof.
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing the moonroof:
A closing moonroof is dangerous. The
hands, head, or even neck of a person,
especially a child, could be caught in it as it
closes, causing serious injury or even death.
Make sure nothing blocks the moonroof
just before it reaches the fully closed
position:
Blocking the moonroof just before it
reaches the closed position is dangerous.
In this case, the jam-safe function cannot
prevent the moonroof from closing. If
ngers are caught, serious injuries could
occur.
CAUTION
Do not sit on or put heavy items on the
area where the moonroof opens and
closes. Otherwise, the moonroof could be
damaged.
Do not open or close the moonroof
forcefully during freezing temperatures
or snowfall. Otherwise, the moonroof
could be damaged.
The sunshade does not tilt. To avoid
damaging the sunshade, do not push it
up.
Do not close the sunshade while the
moonroof is opening. Trying to force the
sunshade closed could damage it.
▼Tilt/Slide Operation
The moonroof can be opened or closed
electrically only when the ignition is
switched ON.
•Before leaving the vehicle or washing
your Mazda, make sure the moonroof is
completely closed so that water does not
get inside the cabin area.
•After washing your Mazda or after it
rains, wipe the water off the moonroof
before operating it to avoid water
penetration which could cause rust and
water damage to your headliner.
Tilt/Slide switch
Before Driving
Windows
3-40 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Tilt Operation
The rear of the moonroof can be tilted
open to provide more ventilation.
To fully tilt automatically, momentarily
press the tilt/slide switch.
To fully close automatically, momentarily
press the tilt/slide switch in the forward
direction.
To stop tilting partway, press the tilt/slide
switch.
When the moonroof is already slid open
and you want to tilt it open, first close the
moonroof and then do a tilt operation.
Close (Tilt down)
Tilt up
Slide Operation
To fully open automatically, momentarily
press the tilt/slide switch in the backward
direction.
To fully close automatically, momentarily
press the tilt/slide switch in the forward
direction.
To stop sliding partway, press the tilt/slide
switch.
When the moonroof is already tilted open
and you want to slide it open, first close
the moonroof and then do a slide
operation.
Close
Open
NOTE
If the moonroof does not operate normally,
do the following procedure:
1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Press the tilt switch, to partially tilt
open the rear of the moonroof.
3. Repeat Step 2. The rear of the
moonroof tilts open to the fully open
position, then closes a little.
If the reset procedure is performed while
the moonroof is in the slide position
(partially open) it will close before the
rear tilt opens.
Before Driving
Windows
3-41
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Jam-safe Moonroof
If a person's hands, head or an object
blocks the moonroof while it is closing,
the moonroof will stop and move in the
open direction.
NOTE
•
The jam-safe function may operate
under the following conditions:
•
A strong impact is detected while the
moonroof is closing automatically.
•
The moonroof is closing automatically
during very low temperatures.
•
In the event the jam-safe function
activates and the moonroof cannot be
closed automatically, press the tilt/slide
switch and the moonroof will close.
•
The jam-safe moonroof function does
not operate until the system has been
reset.
▼Sunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed by
hand.
The sunshade opens at the same time as
the moonroof slides open, but it must be
closed by hand.
Sunshade
Before Driving
Windows
3-42
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Modification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the vehicle, do not
modify the system or install any add-on
equipment to the immobilizer system or
the vehicle.
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with a key the system
recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent
vehicle theft.
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Radio equipment like this is governed by
laws in the United States.
Changes or modications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the equipment.
To avoid damage to the key, do not:
Drop the key.
Get the key wet.
Expose the key to any kind of magnetic
eld.
Expose the key to high temperatures
on places such as the dashboard or
hood, under direct sunlight.
If the engine does not start with the
correct key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or ashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Before Driving
Security System
3-43
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
The keys carry a unique electronic code.
For this reason, and to assure your
safety, obtaining a replacement key
requires some waiting time. They are
only available through an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
•
Always keep a spare key in case one is
lost. If a key is lost, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
•
If you lose a key, an Authorized Mazda
Dealer will reset the electronic codes of
your remaining keys and immobilizer
system. Bring all the remaining keys to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that has
not been reset is not possible.
▼Operation
NOTE
•
The engine may not start and security
indicator light may illuminate or flash if
the key is placed in an area where it is
difficult for the system to detect the
signal, such as on the dashboard or in
the glove compartment. Move the key to
a location within the signal range,
switch the ignition off, and then restart
the engine.
•
Signals from a TV or radio station, or
from a transceiver or mobile telephone
could interfere with your immobilizer
system. If you are using the proper key
and the engine fails to start, check the
security indicator light.
Arming
The system is armed when the ignition is
switched from ON to off.
The security indicator light in the
instrument cluster flashes every 2 seconds
until the system is disarmed.
Disarming
The system is disarmed when the ignition
is switched ON with the correct
programmed key. The security indicator
light illuminates for about 3 seconds and
then turns off. If the engine does not start
with the correct key, and the security
indicator light remains illuminated or
flashing, try the following:
Make sure the key is within the
operational range for signal transmission.
Switch the ignition off, and then restart the
engine. If the engine does not start after 3
or more tries, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
•
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving, do
not shut off the engine. Go to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it
checked. If the engine is shut off while
the indicator light is flashing, you will
not be able to restart it.
•
Because the electronic codes are reset
when the immobilizer system is repaired,
the keys are needed. Make sure to bring
all the keys to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer so that they can be programmed.
Before Driving
Security System
3-44
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Break-In Period
No special break-in is necessary, but a few
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600
miles) may add to the performance,
economy, and life of the vehicle.
•Do not race the engine.
•Do not maintain one constant speed,
either slow or fast, for a long period of
time.
•Do not drive constantly at full-throttle or
high engine rpm for extended periods of
time.
•Avoid unnecessary hard stops.
•Avoid full-throttle starts.
•Do not tow a trailer.
Saving Fuel and Protection
of the Environment
How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save fuel and
reduce CO2.
•Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
runs smoothly, begin driving.
•Avoid fast starts.
•Drive at lower speeds.
•Anticipate when to apply the brakes
(avoid sudden braking).
•Follow the maintenance schedule (page
6-4) and have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform inspections and
servicing.
•Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
•Slow down on rough roads.
•Keep the tires properly inflated.
•Do not carry unnecessary weight.
•Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal
while driving.
•Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
•Keep windows closed at high speeds.
•Slow down when driving in crosswinds
and headwinds.
WARNING
Never stop the engine when going down a
hill:
Stopping the engine when going down a
hill is dangerous. This causes the loss of
power steering and power brake control,
and may cause damage to the drivetrain.
Any loss of steering or braking control
could cause an accident.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-45
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Hazardous Driving
WARNING
Be extremely careful if it is necessary to
downshift on slippery surfaces:
Downshifting into lower gear while driving
on slippery surfaces is dangerous. The
sudden change in tire speed could cause
the tires to skid. This could lead to loss of
vehicle control and an accident.
Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and
abrupt maneuvers when driving this
vehicle:
Sharp turns, excessive speed and abrupt
maneuvering of this vehicle are dangerous
as it could result in the increased risk of loss
of vehicle control, vehicle roll-over,
personal injury or death.
This vehicle has a higher center of gravity.
Vehicles with a higher center of gravity
such as utility vehicles handle dierently
than vehicles with a lower center of gravity.
Utility vehicles are not designed for
cornering at high speeds any more than
low prole sports cars are designed to
perform satisfactorily under o-road
conditions.
In addition, utility vehicles have a
signicantly higher rollover rate than other
types of vehicles.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
signicantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt.
When driving on ice or in water, snow,
mud, sand, or similar hazards:
•Be cautious and allow extra distance for
braking.
•Avoid sudden braking and sudden
maneuvering.
•Do not pump the brakes. Continue to
press down on the brake pedal.
Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS)
on page 4-75.
•If you get stuck, select a lower gear and
accelerate slowly. Do not spin the front
wheels.
•For more traction in starting on slippery
surfaces such as ice or packed snow, use
sand, rock salt, chains, carpeting, or
other nonslip material under the front
wheels.
NOTE
Use snow chains only on the front wheels.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-46
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Floor Mat
We recommend the use of Genuine
Mazda floor mats.
WARNING
Make sure the oor mats are hooked on the
retention pins to prevent them from
bunching up under the foot pedals:
Using a oor mat that is not secured is
dangerous as it will interfere with the
accelerator and brake pedal operation,
which could result in an accident.
Do not install two oor mats, one on top of
the other, on the driver's side:
Installing two oor mats, one on top of the
other, on the driver's side is dangerous as
the retention pins can only keep one oor
mat from sliding forward.
Loose oor mat(s) will interfere with the
foot pedals and could result in an accident.
If using an all-weather mat for winter use
always remove the original oor mat.
When setting a floor mat, position the
floor mat so that its grommets are inserted
over the pointed end of the retention posts.
Rocking the Vehicle
WARNING
Do not spin the wheels at more than 56
km/h (35 mph), and do not allow anyone
to stand behind a wheel when pushing the
vehicle:
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning the
wheels at high speed is dangerous. The
spinning tire could overheat and explode.
This could cause serious injuries.
CAUTION
Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transaxle failure, and tire
damage.
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
snow, sand or mud, depress the accelerator
slightly and slowly move the selector lever
from D to R.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-47
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Winter Driving
Carry emergency gear, including tire
chains, window scraper, flares, a small
shovel, jumper cables, and a small bag of
sand or salt.
Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to check
the following:
•Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in the
radiator.
Refer to Engine Coolant on page 6-18.
•Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold
reduces battery capacity.
•Use an engine oil appropriate for the
lowest ambient temperatures that the
vehicle will be driven in (page 6-17).
•Inspect the ignition system for damage
and loose connections.
•Use washer fluid made with
antifreeze―but do not use engine
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid (page
6-20).
NOTE
•
Remove snow before driving. Snow left
on the windshield is dangerous as it
could obstruct vision.
•
Do not apply excessive force to a
window scraper when removing ice or
frozen snow on the mirror glass and
windshield.
•
Never use warm or hot water for
removing snow or ice from windows and
mirrors as it could result in the glass
cracking.
•
Drive slowly. Braking performance can
be adversely affected if snow or ice
adheres to the brake components. If this
situation occurs, drive the vehicle
slowly, releasing the accelerator pedal
and lightly applying the brakes several
times until the brake performance
returns to normal.
▼Snow Tires
Use snow tires on all four wheels
Do not go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)
while driving with snow tires. Inflate snow
tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi) more
than recommended on the tire pressure
label (driver's door frame), but never more
than the maximum cold-tire pressure
shown on the tires.
The vehicle is originally equipped with all
season radials designed to be used all year
around. In some extreme climates you
may find it necessary to replace them with
snow tires during the winter months to
further improve traction on snow and ice
covered roads.
WARNING
Use only the same size and type tires (snow,
radial, or non-radial) on all four wheels:
Using tires dierent in size or type is
dangerous. Your vehicle's handling could
be greatly aected and result in an
accident.
CAUTION
Check local regulations before using
studded tires.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-48
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
The tire pressure monitoring system may
not function correctly when using tires
with steel wire reinforcement in the
sidewalls (page 4-164).
▼Tire Chains
Check local regulations before using tire
chains.
CAUTION
Chains may aect handling.
Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30 mph)
or the chain manufacturer's
recommended limit, whichever is lower.
Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes,
and sharp turns.
Avoid locked-wheel braking.
Do not use chains on a temporary spare
tire; it may result in damage to the
vehicle and to the tire.
Do not use chains on roads that are free
of snow or ice. The tires and chains could
be damaged.
Chains may scratch or chip aluminum
wheels.
NOTE
•
The tire pressure monitoring system may
not function correctly when using tire
chains.
Install the chains on the front tires only.
Do not use chains on the rear tires.
Please consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Installing the chains
1. Secure the chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible.
Always follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Retighten the chains after driving
1/2―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-49
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Driving In Flooded Area
WARNING
Dry o brakes that have become wet by
driving slowly, releasing the accelerator
pedal and lightly applying the brakes
several times until the brake performance
returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the vehicle
pulling to one side when braking could
result in a serious accident. Light braking
will indicate whether the brakes have been
aected.
CAUTION
Do not drive the vehicle on ooded roads
as it could cause short circuiting of
electrical/electronic parts, or engine
damage or stalling from water absorption.
If the vehicle has been immersed in water,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Overloading
WARNING
Be careful not to overload your vehicle:
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR) and
the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of
the vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard Label on the driver's door frame.
Exceeding these ratings can cause an
accident or vehicle damage. You can
estimate the weight of the load by
weighing the items (or people) before
putting them in the vehicle.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-50
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Driving on Uneven Road
Your vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roads
or over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling on
rough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.
Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving under
the following conditions:
•Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle
•Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle
This vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance and
handling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be
damaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Use care
and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-51
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Trailer Towing
Your Mazda was designed and built primarily to carry passengers and cargo.
If you tow a trailer, follow these instructions because driver and passenger safety depends
on proper equipment and safe driving habits. Towing a trailer will affect handling, braking,
durability, performance, and fuel economy.
Never overload your vehicle or trailer. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you need
further details.
CAUTION
Do not tow a trailer during the rst 1,000 km (600 miles) of your new Mazda. If you do, you
may damage the engine, transaxle, dierential, wheel bearings, and other power-train
components.
▼Weight Limits
TTW and GCWR
The total trailer weight (TTW), gross combination weight rating (GCWR), gross axle
weight rating (GAWR), trailer load, and trailer tongue load must be within the
prescribed limits.
•The total trailer weight (TTW) is the sum of the weights of the trailer load (trailer
weight plus cargo), trailer hitch, 2 passengers, and vehicle load (baggage, food, camp
gear, etc.). Never allow the total trailer weight (TTW) to exceed specifications in the
Trailer Towing-Load Table.
•The maximum GCWR is the combination weight of the trailer and load plus the
towing vehicle (including trailer hitch, vehicle passengers, and load). It must not
exceed the specifications in the load table.
GAWR and GVWR
Do not exceed front and rear GAWR (gross axle weight rating) and GVWR (gross vehicle
weight rating). If you do, vehicle handling, braking, and performance will be affected. These
values are also on the Motor Vehicle Safety Certification Label posted on the driver's door
frame.
Before Driving
Towing
3-52
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
High-altitude operation
CAUTION
Be aware of the towing load weight dierences when towing at high altitudes. For altitudes
exceeding 1,000 meter (3,280 ft 10 in), always reduce the towing load by 10 % for every 1,000
meter (3,280 ft 10 in) increase in altitude from the load indicated under the maximum GCWR
heading in the trailer towing-load table. If the determined maximum total towing load
weight is exceeded, the engine and other power-train parts may be damaged.
TRAILER TOWING-LOAD TABLE
Because vehicle weights vary, adjustments must be made to meet the requirements in this
table.
Item Model
2WD AWD
MAX. FRON-
TAL AREA 2.97 m
2
(32 ft
2
)
MAX. TTW 907.2 kg (2,000 lb)
MAX.
GCWR 2,725 kg (6,007.5 lb) 2,784 kg (6,137.6 lb)
MAX. GAWR Front 1,069 kg (2,357 lb) 1,089 kg (2,401 lb)
Rear 992 kg (2,187 lb) 1,029 kg (2,269 lb)
MAX.
GVWR 2,061 kg (4,544 lb) 2,118 kg (4,669 lb)
TRAIL-
ER-TONGUE
LOAD
Tongue load
Tongue load/Trailer load × 100 = 10 % to 15 %
Trailer load
DISTRIBU-
TION OF
TRAILER
LOAD
Front 60 %
Rear 40 %
Before Driving
Towing
3-53
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
WARNING
Always keep tow loads within specied limits as indicated in the Trailer Towing-Load Table:
Attempting to tow loads greater than those specied is dangerous as it may cause serious
handling and performance problems that could result in personal injury or vehicle damage,
or both.
Load your trailer with the weight about 60 % toward the front and 40 % toward the rear:
Loading the trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front is dangerous. Doing so could
cause you to lose control. The trailer tongue load must be 10 %―15 % of the total trailer load
(sum of the weights of the trailer and cargo).
Always have the total trailer weight and tongue load determined prior to departure:
Attempting to tow loads without determining the total trailer weight and tongue load is
dangerous. Trailer sway from crosswinds, rough roads or other causes could result in loss of
control and a serious accident.
CAUTION
The total trailer weight and tongue load can be determined by weighing the trailer on
platform scales at a highway weight station or a trucking company.
Before Driving
Towing
3-54
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Trailer Hitch
Use only a hitch ball recommended by the trailer manufacturer that conforms to the gross
trailer weight requirement.
When not towing a trailer, remove the trailer hitch (if detachable) to reduce the possibility of
damage as a result of the vehicle being rear-ended.
WARNING
Always make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached before departure:
An unsecured trailer hitch is dangerous as it causes greater trailer sway from crosswinds,
rough roads or other causes, resulting in loss of control and a serious accident.
Examine all trailer-hitch mounting bolts regularly and tighten any that are loose. If the hitch
is removed, seal any open mounting holes to prevent exhaust, dust, water, dirt and other
foreign elements from ltering in, possibly endangering personal safety and damaging your
vehicle.
Do not install a hitch that stiens the bumper as it will reduce the bumper's performance.
Make sure there are no exhaust gas leaks into the passenger compartment if any mounting
bolts are connected to the body:
Modifying your vehicle exhaust system is dangerous. Exhaust gas entering the vehicle could
cause loss of consciousness or even death.
When mounting the trailer hitch, make no modications to the vehicle exhaust system.
CAUTION
Make all hitch adjustments with actual loads. Do not load and unload vehicle while
adjusting hitch. This action will change the vehicle height.
Do not use an axle-mounted hitch. This may damage the axle and related parts.
▼Tires
When towing a trailer, make sure all tires are inflated to the recommended cold-tire
pressure, as indicated on the tire pressure chart on the driver's door frame. Trailer tire size,
load rating, and inflation pressures should conform to tire manufacturer specifications.
WARNING
Never use the temporary spare tire when towing:
Using the temporary spare tire on your vehicle when towing a trailer is dangerous as it could
result in tire failure, loss of control, and injury to vehicle occupants.
Before Driving
Towing
3-55
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Safety Chains
Safety chains must be used as a precautionary measure should the trailer become
unintentionally unhitched. They should cross under the trailer tongue and attach to the hitch.
Leave enough slack to allow full turns. Consult literature published by your trailer or hitch
manufacturer for more details.
WARNING
Make sure the safety chain is securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle prior to
departure:
Towing a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer and the
vehicle is dangerous. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball, the trailer could
wander into another lane and cause a collision.
▼Trailer Lights
Trailer lights must comply with all federal, state, and local regulations. Equip your trailer as
required before towing it day or night.
CAUTION
Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to the lighting system of your Mazda. This
may damage your vehicle's electrical system and lighting systems. Have a recreational vehicle
dealer or trailer rental agency connect the system, and inspect the brake lights and turn
signals yourself before each trip.
▼Trailer Brakes
If the total trailer weight exceeds 450 kg (1,000 lb), trailer brakes are required. If your trailer
has brakes, make sure they comply with all federal, state, and local regulations.
WARNING
Do not connect a hydraulic trailer-brake system to your vehicle's brake system:
Connecting a hydraulic trailer-brake system directly to the vehicle brake system is dangerous
and will result in inadequate braking and possible injury.
Before Driving
Towing
3-56
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Trailer Towing Tips
•Verify that your Mazda maintains a near-normal attitude when a loaded or unloaded trailer
is connected. Do not drive if it has an abnormal front-up or front-down position. Inspect
for incorrect tongue load, worn suspension parts, and trailer overloading.
•Make sure the trailer is properly loaded and the cargo is secure to prevent it from shifting.
•Make sure the mirrors conform to all government regulations. If they do not, install
required rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes.
The three main causes of vehicle-trailer accidents are driver error, excessive speed, and
improper trailer loading.
Before driving
•Have your cooling and braking system checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•Before starting out, inspect the operation of all vehicle and trailer lights and all
vehicle-to-trailer connections. Stop and re-inspect all lights and connections after driving
a short distance.
Driving
•Your Mazda will handle differently with a trailer in tow, so practice turning, backing, and
stopping in a traffic-free area.
•Take time to get accustomed to the extra weight and length.
•Allow more room between your vehicle and the one in front because braking distance
increases with a trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of speed, allow at least one vehicle
and trailer length between your Mazda and the vehicle ahead.
•Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration.
•Avoid sudden braking. It may cause loss of control and result in jackknifing, especially so
on wet or slippery roads.
•Shift the selector lever to the D position when towing a trailer in hilly terrain or when
heavily loaded.
The D position will allow operating the vehicle without frequent shifting.
Lane changes and turning
Avoid quick lane changes, sudden turns, and tight turns. Slow down before turning to avoid
the need of sudden braking.
A turning trailer will make a tighter arc than the tow vehicle. Compensate with turns that are
larger than normal.
Before Driving
Towing
3-57
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Passing
Plan well ahead to pass other vehicles, and provide plenty of room before changing lanes.
Crosswinds from passing vehicles, especially larger ones, and the effects of rough roads will
affect handling.
If swaying occurs, firmly grip the steering wheel and reduce speed immediately, but
gradually.
Steer straight ahead. If no extreme correction of steering or braking is made, the
combination of less speed and firm steering will result in stability.
Backing up
Backing a vehicle with a trailer requires practice and patience. Back slowly, and have a
helper outside at the rear of the trailer to reduce the risk of an accident.
To turn the trailer, place your hand at the bottom of the steering wheel and turn it in the
direction you want the trailer to go. Make only slight movements to prevent sharp or
prolonged turning.
Ascending a hill
Shift into a lower gear to reduce the possibility of overloading or overheating the engine, or
both.
Descending a hill
Shift into a lower gear and use engine compression as a braking effect.
WARNING
Always use lower gears to reduce speed:
Holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently is dangerous as it could cause the
brakes to overheat and lose power, resulting in loss of control and a serious accident. Use
lower gears to help reduce speed. Pull o the road and allow brakes to cool down whenever
braking performance feels reduced.
Overheated engine
The extra weight of the trailer may strain the engine on hot days and on long or steep
upgrades.
If the temperature gauge indicates overheating, turn off the air conditioner, drive safely to
the side of the road, park off the right-of-way and wait for engine to cool. Refer to
Overheating on page 7-18.
Before Driving
Towing
3-58
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Parking
Always make sure the tires of the trailer and the tow vehicle are blocked while parked.
Apply the parking brake firmly and put the transaxle in P.
Avoid parking on an incline, but if you must, follow these instructions:
1. Depress and hold down the brake pedal.
2. Have a helper put wheel blocks against the downhill side of all vehicle and trailer tires.
3. Then release the brake pedal slowly until the blocks bear the load.
•If the grade is downhill, turn the steering wheel so that the front of the front tires face
the curb.
•If it is uphill, face the rear of the front tires against the curb.
4. Firmly apply the parking brake.
5. Shift the transaxle into P, and stop the engine.
To restart after parking on an incline:
1. With the transaxle in P, start the engine. (Be sure to depress and hold the brake pedal.)
2. Shift into gear.
3. Release the parking brake (also the foot brake) and pull away from the wheel blocks.
Stop; apply the parking brake and shift into P.
4. Have a helper retrieve the wheel blocks.
Fuel consumption
Trailer towing causes higher fuel consumption.
Maintenance
If you tow a trailer frequently, have your vehicle serviced as shown in Scheduled
Maintenance (page 6-4).
Before Driving
Towing
3-59
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Recreational Towing
An example of "recreational towing" is
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.
The transaxle is not designed for towing
this vehicle on all 4 wheels.
When doing recreational towing refer to
"Towing Description" (page 7-20) and
"Tiedown Hooks" (page 7-21) and
carefully follow the instructions.
Before Driving
Towing
3-60
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
4When Driving
Information concerning safe driving and stopping.
Start/Stop Engine.............................. 4-4
Ignition Switch............................. 4-4
Starting the Engine....................... 4-5
Turning the Engine Off...............4-10
Instrument Cluster and Display............
........................................................... 4-11
Meters and Gauges..................... 4-11
Multi-information Display and INFO
Switch
*
....................................... 4-19
Active Driving Display
*
.............4-27
Warning/Indicator Lights............4-30
Automatic Transaxle....................... 4-37
Automatic Transaxle
Controls...................................... 4-37
Shift-Lock System......................4-38
Transaxle Ranges........................4-38
Manual Shift Mode.....................4-40
Driving Tips................................4-45
Switches and Controls.....................4-46
Lighting Control......................... 4-46
Fog Lights
*
................................. 4-51
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals........................................ 4-52
Windshield Wipers and
Washer........................................ 4-53
Rear Window Wiper and
Washer........................................ 4-56
Rear Window Defogger..............4-57
Horn............................................4-59
Hazard Warning Flasher............. 4-59
HomeLink Wireless Control
System
*
.......................................4-60
Brake................................................ 4-64
Brake System..............................4-64
AUTOHOLD..............................4-69
Hill Launch Assist (HLA).......... 4-73
ABS/TCS/DSC................................. 4-75
Antilock Brake System
(ABS)..........................................4-75
Traction Control System
(TCS).......................................... 4-76
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC)..........................................4-78
Fuel Economy Monitor................... 4-79
Fuel Economy Monitor
*
.............4-79
Drive Selection.................................4-82
Drive Selection........................... 4-82
*Some models. 4-1
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
i-ACTIV AWD................................. 4-83
i-ACTIV AWD Operation
*
.........4-83
Power Steering.................................4-85
Power Steering............................4-85
i-ACTIVSENSE...............................4-86
i-ACTIVSENSE
*
........................4-86
Adaptive Front Lighting System
(AFS)
*
........................................ 4-89
High Beam Control System
(HBC)
*
........................................4-90
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
*
.........
.................................................... 4-93
Traffic Sign Recognition System
(TSR)
*
........................................ 4-99
Distance Recognition Support
System (DRSS)
*
.......................4-105
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
*
.....
.................................................. 4-108
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with
Stop & Go function)
*
................4-112
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) &
Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS)
*
.................................. 4-125
Advanced Smart City Brake Support
(Advanced SCBS)
*
...................4-136
Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS)
*
.................................... 4-140
Smart Brake Support (SBS)
*
....4-144
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)
*
......
.................................................. 4-147
Radar Sensor (Front)
*
.............. 4-152
Radar Sensors (Rear)
*
..............4-155
Cruise Control............................... 4-157
Cruise Control
*
.........................4-157
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System.............................................4-162
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System...................................... 4-162
Rear View Monitor....................... 4-166
Rear View Monitor
*
................. 4-166
4-2 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
MEMO
4-3
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Ignition Switch
▼Push Button Start Positions
The system operates only when the key is
within operational range.
Each time the push button start is pressed,
the ignition switches in the order of off,
ACC, and ON. Pressing the push button
start again from ON switches the ignition
off.
Indicator light
Push button start
NOTE
•
The engine starts by pressing the push
button start while depressing the brake
pedal. To switch the ignition position,
press the push button start without
depressing the pedal.
•
Do not leave the ignition switched ON
while the engine is not running. Doing
so could result in the battery going
dead. If the selector lever is in the P
position, and the ignition is in ACC, the
ignition switches off automatically after
about 25 minutes.
Off
The power supply to electrical devices
turns off and the push button start
indicator light (amber) also turns off.
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
switch the ignition o, set the parking
brake, and make sure the selector lever is in
P:
Leaving the driver's seat without switching
the ignition o, setting the parking brake,
and shifting the selector lever to P is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle movement
could occur which could result in an
accident.
In addition, if your intention is to leave the
vehicle for even a short period, it is
important to switch the ignition o, as
leaving it in another position will disable
some of the vehicle's security systems and
run the battery down.
ACC (Accessory)
Some electrical accessories will operate
and the indicator light (amber) illuminates.
NOTE
The keyless entry system does not function
while the push button start has been
pressed to ACC, and the doors will not
lock/unlock even if they have been locked
manually.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The indicator light
(amber) turns off. (The indicator light
(amber) illuminates when the ignition is
switched ON and the engine is not
running.)
Some indicator lights/warning lights
should be inspected before the engine is
started (page 4-30).
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-4
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
When the push button start is pressed to
ON, the sound of the fuel pump motor
operating near the fuel tank can be heard.
This does not indicate an abnormality.
Starting the Engine
WARNING
Radio waves from the key may aect
medical devices such as pacemakers:
Before using the key near people who use
medical devices, ask the medical device
manufacturer or your physician if radio
waves from the key will aect the device.
NOTE
•
The key must be carried because the key
carries an immobilizer chip that must
communicate with the engine controls at
short range.
•
The engine can be started when the push
button start is pressed from off, ACC, or
ON.
•
The push button start system functions
(function which can start the engine by
only carrying the key) can be
deactivated to prevent any possible
adverse effect on a user wearing a
pacemaker or other medical device. If
the system is deactivated, you will be
unable to start the engine by carrying
the key. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for details. If the push button
start system functions have been
deactivated, you can start the engine by
following the procedure indicated when
the key battery goes dead.
Refer to Engine Start Function When
Key Battery is Dead on page 4-8.
•
After starting a cold engine, the engine
speed increases and a whining sound
from the engine compartment can be
heard.
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-5
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
This is for improved exhaust gas
purification and does not indicate any
parts defect.
•
Engine-starting is controlled by the
spark ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian
Interference-Causing Equipment
Standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field strength of radio
noise.
1. Make sure you are carrying the key.
2. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
3. Make sure the parking brake is on.
4. Continue to press the brake pedal
firmly until the engine has completely
started.
5. Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
NOTE
The starter will not operate if the
selector lever is not in P or N and the
brake pedal is not depressed
sufficiently.
6. Verify that the KEY indicator light
(green) (if equipped) in the instrument
cluster and the push button start
indicator light (green) illuminate.
Indicator light
Push button start
NOTE
•
If the push button start indicator
light (green) flashes, make sure that
the key is being carried.
•
If the push button start indicator
light (green) flashes with the key
being carried, touch the key to the
push button start and start the
engine. Refer to Engine Start
Function When Key Battery is Dead
on page 4-8.
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-6
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CAUTION
If the KEY warning light (red)
illuminates, or the push button start
indicator light (amber) ashes, this
could indicate a problem with the
engine starting system. This may
prevent the engine from starting or
from switching the ignition to ACC or
ON. Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
NOTE
•
Under the following conditions, the
KEY warning light (red) flashes after
the push button start is pressed. This
informs the driver that the push
button start will not switch to ACC,
even if it is pressed from off.
•
The key battery is dead.
•
The key is out of operational
range.
•
The key is placed in areas where it
is difficult for the system to detect
the signal (page 3-7).
•
A key from another manufacturer
similar to the key is in the
operational range.
•
(Forced engine starting method)
If the KEY warning light (red)
illuminates, or the push button start
indicator light (amber) flashes, this
could indicate that the engine may
not start using the usual starting
method. Have your vehicle inspected
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible. If this occurs, the
engine can be force-started. Press
and hold the push button start until
the engine starts. Other procedures
necessary for starting the engine,
such as having the key in the cabin,
and depressing the brake pedal are
required.
•
When the engine is force-started, the
KEY warning light (red) (if
equipped) remains illuminated and
the push button start indicator light
(amber) remains flashing.
•
When the selector lever is in the
neutral (N) position, the KEY
indicator light (green) (if equipped)
and the push button start indicator
light (green) do not illuminate.
7. Press the push button start after both
the KEY indicator light (green) (if
equipped) in the instrument cluster and
the push button start indicator light
(green) illuminate.
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-7
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
After starting the engine, the push
button start indicator light (amber)
turns off and the ignition switches to
the ON position.
•
After pressing the push button start
and before the engine starts, the
operation sound of the fuel pump
motor from near the fuel tank can be
heard, however, this does not
indicate a malfunction.
8. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about ten seconds.
NOTE
•
Whether the engine is cold or warm,
it should be started without the use
of the accelerator.
•
If the engine does not start the first
time, refer to Starting a Flooded
Engine under Emergency Starting. If
the engine still does not start, have
your vehicle inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-
17).
▼Engine Start Function When Key
Battery is Dead
CAUTION
When starting the engine by holding the
transmitter over the push button start due
to a dead key battery or a malfunctioning
key, be careful not to allow the following,
otherwise the signal from the key will not
be received correctly and the engine may
not start.
Metal parts of other keys or metal objects
touch the key.
Spare keys or keys for other vehicles
equipped with an immobilizer system
touch or come near the key.
Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage touch or come near the
key.
If the engine cannot be started due to a
dead key battery, the engine can be started
using the following procedure:
1. Continue to depress the brake pedal
firmly until the engine has completely
started.
2. Verify that the push button start
indication light (green) flashes.
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-8
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
3. Touch the push button start using the
backside of the key (as shown) while
the push button start indicator light
(green) flashes.
Push button start
Indicator light
Key
NOTE
When touching the push button start
using the backside of the key as shown
in the illustration, touch the push
button start with the lock switch side of
the key facing up.
4. Verify that the push button start
indicator light (green) turns on.
5. Press the push button start to start the
engine.
NOTE
•
The engine cannot be started unless
the brake pedal is fully depressed.
•
If there is a malfunction with the
push button start function, the push
button start indicator light (amber)
flashes. In this case, the engine may
start, however, have the vehicle
checked at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
•
If the push button start indicator
light (green) does not illuminate,
perform the operation from the
beginning again. If it does not
illuminate, have the vehicle checked
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
To switch the ignition position
without starting the engine, perform
the following operations after the
push button start indicator light
(green) turns on.
1. Release the brake pedal.
2. Press the push button start to
switch the ignition position. The
ignition switches in the order of
ACC, ON, and off each time the
push button start is pressed. To
switch the ignition position
again, perform the operation
from the beginning.
▼Emergency Operation for Starting
the Engine
If the KEY warning light (red) illuminates,
or the push button start indicator light
(amber) flashes, this could indicate that
the engine may not start using the usual
starting method. Have your vehicle
inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer
as soon as possible. If this occurs, the
engine can be force-started. Press and hold
the push button start until the engine starts.
Other procedures necessary for starting the
engine such as having the key in the cabin,
and depressing the brake pedal are
required.
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-9
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Turning the Engine Off
WARNING
Do not stop the engine while the vehicle is
moving:
Stopping the engine while the vehicle is
moving for any reason other than in an
emergency is dangerous. Stopping the
engine while the vehicle is moving will
result in reduced braking ability due to the
loss of power braking, which could cause
an accident and serious injury.
1. Stop the vehicle completely.
2. Shift the selector lever to the P
position and set the parking brake.
3. Press the push button start to turn off
the engine. The ignition position is off.
CAUTION
When leaving the vehicle, make sure the
push button start is o.
NOTE
•
The cooling fan in the engine
compartment could turn on for a few
minutes after the ignition is switched
from ON to OFF, whether or not the A/C
is on or off, to cool the engine
compartment quickly.
•
If the system detects that the remaining
battery power of the key is low when the
ignition is switched from ON to ACC or
OFF, the following is indicated.
Replace with a new battery before the
key becomes unusable.
Refer to Key Battery Replacement on
page 6-29.
(Vehicle equipped with Type A
instrument cluster)
A message is indicated in the display of
the instrument cluster.
(Vehicle equipped with Type B
instrument cluster)
The KEY indicator light (green) flashes
for approximately 30 seconds.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on
page 4-30.
•
If the engine is turned off while the
selector lever is in a position other than
P, the ignition switches to ACC.
▼Emergency Engine Stop
Continuously pressing the push button
start or quickly pressing it any number of
times while the engine is running or the
vehicle is being driven will turn the engine
off immediately. The ignition switches to
ACC.
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-10
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Meters and Gauges
Steering Switch
Active Driving Display
Type A
(With Multi-information Display)
(Without Multi-information Display)
Instrument Cluster
Type B
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-11
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
①Speedometer..........................................................................................................page 4-13
②Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector.................................................... page 4-13
③Tachometer............................................................................................................ page 4-14
④Dashboard Illumination.........................................................................................page 4-15
⑤Trip Computer and INFO Switch..........................................................................page 4-17
⑥Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge..................................................................... page 4-14
⑦Fuel Gauge............................................................................................................ page 4-15
⑧Outside Temperature Display................................................................................page 4-16
⑨Cruise Control Set Vehicle Speed Display............................................................page 4-17
⑩Multi-information Display and INFO Switch....................................................... page 4-19
⑪Active Driving Display......................................................................................... page 4-27
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-12
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed of the
vehicle.
▼Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip
Meter Selector (Without
Multi-information Display)
The display mode can be changed from
odometer to trip meter A to trip meter B
and then back to odometer by pressing the
selector while one of them is displayed.
The selected mode will be displayed.
Selector
Press the selector
Press the selector
Press the selector
Odometer
Trip meter A
Trip meter B
Odometer
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter
The trip meter can record the total distance
of two trips. One is recorded in trip meter
A, and the other is recorded in trip meter
B.
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.
When trip meter A is selected, pressing the
selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
The trip meter records the total distance
the vehicle is driven until the meter is
again reset. Return it to “0.0” by
depressing and holding the selector for one
second or more. Use this meter to measure
trip distances and to compute fuel
consumption.
NOTE
•
(Vehicles with type B audio)
If the fuel economy data is reset using
the fuel economy monitor, or trip A is
reset using the trip meter when the
function which synchronizes the fuel
economy monitor and the trip meter is
on, the fuel economy data and trip A are
reset simultaneously.
Refer to Fuel Economy Monitor on page
4-79.
•
Only the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-13
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
The trip record will be erased when:
•
The power supply is interrupted
(blown fuse or the battery is
disconnected).
•
The vehicle is driven over 9999.9 km
(mile).
▼Tachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute (rpm).
CAUTION
Do not run the engine with the tachometer
needle in the RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine damage.
STRIPED
ZONE
RED ZONE
NOTE
When the tachometer needle enters the
STRIPED ZONE, this indicates to the
driver that the gears should be shifted
before entering the RED ZONE.
▼Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
(Without Multi-information
Display)
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
The white gauge indicates that the engine
coolant temperature is low, and the red
gauge indicates that the engine coolant
temperature is high and overheating.
CAUTION
If the engine coolant temperature gauge
indicator ashes, there is a possibility of
overheating. Park the vehicle in a safe
place immediately and take appropriate
measures. If the vehicle continues to be
driven, it could cause damage to the
engine.
Refer to Overheating on page 7-18.
NOTE
•
The temperature unit (Centigrade/
Fahrenheit) of the engine coolant gauge
display changes in conjunction with the
temperature unit of the outside
temperature display.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
During normal driving, the engine
coolant temperature stabilizes at 100 °C
(210 °F) or less, and the gauge indicates
a range lower than 100 °C (210 °F).
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-14
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Fuel Gauge (Without
Multi-information Display)
The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is remaining in the tank when
the ignition is switched ON. We
recommend keeping the tank over 1/4 full.
Full
1/4 Full
Empty
If the low fuel warning light illuminates or
the fuel level is very low, refuel as soon as
possible.
Refer to Taking Action on page 7-33 .
NOTE
•
After refueling, it may require some time
for the indicator to stabilize. In addition,
the indicator may deviate while driving
on a slope or curve since the fuel moves
in the tank.
•
The display indicating a quarter or less
remaining fuel has more segments to
show the remaining fuel level in greater
detail.
•
The direction of the arrow ( ) indicates
that the fuel-filler lid is on the left side
of the vehicle.
▼Dashboard Illumination
(Without auto-light control)
When the position lights are turned on
with the ignition switched ON, the
brightness of the dashboard illumination is
dimmed.
(With auto-light control)
When the position lights are turned on
with the ignition switched ON, the
brightness of the dashboard illumination is
dimmed. However, when the light sensor
detects that the surrounding area is bright
such as when the position lights are turned
on in the daytime, the dashboard
illumination does not dim.
NOTE
•
(With auto-light control)
When the ignition is switched ON in the
early evening or at dusk, the dashboard
illumination is dimmed for several
seconds until the light sensor detects the
brightness of the surrounding area,
however, the dimmer may cancel after
the brightness is detected.
•
When the position lights are turned on,
the position lights indicator light in the
instrument cluster turns on.
Refer to Headlights on page 4-46.
The brightness of the instrument cluster
and dashboard illuminations can be
adjusted by rotating the knob.
•The brightness decreases by rotating the
knob to the left. A beep sound will be
heard when the knob has been rotated to
the maximum dim position.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-15
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•The brightness increases by rotating the
knob to the right.
Dim
Bright
Function for cancelling illumination
dimmer
The illumination dimmer can be canceled
by rotating the dashboard illumination
knob to the right until a beep sound is
heard while the instrument cluster is
dimmed with the ignition switched ON. If
the instrument cluster's visibility is
reduced due to glare from surrounding
brightness, cancel the illumination
dimmer.
NOTE
•
(With Multi-information Display)
The illumination dimmer can be
canceled by pressing the dashboard
illumination knob.
•
When the illumination dimmer is
canceled, the instrument cluster cannot
be dimmed even if the position lights are
turned on.
•
When the illumination dimmer is
canceled, the screen in the center
display switches to constant display of
the daytime screen.
▼Outside Temperature Display
(Without Multi-information
Display)
When the ignition is switched ON, the
outside temperature is displayed.
NOTE
•
Under the following conditions, the
outside temperature display may differ
from the actual outside temperature
depending on the surroundings and
vehicle conditions:
•
Significantly cold or hot temperatures.
•
Sudden changes in outside
temperature.
•
The vehicle is parked.
•
The vehicle is driven at low speeds.
Changing the Temperature Unit of the
Outside Temperature Display
The outside temperature unit can be
switched between Celsius and Fahrenheit.
Settings can be changed by operating the
center display screen.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
NOTE
When the temperature unit indicated in the
outside temperature display is changed,
the temperature unit indicated in the
engine coolant gauge display changes in
conjunction with it.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-16
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Cruise Control Set Vehicle Speed
Display (Without Multi-information
Display)
The vehicle speed preset using the cruise
control is displayed.
▼Trip Computer and INFO Switch
(Without Multi-information
Display)
The following information can be selected
by pressing the INFO switch with the
ignition switched ON.
•Distance-to-empty mode
•Average fuel economy mode
•Current fuel economy mode
•Compass mode
If you have any problems with your trip
computer, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Distance-to-empty mode
This mode displays the approximate
distance you can travel on the remaining
fuel based on the fuel economy.
The distance-to-empty will be calculated
and displayed every second.
NOTE
•
Even though the distance-to-empty
display may indicate a sufficient amount
of remaining driving distance before
refueling is required, refuel as soon as
possible if the fuel level is very low or
the low fuel warning light illuminates.
•
The display may not change unless you
add more than approximately 9 L (2.3
US gal, 1.9 Imp gal) of fuel.
•
The distance-to-empty is the
approximate remaining distance the
vehicle can be driven until all the
graduation marks in the fuel gauge
(indicating the remaining fuel supply)
disappear.
•
If there is no past fuel economy
information such as after first
purchasing your vehicle or the
information is deleted when the battery
cables are disconnected, the actual
distance-to empty/range may differ from
the amount indicated.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-17
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Average fuel economy mode
This mode displays the average fuel
economy by calculating the total fuel
consumption and the total traveled
distance since purchasing the vehicle,
re-connecting the battery after
disconnection, or resetting the data. The
average fuel economy is calculated and
displayed every minute.
To clear the data being displayed, press the
INFO switch for more than 1.5 seconds.
After pressing the INFO switch, - - -
L/100 km (- - - mpg) will be displayed for
about 1 minute before the fuel economy is
recalculated and displayed.
Current fuel economy mode
This mode displays the current fuel
economy by calculating the amount of fuel
consumption and the distance traveled.
Current fuel economy will be calculated
and displayed every 2 seconds.
When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3
mph), - - - L/100 km (- - - mpg) will be
displayed.
Compass mode
The direction the vehicle is moving is
displayed in one of the eight cardinal
directions while the vehicle is being
driven.
Display Direction
NNorth
SSouth
EEast
WWest
NE Northeast
NW Northwest
SE Southeast
SW Southwest
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-18
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Multi-information Display and INFO Switch*
INFO switch
Multi-information Display
The multi-information display indicates the following information.
•Odometer
•Trip meter
•Engine coolant temperature gauge
•Fuel gauge
•Outside temperature
•Distance-to-empty
•Average fuel economy
•Current fuel economy
•Maintenance Monitor
•Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Display
•Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS) Display
•Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
System Display
•Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Display
•Cruise Control Display
•Compass Display
•Warning message
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
*Some models.
4-19
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
The screen content changes each time the INFO switch is pressed.
Press the INFO switch Press the INFO switch
Press the INFO switch Press the INFO switch
Press the INFO switch
Current Fuel Economy,
Trip Meter A, Average
Fuel Economy, Outside
Temperature,
Odometer, Fuel Gauge
Current Fuel Economy,
Trip Meter B, Average
Fuel Economy, Outside
Temperature,
Odometer, Fuel Gauge
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge,
Maintenance Monitor,
Outside Temperature,
Odometer, Fuel Gauge
i-ACTIVSENSE display,
Outside Temperature,
Odometer, Fuel Gauge
Warning message,
Outside Temperature,
Odometer, Fuel Gauge
*1
*2
*1: Displayed only when a warning occurs.
*2: Displayed only while vehicle is being driven.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge,
Compass,
Distance-to-empty,
Outside Temperature,
Odometer, Fuel Gauge
Press the INFO switch
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-20
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip
Meter Selector
The odometer is constantly displayed on
the screen when the ignition is switched
ON, and the TRIP A or TRIP B screen can
be displayed by operating the INFO
switch.
Press the INFO switch
INFO switch
Odometer,
Trip meter A
Odometer,
Trip meter B
Odometer
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter
The driving distance for a specified
interval is indicated. Two types (TRIP A,
TRIP B) of interval distance and the
average fuel economy for each can be
measured.
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
The trip meter and average fuel economy
can be reset by pressing the INFO switch
for 1.5 second or more while in each
mode.
NOTE
•
Only the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
•
The trip record will be erased when:
•
The power supply is interrupted
(blown fuse or the battery is
disconnected).
•
The vehicle is driven over 9999.9 km
(mile).
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-21
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
The blue gauge indicates that the engine
coolant temperature is low, and the red
gauge indicates that the engine coolant
temperature is high and overheating.
CAUTION
If the high engine coolant temperature
warning light (red) turns on, there is a
possibility of overheating. Park the vehicle
in a safe place immediately and take
appropriate measures. If the vehicle
continues to be driven, it could cause
damage to the engine.
Refer to Overheating on page 7-18.
NOTE
•
The temperature unit (Centigrade/
Fahrenheit) of the engine coolant gauge
display changes in conjunction with the
temperature unit of the outside
temperature display.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
During normal driving, the engine
coolant temperature stabilizes at 100 °C
(210 °F) or less, and the gauge indicates
a range lower than 100 °C (210 °F).
▼Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is remaining in the tank when
the ignition is switched ON. We
recommend keeping the tank over 1/4 full.
Full
1/4 Full
Empty
If the fuel level is low, ( ) and ( ) turn an
amber color. Refuel as soon as possible.
Refer to Taking Action on page 7-33 .
NOTE
•
After refueling, it may require some time
for the indicator to stabilize. In addition,
the indicator may deviate while driving
on a slope or curve since the fuel moves
in the tank.
•
The display indicating a quarter or less
remaining fuel has more segments to
show the remaining fuel level in greater
detail.
•
The direction of the arrow ( ) indicates
that the fuel-filler lid is on the left side
of the vehicle.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-22
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Outside Temperature Display
When the ignition is switched ON, the
outside temperature is displayed.
NOTE
•
Under the following conditions, the
outside temperature display may differ
from the actual outside temperature
depending on the surroundings and
vehicle conditions:
•
Significantly cold or hot temperatures.
•
Sudden changes in outside
temperature.
•
The vehicle is parked.
•
The vehicle is driven at low speeds.
Changing the Temperature Unit of the
Outside Temperature Display
The outside temperature unit can be
switched between Celsius and Fahrenheit.
Settings can be changed by operating the
center display screen.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
NOTE
When the temperature unit indicated in the
outside temperature display is changed,
the temperature unit indicated in the
engine coolant gauge display changes in
conjunction with it.
▼Distance-to-empty
This displays the approximate distance
you can travel on the remaining fuel based
on the fuel economy.
The distance-to-empty will be calculated
and displayed every second.
NOTE
•
Even though the distance-to-empty
display may indicate a sufficient amount
of remaining driving distance before
refueling is required, refuel as soon as
possible if the fuel level is very low or
the low fuel warning light illuminates.
•
The display will not change unless you
add more than approximately 9 L (2.3
US gal, 1.9 Imp gal) of fuel.
•
The distance-to-empty is the
approximate remaining distance the
vehicle can be driven until all the
graduation marks in the fuel gauge
indicating the remaining fuel supply
disappear.
•
If there is no past fuel economy
information such as after first
purchasing your vehicle or the
information is deleted when the battery
cables are disconnected, the actual
distance-to empty/range may differ from
the amount indicated.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-23
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Average Fuel Economy
The average fuel economy is calculated
every minute from the total traveled
distance on the trip meter and the total fuel
consumption, and the average fuel
economy for either TRIP A or TRIP B is
displayed.
The average fuel economy and trip meters
can be reset by pressing the INFO switch
for 1.5 s or more while in each mode.
After the data is cleared, the fuel
consumption is recalculated and the - - -
L/100 km (- - - mpg) for the one minute
prior to it being displayed is indicated.
▼Current Fuel Economy
This displays the current fuel economy by
calculating the amount of fuel
consumption and the distance traveled.
▼Maintenance Monitor
The following maintenance period
notifications can be displayed by turning
the Maintenance Monitor on.
•Scheduled Maintenance
•Tire Rotation
•Oil Change
For the setting method and indications for
the maintenance monitor, refer to the
Maintenance Monitor.
Refer to Maintenance Monitor on page 6-
10.
The maintenance monitor displays the
information when the ignition is switched
ON.
NOTE
This function is inoperable while the
vehicle is being driven.
Message display
When the remaining time or the distance
approaches 0, a message is displayed each
time the ignition is switched ON.
NOTE
•
If any of the INFO switch is pressed
while a message is displayed, it will no
longer be displayed the next time the
ignition is switched ON.
•
After the vehicle is serviced and the
remaining time/distance is reset, the
message for the next maintenance
period will be displayed when the
remaining distance or time to the next
maintenance period approaches 0
(displays when engine is started).
•
If there are multiple messages, they are
displayed according to their order.
•
If OFF is set for Messages, messages
are not displayed.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-24
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
Display
Displays the system status.
Refer to Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) on
page 4-93.
▼Distance Recognition Support
System (DRSS) Display
*
Displays the distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
Refer to Distance Recognition Support
System (DRSS) on page 4-105.
▼Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with
Stop & Go function) Display
*
Displays the currently set system status.
Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop &
Go function) on page 4-112.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
*Some models.
4-25
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) &
Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS) Display
*
Displays the system status.
Refer to Lane-keep Assist System (LAS)
& Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS) on page 4-125.
▼Cruise Control Set Vehicle Speed
Display
*
The vehicle speed preset using the cruise
control is displayed.
Refer to Cruise Control on page 4-157.
▼Compass Display
The direction the vehicle is moving is
displayed in one of the eight cardinal
directions while the vehicle is being
driven.
Display Direction
NNorth
SSouth
EEast
WWest
NE Northeast
NW Northwest
SE Southeast
SW Southwest
▼Warning (Display Indication)
A message is displayed to notify the user
of the system operation status and
malfunctions or abnormalities.
If the warning light turns on/flashes
simultaneously or a symbol is indicated in
the display, check the information
regarding the warning light or symbol.
(page 4-30)
When only a message is displayed, refer to
Message Indicated in Multi-information
Display. (page 7-38)
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-26 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Active Driving Display*
Dust-proof sheet
Display
Optical
receiver
WARNING
Always adjust the display brightness and position with the vehicle stopped:
Adjusting the display brightness and position while driving the vehicle is dangerous as doing
so could distract your attention from the road ahead and lead to an accident.
CAUTION
Do not place beverages near the active driving display. If water or other liquids are splashed
on the active driving display, it could cause damage.
Do not place objects above the active driving display or apply stickers to the dust-proof
sheet/optical receiver as they will cause interference.
A sensor is integrated to control the display's luminosity. If the optical receiver is covered,
the display's luminosity will lower making the display dicult to view.
Do not allow intense light to hit the optical receiver. Otherwise, it could cause damage.
NOTE
•
Wearing polarized sunglasses will reduce the visibility of the active driving display due to
the characteristics of the display.
•
If the battery has been removed and re-installed or the battery voltage is low, the adjusted
position may deviate.
•
The display may be difficult to view or temporarily affected by weather conditions such as
rain, snow, light, and temperature.
•
If the audio system is removed, the active driving display cannot be operated.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
*Some models.
4-27
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
The active driving display indicates the following information:
•Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Operation Conditions and Warnings
Refer to Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) on page 4-93.
•Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS) Operation Conditions and Warnings
Refer to Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS) on page 4-105.
•Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR) traffic signs and Warnings
Refer to Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR) on page 4-99.
•Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
Operation Conditions and Warnings
Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) on page 4-112.
•Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Operation
Conditions and Warnings
Refer to Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) on
page 4-125.
•Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS) Warnings
Refer to Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS) on page 4-136.
•Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) Warnings
Refer to Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) on page 4-140.
•Smart Brake Support (SBS) Operation Conditions and Warnings
Refer to Smart Brake Support (SBS) on page 4-144.
•Cruise Control Operation Conditions
Refer to Cruise Control on page 4-157.
•Navigation Guidance (vehicles with navigation system)
•Speed limit indicator (vehicles with navigation system)
•Vehicle Speed
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-28
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Each setting/adjustment for the active driving display can be performed on the center
display.
1. Select the icon on the home screen and display the Settings screen.
2. Select the AD-Disp tab.
3. Select the desired item and perform the setting/adjustment.
•Method for adjusting screen brightness (automatically/manually)
•Screen brightness initial settings (automatic adjustment is selected)
•Screen brightness adjustment (manual adjustment is selected)
•Display position of active driving display (display height)
•Active driving display angle adjustment (display angle correction)
•Active driving display ON/OFF (indication)
•Navigation guidance ON/OFF
•Reset settings (reset)
NOTE
•
The desired driving position (display position, brightness level, display information) can
be called up after programming the position.
Refer to Driving Position Memory on page 2-7.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-29
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Warning/Indicator Lights
Instrument Cluster varies depending on model and specifications.
Center of Dashboard
Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas
Type A
(With Multi-information Display)
(Without Multi-information Display)
Instrument Cluster
Type B
▼Warning Indication/Warning Lights
These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system
malfunction.
Signal Warning Page
Brake System Warning Indication/Warning Light
*1*2
7-23
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-30
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning Page
ABS Warning Light
*1
Electronic Brake
Force Distribu-
tion System
Warning
7-23
ABS warning
7-26
Charging System Warning Indication/Warning Light
*1
7-23
Engine Oil Warning Light
*1
7-23
(Red)
High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Indication/Warning Light
*1
7-23
Power Steering Malfunction Indication/Malfunction Indicator Light
*1
7-23
Master Warning Indication/Warning Light
*1
7-26
Electric Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Indication/Warning Light
*1
7-26
(Red)
*
Brake Pedal Operation Demand Warning Light
*1
Flashing
4-69
Buzzer & Flash-
ing
7-26
Check Engine Light
*1
7-26
*
Engine Oil Level Warning Indication 7-26
Engine Oil Level Warning Light
*1
7-33
Automatic Transaxle Warning Indication/Warning Light
*1
7-26
*
AWD Warning Indication/Warning Light
*1
7-26
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
*1
7-26
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light
*1
Flashing
7-26
Turns on
7-33
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
*Some models. 4-31
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning Page
(Amber/White)
*
KEY Warning Indication
Amber
7-26
White
7-33
(Red)
*
KEY Warning Light
*1
Malfunction
7-26
Except malfunc-
tion
7-33
(Amber)
*
High Beam Control System (HBC) Warning Indication/Warning Light
*1
7-26
*
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Warning Indication 7-26
(Amber)
*
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop
& Go function) Warning Indication 7-26
(Amber)
*
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS) Warning Indication 7-26
LED Headlight Warning Light
*1
7-26
(Amber)
*
Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS) Warning In-
dication/Warning Light
*1
7-33
Low Fuel Warning Indication/Warning Light 7-33
*
Check Fuel Cap Warning Indication/Warning Light
*1
7-33
Seat Belt Warning Light 7-33
*
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Indication/Warning Light 7-33
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-32 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning Page
*
Door-Ajar Warning Indication 7-33
*
Liftgate-Ajar Warning Indication 7-33
*
Door-Ajar Warning Light 7-33
*1 The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check, and turns off a few seconds later or
when the engine is started. If the light does not turn on or remains turned on, have the vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
*2 The light turns on continuously when the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) is applied.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
*Some models.
4-33
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Indication/Indicator Lights
These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system
malfunction.
Signal Indicator Page
Front Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Indicator Light
*1
2-58
(Green)
*
KEY Indicator Light 4-5
Security Indicator Light
*1
3-44
Wrench Indication/Indicator Light
*1
4-36
(Blue)
*
Low Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light 4-36
Shift Position Indication 4-39
Lights-On Indication/Indicator Light 4-46
Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light
Headlight
High-Low Beam
4-49
Flashing the
Headlights
4-49
Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights
Turn and
Lane-Change
Signals
4-52
Hazard Warning
Flasher
4-59
(Green)
*
Brake Pedal Operation demand Indicator Light 4-65
AUTOHOLD Active Indicator Light
*1
4-71
*
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop
& Go function) indicator Light 4-121
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-34 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Indicator Page
TCS/DSC Indicator Light
*1
Traction Control
System (TCS)
4-76
Dynamic Stabil-
ity Control
(DSC)
4-78
Turns on
7-26
TCS OFF Indicator Light
*1
4-77
Select Mode Indication 4-82
(Green)
*
High Beam Control System (HBC) Indicator Light 4-91
*
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) OFF Indicator Light
*1
Malfunction
7-26
Except malfunc-
tion
4-98
(White)
*
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop
& Go function) Main Indication 4-115
(Green)
*
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop
& Go function) Set Indication 4-115
(White/Green)
*
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS) Indication 4-128
*
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS) OFF Indicator Light
*1
4-132
*
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) Indication
Advanced Smart
City Brake Sup-
port (Advanced
SCBS)
4-138
Smart City
Brake Support
(SCBS)
4-142
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
*Some models. 4-35
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Indicator Page
(Red)
*
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) Indicator Light 4-142
*
Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS) OFF Indica-
tor Light
*1
Advanced Smart
City Brake Sup-
port (Advanced
SCBS)
4-139
Smart City
Brake Support
(SCBS)
4-143
Smart Brake
Support (SBS)
System
4-146
(White)
*
Cruise Main Indication 4-158
(Green)
*
Cruise Set Indication 4-158
*1 The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check, and turns off
a few seconds later or when the engine is started. If the light does not turn on or remains
turned on, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
▼Wrench Indicator Light
When the ignition is switched ON, the
wrench indicator light turns on and then
turns off after a few seconds.
The wrench indicator light turns on under
the following conditions:
•When the preset maintenance period has
arrived.
•When it’s time to replace the engine oil.
Refer to Maintenance Monitor on page 6-
10.
▼Low Engine Coolant Temperature
Indicator Light (Blue)
*
The light illuminates continuously when
the engine coolant temperature is low and
turns off after the engine is warm.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-36 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Automatic Transaxle Controls
Lock-release button
Indicates the selector lever can be shifted freely into any position.
Indicates that you must hold in the lock-release button to shift.
Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal and hold in the lock-release
button to shift (The ignition must be switched ON).
Various Lockouts:
NOTE
The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle that
gives the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to
shift gears. Even if you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional
automatic, you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode
and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the
engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing, confirm you have not accidentally
slipped into manual shift mode (page 4-40).
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-37
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Shift-Lock System
The shift-lock system prevents shifting out
of P unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift from P:
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Press and hold the lock-release button.
4. Move the selector lever.
NOTE
•
When the ignition is switched to ACC or
the ignition is switched off, the selector
lever cannot be shifted from P.
•
The ignition cannot be switched to OFF
if the selector lever is not in P.
▼Shift-Lock Override
If the selector lever will not move from P
using the proper shift procedure, continue
to hold down the brake pedal.
1. Remove the shift-lock override cover
using a cloth-wrapped flat head
screwdriver.
2. Insert a screwdriver and push it down.
Cover
3. Press and hold the lock-release button.
4. Move the selector lever.
Take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer to have the system checked.
Transaxle Ranges
•The shift position indication in the
instrument cluster illuminates. Refer to
Warning/Indicator Lights on page 4-30.
•The selector lever must be in P or N to
operate the starter.
P (Park)
P locks the transaxle and prevents the
front wheels from rotating.
WARNING
Always set the selector lever to P and set
the parking brake:
Only setting the selector lever to the P
position without using the parking brake to
hold the vehicle is dangerous. If P fails to
hold, the vehicle could move and cause an
accident.
CAUTION
Shifting into P, N or R while the vehicle is
moving can damage your transaxle.
Shifting into a driving gear or reverse
when the engine is running faster than
idle can damage the transaxle.
R (Reverse)
In position R, the vehicle moves only
backward. You must be at a complete stop
before shifting to or from R, except under
rare circumstances as explained in
Rocking the Vehicle (page 3-47).
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-38
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
N (Neutral)
In N, the wheels and transaxle are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or brakes are on.
WARNING
If the engine is running faster than idle, do
not shift from N or P into a driving gear:
It's dangerous to shift from N or P into a
driving gear when the engine is running
faster than idle. If this is done, the vehicle
could move suddenly, causing an accident
or serious injury.
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle:
Shifting into N while driving is dangerous.
Engine braking cannot be applied when
decelerating which could lead to an
accident or serious injury.
CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle. Doing so can cause transaxle
damage.
NOTE
Apply the parking brake or depress the
brake pedal before moving the selector
lever from N to prevent the vehicle from
moving unexpectedly.
D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a
stop, the transaxle will automatically shift
through a 6-gear sequence.
M (Manual)
M is the manual shift mode position.
Gears can be shifted up or down by
operating the selector lever. Refer to
Manual Shift Mode on page 4-40.
▼Shift Position Indication
Shift position indication
The selector position is indicated when the
ignition is switched ON.
Gear position indication
In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift
position indication illuminates and the
numeral for the selected gear is displayed.
▼Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)
automatically controls the transaxle shift
points to best suit the road conditions and
driver input. This improves driving feel.
The transaxle may switch to AAS mode
when driving up and down slopes,
cornering, driving at high elevations, or
depressing the accelerator pedal quickly
while the selector lever is in the D
position. Depending on the road and
driving conditions/vehicle operations, gear
shifting could be delayed or not occur,
however, this does not indicate a problem
because the AAS mode will maintain the
optimum gear position.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-39
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Manual Shift Mode
The manual shift mode gives you the feel
of driving a manual transaxle vehicle by
allowing you to operate the selector lever
manually. This allows you to control
engine rpm and torque to the drive wheels
much like a manual transaxle when more
control is desired.
To change to manual shift mode, shift the
lever from D to M.
NOTE
Changing to manual shift mode while
driving will not damage the transaxle.
To return to automatic shift mode, shift the
lever from M to D.
NOTE
•
If you change to manual shift mode
when the vehicle is stopped, the gear
will shift to M1.
•
If you change to manual shift mode
without depressing the accelerator pedal
when driving in D range, 5th gear/6th
gear, the gear will shift to M4/M5.
▼Indications
Manual shift mode indication
In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift
position indication in the instrument panel
illuminates.
Gear position indication
The numeral for the selected gear
illuminates.
Manual shift mode
indication
Gear position indication
NOTE
•
If the gears cannot be shifted down
when driving at higher speeds, the gear
position indication will flash twice to
signal that the gears cannot be shifted
down (to protect the transaxle).
•
If the automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)
temperature becomes too high, there is
the possibility that the transaxle will
switch to automatic shift mode,
canceling manual shift mode and
turning off the gear position indication
illumination. This is a normal function
to protect the AT. After the ATF
temperature has decreased, the gear
position indication illumination turns
back on and driving in manual shift
mode is restored.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-40
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Manually Shifting Up
You can shift gears up by operating the
selector lever.
M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 → M6
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the
selector lever back once.
NOTE
•
When driving slowly, the gears may not
shift up.
•
Do not drive the vehicle with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE
while in manual shift mode. In addition,
manual shift mode switches to automatic
shift mode while the accelerator pedal is
completely depressed.
This function is canceled while the TCS
is turned off. However, if the vehicle is
continuously driven at a high rpm, the
gears may automatically shift up to
protect the engine.
▼Manually Shifting Down
You can shift gears down by operating the
selector lever.
M6 → M5 → M4 → M3 → M2→ M1
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the
selector lever forward once.
WARNING
Do not use engine braking on slippery road
surfaces or at high speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet, snowy,
or frozen roads, or while driving at high
speeds causes sudden engine braking,
which is dangerous. The sudden change in
tire speed could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control and an
accident.
NOTE
•
When driving at high speeds, the gear
may not shift down.
•
During deceleration, the gear may
automatically shift down depending on
vehicle speed.
•
When depressing the accelerator fully,
the transaxle will shift to a lower gear,
depending on vehicle speed. However,
the gears do not kickdown while the TCS
is turned off.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-41
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Second Gear Fixed Mode
When the selector lever is moved back
while the vehicle speed is about 10 km/h
(6.2 mph) or less, the transaxle is set in the
second gear fixed mode. The gear is fixed
in second while in this mode for easier
acceleration from a stop and driving on
slippery roads such as snow-covered
roads.
If the selector lever is moved back or
forward while in the second gear fixed
mode, the mode will be canceled.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-42
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Shift Gear (Shifting) Speed Limit
For each gear position while in the manual mode, the speed limit is set as follows: When the
selector lever is operated within the range of the speed limit, the gear is shifted.
Shift up
The gear does not shift up while the vehicle speed is lower than the speed limit.
Shift down
The gear does not shift down while the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit.
If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit and the gear does not shift down, the gear
position indication flashes 2 times to notify the driver that the gear cannot be shifted.
Kickdown
When the accelerator pedal is depressed fully while driving, the gear shifts down.
However, the gears do not kickdown while the TCS is turned off.
NOTE
The gear also shifts down using kickdown while in the second gear fixed mode.
Auto-shift down
The gear shifts down automatically depending on the vehicle speed during deceleration.
NOTE
If the vehicle comes to a stop while in the second gear fixed mode, the gear remains in
second.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-43
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Recommendations for Shifting
Upshifting
For normal acceleration and cruising, Mazda recommends these shift points:
Gear Vehicle speed
*1
M1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph)
M2 to M3 40 km/h (25 mph)
M3 to M4 65 km/h (40 mph)
M4 to M5 73 km/h (45 mph)
M5 to M6 81 km/h (50 mph)
*1 Always observe local speed limit regulations.
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift before the
engine starts to overwork. This gives better acceleration when you need more speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-44
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Driving Tips
WARNING
Do not let the vehicle move in a direction
opposite to the direction selected by the
selector lever:
Do not let the vehicle move backward with
the selector lever in a forward position, or
do not let the vehicle move forward with
the selector lever in the reverse position.
Otherwise, the engine may stop, causing
the loss of the power brake and power
steering functions, and make it dicult to
control the vehicle which could result in an
accident.
Passing
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
the accelerator fully. The transaxle will
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
NOTE
•
The accelerator pedal may initially feel
heavy as it is being depressed, then feel
lighter as it is depressed further. This
change in pedal force aids the engine
control system in determining how much
the accelerator pedal has been
depressed for performing kickdown, and
functions to control whether or not
kickdown should be performed.
•
While the selector lever is in the M
position and the TCS is turned off,
manual shift mode does not switch to
automatic shift mode even if the
accelerator pedal is completely
depressed. Operate the selector lever.
Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the
load weight and grade steepness.
3. Release the brake pedal while
gradually accelerating.
Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to
lower gears, depending on load weight and
grade steepness. Descend slowly, using the
brakes only occasionally to prevent them
from overheating.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-45
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Lighting Control
▼Headlights
Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights and other exterior lights on or off.
When the lights are turned on, the lights-on indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on.
NOTE
•
If the light switch is left on, the lights will automatically switch off approximately 30
seconds after switching the ignition off.
The time setting can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
•
To prevent discharging the battery, do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless
safety requires them.
Without auto-light control
Switch Position
Ignition Position ON ACC or
OFF ON ACC or
OFF ON ACC or
OFF
Headlights Off Off Off Off On On
*2
Daytime running lights On
*1
Off On
*1
Off Off Off
Taillights
Parking lights
License plate lights
Side-marker lights
Off Off On On
*2
On On
*2
*1 The lights are turned on while the vehicle is driven.
*2 The lights are turned on for the specified period by the auto headlight off function.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-46
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
With auto-light control
Switch Position
Ignition Position ON ACC or
OFF ON ACC or
OFF ON ACC or
OFF ON ACC or
OFF
Headlights Off Off Auto
*2
Auto
*4
Off Off On On
*4
Daytime running lights On
*1
Off On
*3
Off On
*1
Off Off Off
Taillights
Parking lights
License plate lights
Side-marker lights
Off Off Auto
*2
Auto
*4
On On
*4
On On
*4
*1 The lights are turned on while the vehicle is driven.
*2 The lights are turned on by the auto light function.
*3 The lights are turned on while the vehicle is driven, and turned off when the headlights are turned on by the
auto light function.
*4 The lights are turned on for the specified period by the auto headlight off function.
Auto-light control*
When the headlight switch is in the position and the ignition is switched ON, the light
sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns the headlights
and other exterior lights on or off.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
*Some models.
4-47
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CAUTION
Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield. Otherwise
the light sensor will not operate correctly.
The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto-wiper control. Keep hands and
scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the position and the ignition
is switched ON as ngers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades could be
damaged when the wipers activate automatically. If you are going to clean the windshield,
be sure the wipers are turned o completely when it is particularly tempting to leave the
engine running. This is particularly important when clearing ice and snow.
NOTE
•
The headlights and other exterior lights may not turn off immediately even if the
surrounding area becomes well-lit because the light sensor determines that it is night time
if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside long
tunnels, traffic jams inside tunnels, or in indoor parking lots.
In this case, the lights turn off if the light switch is turned to the position.
•
If the headlight switch and the windshield wiper switch are in , and the wipers are
operated at low or high speed by the auto wiper control for several seconds, bad weather
conditions are determined and the headlights may be turned on.
•
The sensitivity of the auto-light control may be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-48
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Headlight High-Low Beam
The headlights switch between high and
low beams by moving the lever forward or
backward.
High beam
Low beam
When the headlight high-beams are on, the
headlight high-beam indicator light is
turned on.
▼Flashing the Headlights
Can be used when the ignition is switched
ON.
To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully
towards you (the headlight switch does not
need to be on).
OFF
Headlight
flashing
The headlight high-beam indicator light in
the instrument cluster illuminates
simultaneously. The lever will return to
the normal position when released.
▼Coming Home Light
The coming home light turns on the
headlights (low beams) when the lever is
operated.
To turn on the lights
When the lever is pulled with the ignition
switched to ACC or OFF, the low beam
headlights turn on.
The headlights turn off after a certain
period of time has elapsed after the doors
are closed.
NOTE
•
The time until the headlights turn off
after all of the doors are closed can be
changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
If no operations are done for 3 minutes
after the lever is pulled, the headlights
turn off.
•
The headlights turn off if the lever is
pulled again while the headlights are
illuminated.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-49
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Leaving Home Light
The leaving home light turns on the lights
when the transmitter unlock button is
pressed while away from the vehicle.
The following lights turn on when the
leaving home light is operated.
Low beams, Parking lights, Taillights,
License plate lights.
To turn on the lights
When the ignition switch and the headlight
switch are in the following conditions, the
headlights will illuminate when the
transmitter unlock button is pressed and
the vehicle receives the transmitter signal.
The headlights turn off after a certain
period of time has elapsed (30 seconds).
•Ignition switch: off
•Headlight switch: , , or
Unlock button
Lock button
NOTE
•
Operation of the leaving home light can
be turned on or off.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
When the transmitter lock button is
pressed and the vehicle receives the
transmitter signal, the headlights turn
off.
•
When the headlight switch is turned to
the position, the headlights turn off.
▼Headlight Leveling
The number of passengers and weight of
cargo in the luggage compartment change
the angle of the headlights.
Auto type
The angle of the headlights will be
automatically adjusted when turning on
the headlights.
A system malfunction or operation
conditions are indicated by a warning.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on page
4-30.
Manual type
The headlight leveling switch is used to
adjust the angle of the headlights
manually.
Select the proper headlight angle from the
following chart.
Front seat Rear
seat Load
Switch
Posi-
tion
Driver Passenger
×―――0
××――0
×××―1
××××1
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-50
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Front seat Rear
seat Load
Switch
Posi-
tion
Driver Passenger
×――×1.5
×: Yes
―: No
▼Daytime Running Lights
Some countries require moving vehicles to
have their lights on (daytime running
lights) during the daytime.
The daytime running lights turn on when
the vehicle is driven and turn off when the
parking brake is operated or the selector
lever is shifted to the P position (automatic
vehicle).
NOTE
(Except Canada)
The daytime running lights can be
deactivated.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
Fog Lights*
The fog lights can be turned on with the
ignition switched ON and the headlights
turned on.
Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.
The fog lights will improve visibility at
night and during foggy conditions.
The fog lights turn on when the fog light
switch is turned to the position and turn
off when the switch is turned to the
position.
Fog light switch
NOTE
•
The fog lights will turn off when the
headlights are set at high beams.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
*Some models.
4-51
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
The ignition must be switched ON to use
the turn and lane-change signals.
▼Turn Signals
Move the signal lever down (for a left
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to its
original position.
Right turn
Left turn
Right lane change
Left lane change
OFF
The turn signal indicators in the
instrument cluster flash according to the
operation of the turn signal lever to show
which signal is working.
NOTE
•
If an indicator light stays on without
flashing or if it flashes abnormally, one
of the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out.
•
A personalized function is available to
change the turn indicator sound volume.
(page 9-9)
▼Lane-Change Signals
Move the lever halfway toward the
direction of the lane change―until the
indicator flashes― and hold it there. It
will return to the off position when
released.
▼Three-Flash Turn Signal
After releasing the turn signal lever, the
turn signal indicator flashes three times.
The operation can be cancelled by moving
the lever in the direction opposite to which
it was operated.
NOTE
The three-flash turn signal function can be
switched to operable/inoperable using the
personalization function.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-52
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Windshield Wipers and
Washer
The ignition must be switched ON to use
the wipers.
WARNING
Use only windshield washer uid or plain
water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer uid is
dangerous. If sprayed on the windshield, it
will dirty the windshield, aect your
visibility, and could result in an accident.
Only use windshield washer uid mixed
with anti-freeze protection in freezing
weather conditions:
Using windshield washer uid without
anti-freeze protection in freezing weather
conditions is dangerous as it could freeze
on the windshield and block your vision
which could cause an accident. In addition,
make sure the windshield is suciently
warmed using the defroster before
spraying the washer uid.
NOTE
If the windshield wipers are operated
under cold weather conditions or during
snowfall, they could stop due to
accumulated snow on the windshield. If
the windshield wipers stop due to
accumulated snow on the windshield, park
the vehicle in a safe place, turn the wiper
switch off, and then remove the
accumulated snow. If the wiper switch is
turned to another position other than OFF,
the wipers will operate. If the wipers do
not operate even though the wiper switch
is turned to a position other than OFF,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
▼Windshield Wipers
Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever
up or down.
With intermittent wiper
Switch Posi-
tion Wiper operation
Operation while pulling up lever
Stop
Intermittent
Low speed
High speed
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-53
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Variable-speed intermittent wipers
Set the lever to the intermittent position
and choose the interval timing by rotating
the ring.
INT ring
With auto-wiper control
Switch Posi-
tion Wiper operation
Operation while pulling up lever
Stop
Auto control
Low speed
High speed
Auto-wiper control
When the wiper lever is in the
position, the rain sensor senses the amount
of rainfall on the windshield and turns the
wipers on or off automatically
(off―intermittent―low speed―high
speed).
The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be
adjusted by turning the switch on the
wiper lever.
From the center position (normal), rotate
the switch upward for higher sensitivity
(faster response) or rotate it downward for
less sensitivity (slower response).
Higher sensitivity
Less sensitivity
Switch
Center
position
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-54
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CAUTION
Do not shade the rain sensor by adhering
a sticker or a label on the windshield.
Otherwise the rain sensor will not
operate correctly.
When the wiper lever is in the
position and the ignition is switched ON,
the wipers may move automatically in
the following cases:
If the windshield above the rain sensor
is touched or wiped with a cloth.
If the windshield is struck with a hand
or other object from either outside or
inside the vehicle.
Keep hands and scrapers clear of the
windshield when the wiper lever is in the
position and the ignition is
switched ON as ngers could be pinched
or the wipers and wiper blades damaged
when the wipers activate automatically.
If you are going to clean the windshield,
be sure the wipers are turned o
completely (when it is most likely that the
engine is left running) this is particularly
important when clearing ice and snow.
NOTE
•
Switching the auto-wiper lever from the
to the position while driving
activates the windshield wipers once,
after which they operate according to
the rainfall amount.
•
The auto-wiper control may not operate
when the rain sensor temperature is
about
－
10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or
about 85 °C (185 °F) or higher.
•
If the windshield is coated with water
repellent, the rain sensor may not be
able to sense the amount of rainfall
correctly and the auto-wiper control
may not operate properly.
•
If dirt or foreign matter (such as ice or
matter containing salt water) adheres to
the windshield above the rain sensor, or
if the windshield is iced, it could cause
the wipers to move automatically.
However, if the wipers cannot remove
this ice, dirt or foreign matter, the
auto-wiper control will stop operation.
In this case, set the wiper lever to the
low speed position or high speed
position for manual operation, or
remove the ice, dirt or foreign matter by
hand to restore the auto-wiper
operation.
•
If the auto-wiper lever is left in the
position, the wipers could operate
automatically from the effect of strong
light sources, electromagnetic waves, or
infrared light because the rain sensor
uses an optical sensor. It is
recommended that the auto-wiper lever
be switched to the position other
than when driving the vehicle under
rainy conditions.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-55
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
If the headlight switch and the
windshield wiper switch are in ,
and the wipers are operated at low or
high speed by the auto wiper control for
several seconds, bad weather conditions
are determined and the headlights may
be turned on.
•
The auto-wiper control functions can be
turned off. Refer to Personalization
Features on page 9-9.
▼Windshield Washer
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to
spray washer fluid.
Washer
OFF
NOTE
If the windshield washer is turned on when
the windshield wipers are not operating,
the windshield wipers operate a few times.
If the washer does not work, inspect the
fluid level (page 6-20). If the fluid level
is normal, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Rear Window Wiper and
Washer
The ignition must be switched ON to use
the wiper.
▼Rear Window Wiper
Turn the wiper on by turning the rear
wiper/washer switch.
Switch Posi-
tion Wiper operation
Stop
Intermittent
Normal
▼Rear Window Washer
To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/
washer switch to either of the position.
After the switch is released, the washer
will stop.
If the washer does not work, inspect the
fluid level (page 6-20). If the fluid level
is normal and the washer still does not
work, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-56
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger clears fog from
the rear window.
The ignition must be switched ON to use
the defogger.
Press the switch to turn on the rear
window defogger. The rear window
defogger operates for about 15 minutes
and then turns off automatically.
The indicator light illuminates when the
defogger is operating.
To turn off the rear window defogger
before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press
the switch again.
Manual Climate Control
Indicator light
Fully Automatic Climate Control
Indicator light
CAUTION
Do not use sharp instruments or window
cleaners with abrasives to clean the
inside of the rear window surface. They
may damage the defogger grid inside the
window.
NOTE
•
This defogger is not designed for
melting snow. If there is an
accumulation of snow on the rear
window, remove it before using the
defogger.
•
The rear window defogger setting can
be changed. After changing the setting,
the rear window defogger stops
automatically after 15 minutes have
elapsed and when the ambient
temperature is high. When the ambient
temperature is low, it continues to
operate until the switch is pressed
again.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
▼Windshield Wiper De-icer
*
The thermal filaments at the following
positions heat up and facilitate the removal
of snow accumulated on the windshield.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
*Some models.
4-57
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
The windshield wiper de-icer operates in
conjunction with the rear window
defogger.
To turn on the windshield wiper de-icer,
switch the ignition ON and press the rear
window defogger switch (page 4-57).
Manual Climate Control
Indicator light
Fully Automatic Climate Control
Indicator light
▼Mirror Defogger
*
The mirror defoggers defrost the outside
mirrors.
The mirror defoggers operate in
conjunction with the rear window
defogger.
To turn on the mirror defoggers, switch the
ignition ON and press the rear window
defogger switch (page 4-57).
Manual Climate Control
Indicator light
Fully Automatic Climate Control
Indicator light
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-58 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Horn
To sound the horn, press the mark on
the steering wheel.
Hazard Warning Flasher
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash. The hazard
warning indicator lights in the instrument
cluster flash simultaneously.
NOTE
•
The turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
•
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle
is being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-59
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
HomeLink Wireless
Control System*
NOTE
HomeLink and HomeLink house icon are
registered trademarks of Gentex
Corporation.
The HomeLink system replaces up to 3
hand-held transmitters with a single
built-in component in the auto-dimming
mirror. Pressing the HomeLink button on
the auto-dimming mirror activates garage
doors, gates and other devices surrounding
your home.
HomeLink button
Indicator light
WARNING
Do not use the HomeLink system with any
garage door opener that lacks the safety
stop and reverse feature:
Using the HomeLink system with any
garage door opener that lacks the safety
stop and reverse feature as required by
federal safety standards is dangerous. (This
includes garage doors manufactured
before April 1, 1982.)
Using these garage door openers can
increase the risk of serious injury or death.
For further information, contact HomeLink
at 1-800-355-3515 or www.homelink.com
or an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always check the areas surrounding
garage doors and gates for people or
obstructions before programming or
during operation of the HomeLink system:
Programming or operating the HomeLink
system without verifying the safety of areas
surrounding garage doors and gates is
dangerous and could result in an
unexpected accident and serious injury if
someone were to be hit.
NOTE
The programming will not be erased even
if the battery is disconnected.
▼Pre-programming the HomeLink
System
NOTE
It is recommended that a new battery be
placed in the hand-held transmitter of the
device being programmed to HomeLink
for quicker training and accurate
transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
•Verify that there is a remote control
transmitter available for the device you
would like to program.
•Disconnect the power to the device.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-60 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Programming the HomeLink
System
CAUTION
When programming a garage door opener
or a gate, disconnect the power to these
devices before performing programming.
Continuous operation of the devices could
damage the motor.
The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons
which can be individually selected and
programmed using the transmitters for
current, on-market devices as follows:
1. Disconnect the power to the garage
door opener or gate programmed to the
hand-held transmitter.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 2.5―7.5 cm (1―3 inches)
away from the HomeLink button you
wish to program while keeping the
indicator light in view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold both the
chosen HomeLink and hand-held
transmitter buttons. Do not release the
buttons until step 3 has been
completed.
NOTE
Some gate operators and garage door
openers may require you to replace
this Programming Step 2 with
procedures noted in the “Gate
Operator/Canadian Programming”
section.
4. After the HomeLink indicator light
changes from a slow to a rapidly
blinking light, release both the
HomeLink and hand-held transmitter
buttons.
NOTE
If the HomeLink indicator light does
not change to a rapidly blinking light,
contact HomeLink at
www.homelink.com or call
1-800-355-3515 for assistance.
5. Connect the power to the garage door
opener or gate programmed to the
hand-held transmitter.
6. Firmly press and hold the programmed
HomeLink button for five seconds, and
then release it. Perform this operation
two times to activate the door or gate.
If the door or gate does not activate,
press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink button and observe the
indicator light.
If the indicator light stays on
constantly, programming is complete
and your device should activate when
the HomeLink button is pressed and
released.
NOTE
To program the remaining two
HomeLink buttons, begin with
“Programming”― step 1
If the indicator light blinks rapidly for
two seconds and then turns to a
constant light, continue with
“Programming” steps 7―9 to
complete the programming of a rolling
code equipped device (most commonly
a garage door opener).
7. At the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit) in the garage, locate
the “learn” or “smart” button. This can
usually be found where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the
motor-head unit.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-61
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
8. Firmly press and release the “learn” or
“smart” button. (The name and color
of the button may vary by
manufacturer.)
NOTE
Complete the programming within 30
seconds.
9. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release the
programmed HomeLink button. Repeat
the “press/hold/release” sequence a
second time, and, depending on the
brand of the garage door opener (or
other rolling code equipped device),
repeat this sequence a third time to
complete the programming process.
HomeLink should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
NOTE
To program the remaining two HomeLink
buttons, begin with “Programming”―
step 1
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or
1-800-355-3515.
▼Gate operator/Canadian
Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission ―
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian
law, some U.S. gate operators are designed
to “time-out” in the same manner.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
by using the “Programming” procedures
(regardless of where you live), replace
“Programming HomeLink” step 3 with
the following:
NOTE
If programming a garage door opener or
gate operator, it is advised to unplug the
device during the “cycling” process to
prevent possible overheating.
Continue to press and hold the HomeLink
button while you press and release ―
every two seconds (“cycle”) your
hand-held transmitter until the frequency
signal has successfully been accepted by
HomeLink. (The indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly.)
Proceed with “Programming” step 4 to
complete.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-62
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Operating the HomeLink System
Press the programmed HomeLink button
to operate a programmed device. The code
will continue being transmitted for a
maximum of 20 seconds.
▼Reprogramming the HomeLink
system
To program a device to HomeLink using a
HomeLink button previously trained,
follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button. DO NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink button, proceed with
“Programming” - step 1.
▼Erasing Programmed HomeLink
Buttons
To erase the existing programming from
all three operating channels, press and
hold the two outside buttons ( , ) on
the auto-dimming mirror until the
HomeLink indicator light begins to flash
after approximately 10 seconds.
Verify that the programming has been
erased when you resell the vehicle.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-63
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Brake System
▼Foot Brake
This vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
use.
Should power-assist fail, you can stop by
applying greater force than normal to the
brake pedal. But the distance required to
stop will be greater than usual.
WARNING
Do not coast with the engine stalled or
turned o, nd a safe place to stop:
Coasting with the engine stalled or turned
o is dangerous. Braking will require more
eort, and the brake's power-assist could
be depleted if you pump the brake. This will
cause longer stopping distances or even an
accident.
Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep hills:
Driving with your foot continuously on the
brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes
for long distances is dangerous. This causes
overheated brakes, resulting in longer
stopping distances or even total brake
failure. This could cause loss of vehicle
control and a serious accident. Avoid
continuous application of the brakes.
Dry o brakes that have become wet by
driving slowly, releasing the accelerator
pedal and lightly applying the brakes
several times until the brake performance
returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the vehicle
pulling to one side when braking could
result in a serious accident. Light braking
will indicate whether the brakes have been
aected.
CAUTION
Do not drive with your foot held on the
brake pedal. Doing so could result in the
following:
The brake parts will wear out more
quickly.
The brakes can overheat and adversely
aect brake performance.
Always depress the brake pedal with the
right foot. Applying the brakes with the
unaccustomed left foot could slow your
reaction time to an emergency situation
resulting in insucient braking
operation.
Wear shoes appropriate for driving in
order to avoid your shoe contacting the
brake pedal when depressing the
accelerator pedal.
When Driving
Brake
4-64
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
The EPB equipment applies the parking
brake using an electric motor. When the
EPB is applied, the EPB switch indicator
light turns on.
Indicator light
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the EPB
applied:
If the vehicle is driven with the parking
brake applied, the brake parts may
generate heat and the brake system may
not operate, leading to an accident.
Before driving, release the EPB and verify
that the EPB indicator light is turned o.
NOTE
•
The EPB cannot be applied or released
while the vehicle battery is dead.
•
If the EPB is repeatedly applied and
released it may stop operating to
prevent overheating of the motor. If this
occurs, wait approx. 1 minute before
operating the EPB switch again.
•
An operation sound occurs when
applying or releasing the EPB, however,
this does not indicate a malfunction.
•
If the EPB is not used for long periods,
an automatic inspection of the system is
performed while the vehicle is parked.
An operation sound can be heard,
however, this does not indicate a
problem.
•
When the EPB is applied and the
ignition is switched OFF, an operation
sound can be heard, however, this does
not indicate a problem.
•
The brake pedal may move while the
EPB is being applied or released,
however, this does not indicate a
problem.
•
If the EPB switch is continually pulled
while driving the vehicle, the EPB will
be applied and the EPB warning beep
will be activated. When the switch is
released, the EPB is released and the
beep stops.
•
If the EPB is applied with the ignition
switched off or in ACC, the EPB
indicator light in the instrument cluster
and the indicator light in the switch may
turn on for 15 seconds.
•
When running the vehicle through an
automatic car wash, it may be necessary
to switch the ignition off with the
parking brake released depending on
the type of automatic car wash.
When Driving
Brake
4-65
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
When applying the EPB
The EPB can be applied regardless of the
ignition switch position.
Securely depress the brake pedal and pull
up the EPB switch.
The EPB is applied and the EPB indicator
light and the EPB switch indicator light
turn on.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on page
4-30.
When releasing the EPB
The EPB can be released while the
ignition is switched ON or the engine is
running. When the EPB is released, the
EPB indicator light and the EPB switch
indicator light turn off.
EPB manual release
Firmly depress the brake pedal and press
the EPB switch.
If the EPB switch is pressed without
depressing the brake pedal, the display or
indicator light in the instrument cluster
notifies the driver that the brake is not
depressed.
(Type A instrument cluster)
A message is displayed on the
multi-information display in the
instrument cluster.
Refer to Message Indicated in
Multi-information Display on page 7-38.
(Type B instrument cluster)
The brake pedal operation demand
indicator light (green) in the instrument
cluster turns on.
(Green)
When Driving
Brake
4-66
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
EPB automatic release
If the accelerator pedal is depressed with
the EPB applied and all of the following
conditions met, the parking brake is
released automatically.
•The engine is running.
•The driver's door is closed.
•The driver's seat belt is fastened.
•Selector lever is in the D, M, or R
position
NOTE
If something such as the driver's foot
contacts the accelerator pedal with the
engine running and the EPB applied, the
parking brake may be released
automatically. If you do not intend to drive
immediately, shift the selector lever to the
P or N position.
▼Warning Light
The warning light turns on when the
system has a malfunction.
Refer to Warning Indication/Warning
Lights on page 4-30.
▼Brake Pad Wear Indicator
When the disc brake pads become worn,
the built-in wear indicators contact the
disc plates. This causes a screeching noise
to warn that the pads should be replaced.
When you hear this noise, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Do not drive with worn disc pads:
Driving with worn disc pads is dangerous.
The brakes could fail and cause a serious
accident. As soon as you hear a screeching
noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When Driving
Brake
4-67
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Brake Assist
During emergency braking situations
when it is necessary to depress the brake
pedal with greater force, the brake assist
system provides braking assistance, thus
enhancing braking performance.
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, the brakes apply
more firmly.
NOTE
•
When the brake pedal is depressed hard
or depressed more quickly, the pedal
will feel softer but the brakes will apply
more firmly. This is a normal effect of
the brake assist operation and does not
indicate a malfunction.
•
When the brake pedal is depressed hard
or depressed more quickly, a motor/
pump operation noise may be heard.
This is a normal effect of the brake
assist and does not indicate a
malfunction.
•
The brake assist equipment does not
supersede the functionality of the
vehicle's main braking system.
When Driving
Brake
4-68
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
AUTOHOLD
The AUTOHOLD function automatically holds the vehicle stopped, even if you take your
foot off the brake pedal. This function can be best used while stopped in traffic or at a traffic
light. The brakes are released when you resume driving the vehicle such as by depressing
the accelerator pedal.
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the AUTOHOLD function:
The AUTOHOLD function is only designed to assist the brake operation while the vehicle is
stopped. Neglecting to operate the brakes and relying only on the AUTOHOLD system is
dangerous and could result in an unexpected accident if the vehicle were to suddenly move.
Operate the brakes appropriately in accordance with the road and surrounding conditions.
Do not release your foot from the brake pedal while the vehicle is stopped on a steep grade:
Because there is a possibility of the vehicle not being held in the stopped position by the
AUTOHOLD function, the vehicle may move unexpectedly and result in an accident.
Do not use the AUTOHOLD function on slippery roads such as icy or snow-covered roads, or
unpaved roads:
Even if the vehicle is held in the stopped position by the AUTOHOLD function, the vehicle may
move unexpectedly and result in an accident. Operate the accelerator pedal, brakes, or
steering wheel appropriately as necessary.
Immediately depress the brake pedal in the following cases:
Because the AUTOHOLD function is canceled forcibly, the vehicle may move unexpectedly
and result in an accident.
The brake pedal operation demand warning light (red) ashes and the warning sound is
activated at the same time.
(Red)
[Brake Hold Unavailable Depress Brake to Hold Position] is displayed in the
multi-information display and the warning sound is activated at the same time.
When Driving
Brake
4-69
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Always apply the electric parking brake (EPB) when parking the vehicle:
Not applying the electric parking brake (EPB) when parking the vehicle is dangerous as the
vehicle may move unexpectedly and result in an accident. When parking the vehicle, shift the
selector lever to the P position (automatic transaxle vehicle) and apply the electric parking
brake (EPB).
CAUTION
If you stop operating the accelerator pedal before the vehicle starts moving, the force holding
the vehicle in the stopped position may weaken. Firmly depress the brake pedal or depress the
accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
NOTE
•
Under the following conditions, a problem with the AUTOHOLD is occurring. Have your
vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
•
The brake pedal operation demand warning light (red) in the instrument cluster flashes
and the warning sound is activated for about five seconds while the AUTOHOLD is
operating or when you press the AUTOHOLD switch.
•
A message is indicated on the multi-information display and a warning sound is
activated for about five seconds while the AUTOHOLD is operating or when your press
the AUTOHOLD switch.
•
If you switch the ignition OFF while the AUTOHOLD is operating, the electric parking
brake (EPB) is applied automatically to assist you with parking the vehicle.
•
The AUTOHOLD is canceled when the selector lever is shifted to R while the vehicle is on
level ground, or facing up a hill or grade (as shown below).
Level ground
: Driving in reverse (selector lever in R)
Vehicle tilts forward Vehicle tilts rearward
AUTOHOLD :
Operates
AUTOHOLD :
Does not operate,
canceled
AUTOHOLD :
Does not operate,
canceled
When Driving
Brake
4-70
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼AUTOHOLD System is Turned On
Press the AUTOHOLD switch and when
the AUTOHOLD standby indicator light
turns on, the AUTOHOLD function turns
on.
AUTOHOLD standby
indicator light
NOTE
When all of the following conditions are
met, the AUTOHOLD standby indicator
light turns on when the AUTOHOLD
switch is pressed and the AUTOHOLD
function turns on.
•
The ignition is switched ON (engine is
running).
•
The driver's seat belt is fastened.
•
The driver's door is closed.
•
There is no problem with the
AUTOHOLD function.
To operate AUTOHOLD and hold the
brakes
1. Depress the brake pedal and bring the
vehicle to a complete stop.
2. The AUTOHOLD active indicator
light in the instrument cluster turns on
and the brakes are held.
3. The vehicle is held in its stopped
position even with the brake pedal
released.
NOTE
When all of the following conditions are
met, the AUTOHOLD operates and the
brakes are held.
•
The ignition is switched ON (engine is
running).
•
The vehicle is stopped.
•
The brake pedal is being depressed.
•
The AUTOHOLD active indicator light
turns on.
•
The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
•
The driver's seat belt is fastened.
•
The driver's door is closed.
•
There is no problem with the
AUTOHOLD function.
•
The electric parking brake (EPB) is
released.
•
There is no problem with the electric
parking brake (EPB) function.
•
The selector lever is in a position other
than R position or the vehicle tilts
forward with the selector lever in the R
position.
When Driving
Brake
4-71
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
To release AUTOHOLD and start
driving the vehicle
If you do any of the following actions to
resume driving the vehicle, the brakes
release automatically and the
AUTOHOLD active indicator light turns
off.
•The accelerator pedal is depressed.
•The vehicle tilts rearward or the selector
lever is shifted to the R position on level
ground.
NOTE
•
If the electric parking brake (EPB)
switch is pulled while the AUTOHOLD
is operating, the AUTOHOLD is
released and the electric parking brake
(EPB) is applied. In addition, if the
electric parking brake (EPB) is released
under this condition, the AUTOHOLD
operates to hold the brakes.
•
Under the following conditions, the
electric parking brake (EPB) is
automatically applied and the
AUTOHOLD is released. The
AUTOHOLD is re-enabled when the
conditions before the AUTOHOLD is
released are restored.
•
The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
•
The driver’s door is opened.
•
When about ten minutes or longer have
passed since the AUTOHOLD operation
started, the electric parking brake
(EPB) is automatically applied. Because
the AUTOHOLD is restored when
releasing the electric parking brake
(EPB), the hold on the brakes by
AUTOHOLD function resumes.
▼AUTOHOLD System is Turned Off
The vehicle is driven
Press the AUTOHOLD switch to turn off
the AUTOHOLD ( AUTOHOLD standby
indicator light turns off).
Brakes are held
Depress the brake pedal and press the
AUTOHOLD switch to turn off the
AUTOHOLD (AUTOHOLD standby
indicator light and AUTOHOLD active
indicator light in instrument cluster turn
off).
AUTOHOLD standby
indicator light
When Driving
Brake
4-72
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
(Without multi-information display)
If the AUTOHOLD switch is pressed
without depressing the brake pedal
while the AUTOHOLD is operating
(AUTOHOLD active indicator light is
turned on), the brake pedal operation
demand indicator light (green) in the
instrument cluster turns on to notify the
driver that it is necessary to depress the
brake pedal.
(Green)
(With multi-information display)
If the AUTOHOLD switch is pressed
without depressing the brake pedal
while AUTOHOLD is operating
(AUTOHOLD active indicator light in
instrument cluster is turned on), the
message Depress Brake Pedal to
Release Parking Brake is indicated on
the multi-information display to notify
the driver to depress the brake pedal.
•
If any of the following conditions occurs
while the AUTOHOLD function is
operating (AUTOHOLD active indicator
light is turned on), the electric parking
brake (EPB) is applied automatically
and the AUTOHOLD function turns off.
For the electric parking brake (EPB)
operation, refer to the electric parking
brake (EPB) on page 4-65.
•
The ignition is switched OFF.
•
There is a problem with the
AUTOHOLD function.
Hill Launch Assist (HLA)
HLA is a function which assists the driver
in accelerating from a stop while on a
slope. When the driver releases the brake
pedal and depresses the accelerator pedal
while on a slope, the function prevents the
vehicle from rolling. The braking force is
maintained automatically after the brake
pedal is released on a steep grade.
HLA operates on a downward slope when
the selector lever is in the reverse (R)
position, and on an upward slope when the
selector lever is in a forward gear.
WARNING
Do not rely completely on HLA :
HLA is an auxiliary device for accelerating
from a stop on a slope. The system only
operates for about two seconds and
therefore, relying only on the system, when
accelerating from a stop is dangerous
because the vehicle may move (roll)
unexpectedly and cause an accident.
The vehicle could roll depending on the
vehicle's load or if it is towing something.
Always conrm the safety around the
vehicle before starting to drive the vehicle.
When Driving
Brake
4-73
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
HLA does not operate on a gentle slope.
In addition, the gradient of the slope on
which the system will operate changes
depending on the vehicle's load.
•
HLA does not operate if the parking
brake is applied, or if the vehicle has not
stopped completely.
•
HLA is operating, the brake pedal may
feel stiff and vibrate, however, this does
not indicate a malfunction.
•
HLA does not operate while the
TCS/DSC indicator light is illuminated.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on
page 4-30.
•
HLA does not turn off even if the TCS
OFF switch is pressed to turn off the
TCS.
When Driving
Brake
4-74
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Antilock Brake System
(ABS)
The ABS control unit continuously
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one
wheel is about to lock up, the ABS
responds by automatically releasing and
reapplying that wheel's brake.
The driver will feel a slight vibration in
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering
noise from the brake system. This is
normal ABS system operation. Continue
to depress the brake pedal without
pumping the brakes.
The warning light turns on when the
system has a malfunction.
Refer to Warning Indication/Warning
Lights on page 4-30.
WARNING
Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe
driving:
The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe
and reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle too
closely), driving on ice and snow, and
hydroplaning (reduced tire friction and
road contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an accident.
NOTE
•
Braking distances may be longer on
loose surfaces (snow or gravel, for
example) which usually have a hard
foundation. A vehicle with a normal
braking system may require less
distance to stop under these conditions
because the tires will build up a wedge
of surface layer when the wheels skid.
•
The sound of the ABS operating may be
heard when starting the engine or
immediately after starting the vehicle,
however, it does not indicate a
malfunction.
When Driving
ABS/TCS/DSC
4-75
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Traction Control System
(TCS)
The Traction Control System (TCS)
enhances traction and safety by controlling
engine torque and braking. When the TCS
detects driving wheel slippage, it lowers
engine torque and operates the brakes to
prevent loss of traction.
This means that on a slick surface, the
engine adjusts automatically to provide
optimum power to the drive wheels,
limiting wheel spin and loss of traction.
The warning light turns on when the
system has a malfunction.
Refer to Warning Indication/Warning
Lights on page 4-30.
WARNING
Do not rely on the Traction Control System
(TCS) as a substitute for safe driving:
The Traction Control System (TCS) cannot
compensate for unsafe and reckless
driving, excessive speed, tailgating
(following another vehicle too closely), and
hydroplaning (reduced tire friction and
road contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an accident.
Use snow tires or tire chains and drive at
reduced speeds when roads are covered
with ice and/or snow:
Driving without proper traction devices on
snow and/or ice-covered roads is
dangerous. The Traction Control System
(TCS) alone cannot provide adequate
traction and you could still have an
accident.
NOTE
To turn off the TCS, press the TCS OFF
switch (page 4-77).
▼TCS/DSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched ON.
If the TCS or DSC is operating, the
indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the
brake assist system may have a
malfunction and they may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
•
In addition to the indicator light
flashing, a slight lugging sound will
come from the engine. This indicates
that the TCS/DSC is operating properly.
•
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh
snow, it will be impossible to achieve
high rpm when the TCS is on.
When Driving
ABS/TCS/DSC
4-76
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼TCS OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched ON.
It also illuminates when the TCS OFF
switch is pressed and TCS is switched off.
Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 4-77.
If the light remains illuminated and the
TCS is not switched off, take your vehicle
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer. The DSC
may have a malfunction.
▼TCS OFF Switch
Press the TCS OFF switch to turn off the
TCS. The TCS OFF indicator light in the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
Press the switch again to turn the TCS
back on. The TCS OFF indicator light will
turn off.
NOTE
•
When TCS is on and you attempt to free
the vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it
out of freshly fallen snow, the TCS (part
of the DSC system) will activate.
Depressing the accelerator will not
increase engine power and freeing the
vehicle may be difficult. When this
happens, turn off the TCS.
•
If the TCS is off when the engine is
turned off, it automatically activates
when the ignition is switched ON.
•
Leaving the TCS on will provide the best
traction.
•
If the TCS OFF switch is pressed and
held for 10 seconds or more, the TCS
OFF switch malfunction detection
function operates and the TCS system
activates automatically. The TCS OFF
indicator light turns off while the TCS
system is operative.
When Driving
ABS/TCS/DSC
4-77
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC)
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
automatically controls braking and engine
torque in conjunction with systems such as
ABS and TCS to help control side slip
when driving on slippery surfaces, or
during sudden or evasive maneuvering,
enhancing vehicle safety.
Refer to ABS (page 4-75) and TCS (page
4-76).
DSC operation is possible at speeds
greater than 20 km/h (12 mph).
The warning light turns on when the
system has a malfunction.
Refer to Warning Indication/Warning
Lights on page 4-30.
WARNING
Do not rely on the Dynamic Stability
Control as a substitute for safe driving:
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless
driving, excessive speed, tailgating
(following another vehicle too closely), and
hydroplaning (reduced tire friction and
road contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an accident.
CAUTION
The DSC may not operate correctly
unless the following are observed:
Use tires of the correct size specied for
your Mazda on all four wheels.
Use tires of the same manufacturer,
brand and tread pattern on all four
wheels.
Do not mix worn tires.
The DSC may not operate correctly when
tire chains are used or a temporary spare
tire is installed because the tire diameter
changes.
▼TCS/DSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched ON.
If the TCS or DSC is operating, the
indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the
brake assist system may have a
malfunction and they may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When Driving
ABS/TCS/DSC
4-78
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Fuel Economy Monitor*
For vehicles with type B audio, the Fuel Consumption information is displayed by operating
each icon in the display.
In addition, after completing a trip, the total energy efficiency to date is displayed in the
ending display when the ending display is turned on.
1. Select the icon on the home screen to display the applications screen.
2. Select the “Fuel Economy Monitor”.
3. Select the icon at the bottom left of the screen to display the menu in the lower part
of the screen.
4. Select the icon in the menu and perform the operation. Each icon operates as follows:
Indication on display Control status
Hides the menu display.
Displays the application screen.
Resets the fuel economy data.
Displays the following setting screen.
•
Ending display on/off switching
•
(Without Multi-information Display)
On/off switching for function which synchronizes
(links) reset of fuel economy data with trip meter
(TRIP A)
When Driving
Fuel Economy Monitor
*Some models. 4-79
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Fuel Consumption Display
Information regarding the fuel economy is displayed.
Indication on display Control status
Displays the fuel economy for the past 60 minutes.
•
Displays the fuel economy every minute for the past 1
to 10 minutes.
•
Displays the fuel economy every 10 minutes for the
past 10 to 60 minutes.
Displays the average fuel economy over the past 5
resets and after the current reset.
Calculates the average fuel economy every minute
after vehicle travel begins, and displays it.
NOTE
•
(With Multi-information Display)
•
The fuel economy data is synchronized (linked) with the average fuel economy
displayed in the tripmeter (TRIP A).
•
To reset the fuel economy data, press the icon in the menu. (The average fuel
economy and TRIP A displayed in the tripmeter (TRIP A) reset at the same time.)
•
After resetting the fuel economy data, “-- -” is displayed while the average fuel
economy is being calculated.
•
(Without Multi-information Display)
•
The fuel economy data is synchronized (linked) with the average fuel economy
displayed in the trip computer.
•
To reset the fuel economy data, press the icon in the menu. (The average fuel
economy displayed in the trip computer resets at the same time.)
•
After resetting the fuel economy data, “-- -” is displayed while the average fuel
economy is being calculated.
▼Ending Screen Display
If the ending display on the fuel economy monitor is on when the ignition is switched from
ON to OFF, the information regarding the fuel economy is displayed.
When Driving
Fuel Economy Monitor
4-80
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Fuel Economy Data Reset and Trip Meter (TRIP A) Synchronization (Linking)
(Without Multi-information Display)
Because the average fuel economy indication on the instrument cluster display is linked
with the “Average Fuel Economy History” (Current) indication on the center display, when
one is reset the other is also reset.
In addition, switching between reset and no reset of the average fuel economy indication on
the instrument cluster display and the “Average Fuel Economy History” (Current) indication
on the center display when resetting the trip meter (TRIP A) is possible.
Reset operation item
Synchronized (linked) and reset information
Trip meter (TRIP
A)
Average fuel econo-
my on instrument
cluster display
“Average Fuel
Economy History”
(Current) indica-
tion on the center
display
Trip meter (TRIP A) X X/—
*1
X/—
*1
Average fuel economy on instrument cluster
display —X X
“Average Fuel Economy History” (Current)
indication on the center display —X X
X: Reset
—: Not reset
*1 Can be personalized.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
When Driving
Fuel Economy Monitor
4-81
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Drive Selection
Drive selection is a system to switch the vehicle's drive mode. When the sport mode is
selected, vehicle's response against accelerator operation is enhanced. This provides
additional quick acceleration which may be needed to safely make maneuvers such as lane
changes, merging onto freeways, or passing other vehicles.
CAUTION
Do not use the sport mode when driving on slippery roads such as wet or snow-covered roads.
It may cause tire slipping.
NOTE
•
When the sport mode is selected, driving at higher engine speeds increases and it may
increase fuel consumption. Mazda recommends that you cancel the sport mode on normal
driving.
•
Drive mode cannot be switched in the following conditions:
•
ABS/TCS/DSC is operating
•
The Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) system/cruise control is operating.
•
Steering wheel is being operated abruptly
▼Drive Selection Switch
Press the drive selection switch forward
(“ ”) to select the sport mode.
Pull the drive selection switch back
(“ ”) to cancel the sport mode.
NOTE
•
When the ignition is switched off, the
sport mode is canceled.
•
Depending on the driving conditions
when sport mode is selected, the vehicle
may perform shift-down or slightly
accelerate.
▼Select Mode Indication
When the sport mode is selected, the select
mode indication turns on in the instrument
cluster.
NOTE
If the drive selection cannot be switched to
sport mode, the select mode indication
flashes to notify the driver.
When Driving
Drive Selection
4-82
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
i-ACTIV AWD Operation*
AWD provides excellent drivability on
snow-covered and ice-packed roads, sand
and mud, as well as on steep slopes and
other slippery surfaces.
A system malfunction or operation
conditions are indicated by a warning.
Refer to Warning Indication/Warning
Lights on page 4-30.
WARNING
Never spin a wheel that is o the ground:
Spinning a wheel that is o the ground as a
result of the vehicle being stuck or in a
ditch is dangerous. The drive assembly
could be seriously damaged which could
lead to an accident or could even lead to
overheating, oil leakage, and a re.
▼AWD Driving
WARNING
Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and
abrupt maneuvers when driving this
vehicle:
Sharp turns, excessive speed and abrupt
maneuvering of this vehicle is dangerous
as it could result in the increased risk of loss
of vehicle control, vehicle roll-over,
personal injury or death.
This vehicle has a higher center of gravity.
Vehicles with a higher center of gravity
such as utility and AWD vehicles handle
dierently than vehicles with a lower center
of gravity.
Utility and AWD vehicles are not designed
for cornering at high speeds any more than
low prole sports cars are designed to
perform satisfactorily under o-road
conditions. In addition, utility vehicles have
a signicantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles.
Drive carefully when the vehicle is loaded
by lowering vehicle speed and applying the
brakes earlier:
Abrupt maneuvering and sudden braking
when driving a loaded vehicle is dangerous
as the driving behavior of a vehicle with a
high center of gravity is dierent when it is
loaded compared to when it is not, and
could result in the loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
▼Tires and Tire Chains
The condition of the tires plays a large role
in the performance of the vehicle.
Moreover, to prevent adverse effects to the
drive assembly, please note the following:
Tires
•When replacing tires, always replace all
front and rear tires at the same time.
•All tires must be of the same size,
manufacture, brand and tread pattern.
Pay particular attention when equipping
snow or other types of winter tires.
•Do not mix tread-worn tires with normal
tires.
•Inspect tire inflation pressures at the
specified periods adjust to the specified
pressures.
When Driving
i-ACTIV AWD
*Some models.
4-83
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
Check the tire inflation pressure label
attached to driver's door frame for the
correct tire inflation pressure.
•Make sure to equip the vehicle with
genuine wheels of the specified size, on
all wheels. With AWD, the system is
calibrated for all four wheels being of
the same dimensions.
Tire chains
•Install tire chains to the front tires.
•Do not use tire chains on the rear
wheels.
•Do not drive the vehicle faster than 30
km/h (19 mph) with the tire chains
installed.
•Do not drive the vehicle with tire chains
on road conditions other than snow or
ice.
▼Towin g
If the vehicle requires towing, have it
towed with all four wheels completely off
the ground.
Refer to Towing Description on page 7-
20.
When Driving
i-ACTIV AWD
4-84
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Power Steering
•Power steering is only operable when
the engine is running. If the engine is off
or if the power steering system is
inoperable, you can still steer, but it
requires more physical effort.
If the steering feels stiffer than usual
during normal driving or the steering
vibrates, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
•The warning indication/warning light
notifies the driver of system
abnormalities and operation conditions.
In addition, the buzzer may also activate
depending on the system abnormality or
operation condition.
Refer to Warning Indication/Warning
Lights on page 4-30.
Refer to Power Steering Warning
Buzzer on page 7-45.
CAUTION
Never hold the steering wheel to the
extreme left or right for more than 5
seconds with the engine running. This
could damage the power steering system.
When Driving
Power Steering
4-85
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
i-ACTIVSENSE*
i-ACTIVSENSE is a collective term covering a series of advanced safety and driver support
systems which make use of a Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) and radar sensors. These
systems consist of active safety and pre-crash safety systems.
These systems are designed to assist the driver in safer driving by reducing the load on the
driver and helping to avert collisions or reduce their severity. However, because each system
has its limitations, always drive carefully and do not rely solely on the systems.
▼Active Safety Technology
Active Safety Technology supports safer driving by helping the driver to recognize potential
hazards and avert accidents.
Driver awareness support systems
Nighttime visibility
Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS)..................................................................... page 4-89
High Beam Control System (HBC)............................................................................page 4-90
Left/right side and rear side detection
Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS).............................................................. page 4-125
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)................................................................................... page 4-93
Road sign recognition
Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR).................................................................... page 4-99
Inter-vehicle distance recognition
Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS).......................................................page 4-105
Rear obstruction detection when leaving a parking space
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA).............................................................................page 4-108
Driver support systems
Inter-vehicle distance
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
.................................................................................................................................. page 4-112
Lane departure
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS)..............................................................................page 4-125
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-86 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Pre-Crash Safety Technology
Pre-crash safety technology is designed to assist the driver in averting collisions or reduce
their severity in situations where they cannot be avoided.
Collision damage reduction in low vehicle speed range
Forward driving
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS).......................................................................... page 4-140
Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)........................................page 4-136
Collision damage reduction in medium/high speed range
Smart Brake Support (SBS).....................................................................................page 4-144
▼Camera and Sensors
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) detects lane indications and recognizes headlights,
taillights and city lights during nighttime driving. In addition, it also detects the vehicle
ahead, pedestrians, or obstructions. The following systems also use the Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC).
•High Beam Control system (HBC)
•Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
•Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR)
•Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
•Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)
•Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
•Smart Brake Support (SBS)
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) is installed at the top of the windshield near the
rearview mirror.
Refer to Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) on page 4-147.
Radar sensor (front)
The radar sensor (front) functions by detecting the radio waves reflected off a vehicle ahead
sent from the radar sensor. The following systems also use the radar sensor (front).
•Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
•Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS)
•Smart Brake Support (SBS)
The radar sensor (front) is mounted behind the radiator grille.
Refer to Radar Sensor (Front) on page 4-152.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-87
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Radar sensors (rear)
The radar sensors (rear) function by detecting the radio waves reflected off a vehicle
approaching from the rear or an obstruction sent from the radar sensors. The following
systems also use the radar sensors (rear).
•Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
•Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
The radar sensors (rear) are installed inside the rear bumper, one each on the left and right
sides.
Refer to Radar Sensors (Rear) on page 4-155.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-88
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS)*
The adaptive front lighting system (AFS) automatically adjusts the headlight beams to the
left or right in conjunction with the operation of the steering wheel after the headlights have
been turned on.
A system malfunction or operation conditions are indicated by a warning.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on page 4-30.
NOTE
The Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS) function can be switched to operable/inoperable
using the personalization function.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-89
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
High Beam Control System (HBC)*
The HBC determines the conditions in front of the vehicle using the Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC) while driving in darkness to automatically switch the headlights between
high and low beams.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on page 4-30.
While driving the vehicle at a speed of about 30 km/h (19 mph) or more, the headlights are
switched to high beams when there are no vehicles ahead or approaching in the opposite
direction.
The system switches the headlights to low beams when one of the following occurs:
•The system detects a vehicle or the headlights/lights of a vehicle approaching in the
opposite direction.
•The vehicle is driven on roads lined with streetlamps or on roads in well-lit cities and
towns.
•The vehicle is driven at less than about 20 km/h (12 mph).
Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC)
The recognition distance of the
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)
varies according to the
surrounding conditions.
The warning light turns on when the system has a malfunction.
Refer to Warning Indication/Warning Lights on page 4-30.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the vehicle height, modify the headlight units, or remove the camera,
otherwise the system will not operate normally.
Do not rely excessively on the HBC and drive the vehicle while paying sucient attention to
safety. Switch the headlights between the high beams and low beams manually if
necessary.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-90 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
The timing in which the system switches the headlights changes under the following
conditions. If the system does not switch the headlights appropriately, manually switch
between high and low beams according to the visibility as well as road and traffic
conditions.
•
When there are sources of light in the area such as street lamps, illuminated signboards,
and traffic signals.
•
When there are reflective objects in the surrounding area such as reflective plates and
signs.
•
When visibility is reduced under rain, snow and foggy conditions.
•
When driving on roads with sharp turn or hilly terrain.
•
When the headlights/rear lamps of vehicles in front of you or in the opposite lane are dim
or not illuminated.
•
When there is sufficient darkness such as at dawn or dusk.
•
When the luggage compartment is loaded with heavy objects or the rear passenger seats
are occupied.
•
When visibility is reduced due to a vehicle in front of you spraying water from its tires
onto your windshield.
▼To Operate the System
The HBC operates to switch the headlights
automatically between high and low
beams after the ignition is switched ON
and the headlight switch is in the AUTO
and high beam position.
The HBC determines that it is dark based
on the brightness of the surrounding area.
At the same time, the HBC indicator light
(green) in the instrument cluster
illuminates.
The HBC determines that it is dark based
on the brightness of the surrounding area.
NOTE
•
When the vehicle speed is about 30 km/h
(19 mph) or more, the headlights
automatically switch to high beams
when there are no vehicles ahead or
approaching in the opposite direction.
When the vehicle speed is less than
about 20 km/h (12 mph), the HBC
switches the headlights to low beams.
•
The low beams may not switch to high
beams when cornering.
•
Operation of the HBC function can be
disabled. Refer to Personalization
Features on page 9-9.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-91
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Manual Switching
Switching to low beams
Shift the lever to the low beam position.
The HBC indicator light (green) turns off.
Switching to high beams
Turn the headlight switch to the
position.
The HBC indicator light (green) turns off
and the is illuminated.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-92
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)*
The BSM is designed to assist the driver in checking the area to the rear of the vehicle on
both sides during lane changes by notifying the driver of the presence of vehicles
approaching from the rear in an adjacent lane.
The BSM detects vehicles approaching from the rear while traveling in the forward
direction at a speed of 10 km/h (6.3 mph) or faster and notifies the driver by turning on the
BSM warning indicator light and displaying the vehicle detection screen (vehicles with
multi-information display and active driving display).
If the turn signal lever is operated to signal a turn in the direction in which the BSM
warning indicator light is illuminated while the approaching vehicle is detected, the BSM
notifies the driver of possible danger by turning on the BSM warning indicator light, and by
activating the warning sound and the warning screen indicator display (vehicles with
multi-information display and active driving display).
The detection area on this system covers the driving lanes on both sides of the vehicle and
from the rear part of the front doors to about 50 m (164 ft) behind the vehicle.
Detection areas
Your vehicle
WARNING
Always check the surrounding area visually before making an actual lane change:
The system is only designed to assist you in checking for vehicles at your rear when making a
lane change. Due to certain limitations with the operation of this system, the BSM warning
indicator light, the warning sound and the warning screen indicator display may not activate
or they might be delayed even though a vehicle is in an adjacent driving lane. Always make it
your responsibility as a driver to check the rear.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-93
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
The BSM will operate when all of the following conditions are met:
•
The ignition is switched ON.
•
The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument cluster is turned off.
•
The vehicle speed is about 10 km/h (6.3 mph) or faster.
•
The BSM will not operate under the following circumstances.
•
The vehicle speed falls below about 10 km/h (6.3 mph) even though the BSM OFF
indicator light is turned off.
•
The selector lever is shifted to reverse (R) and the vehicle is reversing.
•
The turning radius is small (making a sharp turn, turning at intersections).
•
In the following cases, the BSM OFF indicator light turns on and operation of the system
is stopped. If the BSM OFF indicator light remains illuminated, have the vehicle inspected
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
•
Some problem with the system including the BSM warning indicator lights is detected.
•
A large deviation in the installation position of a radar sensor (rear) on the vehicle has
occurred.
•
There is a large accumulation of snow or ice on the rear bumper near a radar sensor
(rear). Remove any snow, ice or mud on the rear bumper.
•
Driving on snow-covered roads for long periods.
•
The temperature near the radar sensors (rear) becomes extremely hot due to driving for
long periods on slopes during the summer.
•
The battery voltage has decreased.
•
Under the following conditions, the radar sensors (rear) cannot detect target objects or it
may be difficult to detect them.
•
A vehicle is in the detection area at the rear in an adjacent driving lane but it does not
approach. The BSM determines the condition based on radar detection data.
•
A vehicle is traveling alongside your vehicle at nearly the same speed for an extended
period of time.
•
Vehicles approaching in the opposite direction.
•
A vehicle in an adjacent driving lane is attempting to pass your vehicle.
•
A vehicle is in an adjacent lane on a road with extremely wide driving lanes. The
detection area of the radar sensors (rear) is set at the road width of expressways.
•
In the following case, the flashing of the BSM warning indicator light, and the activation
of the warning sound and the warning screen indicator display may not occur or they may
be delayed.
•
A vehicle makes a lane change from a driving lane two lanes over to an adjacent lane.
•
Driving on steep slopes.
•
Crossing the summit of a hill or mountain pass.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-94
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
When there is a difference in the height between your driving lane and the adjacent
lane.
•
Directly after the BSM system becomes operable by changing the setting.
•
If the road width is extremely narrow, vehicles two lanes over may be detected. The
detection area of the radar sensors (rear) is set according to the road width of
expressways.
•
The BSM warning indicator light may turn on and the vehicle detection screen may be
displayed in the display in reaction to stationary objects (guardrails, tunnels, sidewalls,
and parked vehicles) on the road or the roadside.
Objects such as guardrails and concrete walls
running alongside the vehicle.
Places where the width between guardrails or
walls on each side of the vehicle narrows.
The walls at the entrance and exits of tunnels
and turnouts.
•
A BSM warning indicator light may flash or the warning beep may be activated several
times when making a turn at a city intersection.
•
Turn off the BSM while pulling a trailer or while an accessory such as a bicycle carrier is
installed to the rear of the vehicle. Otherwise, the radar’s radio waves will be blocked
causing the system to not operate normally.
•
In the following cases, it may be difficult to view the illumination/flashing of the BSM
warning indicator lights equipped on the door mirrors.
•
Snow or ice is adhering to the door mirrors.
•
The front door glass is fogged or covered in snow, frost or dirt.
•
The radar sensors (rear) of the BSM may be regulated under the radio wave related laws
of the country where the vehicle is driven. The sensors in this system are approved for use
in the U.S.A. (including territories), and Canada. If a vehicle with a BSM is driven in a
country other than the U.S.A., or Canada, the system has to be turned off by changing the
setting on the center display.
•
The system switches to the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) function when the selector
lever is shifted to the reverse (R) position.
Refer to Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) on page 4-108.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-95
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Warning Indicator Light/Display Indicator/Blind
Spot Monitoring (BSM) Warning Beep
The BSM or Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system notifies the driver of the presence of
vehicles in adjacent lanes or at the rear of the vehicle using the BSM warning indicator
light, the warning sound and the display indicator (vehicles with multi-information display
and active driving display) (BSM) while the systems are operational.
BSM warning indicator lights
The BSM warning indicator lights are equipped on the left and right door mirrors. The
warning indicator lights turn on when a vehicle approaching from the rear in an adjacent
lane is detected.
When the ignition is switched ON, the warning indicator light turns on momentarily and
then turns off after a few seconds.
Forward driving (BSM operation)
The BSM detects vehicles approaching from the rear and turns on the BSM warning
indicator lights equipped on the door mirrors according to the conditions. Additionally,
while a BSM warning indicator light is illuminated, if the turn signal lever is operated to
signal a turn in the direction in which the BSM warning indicator light is illuminated, the
BSM warning indicator light flashes.
Reverse driving (Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system operation)
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system detects vehicles approaching from the left and
right of your vehicle and flashes the BSM warning indicator lights.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-96
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Function for cancelling illumination dimmer
If the BSM warning indicator lights turn on when the parking lights are turned on, the
brightness of the BSM warning indicator lights is dimmed.
If the BSM warning indicator lights are difficult to see due to glare from surrounding
brightness when traveling on snow-covered roads or under foggy conditions, press the
dimmer cancellation button to cancel the dimmer and increase the brightness of BSM
warning indicator lights when they turn on.
Refer to Dashboard Illumination on page 4-15.
Display indicator (Vehicles with multi-information display and active driving display)
The detected approaching vehicle and warning are displayed in the multi-information
display and active driving display when the vehicle is moving forward (BSM operational).
Multi-information Display Active Driving Display
Detection and warning indicator Detection and warning indicator
The detected direction is displayed with a detection indicator (white) when an approaching
vehicle is detected. In addition, if the turn signal lever is operated to signal a lane change
while the vehicle is detected, the display changes the color (amber) of the warning indicator.
BSM warning beep
The BSM warning beep is activated simultaneously with the flashing of a BSM warning
indicator light.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-97
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Canceling Operation of Blind Spot
Monitoring (BSM)
The BSM system can be set to inoperable.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
When the BSM is set to inoperable, the
BSM and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) systems are turned off and the
BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument
cluster turns on.
NOTE
When the ignition is switched OFF, the
system status before it was turned off is
maintained. For example, if the ignition is
switched OFF while the BSM and Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems are
operational, the BSM and Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems remain
operational the next time the ignition is
switched ON.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-98
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR)*
The TSR helps prevent the driver from overlooking traffic signs, and provides support for
safer driving by displaying traffic signs on the active driving display which are recognized
by the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) or recorded in the navigation system while the
vehicle is driven.
The TSR displays the speed limit, do not enter, and traffic stop signs.
If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit sign indicated in the active driving display while
the vehicle is driven, the system notifies the driver using the indication in the active driving
display and a warning sound.
NOTE
•
The TSR is not supported in some countries or regions. For information concerning the
supported countries or regions, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
The TSR operates only if the navigation system SD card (Mazda genuine) is inserted in
the SD card slot. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details.
Speed limit signs and do not enter signs
40 40
Sign recognizedSign displayed
Active driving display indication Active driving display indication
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-99
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Stop sign
40
Sign recognized and
displayed at same time
Active driving display indication
WARNING
Always check the trac signs visually while driving.
The TSR helps prevent the driver from overlooking trac signs and provides support for safer
driving. Depending on the weather conditions or problems with trac signs, a trac sign
may not be recognized or a trac sign dierent from the actual trac sign may be displayed.
Always make it your responsibility as a driver to check the actual trac signs. Otherwise, it
could result in an accident.
NOTE
•
The TSR does not operate if there is a malfunction in the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC).
•
Under the following conditions, the TSR may not operate normally.
•
An object placed on the dashboard is reflected in the windshield and picked up by the
camera.
•
Heavy luggage is loaded in the luggage compartment or on the rear seat and the
vehicle is tilted.
•
The tire pressures are not adjusted to the specified pressure.
•
Tires other than standard tires are equipped.
•
The vehicle is driven on the ramp and surrounding area to or from a rest area or a
tollgate on a highway.
•
When surrounding brightness suddenly changes such as when entering or exiting a
tunnel.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-100
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
The illumination of the headlights is weakened because of dirt or the optical axis is
deviated.
•
The windshield is dirty or foggy.
•
The windshield and camera are fogged (water droplets).
•
Strong light is directed at the front of the vehicle (such as backlight or high-beam
headlights of on-coming vehicles).
•
The vehicle is making a sharp turn.
•
Strong light reflects off the road.
•
A traffic sign is in a position which makes it difficult to reflect the light from the
vehicle's headlights, such as when the vehicle is driven at night or in a tunnel.
•
The vehicle is driven under weather conditions such as rain, fog, or snow.
•
The stored map data for the navigation system is not current.
•
A traffic sign is obscured by mud or snow.
•
A traffic sign is concealed by trees or a vehicle.
•
A traffic sign is partially shaded.
•
A traffic sign is bent or warped.
•
A traffic sign is too low or too high.
•
A traffic sign is too bright or too dark (including electronic traffic signs).
•
A traffic sign is too big or too small.
•
There is an object similar to the traffic sign being read (such as another traffic sign or
other signs resembling it).
•
The TSR does not operate if the active driving display is set to non-display.
•
The TSR can be set to inoperable.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
▼Traffic Sign Display Indication
The following traffic signs are displayed on the active driving display.
Speed limit signs
Do not enter signs
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-101
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Stop signs
NOTE
Speed limit signs
•
When the vehicle speed is about 1 km/h (0.6 mph) or faster, the speed limit sign is
displayed when any one of the following conditions are met.
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes a speed limit sign as a sign targeted for
your vehicle and the vehicle passes it.
•
The speed limit sign stored in the navigation system is read (if the Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC) does not recognize a speed limit sign).
•
In the following cases, display of the speed limit sign stops.
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes the speed limit sign and the vehicle is
driven for a certain distance after passing the sign.
•
Each sensor determines that the vehicle has changed direction of travel.
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes a new speed limit sign which differs
from the previous one (displays the new speed limit sign).
•
The speed limit sign stored in the navigation system is not read within a certain period
of time (if the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) does not recognize a speed limit sign,
the speed limit sign stored in the navigation system is displayed).
•
The vehicle speed exceeds the displayed speed limit sign by 30 km/h (19 mph) or more
after a certain period of time has elapsed since the speed limit sign was displayed.
(Except when there is information for the speed limit sign in the navigation system)
Do not enter signs
•
A do not enter sign is displayed when all of the following conditions are met.
•
The vehicle speed is about 60 km/h (37 mph) or slower.
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes a do not enter sign as a sign targeted
for your vehicle and the vehicle passes it.
•
When the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes the do not enter sign and a certain
period of time has elapsed since the vehicle passed the sign, display of the do not enter
sign stops.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-102
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Stop sign
•
A stop sign is displayed when all of the following conditions are met:
•
The vehicle speed is about 30 km/h (19 mph) or slower.
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes a stop sign as a sign targeted for your
vehicle.
•
When a certain period of time has elapsed since the stop sign was displayed, display of
the stop sign stops.
▼Excessive Speed Warning
If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit sign displayed in the active driving display, the
area around the speed limit sign flashes three times in amber and the warning sound is
activated three times at the same time. If the vehicle speed continues to exceed the displayed
speed limit sign, the indication stops flashing and remains on. Check the surrounding
conditions and adjust the vehicle speed to the legal speed using the appropriate operation
such as depressing the brake pedal.
While 60 mph is displayed50 mph is displayed
Active driving display indicationActive driving display indication
The excessive speed warning is initially set to inoperable. If you want to activate the
excessive speed warning, change the setting in the personalization features. In addition, the
warning pattern and the warning activation timing differ depending on the setting contents.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-103
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Warning pattern
•Off: The excessive speed warning is not activated.
•Visual: The area around the speed limit sign displayed in the display flashes three times in
amber, and if the vehicle speed continues to exceed the displayed speed limit sign, the
indication stops flashing and remains on.
•Audio & Visual: The area around the speed limit sign displayed in the display flashes
three times in amber and the warning sound is activated three times at the same time. If
the vehicle speed continues to exceed the displayed speed limit sign, the indication stops
flashing and remains on.
Warning activation timing
• 0: If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit sign displayed in the display, the
excessive speed warning is activated.
• 5: If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit sign displayed in the display by 5 km/h
(3 mph), the excessive speed warning is activated.
• 10: If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit sign displayed in the display by 10
km/h (6.2 mph), the excessive speed warning is activated.
NOTE
•
In the following cases, the excessive speed warning stops operating.
•
The vehicle speed is less than the speed of the displayed speed limit sign. (If the
activation timing for the excessive speed warning is changed in the personalization
features, the excessive speed warning stops operating when the vehicle speed is less
than the changed vehicle speed.
•
A speed limit sign indication has been updated and the vehicle speed is lower than the
updated indication.
•
Display of the speed limit sign stops.
•
The warning indication is displayed at the same time the excessive speed warning sound
is activated if the vehicle speed exceeds the speed indicated on the speed limit sign.
Refer to Warning Sound is Activated on page 7-42.
•
If the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) incorrectly recognizes the actual speed limit sign
at a lower speed, the excessive speed alarm is activated even if the vehicle is driven at the
legal speed.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-104
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS)*
The DRSS measures the distance between your vehicle and a vehicle ahead using a radar
sensor (front) while the vehicle speed is about 30 km/h (19 mph) or faster, and if your
vehicle approaches a vehicle ahead more closely than what is appropriate for maintaining
distance between the vehicles according to the vehicle speed, a notification in the active
driving display is indicated to advise you to keep a safe distance from the vehicle ahead.
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the DRSS and always drive carefully:
The ability to detect a vehicle ahead is limited depending on the type of vehicle ahead, the
weather conditions, and the trac conditions. Therefore, if the accelerator and brake pedals
are not operated correctly it could lead to an accident. Always verify the safety of the
surrounding area and depress the brake pedal or accelerator pedal while keeping a safer
distance from vehicles ahead or on-coming vehicles.
NOTE
•
The DRSS operates when all of the following conditions are met:
•
The ignition is switched ON.
•
The DRSS is on.
•
The selector lever is in a position other than reverse (R).
•
The vehicle speed is 30 km/h or faster (19 mph or faster).
•
The objects which activate the system are 4-wheeled vehicles.
•
The DRSS may also operate in the presence of motorcycles and bicycles.
•
The DRSS may not operate normally under the following conditions:
•
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) has a malfunction.
•
The vehicle ahead is traveling at an extremely slow speed.
•
The system does not operate with the following objects:
•
Vehicles approaching in the opposite direction.
•
Stationary objects (stopped vehicles, obstructions)
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-105
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Indication on Display
The DRSS operation status is indicated in the active driving display or multi-information
display. Regarding malfunctions, check the vehicle conditions or have it inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer according to the content of the displayed message.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on page 4-30.
NOTE
•
When the ignition is switched off, the operation status before the system was turned off is
maintained. For example, if the ignition is switched off with the DRSS operable, the
system will be operable when the ignition is switched ON the next time.
•
The DRSS can be turned on/off and the system's sensitivity can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
Multi-information display
Active driving display
Vehicle ahead
display
Vehicle ahead
display
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-106
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Distance-between-vehicles guidelines*1
Indication on display Distance between vehi-
cles guidelines
(During travel at about
40 km/h (25 mph)
Distance between vehi-
cles guidelines
(During travel at about
80 km/h (50 mph)
Multi-information dis-
play Active driving display
About 25 m (82 ft) About 50 m (164 ft)
About 20 m (66 ft) About 40 m (131 ft)
About 15 m (49 ft) About 30 m (98 ft)
About 10 m (33 ft) About 20 m (66 ft)
Flashes in white
*2
Illuminated in
amber
About 10 m (32 ft) or less About 20 m (65 ft) or less
*1 The distance between vehicles differs depending on vehicle speed.
*2 Indication when the distance setting for notifying the driver that the vehicle approaches
a vehicle ahead is Near.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-107
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)*
The RCTA system is designed to assist the driver in checking the area to the rear of the
vehicle on both sides while the vehicle is reversing by alerting the driver to the presence of
vehicles approaching the rear of the vehicle.
The RCTA system detects vehicles approaching from the left and right sides of the vehicle,
and the rear of the vehicle while the vehicle is being reversed out of a parking space, and
notifies the driver of possible danger using the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) warning
indicator lights and the warning buzzer.
Detection areas
Your vehicle
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-108 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
RCTA operation
1. The RCTA system operates when the selector lever is shifted to the reverse (R) position.
2. If there is the possibility of a collision with an approaching vehicle, the Blind Spot
Monitoring (BSM) warning indicator lights flashes and the warning beep is activated
simultaneously.
(With rear view monitor)
The RCTA warning indication in the rearview monitor also synchronizes with the Blind
Spot Monitoring (BSM) warning indicator light on the door mirrors.
(With rear view monitor)
WARNING
Always check the surrounding area visually before actually putting the vehicle in reverse:
The system is only designed to assist you in checking for vehicles at the rear when putting the
vehicle in reverse. Due to certain limitations with the operation of this system, the Blind Spot
Monitoring (BSM) warning indicator lights may not ash or it might be delayed even though
a vehicle is behind your vehicle. Always make it your responsibility as a driver to check the
rear.
NOTE
•
In the following cases, the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) OFF indicator light turns on and
operation of the system is stopped. If the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) OFF indicator
light remains illuminated, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
•
Some problem with the system including the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) warning
indicator lights has occurred.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-109
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
A large deviation in the installation position of a radar sensor (rear) on the vehicle has
occurred.
•
There is a large accumulation of snow or ice on the rear bumper near a radar sensor
(rear).
•
Driving on snow-covered roads for long periods.
•
The temperature near the radar sensors becomes extremely hot due to driving for long
periods on slopes during the summer.
•
The battery voltage has decreased.
•
Under the following conditions, the radar sensors (rear) cannot detect target objects or it
may be difficult to detect them.
•
The vehicle speed when reversing is about 15 km/h (9 mph) or faster.
•
The radar sensor (rear) detection area is obstructed by a nearby wall or parked vehicle.
(Reverse the vehicle to a position where the radar sensor detection area is no longer
obstructed.)
Your vehicle
•
A vehicle is approaching directly from the rear of your vehicle.
Your vehicle
•
The vehicle is parked on a slant.
Your vehicle
•
Directly after the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) system becomes operable using the
personalization feature.
•
Radio wave interference from a radar sensor equipped on a nearby parked vehicle.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-110
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
In the following cases, it may be difficult to view the illumination/flashing of the Blind
Spot Monitoring (BSM) warning indicator lights equipped on the door mirrors.
•
Snow or ice adheres to the door mirrors.
•
The front door glass is fogged or covered in snow, frost or dirt.
•
Turn off the RCTA system while pulling a trailer or while an accessory such as a bicycle
carrier is installed to the rear of the vehicle. Otherwise, the radio waves emitted by the
radar will be blocked causing the system to not operate normally.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-111
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function
(MRCC with Stop & Go function)*
The MRCC with Stop & Go function system is designed to maintain headway control*1
with a vehicle ahead according to your vehicle's speed using a radar sensor (front) to detect
the distance to the vehicle ahead and a preset vehicle speed without you having to use the
accelerator or brake pedals.
*1 Headway Control: Control of the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead
detected by the Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) system.
Additionally, if your vehicle starts closing in on the vehicle ahead such as if the vehicle
ahead brakes suddenly, a warning sound and a warning indication in the display are
activated simultaneously to alert you to maintain a sufficient distance between the vehicles.
If the vehicle ahead stops while you are following behind it, your vehicle will stop and be
held stopped automatically (stop hold control), and headway control will resume when you
resume driving the vehicle such as by pressing the RES switch.
Also refer to the following before using the MRCC with Stop & Go function.
•AUTOHOLD (page 4-69)
•Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) (page 4-147)
•Radar sensor (front) (page 4-152)
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the MRCC with Stop & Go function:
The MRCC with Stop & Go function system has detection limitations depending on the type of
vehicle ahead and its conditions, the weather conditions, and the road conditions.
Additionally, the system may be unable to decelerate suciently to avoid hitting the vehicle
ahead if the vehicle ahead applies the brakes suddenly or another vehicle cuts into the driving
lane, which could result in an accident.
Always drive carefully and verify the surrounding conditions and depress the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal while keeping a safer distance from vehicles ahead or on-coming vehicles.
Do not use the MRCC with Stop & Go function system in the following locations, using the
MRCC with Stop & Go function system at the following locations may result in an unexpected
accident:
General roads other than highways (Driving under these conditions using the MRCC with
Stop & Go function system is not possible.)
Roads with sharp curves and where vehicle trac is heavy and there is insucient space
between vehicles.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-112 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Roads where frequent and repetitive acceleration and deceleration occur (Driving under
these conditions using the MRCC with Stop & Go function system is not possible).
When entering and exiting interchanges, service areas, and parking areas of highways (If
you exit a highway while headway control is in use, the vehicle ahead will no longer be
tracked and your vehicle may accelerate to the set speed).
Slippery roads such as ice or snow-bound roads (Tires could spin causing you to lose vehicle
control, or the stop hold control may not operate.)
Long, descending slopes (to maintain distance between vehicles, the system automatically
and continuously applies the brakes which could result in the loss of brake power.)
Slopes with a steep gradient (The vehicle ahead may not be detected correctly, your vehicle
may slide while stopped by the stop hold control, and it may accelerate suddenly after it
starts moving.)
For safety purposes, switch the MRCC with Stop & Go function system o when it is not being
used.
Do not get out of the vehicle while the stop hold control is operating:
Getting out of the vehicle while the stop hold control is operating is dangerous as the vehicle
may move unexpectedly and result in an accident. Before getting out of the vehicle, switch the
MRCC with Stop & Go function system o, shift the selector lever to the P position, and apply
the electric parking brake (EPB).
CAUTION
If your vehicle is towed or you are towing something, switch the MRCC with Stop & Go
function system o to prevent a miss-operation.
NOTE
•
The MRCC with Stop & Go function system does not detect the following as physical
objects.
•
Vehicles approaching in the opposite direction
•
Pedestrians
•
Stationary objects (stopped vehicles, obstructions)
•
If a vehicle ahead is traveling at an extremely low speed, the system may not detect it
correctly.
•
During headway control travel, do not set the system for detection of two-wheeled
vehicles such as motorcycles and bicycles.
•
Do not use the MRCC with Stop & Go function system under conditions in which close
proximity warnings are frequently activated.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-113
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
During headway control travel, the system accelerates and decelerates your vehicle in
conjunction with the speed of the vehicle ahead. However, if it is necessary to accelerate
for a lane change or if the vehicle ahead brakes suddenly causing you to close in on the
vehicle rapidly, accelerate using the accelerator pedal or decelerate using the brake
pedal depending on the conditions.
•
While the MRCC with Stop & Go function system is in use, it does not cancel even if the
selector lever is operated and any intended engine braking does not occur. If deceleration
is required, lower the set speed or depress the brake pedal.
•
The sound of the automatic brakes operating may be heard, however, it does not indicate
a problem.
•
The brake lights turn on while the MRCC with Stop & Go function automatic braking is
operating.
▼Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) Display Indication
The MRCC with Stop & Go function setting status and operation conditions are indicated
on the multi-information display and the active driving display.
MRCC Distance
between vehicle
display
MRCC Set vehicle speed
Vehicle ahead display
Vehicle ahead display MRCC Distance
between vehicle
display
MRCC Set
vehicle speed
Active driving display
Multi-information display
If there is a problem with the MRCC with Stop & Go function system, a message is
displayed on the multi-information display. Check the center display to verify the problem
and then have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Refer to Message Indicated on Display on page 7-40.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-114
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Close Proximity Warning
If your vehicle rapidly closes in on the vehicle ahead because the vehicle ahead applies the
brakes suddenly while you are traveling in headway control, the warning sound activates
and the brake warning is indicated in the display. Always verify the safety of the
surrounding area and depress the brake pedal while keeping a safer distance from the
vehicle ahead. Additionally, keep a safer distance from the vehicles behind you.
Multi-information Display
Active Driving Display
NOTE
In the following cases, the warnings and brakes may not operate even if your vehicle starts
closing in on the vehicle ahead.
•
You are driving your vehicle at the same speed as the vehicle ahead.
•
Directly after the MRCC with Stop & Go function system has been set.
•
Directly after the accelerator pedal is released.
•
Another vehicle cuts into the driving lane.
▼Setting the System
The MRCC with Stop & Go function system operates when all of the following conditions
are met.
•Vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 mph) to 145 km/h (90 mph)
•The MRCC with Stop & Go function is turned on.
•The brake pedal is not depressed.
•The electric parking brake (EPB) is released (electric parking brake (EPB) indicator light
is turned off).
•There is no problem with the DSC.
•All the doors are closed.
•The driver's seat belt is fastened.
•The selector lever is in the drive (D) position or manual (M) position (manual mode).
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-115
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
In the following cases, the MRCC with Stop & Go function system is canceled when the
vehicle is traveling at 30 km/h (19 mph) or less and “Mazda Radar Cruise Control
disabled under 30 km/h” is displayed in the multi-information display.
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) cannot detect target objects (There is problem
with the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) or windshield is dirty).
•
There is a problem with the stop hold control function.
•
There is a problem with the electric parking brake (EPB).
•
It may not be possible to set the MRCC with Stop & Go function system directly after
starting the engine, while the DSC operation is being checked.
Turning on the system
OFF/CAN switch
RES switch
switch
switch
MODE switch
SET- switch
SET+ switch
OFF/CAN switch
RES switch
SET- switch
SET+ switch
switch
switch
MODE switch
Type A
Type B
When the MODE switch is pressed once, the MRCC with Stop & Go function system turns
on, and the MRCC with Stop & Go function main indication (white) turns on and the
vehicle speed and the distance between the vehicles while in headway control can be set.
In addition, the MRCC with Stop & Go function system display indication is displayed on
the multi-information display and the active driving display at the same time.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-116
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
If the ignition is switched off while the MRCC with Stop & Go function system is
operating, the system will be operable when the ignition is switched ON the next time.
•
The MRCC with Stop & Go function can switch to the cruise control function.
Refer to Cruise Control Function on page 4-122.
How to set the speed
1. Adjust the vehicle speed to the desired setting using the accelerator pedal.
2. Headway control begins when the SET or SET switch is pressed.
The set speed and the inter-vehicle distance display filled with white lines is displayed.
The MRCC with Stop & Go function main indication (white) switches to the MRCC
with Stop & Go function set indication (green) at the same time.
Travel status Indication on multi-information
display
Indication on active driving dis-
play
During travel at constant speed
During travel under headway con-
trol
NOTE
•
If a vehicle ahead is detected while traveling at a constant speed, the vehicle-ahead
indication is displayed and headway control is performed. Additionally, when a vehicle
ahead is no longer detected, the vehicle-ahead indication turns off and the system
switches back to travel at constant speed.
•
The lowest possible speed which can be set on the MRCC with Stop & Go function system
is 30 km/h (19 mph).
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-117
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
Headway control is not possible if the vehicle ahead is driving faster than your vehicle's
set speed. Adjust the system to the desired vehicle speed using the accelerator pedal.
How to set the distance-between-vehicles during headway control
The distance-between-vehicles is set to a shorter distance by pressing the switch. The
distance-between-vehicles is set to a longer distance by pressing the switch. The
distance-between-vehicles can be set to 4 levels; Long, medium, short, and extremely short
distance.
Distance-between-vehicles guide-
line
(at 80 km/h (50 mph) vehicle
speed)
Indication on multi-information
display
Indication on active driving dis-
play
*1
Long (about 50 m (164 ft))
Medium (about 40 m (131 ft))
Short (about 30 m (98 ft))
Extremely short (about 25 m (82 ft))
*1 Displays a pop-up image in the active driving display only when the driver operates the switch.
NOTE
•
The distance-between-vehicles differs depending on the vehicle speed, and the slower the
vehicle speed, the shorter the distance.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-118
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
When the ignition is switched to ACC or OFF and then the engine is started again, the
system automatically sets the distance-between-vehicles to the previous setting.
How to change the set vehicle speed
To accelerate/decelerate using the SET
switch
When you press the SET switch, the
vehicle accelerates and when you press the
SET switch, it decelerates.
Short press 1 km/h (1 mph)
Long press 10 km/h (5 mph)
NOTE
For example, the set vehicle speed is
changed by pressing the SET switch four
times as follows:
The vehicle speed accelerates or
decelerates by 4 km/h (4 mph).
To increase speed using accelerator
pedal
Depress the accelerator pedal and press
and release the SET switch or SET
switch at the desired speed. If the switch is
not operated, the system returns to the set
speed after you release your foot from the
accelerator pedal.
CAUTION
The warnings and brake control do not
operate while the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
NOTE
•
The setting speed can be changed by
operating the SET switch or SET
switch during stop hold control.
•
When accelerating using the SET
switch while in headway control, the set
vehicle speed can be adjusted but
acceleration is not possible. If there is
no longer a vehicle ahead, acceleration
continues until reaching the set vehicle
speed. For the set vehicle speed, check
the set vehicle speed indication in the
display.
•
When depressing the accelerator pedal,
the inter-vehicle distance indication in
the display changes to the white-line
indication.
Canceling the system
When the following operations are
performed, the MRCC with Stop & Go
function system is canceled, and the
MRCC with Stop & Go function set
indication (green) switches to the MRCC
with Stop & Go function main indication
(white) at the same time.
•The OFF/CAN switch is pressed.
•The brake pedal is depressed.
•The electric parking brake (EPB) is
applied.
•The selector lever is in the P (Park), N
(Neutral), or R (Reverse) position.
•Any of the doors is opened.
•The driver's seat belt is unfastened.
Under the following conditions, the
MRCC with Stop & Go function cancel
indication is displayed in the
multi-information display and a single
beep sound is heard.
•The DSC has operated.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-119
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•The Smart Brake Support (SBS) has
operated.
•The Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
or Advanced Smart City Brake Support
(Advanced SCBS) has operated.
•When traveling on a downslope for a
long period of time.
•There is a problem with the system.
•The engine has stalled.
•The electric parking brake (EPB) is
automatically applied during stop hold
control.
•The radar sensor (front) cannot detect
target objects (during rain, fog, snow or
other inclement weather conditions, or
when the radiator grille is dirty).
Resuming control
If the MRCC with Stop & Go function
system is canceled, you can resume
control at the previously set speed by
pressing the RES switch and after all of
the operation conditions have been met.
NOTE
If the set speed is not indicated in the
display, the control does not resume even
if the RES switch is pressed.
Turning off the system
Press the OFF/CAN switch two times
while the MRCC with Stop & Go function
system is operating to switch off the
system.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-120
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Stop Hold Control
While in headway control using the MRCC with Stop & Go function system, your vehicle
will stop when a vehicle ahead stops. When the vehicle is stopped and the stop hold control
operates, the MRCC with Stop & Go function indicator light turns on.
NOTE
•
If the MRCC with Stop & Go function system is canceled during stop hold control, the
vehicle is held in its stopped position. The stop hold control can be canceled by
performing one the following actions.
•
Press the accelerator pedal and resume driving the vehicle.
•
While forcefully depressing the brake, switch the MRCC with Stop & Go function
system off.
•
The electric parking brake (EPB) is automatically applied and the vehicle is held in its
stopped position when 10 minutes have elapsed since the stop hold control operated. At
this time, the MRCC with Stop & Go function system is canceled.
•
The brake lights turn on during stop hold control.
To resume driving
After the vehicle ahead starts moving while your vehicle is stopped under stop hold control,
press the RES switch or depress the accelerator pedal to cancel the stop hold control and
resume driving.
NOTE
•
When you resume driving by pressing the RES switch, your vehicle does not start moving
until the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead lengthens to the specified
distance or farther.
•
If the MRCC with Stop & Go function is temporarily canceled during stop hold control,
you cannot resume driving by pressing the RES switch when there are no vehicles in front
of your vehicle. Depress the accelerator pedal and resume driving the vehicle.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-121
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Resume driving information
If you do not resume driving within a few seconds after the vehicle ahead starts moving, the
multi-information display vehicle-ahead indication flashes to urge the driver to resume
driving.
▼Cruise Control Function
While this function is operating, the
headway control operation is canceled and
only the cruise control function operates.
The vehicle speed can be set more than
about 25 km/h (16 mph).
Use the cruise control function on
expressways and other highways which do
not require a lot of repeated acceleration
and deceleration.
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control function in
the following locations:
Otherwise, it could lead to an accident.
Roads with sharp curves and where
vehicle trac is heavy and there is
insucient space between vehicles.
(Driving under these conditions using the
cruise control function is not possible)
Steep down slopes (Set speed may be
exceeded because sucient engine
braking cannot be applied)
Slippery roads such as ice or snow-bound
roads (Tires could spin causing you to
lose vehicle control)
Always drive carefully:
The warnings and brake control will not
operate after the headway control function
is canceled and the system is switched to
only the cruise control function. Depress
the brake pedal to decelerate according to
the surrounding conditions while keeping a
safer distance from the vehicle ahead and
always driving carefully.
Switching to cruise control function
When the MODE switch is pressed until
the system switches to the cruise main
indication (white) while the MRCC with
Stop & Go function system is turned on,
the system switches to the cruise control
function.
When the system switches to the cruise
control function, the indicator and
multi-information display notify the driver
as follows:
•The MRCC with Stop & Go function set
indication (green) or the MRCC with
Stop & Go function main indication
(white) is turned off, and the cruise main
indication (white) is turned on.
•A message is displayed in the
multi-information display.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-122
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
WARNING
Always turn o the cruise control function
when it is not in use:
Leaving the cruise control function turned
on when it is not in use is dangerous as it
could operate unexpectedly, resulting in an
accident.
How to set the speed
Adjust the system to the desired vehicle
speed using the accelerator pedal.
When the SET or SET switch is
pressed, the cruise set indication (green) is
turned on and headway control begins.
NOTE
•
The system may not be able to maintain
the set speed constantly depending on
driving conditions such as steep up or
down slopes.
•
The speed will continue increasing while
the SET switch is pressed and held.
The speed will continue decreasing
while the SET switch is pressed and
held.
How to increase the set speed
The set speed can be increased using the
following operations:
To increase speed using the SET
switch
Press and hold the SET switch and
release the switch at the desired speed.
The set speed can be adjusted
incrementally (1 km/h (1 mph)
increments) by pressing the switch and
releasing it immediately. For example, if
the switch is pressed 4 times, the set speed
increases by about 4 km/h (4 mph).
To increase speed using accelerator
pedal
Depress the accelerator pedal and press the
SET or SET switch at the desired
speed.
If the switch is not operated, the system
returns to the set speed after you release
your foot from the accelerator pedal.
How to Decrease the Set Speed
Press the SET switch continuously and
release the switch at the desired speed.
The set speed can be adjusted
incrementally (1 km/h (1 mph)
increments) by pressing the switch and
releasing it immediately. For example, if
the switch is pressed 4 times, the set
vehicle speed decreases by about 4 km/h
(4 mph).
Cancelling the function
When the cruise control function is
canceled and the RES switch is pressed
while the vehicle speed is 25 km/h (16
mph) or faster, the speed returns to the
original set speed.
Cancelling using OFF/CAN switch
When the OFF/CAN switch is pressed
once, the cruise control function is
cancelled.
Automatically cancel
The cruise control function is canceled
automatically in the following cases.
•The brake pedal is depressed.
•The parking brake is applied.
•The selector lever is shifted to P or N
position.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-123
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
If the vehicle speed decreases by about
15 km/h (9.4 mph) or more than the set
speed, the cruise control function may
be canceled.
•
When the vehicle speed is less than 21
km/h (13 mph), the cruise control
function is canceled. In this case, the
vehicle speed will not return to the
original set speed even if the vehicle is
accelerated to 25 km/h (16 mph) or
higher and the RES switch is pressed.
Reset the cruise control function.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-124
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure
Warning System (LDWS)*
The LAS & LDWS alerts the driver that the vehicle may be deviating from its lane and it
provides steering assistance to help the driver stay within the vehicle lanes.
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) detects the white lines (yellow lines) of the vehicle
lane in which the vehicle is traveling and if the system determines that the vehicle may
deviate from its lane, it operates the electric power steering to assist the driver's steering
operation. The system also alerts the driver by activating a lane departure warning sound,
vibrating the steering wheel, and indicating an alert in the display. Use the system when you
drive the vehicle on roads with white (yellow) lines such as expressways and highways.
Refer to Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) on page 4-147.
Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC)
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the LAS & LDWS:
The LAS & LDWS is not an automatic driving system. In addition, the system is not designed
to compensate for a driver's lack of caution, and over-reliance on the system could lead to
an accident.
The detection ability of the LAS & LDWS is limited. Always stay on course using the steering
wheel and drive with care.
Do not use the LAS & LDWS in the following cases:
The system may not operate adequately according to the actual driving conditions, resulting
in an accident.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-125
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Driving on roads with tight curves.
Driving under bad weather conditions (rain, fog, and snow).
Slippery roads such as ice or snow-bound roads.
Roads with heavy trac and insucient distance between vehicles.
Roads with no white (yellow) lane lines.
Narrow roads resulting from road construction or lane closures.
The vehicle is driven on a temporary lane or section with a closed lane resulting from road
construction where there may be multiple white (yellow) lane lines or they are interrupted.
Vehicle is driven on roads other than expressways and highways.
The tire pressures are not adjusted to the specied pressure.
Tires of a dierent specied size are used, such as an emergency spare tire.
CAUTION
Heed the following cautions so that the LAS & LDWS can operate normally.
Do not modify the suspensions.
Always use wheels of the specied type and size for the front and rear wheels. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer for tire replacement.
NOTE
•
When the turn signal lever is operated for a lane change, the LAS & LDWS is
automatically disabled. The LAS & LDWS becomes operational again when the turn
signal lever is returned and the system detects white (yellow) lane lines while the vehicle
is being driven normally within its vehicle lane.
•
If the steering wheel, accelerator pedal, or brake pedal is operated abruptly and the
vehicle moves close to a white (yellow) line, the system determines that the driver is
making a lane change and the LAS & LDWS operation is temporarily canceled. The LAS
& LDWS becomes operational again when the system detects white (yellow) lane lines
while the vehicle is being driven normally within its vehicle lane.
•
If the vehicle deviates from its lane repeatedly within a short period of time, the LAS &
LDWS may not operate.
•
When white (yellow) lane lines are not detected, the LAS & LDWS does not operate.
•
Under the following conditions, the LAS & LDWS may not be able to detect white (yellow)
lane lines correctly and it may not operate normally.
•
If an object placed on the dashboard is reflected in the windshield and picked up by the
camera.
•
Heavy luggage is loaded in the luggage compartment or on the rear seat and the
vehicle is tilted.
•
The tire pressures are not adjusted to the specified pressure.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-126
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
Tires other than conventional tires are equipped.
•
Vehicle is driven on an intersection or junction, or on a forked road.
•
The white (yellow) lane lines are less visible because of dirt or fading/patchiness.
•
A vehicle in front of your vehicle is running near a white (yellow) lane line making it
less visible.
•
A white (yellow) lane line is less visible because of bad weather (rain, fog, or snow).
•
The vehicle is driven on a temporary lane or section with a closed lane resulting from
construction where there may be multiple white (yellow) lane lines or they are
interrupted.
•
A misleading line is picked up on the road such as a temporary line for construction, or
because of shade, lingering snow, or grooves filled with water.
•
The surrounding brightness suddenly changes such as when entering or exiting a
tunnel.
•
The illumination of the headlights is weakened because of dirt or the optical axis is
deviated.
•
The windshield is dirty or foggy.
•
The windshield, camera is fogged (water droplets).
•
Back-light is reflected off the road surface.
•
The road surface is wet and shiny after rain, or there are puddles on the road.
•
The shade of a guardrail parallel to a white (yellow) lane line is cast on the road.
•
The width of the driving lane is narrow or wide.
•
Driving on roads with tight curves.
•
The road is excessively uneven.
•
The vehicle is shaken after hitting a road bump.
•
There are two or more adjacent white (yellow) lane lines.
•
There are various road markings or lane markings of various shapes near an
intersection.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-127
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼System Operation
Make sure that the LAS & LDWS OFF
indicator light in the instrument cluster is
turned off. When the LAS & LDWS OFF
indicator light is turned on, press the
switch and make sure that the indicator
light turns off.
The LAS & LDWS indication (white) is
displayed in the multi-information display,
and the system goes on stand-by.
(White)
Drive the vehicle in the center of the
vehicle lane while the system is on
standby. When all of the following
conditions are met, the LAS & LDWS
indication (green) is displayed in the
multi-information display, and the system
becomes operational.
(Green)
•The engine is running.
•The vehicle speed is about 60 km/h (37
mph) or faster.
•The system detects white (yellow) lane
lines on both the right and left sides.
•The driver is operating the steering
wheel.
•The driving lane is neither narrow nor
wide.
NOTE
The LAS & LDWS indication is white
when the system detects only a white
(yellow) line on either the left or right, and
the indication changes to green when the
system detects white (yellow) lines on both
the left and right sides.
Detection only on
either left or right
Detects on both
left and right sides
(White) (Green)
The LAS & LDWS goes on stand-by
status in the following cases:
•The system cannot detect white (yellow)
lane lines.
•The vehicle speed is less than about 60
km/h (37 mph).
•The ABS/TCS is operating.
•The TCS is turned off.
(If the TCS is turned off while the
system is operational, a warning beep is
heard and the system goes on standby.)
•The vehicle is making a sharp curve.
•The brake pedal is depressed.
•The steering wheel is operated abruptly.
•The width of a lane is excessively
narrow or wide.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-128
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
The LAS & LDWS does not operate until
the system detects white (yellow) lane
lines on either the left or right.
•
When the system detects a white
(yellow) lane line on one side only, the
system will not operate the steering
wheel operation assist and the warning
for the lane line on the side that is not
being detected. The steering wheel
operation assist and the warning is only
for a lane deviation on the side that is
being detected.
•
If the driver takes his or her hands off
the steering wheel (not holding the
steering wheel), the warning sound is
activated and an alert is indicated in the
multi-information display or the active
driving display.
Active Driving Display
Multi-information Display
If the steering wheel is held lightly, or
depending on the road conditions, the
system may detect that you have
released the steering wheel (not holding
the steering wheel) even if you are
holding it, and display a message in the
multi-information display or the active
driving display.
•
The timing at which the lane departure
warning is activated and the steering
wheel operation assist is performed
varies.
•
The following settings for the LAS &
LDWS can be changed. Refer to
Personalization Features on page 9-
9.
•
Steering operation assist operational/
non-operational
•
Cancel sensitivity (likelihood of
steering assist)
Vehicle lane line display
When the LAS & LDWS becomes
operational while on standby, the vehicle
lane lines are displayed in the
multi-information display and the active
driving display. In the vehicle lane lines
display indicating the operation status, the
color of the vehicle lane lines being
detected changes to white.
(Stand-by status)
Multi-information Display
Active Driving Display
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-129
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
(Operational status)
Multi-information Display
Active Driving Display
Auto cancel
In the following cases, the LAS & LDWS
is automatically canceled, the LAS &
LDWS warning indication (amber) turns
on, and an alert is displayed. When the
LAS & LDWS become operational, the
system turns back on automatically.
•The temperature inside the camera is
high or low.
•The windshield around the camera is
foggy.
•The windshield around the camera is
blocked by an obstruction, causing poor
forward visibility.
Auto cancel of warning/steering assist
When the following operations are
performed, the LAS & LDWS operation is
canceled automatically. The LAS &
LDWS resumes automatically after the
operation.
•The steering wheel is operated abruptly.
•The brake pedal is operated.
•The accelerator pedal is operated.
(To cancel the automatic sensitivity
cancel function, deselect “Cancel
sensitivity” in the personalization
features setting.)
•The turn signal lever is operated.
•The vehicle crosses a lane line.
NOTE
•
After the operation, the LAS & LDWS
operation may not operate for a period
of 5 seconds at the most until the lane
lines are detected.
•
Under the following conditions, the LAS
& LDWS cancels the warning/steering
assist automatically.
•
The driver takes his/her hands off the
steering wheel.
(The LAS & LDWS is designed to
assist the driver's steering operation
and it will resume operation
automatically when the driver holds
the steering wheel.)
•
The TCS OFF switch is pressed to
cancel the TCS.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-130
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Steering operation assist OFF
(non-operational)
The steering operation assist for the LAS
& LDWS can be changed to
non-operational (OFF).
Refer to Setting Change (Personalization
Features) on page 9-9.
When the steering operation assist has
been changed to non-operational (OFF),
the operation conditions and the display of
the LAS & LDWS differ. Operate the
system as follows:
System operation
Make sure that the LAS & LDWS OFF
indicator light in the instrument cluster is
turned off. When the LAS & LDWS OFF
indicator light turns on, press the switch
and make sure that the indicator light turns
off.
Drive the vehicle in the center of the
driving lane while the LAS & LDWS OFF
indicator light in the instrument cluster is
turned off.
The system becomes operational when all
of the following conditions are met.
•The system detects white (yellow) lane
lines on both the right and left sides or
on either side.
•The vehicle speed is about 60 km/h (37
mph) or faster.
•The vehicle is driven on a straight road
or road with gentle curves.
•The engine is running.
The LAS & LDWS goes on stand-by
status in the following cases:
•The system cannot detect white (yellow)
lane lines.
•The vehicle speed is less than about 60
km/h (37 mph).
•The vehicle is making a sharp curve.
•The vehicle is making a curve at an
inappropriate speed.
NOTE
•
The LAS & LDWS remains on stand-by
until it detects white (yellow) lines on
both the left and right sides, or on either
side.
•
When the system detects a white
(yellow) lane line on one side only, the
system will not activate warnings for the
lane line on the side that is not being
detected.
•
The distance and warning sensitivity
(likelihood of a warning) which the
system uses to determine the possibility
of a lane departure can be changed.
Refer to Setting Change
(Personalization Features) on page 9-
9.
Vehicle lane line display
When the LAS & LDWS becomes
operational while on standby, the vehicle
lane lines are displayed in the
multi-information display. The system
changes to operational status display when
the system detects a white (yellow) line on
either the left or right.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-131
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
(Stand-by status)
(Operational status)
Auto cancel
In the following cases, the LAS & LDWS
is automatically canceled, the LAS &
LDWS warning indication (amber) turns
on, and an alert is displayed. When the
LAS & LDWS become operational, the
system turns back on automatically.
•The temperature inside the camera is
high or low.
•The windshield around the camera is
foggy.
•The windshield around the camera is
blocked by an obstruction, causing poor
forward visibility.
(Auto cancel of warnings)
When the following operations are
performed, the LAS & LDWS determines
that the driver intends to make a lane
change and the system operation is
canceled automatically. The LAS &
LDWS resumes automatically after the
operation.
•The steering wheel is operated abruptly.
•The brake pedal is depressed.
•The accelerator pedal is depressed.
(To cancel the automatic sensitivity
cancel function, deselect “Warning
sensitivity” in the personalization
features setting.)
•The turn signal lever is operated.
•The vehicle crosses a lane line.
▼System Canceling
When the LAS & LDWS is turned off,
press the LAS & LDWS OFF switch.
The LAS & LDWS OFF indicator light
turns on.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-132
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
In the following cases, the LAS & LDWS
is canceled automatically and the LAS
& LDWS OFF indicator light turns on.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
There is a malfunction in the power
steering.
•
There is a malfunction in the TCS.
•
There is a malfunction in the Forward
Sensing Camera (FSC).
•
When the ignition is switched OFF, the
system status before it was turned off is
maintained. For example, if the ignition
is switched OFF with the lane-keep
system operable, the system will be
operable when the ignition is switched
ON the next time.
When the LAS & LDWS is turned off, the
vehicle lane line indication in the
multi-information display and the active
driving display turn off.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-133
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Lane Departure Warning
If the system determines that the vehicle may deviate from its lane, the lane departure
warning (beep sound, rumble sound*1, or steering wheel vibration) is activated and the
direction in which the system determines that the vehicle may deviate is indicated in the
multi-information display and the active driving display.
If the system determines that the vehicle may deviate from its lane, the color of the lane line
on the side being detected by the system changes from white to amber, and flashes.
Multi-information Display Active Driving Display
NOTE
•
If you have set the lane departure warning sound to the beep sound/rumble sound*1
setting, the warning sound may not be heard depending on the surrounding noise
conditions.
•
If you have set the lane departure warning system to the steering wheel vibrations setting,
the vibration may not be felt depending on the road surface conditions.
•
When the setting for the steering operation assist is changed to operational, the warnings
can be set to activate/not activate. (When the setting for the steering operation assist is
changed to non-operational, the warnings cannot be set to not activate.)
Refer to Setting Change (Personalization Features) on page 9-9.
•
The LAS & LDWS can be changed to the following settings regardless of whether the
steering operation assist has been set to operational/non-operational. Always check the
setting status when driving the vehicle and make setting changes if necessary.
Refer to Setting Change (Personalization Features) on page 9-9.
•
Steering wheel vibration: Strong/weak
•
Warning sound volume
•
Types of warnings (steering wheel vibration/beep sound/rumble sound*1)
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-134
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
*1 A rumble strip is a series of grooves in the road pavement surface positioned at specific
intervals, and when the vehicle passes over it a vibration and rumble sound is produced
which alerts the driver that the vehicle is departing from the lane.
The rumble sound is a reproduction of the sound which occurs when a vehicle passes
over a rumble strip.
Rumble
Groove
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-135
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)*
The Advanced SCBS alerts the driver of a possible collision using the display and a warning
sound when the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) detects a vehicle ahead or pedestrian and
determines that a collision with the object is unavoidable while the vehicle is driven at a
vehicle speed of about 4 to 80 km/h (2 to 50 mph) if the object is a vehicle ahead and about
10 to 80 km/h (6.2 to 50 mph) if the object is a pedestrian. In addition, the system reduces
damage in the event of a collision by operating the brake control (Advanced SCBS brake)
when the system determines that a collision is unavoidable. In addition, when the driver
depresses the brake pedal, the brakes are applied firmly and quickly to assist. (Brake Assist
(Advanced SCBS brake assist))
Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC)
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the Advanced SCBS system:
The Advanced SCBS system is only designed to reduce damage in the event of a collision.
Over reliance on the system leading to the accelerator pedal or brake pedal being
mistakenly operated could result in an accident.
The Advanced SCBS system operates in response to a vehicle ahead or a pedestrian. The
system does not operate in response to obstructions such as a wall, 2-wheeled vehicles, or
animals.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-136 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CAUTION
In the following cases, turn the system o to prevent a mis-operation:
The vehicle is being towed or when towing another vehicle.
The vehicle is on a chassis roller.
When driving on rough roads such as in areas of dense grass or o-road.
Refer to Stopping the Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS) System Operation
on page 4-139 on how to turn o the Advanced SCBS system.
NOTE
•
The Advanced SCBS system will operate under the following conditions.
•
The engine is running.
•
The Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) warning light (amber) does not illuminate.
•
(Object is vehicle ahead)
The vehicle speed is between about 4 to 80 km/h (2 to 50 mph).
•
(Object is a pedestrian)
The vehicle speed is between about 10 to 80 km/h (6.2 to 50 mph).
•
The Advanced SCBS system is not turned off.
•
Under the following conditions, the Advanced SCBS system may not operate normally:
•
The Advanced SCBS system will not operate if the driver is deliberately performing
driving operations (accelerator pedal and steering wheel).
•
If there is the possibility of partial contact with a vehicle ahead.
•
The vehicle is driven on a slippery road surface such as wet roads or icy or snow-bound
roads.
•
The braking performance is adversely affected due to cold temperatures or wet brakes.
•
The vehicle is driven at the same speed as the vehicle ahead.
•
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
•
The brake pedal is depressed.
•
The steering wheel is being operated.
•
The selector lever is being operated.
•
In the following cases, the Advanced SCBS may operate.
•
Objects on the road at the entrance to a curve.
•
Vehicles passing in the opposite lane while making a curve.
•
When passing through a toll gate.
•
When passing through low gates, narrow gates, car washing machines, or tunnels.
•
If you suddenly come close to a vehicle ahead.
•
2-wheeled vehicles, animals, or standing trees.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-137
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
Indicator Light (Red)
If the Advanced SCBS is operating, the
indicator light (red) flashes.
▼Collision Warning
If there is the possibility of a collision with
a vehicle ahead, the beep sounds
continuously and a warning is indicated in
the multi-information display and the
active driving display.
Multi-information Display
Active Driving Display
NOTE
The operation distance and volume of the
collision warning can be changed. Refer
to Personalization Features on page 9-
9.
▼Automatic Brake Operation Display
The automatic brake operation display is
indicated on the multi-information display
after the Advanced SCBS is operated.
NOTE
•
The collision warning beep sounds
intermittently while the Advanced SCBS
brake or brake assist (Advanced SCBS
brake assist) is operating.
•
If the vehicle is stopped by the Advanced
SCBS operation and the brake pedal is
not depressed, the warning beep sounds
one time after about 2 seconds and the
Advanced SCBS brake is automatically
released.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-138
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Stopping the Advanced Smart City
Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)
System Operation
The Advanced SCBS system can be
temporarily deactivated.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
When the Advanced SCBS system is
turned off, the Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS) OFF indicator light turns on.
When the engine is restarted, the system
becomes operational.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-139
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)*
The SCBS system alerts the driver of a possible collision using an indication in the display
and a warning sound when the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) detects a vehicle ahead and
determines that a collision with a vehicle ahead is unavoidable while the vehicle is being
driven at a vehicle speed of about 4 to 80 km/h (2 to 50 mph). In addition, the system
reduces damage in the event of a collision by operating the brake control (Smart City Brake
Support (SCBS) brake) when the system determines that a collision is unavoidable while the
vehicle is being driven at a vehicle speed of about 4 to 30 km/h (2 to 18 mph). It may also
be possible to avoid a collision if the relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front of you is less than about 20 km/h (12 mph). In addition, when the driver depresses the
brake pedal while the system is in the operation range at about 4 to 30 km/h (2 to 18 mph),
the brakes are applied firmly and quickly to assist. (Brake Assist (Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS) brake assist))
Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC)
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the SCBS system:
The SCBS system is only designed to reduce damage in the event of a collision. Over reliance
on the system leading to the accelerator pedal or brake pedal being mistakenly operated
could result in an accident.
The SCBS is a system which operates in response to a vehicle ahead. The system may not be
able to detect or react to 2-wheeled vehicles or pedestrians.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-140 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CAUTION
In the following cases, turn the system o to prevent a mis-operation:
The vehicle is being towed or when towing another vehicle.
The vehicle is on a chassis roller.
When driving on rough roads such as in areas of dense grass or o-road.
Refer to Stopping the Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) system Operation on page 4-143 on
how to turn o the SCBS system.
NOTE
•
The SCBS system will operate under the following conditions.
•
The engine is running.
•
The Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS) system warning
indication/warning light (amber) does not illuminate.
•
(Rear-end collision warning)
The vehicle speed is about 4 to 80 km/h (2 to 50 mph).
•
(Brake control (Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) brake))
The vehicle speed is about 4 to 30 km/h (2 to 18 mph).
•
The SCBS system is not turned off.
•
Under the following conditions, the SCBS system may not operate normally:
•
The SCBS system will not operate if the driver is deliberately performing driving
operations (accelerator pedal and steering wheel).
•
If there is the possibility of partial contact with a vehicle ahead.
•
The vehicle is driven on a slippery road surface such as wet roads or icy or snow-bound
roads.
•
The braking performance is adversely affected due to cold temperatures or wet brakes.
•
The vehicle is driven at the same speed as the vehicle ahead.
•
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
•
The brake pedal is depressed.
•
The steering wheel is being operated.
•
The selector lever is being operated.
•
In the following cases, the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) determines that there is a
vehicle ahead and the SCBS may operate.
•
Objects on the road at the entrance to a curve.
•
Vehicles passing in the opposite lane while making a curve.
•
Metal objects, bumps, or protruding objects on the road.
•
When passing through a toll gate.
•
When passing through low gates, narrow gates, car washing machines, or tunnels.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-141
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
If you suddenly come close to a vehicle ahead.
•
2-wheeled vehicles, pedestrians, animals or standing trees.
•
Vehicle is driven with some of the tires having significant wear.
▼Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
Indicator Light (Red)
If the Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) is
operating, the indicator light (red) flashes.
▼Collision Warning
If there is the possibility of a collision with
a vehicle ahead, the beep sounds
continuously and a warning is indicated in
the multi-information display or the active
driving display.
Multi-information Display
Active Driving Display
NOTE
The operation distance and volume of the
collision warning can be changed. Refer
to Personalization Features on page 9-
9.
▼Automatic Brake Operation Display
The automatic brake operation display is
indicated on the multi-information display
after the SCBS is operated.
NOTE
•
The collision warning beep sounds
intermittently while the SCBS brake or
brake assist (SCBS brake assist) is
operating.
•
If the vehicle is stopped by the SCBS
operation and the brake pedal is not
depressed, the warning beep sounds one
time after about 2 seconds and the SCBS
brake is automatically released.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-142
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Stopping the Smart City Brake
Support (SCBS) System Operation
The SCBS system can be temporarily
deactivated.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
When the SCBS system is turned off, the
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) OFF
indicator light turns on.
When the engine is restarted, the system
becomes operational.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-143
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Smart Brake Support (SBS)*
The SBS system alerts the driver of a possible collision using a display and warning sound
if the radar sensor (front) and the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) determine that there is the
possibility of a collision with a vehicle ahead while the vehicle is being driven at about 15
km/h or faster (10 mph or faster). Furthermore, if the radar sensor (front) and the Forward
Sensing Camera (FSC) determines that a collision is unavoidable, the automatic brake
control is performed to reduce damage in the event of a collision.
In addition, when the driver depresses the brake pedal, the brakes are applied firmly and
quickly to assist. (Brake Assist (SBS brake assist))
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the SBS system and always drive carefully:
The SBS is designed to reduce damage in the event of a collision, not avoid an accident. The
ability to detect an obstruction is limited depending on the obstruction, weather conditions,
or trac conditions. Therefore, if the accelerator pedal or brake pedal is mistakenly operated
it could result in an accident. Always verify the safety of the surrounding area and depress the
brake pedal or accelerator pedal while keeping a safer distance from vehicles ahead or
on-coming vehicles.
CAUTION
In the following cases, turn the system o to prevent a mis-operation:
The vehicle is being towed or when towing another vehicle.
The vehicle is on a chassis roller.
When driving on rough roads such as in areas of dense grass or o-road.
NOTE
•
The SBS system operates when all of the following conditions are met:
•
The ignition is switched ON.
•
The SBS system is on.
•
The vehicle speed is about 15 km/h or faster (10 mph or faster).
•
The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is about 15 km/h or
faster (10 mph or faster).
•
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) is not operating.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-144 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
The SBS system may not operate under the following conditions:
•
If the vehicle is accelerated rapidly and it comes close to a vehicle ahead.
•
The vehicle is driven at the same speed as the vehicle ahead.
•
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
•
The brake pedal is depressed.
•
The steering wheel is being operated.
•
The selector lever is being operated.
•
The turn signal is being used.
•
When the vehicle ahead is not equipped with taillights or the taillights are turned off.
•
When warnings and messages, such as a dirty windshield, related to the Forward
Sensing Camera (FSC) are being displayed in the multi-information display.
•
Although the objects which activate the system are four-wheeled vehicles, the radar
sensor (front) could detect the following objects, determine them to be an obstruction, and
operate the SBS system.
•
Objects on the road at the entrance to a curve (including guardrails and snow banks).
•
A vehicle appears in the opposite lane while cornering or rounding a curve.
•
When crossing a narrow bridge.
•
When passing under a low gate or through a tunnel or narrow gate.
•
When entering an underground parking area.
•
Metal objects, bumps, or protruding objects on the road.
•
If you suddenly come close to a vehicle ahead.
•
When driving in areas where there is high grass or forage.
•
Two-wheeled vehicles such as motorbikes or bicycles.
•
Pedestrians or non-metallic objects such as standing trees.
•
When the system operates, the user is notified by the multi-information display.
•
The SBS warning indication (amber) turns on when the system has a malfunction.
Refer to Warning Indication/Warning Lights on page 4-30.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-145
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Collision Warning
If there is the possibility of a collision with
a vehicle ahead, the beep sounds
continuously and a warning is indicated in
the multi-information display and the
active driving display.
Multi-information Display
Active Driving Display
▼Stopping The Smart Brake Support
(SBS) System Operation
The SBS system can be temporarily
deactivated.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
When the SBS system is turned off, the
SBS OFF indicator light turns on.
When the engine is restarted, the system
becomes operational.
NOTE
If the SBS system operation is turned off,
the Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
system operation is turned off
simultaneously.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-146
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)*
Your vehicle is equipped with a Forward Sensing Camera (FSC). The Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC) is positioned near the rearview mirror and used by the following systems.
•High Beam Control System (HBC)
•Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
•Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR)
•Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)
•Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
•Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
•Smart Brake Support (SBS)
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) determines the conditions ahead of the vehicle while
traveling at night and detects traffic lanes. The distance in which the Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC) can detect objects varies depending on the surrounding conditions.
WARNING
Do not modify the suspension:
If the vehicle height or inclination is changed, the system will not be able to correctly detect
vehicles ahead. This will result in the system not operating normally or mistakenly operating,
which could cause a serious accident.
CAUTION
Do not apply accessories, stickers or lm to the windshield near the Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC).
If the area in front of the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) lens is obstructed, it will cause the
system to not operate correctly. Consequently, each system may not operate normally
which could lead to an unexpected accident.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-147
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Do not disassemble or modify the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC).
Disassembly or modication of the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) will cause a malfunction
or mistaken operation. Consequently, each system may not operate normally which could
lead to an unexpected accident.
Heed the following cautions to assure the correct operation of the Forward Sensing Camera
(FSC).
Be careful not to scratch the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) lens or allow it to get dirty.
Do not remove the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) cover.
Do not place objects on the dashboard which reect light.
Always keep the windshield glass around the camera clean by removing dirt or fogging.
Use the windshield defroster to remove fogging on the windshield.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer regarding cleaning the interior side of the
windshield around the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC).
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before performing repairs around the Forward
Sensing Camera (FSC).
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) is installed to the windshield. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer for windshield repair and replacement.
When cleaning the windshield, do not allow glass cleaners or similar cleaning uids to
get on the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) lens. In addition, do not touch the Forward
Sensing Camera (FSC) lens.
When performing repairs around the rearview mirror, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer regarding cleaning of the camera lens.
Do not hit or apply strong force to the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) or the area around
it. If the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) is severely hit or if there are cracks or damage
caused by ying gravel or debris in the area around it, stop using the following systems
and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
High Beam Control System (HBC)
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
Trac Sign Recognition System (TSR)
Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
Smart Brake Support (SBS)
The direction in which the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) is pointed has been nely
adjusted. Do not change the installation position of the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) or
remove it. Otherwise, it could result in damage or malfunction.
Always use tires for all wheels that are of the specied size, and the same manufacturer,
brand, and tread pattern. In addition, do not use tires with signicantly dierent wear
patterns on the same vehicle as the system may not operate normally.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-148
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) includes a function for detecting a soiled windshield
and informing the driver, however, depending on the conditions, it may not detect plastic
shopping bags, ice or snow on the windshield. In such cases, the system cannot accurately
determine a vehicle ahead and may not be able to operate normally. Always drive carefully
and pay attention to the road ahead.
NOTE
•
In the following cases, the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) cannot detect target objects
correctly, and each system may be unable to operate normally.
•
The height of the vehicle ahead is low.
•
You drive your vehicle at the same speed as the vehicle ahead.
•
Headlights are not turned on during the night or when going through a tunnel.
•
In the following cases, the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) may not be able to detect
target objects correctly.
•
Under bad weather condition, such as rain, fog and snow.
•
The window washer is being used or the windshield wipers are not used when it's
raining.
•
Ice, fog, snow, frost, rainfall, dirt, or foreign matter such as a plastic bag is stuck on the
windshield.
•
Trucks with low loading platforms and vehicles with an extremely low or high profile.
•
When driving next to walls with no patterning (including fences and longitudinally
striped walls).
•
The taillights of the vehicle ahead are turned off.
•
A vehicle is outside the illumination range of the headlights.
•
The vehicle is making a sharp turn, or ascending or descending a steep slope.
•
Entering or exiting a tunnel.
•
Heavy luggage is loaded causing the vehicle to tilt.
•
Strong light is shone at the front of the vehicle (back light or high-beam light from
on-coming vehicles).
•
There are many light emitters on the vehicle ahead.
•
When the vehicle ahead is not equipped with taillights or the taillights are turned off at
nighttime.
•
Elongated luggage or cargo is loaded onto installed roof rails and covers the Forward
Sensing Camera (FSC).
•
Exhaust gas from the vehicle in front, sand, snow, and water vapor rising from
manholes and grating, and water splashed into the air.
•
When towing a malfunctioning vehicle.
•
The vehicle is driven with tires having significantly different wear.
•
The vehicle is driven on down slopes or bumpy roads.
•
There are water puddles on the road.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-149
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
The surroundings are dark such as during the night, early evening, or early morning, or
in a tunnel or indoor parking lot.
•
The illumination brightness of the headlights is reduced or the headlight illumination is
weakened due to dirt or a deviated optical axis.
•
The target object enters the blind spot of the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC).
•
A person or object bursts onto the road from the shoulder or cuts right in front of you.
•
You change lanes and approach a vehicle ahead.
•
When driving extremely close to the target object.
•
Tire chains or a temporary spare tire is installed.
•
The vehicle ahead has a special shape. For example, a vehicle towing a trailer house or
a boat, or a vehicle carrier carrying a vehicle with its front pointed rearward.
•
If the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) cannot operate normally due to backlight or fog,
the system functions related to the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) are temporarily
stopped and the following warning lights turn on. However, this does not indicate a
malfunction.
•
High Beam Control System (HBC) warning light (amber)
•
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) warning
indication
•
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) warning indication
•
Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS) warning indication/
warning light (amber)
•
If the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) cannot operate normally due to high temperatures,
the system functions related to the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) are temporarily
stopped and the following warning lights turn on. However, this does not indicate a
malfunction. Cool down the area around the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) such as by
turning on the air conditioner.
•
High Beam Control System (HBC) warning light (amber)
•
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) warning
indication
•
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) warning indication
•
Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS) warning indication/
warning light (amber)
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-150
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
If the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) detects that the windshield is dirty or foggy, the
system functions related to the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) are temporarily stopped
and the following warning lights turn on. However, this does not indicate a problem.
Remove the dirt from the windshield or press the defroster switch and defog the
windshield.
•
High Beam Control System (HBC) warning light (amber)
•
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) warning
indication
•
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) warning indication
•
Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS) warning indication/
warning light (amber)
•
If there are recognizable cracks or damage caused by flying gravel or debris on the
windshield, always have the windshield replaced. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer
for replacement.
•
(With Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS))
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes pedestrians when all of the following
conditions are met:
•
The height of a pedestrian is about 1 to 2 meters.
•
An outline such as the head, both shoulders, or the legs can be determined.
•
In the following cases, the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) may not be able to detect
target objects correctly:
•
Multiple pedestrians are walking, or there are groups of people.
•
A pedestrian is close to a separate object.
•
A pedestrian is crouching, lying, or slouching.
•
A pedestrian suddenly jumps into the road right in front of the vehicle.
•
A pedestrian opens an umbrella, or is carrying large baggage or articles.
•
A pedestrian is in a dark location such as during the night, or blends into the
background by wearing clothes matching the background color.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-151
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Radar Sensor (Front)*
Your vehicle is equipped with a radar sensor (front).
The following systems also use the radar sensor (front).
•Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS)
•Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
•Smart Brake Support (SBS)
The radar sensor (front) functions by detecting the radio waves reflected off a vehicle ahead
or an obstruction sent from the radar sensor.
The radar sensor (front) is mounted behind the front emblem.
Radar sensor (front)
If “Front Radar Sensor Blocked” is displayed in the multi-information display of the
instrument cluster, clean the area around the radar sensor (front).
CAUTION
Heed the following precautions to assure correct operation of each system.
Do not adhere stickers (including transparent stickers) to the surface of the radiator grille
and front emblem in and around the radar sensor (front), and do not replace the radiator
grille and front emblem with any product that is not a genuine product designed for use
with the radar sensor (front).
The radar sensor (front) includes a function for detecting soiling of the radar sensor's front
surface and informing the driver, however, depending on the conditions, it may require
time to detect or it may not detect plastic shopping bags, ice or snow. If this occurs, the
system may not operate correctly, therefore always keep the radar sensor (front) clean.
Do not install a grille guard.
If the front part of the vehicle has been damaged in a vehicle accident, the position of the
radar sensor (front) may have moved. Stop the system immediately and always have the
vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-152 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Do not use the front bumper to push other vehicles or obstructions such as when pulling
out of a parking space. Otherwise, the radar sensor (front) could be hit and its position
deviated.
Do not remove, disassemble, or modify the radar sensor (front).
For repairs, replacement or paint work around the radar sensor (front), consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Do not modify the suspension. If the suspension are modied, the vehicle's posture could
change and the radar sensor (front) may not be able to correctly detect a vehicle ahead or
an obstruction.
NOTE
•
Under the following conditions, the radar sensor (front) may not be able to detect vehicles
ahead or obstructions correctly and each system may not operate normally.
•
The rear surface of a vehicle ahead does not reflect radio waves effectively, such as an
unloaded trailer or an automobile with a loading platform covered by a soft top,
vehicles with a hard plastic tailgate, and round-shaped vehicles.
•
Vehicles ahead with low vehicle height and thus less area for reflecting radio waves.
•
Visibility is reduced due to a vehicle ahead casting off water, snow, or sand from its tires
and onto your windshield.
•
The luggage compartment is loaded with heavy objects or the rear passenger seats are
occupied.
•
Ice, snow, or soiling is on the front surface of the front emblem.
•
During inclement weather such as rain, snow, or sand storms.
•
When driving near facilities or objects emitting strong radio waves.
•
Under the following conditions, the radar sensor (front) may not be able to detect vehicles
ahead or obstructions.
•
The beginning and end of a curve.
•
Roads with continuous curves.
•
Narrow lane roads due to road construction or lane closures.
•
The vehicle ahead enters the radar sensor's blind spot.
•
The vehicle ahead is running abnormally due to accident or vehicle damage.
•
Roads with repeated up and down slopes
•
Driving on poor roads or unpaved roads.
•
The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is extremely short.
•
A vehicle suddenly comes close such as by cutting into the lane.
•
To prevent incorrect operation of the system, use tires of the same specified size,
manufacturer, brand, and tread pattern on all four wheels. In addition, do not use tires
with significantly different wear patterns or tire pressures on the same vehicle (Including
the temporary spare tire).
•
If the battery power is weak, the system may not operate correctly.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-153
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
When driving on roads with little traffic and few vehicles ahead or obstructions for the
radar sensor (front) to detect, “Front Radar Sensor Blocked” may be temporarily
displayed, however, this does not indicate a problem.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-154
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Radar Sensors (Rear)*
Your vehicle is equipped with radar sensors (rear). The following systems also use the radar
sensors (rear).
•Blind Spot Monitoring system (BSM)
•Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
The radar sensors (rear) function by detecting the radio waves reflected off a vehicle
approaching from the rear or an obstruction sent from the radar sensor.
Radar sensors (rear)
The radar sensors (rear) are installed inside the rear bumper, one each on the left and right
sides.
Always keep the surface of the rear bumper near the radar sensors (rear) clean so that the
radar sensors (rear) operate normally. Also, do not apply items such as stickers.
Refer to Exterior Care on page 6-48.
CAUTION
If the rear bumper receives a severe impact, the system may no longer operate normally. Stop
the system immediately and have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
•
The detection ability of the radar sensors (rear) has limitations. In the following cases,
the detection ability may lower and the system may not operate normally.
•
The rear bumper near the radar sensors (rear) has become deformed.
•
Snow, ice or mud adheres to the radar sensors (rear) on the rear bumper.
•
Under bad weather conditions such as rain, snow and fog.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-155
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
Under the following conditions, the radar sensors (rear) cannot detect target objects or it
may be difficult to detect them.
•
Stationary objects on a road or a road side such as small, two-wheeled vehicles,
bicycles, pedestrians, animals, and shopping carts.
•
Vehicle shapes which do not reflect radar waves well such as empty trailers with a low
vehicle height and sports cars.
•
Vehicles are shipped with the direction of the radar sensors (rear) adjusted for each
vehicle to a loaded vehicle condition so that the radar sensors (rear) detect approaching
vehicles correctly. If the direction of the radar sensors (rear) has deviated for some
reason, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
For repairs or replacement of the radar sensors (rear), or bumper repairs, paintwork, and
replacement near the radar sensors, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
Turn off the system while pulling a trailer or while an accessory such as a bicycle carrier
is installed to the rear of the vehicle. Otherwise, the radio waves emitted by the radar will
be blocked causing the system to not operate normally.
•
The radar sensors are regulated by the relevant radio wave laws of the country in which
the vehicle is driven. If the vehicle is driven abroad, authorization from the country in
which the vehicle is driven may be required.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-156
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Cruise Control*
With cruise control, you can set and automatically maintain any speed of more than about
25 km/h (16 mph).
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control under the following conditions:
Using the cruise control under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in loss
of vehicle control.
Hilly terrain
Steep inclines
Heavy or unsteady trac
Slippery or winding roads
Similar restrictions that require inconsistent speed
▼Cruise Control Switch
ON switch
RESUME/+ switch
SET/- switch
OFF/CANCEL switch
When Driving
Cruise Control
*Some models.
4-157
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
If your Mazda has the following steering switch, your Mazda is equipped with the Mazda
Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) system.
Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) on page 4-112.
OFF/CAN switch
RES switch
switch
switch
MODE switch
SET- switch
SET+ switch
OFF/CAN switch
RES switch
SET- switch
SET+ switch
switch
switch
MODE switch
Type A
Type B
▼Cruise Main Indication (White)/
Cruise Set Indication (Green)
The indication has two colors.
Cruise Main Indication (White)
The indication turns on (white) when the
cruise control system is activated.
Cruise Set Indication (Green)
The indication turns on (green) when a
cruising speed has been set.
When Driving
Cruise Control
4-158
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Activation/Deactivation
To activate the system, press the ON
switch. The cruise main indication (white)
turns on.
To deactivate the system, press the OFF/
CANCEL switch.
The cruise main indication (white) turns
off.
WARNING
Always turn o the cruise control system
when it is not in use:
Leaving the cruise control system in an
activation-ready state while the cruise
control is not in use is dangerous as the
cruise control could unexpectedly activate
if the activation button is accidentally
pressed, and result in loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
NOTE
When the ignition is switched OFF, the
system status before it was turned off is
maintained. For example, if the ignition is
switched OFF with the cruise control
system operable, the system will be
operable when the ignition is switched ON
the next time.
▼To Set Speed
1. Activate the cruise control system by
pressing the ON switch. The cruise
main indication (white) turns on.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 25 km/h (16 mph).
3. Set the cruise control by pressing the
SET/ switch at the desired speed. The
cruise control is set at the moment the
SET/ switch is pressed. Release the
accelerator pedal simultaneously. The
cruise set indication (green) turns on.
NOTE
•
The cruise control speed setting cannot
be performed under the following
conditions:
•
The selector lever is in the P or N
position.
•
The parking brake is applied.
•
Release the SET/ or RESUME/
switch at the desired speed, otherwise
the speed will continue increasing while
the RESUME/ switch is pressed and
held, and continue decreasing while the
SET/ switch is pressed and held
(except when the accelerator pedal is
depressed).
•
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
momentarily slow down while ascending
or speed up while descending.
•
The cruise control will cancel if the
vehicle speed decreases below 21 km/h
(13 mph) when the cruise control is
activated, such as when climbing a steep
grade.
•
The cruise control may cancel at about
15 km/h (9 mph) below the preset speed,
such as when climbing a long, steep
grade.
When Driving
Cruise Control
4-159
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
The vehicle speed preset using the cruise
control is displayed in the instrument
cluster and the active driving display
(vehicles with active driving display).
Type A Instrument Cluster
Type B Instrument Cluster
Multi-information Display
Active Driving Display
▼To Increase Cruising Speed
Follow either of these procedures.
To increase speed using cruise control
switch
Press the RESUME/ switch and hold it.
Your vehicle will accelerate. Release the
switch at the desired speed.
Press the RESUME/ switch and release
it immediately to adjust the preset speed.
Multiple operations will increase the
preset speed according to the number of
times it is operated.
Increasing speed with a single
RESUME/ switch operation
Instrument cluster display for vehicle
speed indicated in km/h: 1 km/h (0.6 mph)
Instrument cluster display for vehicle
speed indicated in mph: 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
To increase speed using accelerator
pedal
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate
to the desired speed. Press the SET/
switch and release it immediately.
NOTE
Accelerate if you want to speed up
temporarily when the cruise control is on.
Greater speed will not interfere with or
change the set speed. Take your foot off
the accelerator to return to the set speed.
▼To Decrease Cruising Speed
Press the SET/ switch and hold it. The
vehicle will gradually slow.
Release the switch at the desired speed.
Press the SET/ switch and release it
immediately to adjust the preset speed.
Multiple operations will decrease the
preset speed according to the number of
times it is operated.
Decreasing speed with a single SET/
switch operation
Instrument cluster display for vehicle
speed indicated in km/h: 1 km/h (0.6 mph)
Instrument cluster display for vehicle
speed indicated in mph: 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
When Driving
Cruise Control
4-160
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼To Resume Cruising Speed at More
Than 25 km/h (16 mph)
If the cruise control system temporarily
canceled (such as by applying the brake
pedal) and the system is still activated, the
most recent set speed will automatically
resume when the RESUME/ switch is
pressed.
If vehicle speed is below 25 km/h (16
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 25
km/h (16 mph) or more and press the
RESUME/ switch.
▼To Temporarily Cancel
To temporarily cancel the system, use one
of these methods:
•Slightly depress the brake pedal.
•Press the OFF/CANCEL switch.
If the RESUME/ switch is pressed when
the vehicle speed is 25 km/h (16 mph) or
higher, the system reverts to the previously
set speed.
NOTE
•
If any of the following conditions occur,
the cruise control system is temporarily
canceled.
•
The parking brake is applied.
•
The selector lever is in the P or N
position.
•
When the cruise control system is
temporarily canceled by even one of the
applicable cancel conditions, the speed
cannot be re-set.
•
The cruise control cannot be cancelled
while driving in manual mode (selector
lever shifted from D to M position).
Therefore, engine braking will not be
applied even if the transaxle is shifted
down to a lower gear. If deceleration is
required, lower the set speed or depress
the brake pedal.
▼To Deactivate
When a cruising speed has been set
(cruise set indication (green) turns on)
Long-press the OFF/CANCEL switch or
press the OFF/CANCEL switch 2 times.
When a cruising speed has not been set
(cruise main indication (white) turns
on)
Press the OFF/CANCEL switch.
When Driving
Cruise Control
4-161
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.
If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via the
warning light in the instrument cluster and by the warning beep sound.
Refer to Warning Indication/Warning Lights on page 4-30.
Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure Warning Beep on page 7-45.
The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to
the receiver unit in the vehicle.
Tire pressure sensors
NOTE
When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also
lower. When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS
warning light may illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving,
and check tire pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures,
use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended.
TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires
regularly.
When Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
4-162
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CAUTION
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and
inated to the ination pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire ination pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a dierent size than the
size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire ination pressure label, you should determine
the proper tire ination pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring
system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is
signicantly under-inated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inate them to the proper
pressure. Driving on a signicantly under-inated tire causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-ination also reduces fuel eciency and tire tread life, and may
aect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the
driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-ination has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when
the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the
system detects a malfunction, the telltale will ash for approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement
or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating a problem. As
a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deation or blow out.
When Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
4-163
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼System Error Activation
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
A system error activation may occur in the
following cases:
•When there is equipment or a device
near the vehicle using the same radio
frequency as that of the tire pressure
sensors.
•When a metallic device such as a
non-genuine navigation system is
equipped near the center of the
dashboard, which may block radio
signals from the tire pressure sensor to
the receiver unit.
•When using the following devices in the
vehicle that may cause radio
interference with the receiver unit.
•A digital device such as a personal
computer.
•A current converter device such as a
DC-AC converter.
•When excess snow or ice adheres to the
vehicle, especially around the wheels.
•When the tire pressure sensor batteries
are exhausted.
•When using a wheel with no tire
pressure sensor installed.
•When using tires with steel wire
reinforcement in the side walls.
•When using tire chains.
▼Tires and Wheels
CAUTION
When inspecting or adjusting the tire air
pressures, do not apply excessive force to
the stem part of the wheel unit. The stem
part could be damaged.
Changing tires and wheels
The following procedure allows the TPMS
to recognize a tire pressure sensor's unique
ID signal code whenever tires or wheels
are changed, such as changing to and from
winter tires.
NOTE
Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID
signal code. The signal code must be
registered with the TPMS before it can
work. The easiest way to do it is to have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer change your
tire and complete ID signal code
registration.
When having tires changed at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer
When an Authorized Mazda Dealer
changes your vehicle's tires, they will
complete the tire pressure sensor ID signal
code registration.
When changing tires yourself
If you or someone else changes tires, you
or someone else can also undertake the
steps for the TPMS to complete the ID
signal code registration.
1. After tires have been changed, switch
the ignition ON, then back to ACC or
OFF.
2. Wait for about 15 minutes.
When Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
4-164
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
3. After about 15 minutes, drive the
vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h
(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code will be
registered automatically.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven within about 15
minutes of changing tires, the tire pressure
monitoring system warning light will flash
because the sensor ID signal code would
not have been registered. If this happens,
park the vehicle for about 15 minutes,
after which the sensor ID signal code will
register upon driving the vehicle for 10
minutes.
Replacing tires and wheels
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be damaged.
The wheels equipped on your Mazda are
specially designed for installation of the
tire pressure sensors. Do not use
non-genuine wheels, otherwise it may
not be possible to install the tire pressure
sensors.
Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors
installed whenever tires or wheels are
replaced.
When having a tire or wheel or both
replaced, the following types of tire
pressure sensor installations are possible.
•The tire pressure sensor is removed
from the old wheel and installed to the
new one.
•The same tire pressure sensor is used
with the same wheel. Only the tire is
replaced.
•A new tire pressure sensor is installed to
a new wheel.
NOTE
•
The tire pressure sensor ID signal code
must be registered when a new tire
pressure sensor is purchased. For
purchase of a tire pressure sensor and
registration of the tire pressure sensor
ID signal code, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
•
When reinstalling a previously removed
tire pressure sensor to a wheel, replace
the grommet (seal between valve body/
sensor and wheel) for the tire pressure
sensor.
When Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
4-165
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Rear View Monitor*
The rear view monitor provides visual images of the rear of the vehicle when reversing.
WARNING
Always drive carefully conrming the safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by
looking directly with your eyes:
Reversing the vehicle by only looking at the screen is dangerous as it may cause an accident
or a collision with an object. The rear view monitor is only a visual assist device when
reversing the vehicle. The images on the screen may be dierent from the actual conditions.
CAUTION
Do not use the rear view monitor under the following conditions: Using the rear view
monitor under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in injury or vehicle
damage or both.
Icy or snow-covered roads.
Tire chains or a temporary spare tire is installed.
The liftgate is not fully closed.
The vehicle is on a road incline.
When the display is cold, images may course across the monitor or the screen and may be
dimmer than usual, which could cause diculty in conrming the surrounding conditions
of the vehicle. Always drive carefully conrming the safety of the rear and the surrounding
conditions by looking directly with your eyes.
Do not apply excessive force to the camera. The camera position and angle may deviate.
Do not disassemble, modify, or remove it as it may no longer be waterproof.
The camera cover is made of plastic. Do not apply degreasing agents, organic solvents,
wax, or glass coating agents to the camera cover. If any are spilled on the cover, wipe o
with a soft cloth immediately.
Do not rub the camera cover forcefully with an abrasive or hard brush. The camera cover or
lens may be scratched which might aect the images.
NOTE
•
If water, snow, or mud is stuck on the camera lens, wipe it off using a soft cloth. If it
cannot be wiped off, use a mild detergent.
•
If the camera temperature changes rapidly (Hot to cold, cold to hot), the rear view
monitor may not operate correctly.
•
When replacing the tires, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Replacing the tires could
result in deviation of the guide lines which appear on the display.
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-166 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
If the vehicle's front, side, or rear has been involved in a collision, the alignment of the
rear view parking camera (location, installation angle) may have deviated. Always
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
•
If “No Video Signal Available” is indicated in the display, there could be a problem with
the camera. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
▼Rear View Parking Camera Location
Rear view parking camera
▼Switching to the Rear View Monitor Display
Shift the selector lever to reverse (R) with the ignition switched ON to switch the display to
the rear view monitor display.
NOTE
When the selector lever is shifted from reverse (R) to another selector lever position, the
screen returns to the previous display.
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-167
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Displayable Range on the Screen
The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions.
(Screen display) Garnish
Bumper
(Actual view)
Object
NOTE
•
The displayable range varies depending on the vehicle and road conditions.
•
The displayable range is limited. Objects under the bumper or around the bumper ends
cannot be displayed.
•
The distance appearing in the displayed image is different from the actual distance
because the rear view parking camera is equipped with a specific lens.
•
Some optionally installed vehicle accessories may be picked up by the camera. Do not
install any optional parts that can interfere with the camera view, such as illuminating
parts or parts made of reflective material.
•
It may be difficult to see the display under the following conditions, however, it does not
indicate a malfunction.
•
In darkened areas.
•
When the temperature around the lens is high/low.
•
When the camera is wet such as on a rainy day or during periods of high humidity.
•
When foreign material such as mud is stuck around the camera.
•
When the camera lens reflects sunlight or headlight beams.
•
Image display may be delayed if the temperature around the camera is low.
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-168
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Viewing the Display
Guide lines which indicate the width of the vehicle (yellow) are displayed on the screen as a
reference to the approximate width of the vehicle in comparison to the width of the parking
space you are about to back into.
Use this display view for parking your vehicle in a parking space or garage.
b
a
a) Vehicle width guide lines (yellow)
These guide lines serve as a reference to the approximate width of the vehicle.
b) Distance guide lines.
These guide lines indicate the approximate distance to a point measured from the
vehicle's rear (from the end of the bumper).
•The red and yellow lines indicate the points about 50 cm (19 in) for the red line and
100 cm (39.3 in) for the yellow lines from the rear bumper (at the center point of each
of the lines).
CAUTION
The guide lines on the screen are xed lines. They are not synced to the driver's turning of the
steering wheel. Always be careful and check the area to the vehicle's rear and the surrounding
area directly with your eyes while backing up.
▼Rear View Monitor Operation
The operation of the rear view monitor when reversing the vehicle varies depending on the
traffic, road, and vehicle conditions. The amount of steering and the timing also varies
depending on conditions, so confirm the surrounding conditions directly with your eyes and
steer the vehicle in accordance with the conditions.
Be well aware of the above cautions prior to using the rear view monitor.
NOTE
Images displayed on the monitor from the rear view parking camera are reversed images
(mirror images).
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-169
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
1. Shift the selector lever to reverse (R) to switch the display to the rear view monitor
display.
2. Confirming the surrounding conditions, reverse the vehicle.
(Display condition) (Vehicle condition)
3. After your vehicle begins entering the parking space, continue backing up slowly so that
the distance between the vehicle width lines and the sides of the parking space on the
left and right are roughly equal.
4. Continue to adjust the steering wheel until the vehicle width guide lines are parallel to
the left and right sides of the parking space.
5. Once they are parallel, straighten the wheels and back your vehicle slowly into the
parking space. Continue checking the vehicle's surroundings and then stop the vehicle in
the best possible position.
(Display condition) (Vehicle condition)
6. When the selector lever is shifted from reverse (R) to another selector lever position, the
screen returns to the previous display.
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-170
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
If the parking space has division lines, straighten the wheels when the vehicle width
guide lines are parallel to them.
•
Because there may be a difference between the displayed image, such as indicated
below, and the actual conditions when parking, always verify the safety at the rear of
the vehicle and the surrounding area directly with your eyes.
•
In the image of the parking space (or garage) displayed on the screen, the back end
and distance guide lines may appear aligned in the monitor, but they may not
actually be aligned on the ground.
•
When parking in a space with a division line on only one side of the parking space,
the division line and the vehicle width guide line appear aligned in the monitor, but
they may not actually be aligned on the ground.
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-171
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Variance Between Actual Road Conditions and Displayed Image
Some variance occurs between the actual road and the displayed road. Such variance in
distance perspective could lead to an accident. Note the following conditions that may cause
a variance in distance perspective.
When the vehicle is tilted due to the weight of passengers and load
When the vehicle rear is lowered, the object displayed on the screen appears farther than the
actual distance.
Variance
Object
When there is a steep grade behind the vehicle
When there is a steep upgrade (downgrade) behind the vehicle, the object displayed on the
screen appears farther (downgrade: closer) than the actual distance.
A
AB
B
Appears
farther than
actual
distance
Object at actual
position
Object at actual position
Object on screen
A: Distance between the vehicle and object displayed on the screen.
B: Actual distance between the vehicle and object.
Object on screen
Appears
closer than
actual
distance
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-172
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Three-dimensional object on vehicle rear
Because the distance guide lines are displayed based on a flat surface, the distance to the
three-dimensional object displayed on the screen is different from the actual distance.
A
A
C
B
CB
(Actual distance) B>C=A
Sensed distance on screen A>B>C
(Screen display)
(Actual condition)
▼Picture Quality Adjustment
WARNING
Always adjust the picture quality of the rear view monitor while the vehicle is stopped:
Do not adjust the picture quality of the rear view monitor while driving the vehicle. Adjusting
the picture quality of the rear view monitor such as brightness, contrast, color, and tint while
driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation
which could lead to an accident.
Picture quality adjustment can be done while the selector lever is in reverse (R).
There are four settings which can be adjusted including, brightness, contrast, tint, and color.
When adjusting, pay sufficient attention to the vehicle surroundings.
1. Select the icon on the screen to display the tabs.
2. Select the desired tab item.
3. Adjust the brightness, contrast, tint, and color using the slider.
If you need to reset, press the reset button.
4. Select the icon on the screen to close the tab.
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-173
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
MEMO
4-174
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
5Interior Features
Use of various features for ride comfort, including air-conditioning and
audio system.
Climate Control System....................5-4
Operating Tips.............................. 5-4
Vent Operation..............................5-5
Manual Type.................................5-7
Fully Automatic Type.................5-11
Before Using the Audio System......5-15
Audio Control Switch.................5-15
AUX/USB...................................5-16
Antenna.......................................5-19
Audio Set [Type A (non-
touchscreen)]....................................5-20
Power/Volume/Sound
Controls...................................... 5-20
Clock...........................................5-22
Operating the Radio....................5-23
How to use AUX mode.............. 5-24
How to use USB mode............... 5-25
How to use iPod mode................5-28
Error Indications.........................5-31
Bluetooth
®
..................................5-32
Bluetooth
®
Preparation.............. 5-35
Available Language.................... 5-45
Security Setting.......................... 5-46
Bluetooth
®
Audio.......................5-47
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free.............. 5-50
Voice Recognition.......................5-57
Voice Recognition Learning
Function (Speaker
Enrollment).................................5-58
Troubleshooting..........................5-61
Audio Set [Type B
(touchscreen)]...................................5-65
Basic Operation Method.............5-65
Home screen............................... 5-69
Volume/Display/Sound
Controls...................................... 5-70
Operating the Radio....................5-73
Operating the Satellite Radio
*
...........
.................................................... 5-77
How to use AUX mode.............. 5-80
How to use USB mode............... 5-81
Bluetooth
®
..................................5-86
Bluetooth
®
Preparation.............. 5-89
Available Language.................... 5-91
Bluetooth
®
Audio.......................5-92
How to Use Pandora
®*
...............5-95
How to Use Aha™..................... 5-97
How to Use Stitcher™ Radio... 5-100
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free............ 5-102
Voice Recognition.....................5-112
Settings..................................... 5-115
Applications..............................5-117
Troubleshooting........................5-118
Appendix........................................ 5-122
Things You Need to Know....... 5-122
*Some models. 5-1
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Interior Equipment.......................5-128
Sunvisors.................................. 5-128
Interior Lights...........................5-129
Accessory Sockets....................5-131
USB Power Outlet
*
.................. 5-132
Cup Holder............................... 5-133
Bottle Holder............................5-134
Storage Compartments............. 5-135
5-2 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
MEMO
5-3
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Operating Tips
•Operate the climate control system with
the engine running.
•To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the fan control
dial/switch on for a long period of time
with the ignition switched ON when the
engine is not running.
•Clear all obstructions such as leaves,
snow and ice from the hood and the air
inlet in the cowl grille to improve the
system efficiency.
•Use the climate control system to defog
the windows and dehumidify the air.
•The recirculate mode should be used
when driving through tunnels or while
in a traffic jam, or when you would like
to shut off outside air for quick cooling
of the interior.
•Use the outside air position for
ventilation or windshield defrosting.
•If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows to let warm air escape, then
run the climate control system.
•Run the air conditioner about 10
minutes at least once a month to keep
internal parts lubricated.
•Have the air conditioner checked before
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant
may make the air conditioner less
efficient.
The refrigerant specifications are
indicated on a label attached to the
inside of the engine compartment. If the
wrong type of refrigerant is used, it
could result in a serious malfunction of
the air conditioner. Consult a
professional, government certified
repairer for the inspection or repair
because a special device is required for
the air conditioner maintenance.
For details, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Type A
Label
Type B
Label
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-4
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Vent Operation
▼Adjusting the Vents
Directing airflow
To adjust the direction of airflow, move
the adjustment knob.
NOTE
•
When using the air conditioner under
humid ambient temperature conditions,
the system may blow fog from the vents.
This is not a sign of trouble but a result
of humid air being suddenly cooled.
•
The air vents can be fully opened and
closed by operating the dial.
Side Vents
Knob
Dial
Open
Close
Center Vents
Knob
Dial Close
Open
Rear Vents*
Knob Dial
Close
Open
Interior Features
Climate Control System
*Some models.
5-5
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Selecting the Airflow Mode
Dashboard Vents
Dashboard and Floor Vents
Floor Vents
Defroster and Floor Vents
Defroster Vents
* With rear vents
NOTE
The location airflow exits the air vents and the airflow amount may change depending on
the open or close status of the air vents.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-6
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Manual Type
A/C switch Air intake selector switch Rear window defogger switch
Mode selector dial Fan control dialTemperature control dial
▼Control Switches
Temperature control dial
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
NOTE
When the mode is set to , or a
position in between them with the fan
control dial in a position other than 0 and
the temperature control dial in the
maximum cold position, the air intake
selector switches to the recirculated air
position and the A/C turns on
automatically.
If A/C is not desired, press the A/C switch
to turn it off.
Fan control dial
This dial allows variable fan speeds.
The fan has seven speeds.
Mode selector dial
Turn the mode selector dial to select
airflow mode (page 5-6).
NOTE
•
The mode selector dial can be set at the
intermediate positions ( ) between each
mode. Set the dial to an intermediate
position if you want to split the airflow
between the two modes.
•
For example, when the mode selector
dial is at the position between the
and positions, airflow from the floor
vent is less than that of the position.
A/C switch
Press the A/C switch to turn the air
conditioner on. The indicator light on the
switch will illuminate when the fan control
dial is in any position except OFF.
Press the switch once again to turn the air
conditioner off.
NOTE
The air conditioner may not function when
the outside temperature approaches 0 °C
(32 °F).
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-7
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Air intake selector
This switch controls the source of air
entering the vehicle.
Outside or recirculated air positions can be
selected. Press the switch to select outside/
recirculated air positions.
Recirculated air position (indicator light
illuminated)
Outside air is shut off. Use this position
when going through tunnels, driving in
congested traffic (high engine exhaust
areas) or when quick cooling is desired.
Outside air position (indicator light
turned off)
Outside air is allowed to enter the cabin.
Use this mode for ventilation or
windshield defrosting.
WARNING
Do not use the position in cold or rainy
weather:
Using the position in cold or rainy
weather is dangerous as it will cause the
windows to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a serious
accident.
Rear window defogger switch
Press the rear window defogger switch to
defrost the rear window.
Refer to Rear Window Defogger on page
4-57.
▼Heating
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the outside
air position (indicator light turns off).
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
hot position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
on the air conditioner.
NOTE
•
If the windshield fogs up easily, set the
mode selector dial to the position.
•
If cooler air is desired at face level, set
the mode selector dial at the position
and adjust the temperature control dial
to maintain maximum comfort.
•
The air to the floor is warmer than air
to the face (except when the temperature
control dial is set at the extreme hot or
cold position).
▼Cooling
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
cold position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
5. After cooling begins, adjust the fan
control dial and temperature control
dial as needed to maintain maximum
comfort.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-8
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CAUTION
If the air conditioner is used while driving
up long hills or in heavy trac, monitor the
high engine coolant temperature warning
indication/warning light to see if it is
illuminated or ashing (page 4-30).
The air conditioner may cause engine
overheating. If the warning light is
illuminated or ashing, turn the air
conditioner o (page 7-18).
NOTE
•
When maximum cooling is desired, set
the temperature control dial to the
extreme cold position and set the air
intake selector to the recirculated air
position, then turn the fan control dial
fully clockwise.
•
If warmer air is desired at floor level,
set the mode selector dial at the
position and adjust the temperature
control dial to maintain maximum
comfort.
•
The air to the floor is warmer than air
to the face (except when the temperature
control dial is set at the extreme hot or
cold position).
▼Ventilation
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the outside
air position (indicator light turns off).
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
▼Windshield Defrosting and
Defogging
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
4. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
on the air conditioner.
WARNING
Do not defog the windshield using the
position with the temperature control set
to the cold position:
Using the position with the temperature
control set to the cold position is
dangerous as it will cause the outside of the
windshield to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a serious
accident. Set the temperature control to
the hot or warm position when using the
position.
NOTE
•
For maximum defrosting, turn on the air
conditioner, set the temperature control
dial to the extreme hot position, and turn
the fan control dial fully clockwise.
•
If warm air is desired at the floor, set the
mode selector dial to the position.
•
In the or position, the air
conditioner is automatically turned on
and the outside air position is
automatically selected to defrost the
windshield. In the or position, the
outside air position cannot be changed
to the recirculated air position.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-9
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Dehumidifying
Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold
weather to help defog the windshield and
side windows.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
desired position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the outside
air position (indicator light turns off).
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
NOTE
One of the functions of the air conditioner
is dehumidifying the air and, to use this
function, the temperature does not have to
be set to cold. Therefore, set the
temperature control dial to the desired
position (hot or cold) and turn on the air
conditioner when you want to dehumidify
the cabin air.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-10
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Fully Automatic Type
Climate control system information is displayed on the display.
Airflow display
Temperature setting display (driver’s side)
Mode selector
display
A/C mode display
Air intake selector
(outside air position)
Driver temperature control dial
AUTO switch
Mode selector switchFan control switch
OFF switch
Windshield defroster switch
Rear window defogger switch
Passenger temperature
control dial
DUAL switch
A/C switch
Temperature setting display
(Passenger’s side)
Air intake selector
(recirculated air position)
▼Control Switches
AUTO switch
By pressing the AUTO switch the
following functions will be automatically
controlled in accordance with the selected
set temperature:
•Airflow temperature
•Amount of airflow
•Selection of airflow mode
•Outside/Recirculated air selection
•Air conditioner operation
NOTE
AUTO switch indicator light
•
When on, it indicates auto operation,
and the system will function
automatically.
•
If any of the following switches are
operated while in auto control, the
AUTO switch indicator turns off.
•
Mode selector switch
•
Fan control switch
•
Windshield defroster switch
The functions for switches other than
those operated continue to operate in
auto control.
OFF switch
Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the
climate control system.
Temperature control dial
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-11
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•When the DUAL switch is off:
Turn the driver temperature control dial
to control the temperature throughout
the entire cabin.
•When the DUAL switch is on:
Turn the driver or front passenger
temperature control dial to
independently control the temperature
on each side of the cabin.
NOTE
•
The climate control system changes to
the individual operation mode (DUAL
switch indicator light illuminated) by
turning the front passenger temperature
control dial even when the DUAL switch
is off, which allows individual control of
the set temperature for the driver and
front passenger.
•
The temperature units for the
temperature setting display can be
changed in conjunction with the
temperature units for the outside
temperature display.
(Type A instrument cluster)
Refer to Outside Temperature Display
on page 4-23.
(Type B instrument cluster)
Refer to Outside Temperature Display
(Without Multi-information Display) on
page 4-16.
Fan control switch
The fan has seven speeds. The selected
speed will be displayed.
Mode selector switch
The desired airflow mode can be selected
(page 5-6).
NOTE
•
With the airflow mode set to the
position and the temperature control
dial set at a medium temperature,
heated air is directed to the feet and air
at a comparably lower temperature will
flow through the central, left and right
vents.
•
To set the air vent to , press the
windshield defroster switch.
•
In the or position, the air
conditioner is automatically turned on
and the outside air position is
automatically selected to defrost the
windshield. In the or position, the
outside air position cannot be changed
to the recirculated air position.
A/C switch
Pressing the A/C switch while the AUTO
switch is turned on will turn off the air
conditioner (cooling/dehumidifying
functions).
The on/off of the air conditioner switches
each time the A/C switch is pressed.
NOTE
•
The air conditioner operates when the
A/C switch is pressed while the air
conditioner is turned off.
•
The air conditioner may not function
when the outside temperature
approaches 0 °C (32 °F).
Air intake selector
Outside or recirculated air positions can be
selected. Press the switch to select outside/
recirculated air positions.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-12
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Recirculated air position ( )
Outside air is shut off. Use this position
when going through tunnels, driving in
congested traffic (high engine exhaust
areas) or when quick cooling is desired.
Outside air position ( )
Outside air is allowed to enter the cabin.
Use this mode for ventilation or
windshield defrosting.
WARNING
Do not use the position in cold or rainy
weather:
Using the position in cold or rainy
weather is dangerous as it will cause the
windows to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a serious
accident.
DUAL switch
Use the DUAL switch to change the mode
between the individual operation (driver
and passenger) and interconnection
(simultaneous) modes.
Individual operation mode (indicator
light illuminated)
The set temperature can be controlled
individually for the driver and front
passenger.
Interconnection mode (indicator light
turned off)
The set temperature for the driver and
front passenger is controlled
simultaneously.
Windshield defroster switch
Press the switch to defrost the windshield
and front door windows.
Refer to Windshield Defrosting and
Defogging on page 5-14.
Rear window defogger switch
Press the rear window defogger switch to
defrost the rear window.
Refer to Rear Window Defogger on page
4-57.
▼Operation of Automatic Air
Conditioner
1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection of
the airflow mode, air intake selector
and amount of airflow will be
automatically controlled.
2. Use the temperature control dial to
select a desired temperature.
Press the DUAL switch or turn the
front passenger temperature control
dial to control the set temperature
individually for the driver and front
passenger.
To turn off the system, press the OFF
switch.
NOTE
•
Setting the temperature to maximum hot
or cold will not provide the desired
temperature at a faster rate.
•
When selecting heat, the system will
restrict airflow until it has warmed to
prevent cold air from blowing out of the
vents.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-13
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Windshield Defrosting and
Defogging
Press the windshield defroster switch.
In this position, the outside air position is
automatically selected, and the air
conditioner automatically turns on. The air
conditioner will directly dehumidify the
air to the front windshield and side
windows on page 5-6.
Airflow amount will be increased.
WARNING
Set the temperature control to the hot or
warm position when defogging (
position):
Using the position with the temperature
control set to the cold position is
dangerous as it will cause the outside of the
windshield to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a serious
accident.
NOTE
Use the temperature control dial to
increase the air flow temperature and
defog the windshield more quickly.
▼Sunlight/Interior Temperature
Sensor
Sunlight sensor
Do not place objects on the sunlight
sensor. Otherwise, the interior temperature
may not adjust correctly.
Sunlight sensor
Interior temperature sensor
Do not cover the interior temperature
sensor. Otherwise, the interior temperature
may not adjust correctly.
Interior temperature sensor
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-14
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Audio Control Switch
▼Adjusting the Volume
To increase the volume, press up the
volume switch ( ).
To decrease the volume, press down the
volume switch ( ).
▼Seek Switch
AM/FM radio
Press the seek switch ( , ). The radio
switches to the next/previous stored
station in the order that it was stored.
Press and hold the seek switch ( , ) to
seek all usable stations at a higher or lower
frequency whether programmed or not.
Radio stations which have been previously
stored in the auto memory tuning (Type
A)/favorite radio (Type B) can be called
up by pressing the seek switch ( , )
while any radio station stored in the auto
memory tuning (Type A)/favorite radio
(Type B) is being received. Radio stations
can be called up in the order they were
stored with each press of the switch ( ,
).
USB Audio/Bluetooth® Audio
Press the seek switch ( ) to skip forward
to the beginning of the next track.
Press the seek switch ( ) within a few
seconds after playback begins to track
down to the beginning of the previous
track.
Press the seek switch ( ) after a few
seconds have elapsed to start playback
from the beginning of the current track.
Press and hold the seek switch ( , ) to
continuously switch the tracks up or down.
Interior Features
Before Using the Audio System
5-15
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Pandora®/Aha™/Stitcher™ Radio
(Type B)
Press the seek switch ( ) to skip forward
to the beginning of the next track.
Press and hold the seek switch ( ) to
evaluate the playback of the current song
as “Like”.
Press and hold the seek switch ( ) to
evaluate the playback of the current song
as “Dislike”.
AUX/USB
Audio can be heard from the vehicle's
speakers by connecting a
commercially-available portable audio
unit to the auxiliary jack.
A commercially-available, non-impedance
(3.5 ) stereo mini plug cable is required.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for
details.
In addition, audio can be played from the
vehicle audio device by connecting a USB
device to the USB port.
NOTE
(Type B)
The SD card slot is for the navigation
system. For vehicles with the navigation
system, the SD card (Mazda genuine) with
stored map data is inserted into the SD
card slot and used.
Type A
Auxiliary jack/USB port
Interior Features
Before Using the Audio System
5-16
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Type B
USB port
Auxiliary jack
①How to use AUX mode (Type A)
............................................... page 5-24
②How to use USB mode (Type A)
............................................... page 5-25
③How to use iPod mode (Type A)
............................................... page 5-28
④How to use AUX mode (Type B)
............................................... page 5-80
⑤How to use USB mode (Type B)
............................................... page 5-81
WARNING
Do not adjust the portable audio unit or a
similar product while driving the vehicle:
Adjusting the portable audio unit or a
similar product while driving the vehicle is
dangerous as it could distract your
attention from the vehicle operation which
could lead to a serious accident. Always
adjust the portable audio unit or a similar
product while the vehicle is stopped.
CAUTION
Depending on the portable audio device,
noise may occur when the device is
connected to the vehicle accessory socket.
(If noise occurs, do not use the accessory
socket.)
NOTE
•
This mode may not be usable depending
on the portable audio device to be
connected.
•
Before using the auxiliary jack/USB
port, refer to the instruction manual for
the portable audio device.
•
Use a commercially-available,
non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug
for connecting the portable audio unit to
the auxiliary jack. Before using the
auxiliary jack, read the manufacturer's
instructions for connecting a portable
audio unit to the auxiliary jack.
•
To prevent discharging of the battery, do
not use the auxiliary input for long
periods with the engine off or idling.
•
When connecting a device to the
auxiliary jack or USB port, noise may
occur depending on the connected
device. If the device is connected to the
vehicle's accessory socket, the noise can
be reduced by unplugging it from the
accessory socket.
Interior Features
Before Using the Audio System
5-17
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼How to connect USB port/Auxiliary
jack
Type A
USB port Auxiliary jack
Type B
USB port Auxiliary jack
Connecting a device
1. Open the console lid.
2. If there is a cover on the auxiliary jack
or USB port, remove the cover. (Type
A)
3. Connect the connector on the device to
the USB port.
Connecting with a connector cable
1. Open the console lid.
2. If there is a cover on the auxiliary jack
or USB port, remove the cover. (Type
A)
3. Connect the device plug/connector
cable to the auxiliary jack/USB port.
Pass the device plug/connector cable
through the notch in the console and
connect.
WARNING
Do not allow the connection plug cord to
get tangled with the selector lever:
Allowing the plug cord to become tangled
with the selector lever is dangerous as it
could interfere with driving, resulting in an
accident.
CAUTION
Do not place objects or apply force to the
auxiliary jack/USB port with the plug
connected.
NOTE
•
Insert the plug into the auxiliary
jack/USB port securely.
•
Insert or pull out the plug with the plug
perpendicular to the auxiliary jack/USB
port hole.
•
Insert or remove the plug by holding its
base.
Interior Features
Before Using the Audio System
5-18
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Antenna
Antenna
Interior Features
Before Using the Audio System
5-19
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Power/Volume/Sound Controls
Power/Volume/Audio control dial
Menu button
Audio display
▼Power ON/OFF
Switch the ignition to ACC or ON. Press
the power/volume dial to turn the audio
system on. Press the power/volume dial
again to turn the audio system off.
▼Volume adjustment
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial. Turn the power/volume dial
clockwise to increase volume,
counterclockwise to decrease it.
▼Audio sound adjustment
1. Press the menu button ( ) to
select the function. The selected
function will be indicated.
2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust
the selected functions as follows:
Indication
Setting value
Tur n
Counter-
clockwise
Turn
Clockwise
ALC
(Automatic volume ad-
justment)
Level de-
crease
Level in-
crease
BASS
(Low pitch sound)
Decrease
bass
Increase
bass
TREB
(Treble sound)
Decrease
treble
Increase
treble
FADE
(Front/back volume bal-
ance)
Shift the
sound to
the front
Shift the
sound to
the rear
BAL
(Left/right volume bal-
ance)
Shift the
sound to
the left
Shift the
sound to
the right
BEEP
(Audio operation sound) Off On
BT SETUP Select mode
12Hr 24Hr
(12 Hr/24 Hr time ad-
justment)
12Hr
(Flashing)
24Hr
(Flashing)
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-20
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
If not operated for several seconds, the
display returns to the previous display. To
reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, press
the menu button ( ) for 2 seconds.
The unit will beep and “CLEAR” will be
displayed.
ALC (Automatic volume adjustment)
The automatic level control (ALC)
changes the audio volume automatically
according to the vehicle speed. The faster
the vehicle speed, the higher the volume
increases. ALC has ALC OFF and ALC
LEVEL 1 to 7 modes. At ALC LEVEL 7,
the amount that the volume can increase is
at the maximum. Select the mode
according to the driving conditions.
BEEP (Audio operation sound)
The setting for the operation sound when
pressing and holding a button can be
changed. The initial setting is ON. Set to
OFF to mute the operation sound.
BT SETUP mode
Music and other audio such as voice data
recorded on portable audio devices and
mobile phones available on the market
which are equipped with the Bluetooth®
transmission function can be listened to
via wireless transmission over the
vehicle's speakers. Using the BT SETUP
mode, these devices can be programmed
to the Bluetooth® unit or changed (page
5-35).
12Hr 24Hr (12 Hr/24 Hr time
adjustment)
Rotating the audio control dial switches
the display between 12 and 24-hour clock
time (page 5-22).
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-21
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Clock
Audio displayAudio control dial
Hour/Minute set switch
:00 button
Menu button
Clock button
▼Setting the time
The clock can be set at any time when the
ignition is switched to ACC or ON.
1. To adjust the time, press the clock
button ( ) for about 2 seconds
until a beep is heard.
2. The clock's current time will flash.
Time adjustment
•To adjust the time, press the hour/
minute set button ( , ) while the
clock's current time is flashing.
•The hours advance while the hour
set button ( ) is pressed. The
minutes advance while the minute
set button ( ) is pressed.
3. Press the clock button ( ) again to
start the clock.
▼Time resetting
1. Press the clock button ( ) for
about 2 seconds until a beep is heard.
2. Press the :00 button (1).
3. When the button is pressed, the time
will be reset as follows:
(Example)
12:01―12:29→12:00
12:30―12:59→1:00
NOTE
•
When the :00 button (1) is pressed, the
seconds will start at “00”.
•
Switching between 12 and 24-hour clock
time:
Press the menu button ( ) several
times until 12 and 24-hour clock time
are displayed. Turn the audio control
dial in either direction, select the
desired clock setting while the preferred
clock time is flashing.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-22
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Operating the Radio
Band selector button
Channel preset
buttons
Scan button Auto memory button
Tuning button
Audio display
▼Radio ON
Press a band selector button ( ) to
turn the radio on.
▼Band selection
Successively pressing the band selector
button ( ) switches the bands as
follows: FM1→FM2→AM.
The selected mode will be indicated.
NOTE
If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,
reception automatically changes from
STEREO to MONO for reduced noise.
▼Tuning
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
Manual tuning
Select the station by pressing the tuning
button ( , ) lightly.
Seek tuning
Automatic search for radio stations starts
when the tuning button ( , ) is pressed
until a beep sound is heard. The search
stops when a station is found.
NOTE
If you continue to press and hold the
button, the frequency will continue
changing without stopping.
Scan tuning
Press and hold the scan button ( ) to
automatically sample strong stations.
Scanning stops at each station for about 5
seconds. To hold a station, press and hold
the scan button ( ) again during this
interval.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-23
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Preset channel tuning
The 6 preset channels can be used to store
6 AM and 12 FM stations.
1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.
2. Press a channel preset button for about
2 seconds until a beep is heard. The
preset channel number or station
frequency will be displayed. The
station is now held in the memory.
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune one in the memory, select AM,
FM1, or FM2 and then press its
channel preset button. The station
frequency or the channel number will
be displayed.
Auto memory tuning
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are not
known.
Press and hold the auto memory button
() for about 2 seconds until a beep
is heard; the system will automatically
scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations
with the strongest frequencies in each
selected band in that area.
After scanning is completed, the station
with the strongest frequency will be tuned
and its frequency displayed. Press and
release the auto memory button ( )
to recall stations from the auto-stored
stations. One stored station will be
selected each time and its frequency and
channel number will be displayed.
NOTE
If no stations can be tuned after scanning
operations, “A” will be displayed.
How to use AUX mode
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
3. Press the media button ( ) of the
audio unit to change to the AUX mode.
NOTE
•
When the device is not connected to the
auxiliary jack, the mode does not switch
to the AUX mode.
•
Adjust the audio volume using the
portable audio device or audio unit.
•
Audio adjustments other than audio
volume can only be done using the
portable audio device.
•
If the connection plug is pulled out from
the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode,
noise may occur.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-24
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
How to use USB mode
Media/Scan button Folder down button
Folder up button
Play/Pause button
Random button
Repeat button
Audio display
Text button
Track down/Reverse button
Track up/Fast-forward button
Type Playable data
USB mode MP3/WMA/AAC file
This unit does not support a USB 3.0
device. In addition, other devices may not
be supported depending on the model or
OS version.
▼Playback
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
3. Press the media button ( ) to
switch to the USB mode and start
playback.
NOTE
•
Some devices such as smart phones may
require a setting change to allow
operation using a USB connection.
•
When the USB device is not connected,
the mode does not switch to USB mode.
•
When there is no playable data in the
USB device, “NO CONTENTS” is
flashed.
•
Playback of the USB device is in the
order of the folder numbers. Folders
which have no MP3/WMA/AAC files are
skipped.
•
Do not remove the USB device while in
the USB mode. The data may be
damaged.
Pause
To stop playback, press the play/pause
button (4).
Press the button again to resume playback.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button ( )
to advance through a track at high speed.
Press and hold the reverse button ( ) to
reverse through a track at high speed.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-25
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Track search
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip
forward to the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button ( ) within a
few seconds after playback begins to track
down to the beginning of the previous
track.
Press the track down button ( ) after a
few seconds have elapsed to start playback
from the beginning of the current track.
Folder search
To change to the previous folder, press the
folder down button ( ), or press the folder
up button ( ) to advance to the next
folder.
Music scan
This function scans the titles in a folder
currently being played and plays ten
seconds of each song to aid you in finding
a song you want to listen to.
Press and hold the scan button ( )
during playback to start the scan play
operation (the track number will flash).
Press and hold the scan button ( )
again to cancel scan playback.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat playback
Track repeat
1. Press the repeat button (1) during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “TRACK RPT” is
displayed ( is displayed next to RPT
at the bottom of the display area).
2. To cancel the repeat playback, press
the button again after 3 seconds.
Folder repeat
1. Press the repeat button (1) during
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the current folder repeatedly.
“FOLDER RPT” is displayed ( is
displayed next to RPT at the bottom of
the display area).
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
Random playback
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
Folder random
1. Press the random button (2) during
playback to play the tracks in the
folder randomly. “FOLDER RDM” is
displayed ( is displayed next to
RDM at the bottom of the display
area).
2. To cancel the random playback, press
the button again after 3 seconds.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-26
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
All random
1. Press the random button (2) during
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the USB device randomly.
“ALL RDM” is displayed ( is
displayed next to RDM at the bottom
of the display area).
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.
▼Switching the display
The information displayed on the audio
display changes as follows each time the
text button (3) is pressed during playback.
Button Information displayed
on audio display
File number/Elapsed
time
Folder number/File num-
ber
File name
Folder name
Album name
Song name
Artist name
NOTE
•
The information (artist name, music
name) is displayed only when the USB
device information in the USB device
has information which can be displayed
on the screen.
•
This unit cannot display some
characters. Characters which cannot be
displayed are indicated by an asterisk
().
Display scroll
Only 13 characters can be displayed at one
time. To display the rest of the characters
of a long title, press and hold the text
button (3). The display scrolls the next 13
characters. Press and hold the text button
(3) again after the last 13 characters have
been displayed to return to the beginning
of the title.
NOTE
The number of characters which can be
displayed is restricted.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-27
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
How to use iPod mode
Media/Scan button List down button
List up button
Play/Pause button
Random button
Repeat button
Audio display
Text button
Track down/Reverse button
Track up/Fast-forward button
Category down button
Category up button
An iPod may not be compatible depending
on the model or OS version. In this case,
an error message is displayed.
NOTE
The iPod functions on the iPod cannot be
operated while it is connected to the unit
because the unit controls the iPod
functions.
▼Playback
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
3. Press the media button ( ) to
switch to the iPod mode and start
playback.
NOTE
•
When an iPod is not connected, the
mode does not switch to the iPod mode.
•
When there is no playable data in the
iPod, “NO CONTENTS” is flashed.
•
Do not remove the iPod while in the
iPod mode. Otherwise, the data could be
damaged.
Pause
To stop playback, press the play/pause
button (4).
Press the button again to resume playback.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button ( )
to advance through a track at high speed.
Press and hold the reverse button ( ) to
reverse through a track at high speed.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-28
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Track search
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip
forward to the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button ( ) within a
few seconds (depends on iPod software
version) after playback begins to track
down to the beginning of the previous
track.
Press the track down button ( ) after a
few seconds (depends on iPod software
version) have elapsed to start playback
from the beginning of the current track.
Category search
Press the category down button (5) to
select the previous category and press the
category up button (6) to select the next
category.
NOTE
The types of categories include Playlist,
Artist, Album, Song, Podcast, Genre,
Composer, and Audio book.
List search
Press the list down button ( ) to select the
previous list and press the list up button
() to select the next list.
NOTE
When the selected category is Song or
Audio book, there is no list.
Music scan
This function scans the titles in a list
currently being played and plays 10
seconds of each song to aid you in finding
a song you want to listen to.
Press and hold the scan button ( )
during playback to start the scan play
operation (the track number will flash).
Press and hold the scan button ( )
again to cancel scan playback.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat playback
1. Press the repeat button (1) during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “TRACK RPT” is
displayed ( is displayed next to RPT
at the bottom of the display area).
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
Random playback
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
Song random
1. Press the random button (2) during
playback to play the tracks in the list
randomly. “SONG RDM” is displayed
( is displayed next to RDM at the
bottom of the display area).
2. To cancel the random playback, press
the button again after 3 seconds.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-29
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Album random
1. Press the random button (2) during
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the iPod randomly. “ALBUM
RDM” is displayed ( is displayed
next to RDM at the bottom of the
display area).
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.
NOTE
The track number being played randomly
is in the order of the iPod shuffle table.
▼Switching the display
The information displayed on the audio
display changes as follows each time the
text button (3) is pressed during playback.
Button Information displayed
on audio display
File number/Elapsed
time
File number
Category name
Artist name
Album name
Song name
NOTE
•
The information (artist name, music
name) is displayed only when the iPod
has information which can be displayed.
•
This unit cannot display some
characters. Characters which cannot be
displayed are indicated by an asterisk
().
Display scroll
13 characters can be displayed at one time.
To display the rest of the characters of a
long title, press and hold the text button
(3). The display scrolls the next 13
characters. Press and hold the text button
(3) again after the last 13 characters have
been displayed to return to the beginning
of the title.
NOTE
The number of characters which can be
displayed is restricted.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-30
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Error Indications
If you see an error indication on the
display, take appropriate action according
to the following methods. If you cannot
clear the error indication, take the vehicle
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CHECK USB
When the message “CHECK USB” is
displayed, it indicates that there is some
error in the USB device. Verify that the
content recorded in the USB device has
MP3/WMA/AAC files and re-connect
correctly.
CHECK iPod
If the message “CHECK iPod” is
displayed, it indicates that there is a
malfunction in the iPod. Verify that the
content recorded in the iPod has playable
files and connect correctly.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-31
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Bluetooth®
▼Introduction
Bluetooth® Hands-Free outline
When a Bluetooth
®
device (mobile phone) is connected to the vehicle's Bluetooth
®
unit, a call
can be made or received by pressing the talk button, pick-up button, or hang-up button on the
audio remote control switch. For example, even if a device (mobile phone) is in your coat pocket,
a call can be made without taking the device (mobile phone) out and operating it directly.
Bluetooth® audio outline
When a portable audio unit equipped with the Bluetooth
®
communication function is paired to
the vehicle, you can listen to music stored on the paired portable audio device from the vehicle's
speakers. It is not necessary to connect the portable audio device to the vehicle's external input
terminal. After programming, operate the vehicle audio control panel to play/stop the audio.
NOTE
•
For your safety, a device can be paired only when the vehicle is parked. If the vehicle starts to
move, the pairing procedure will end. Park the vehicle in a safe place before pairing.
•
The communication range of a Bluetooth
®
equipped device is about 10 meters (32 ft) or less.
•
Basic audio operation is available using voice commands even if Bluetooth
®
is not
connected.
CAUTION
Some Bluetooth® mobile devices are not compatible with the vehicle. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer, Mazda's call center or Web support center for information regarding
Bluetooth® mobile device compatibility:
U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdausa.com/mazdaconnect
Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Applicable Bluetooth® specification (Recommended)
Ver. 2.0
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-32
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Component Parts
Microphone
Talk button, Pick-up button and Hang-up button
Microphone
Audio unit
Talk button
Hang-up button
Pick-up button
Microphone (hands-free)
The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or when making a Hands-free call.
Talk button
Activates the voice recognition. In addition, it skips the voice guidance.
Pick-up button
Responds to incoming calls. In addition, after selecting a contact or dialing a number, it
places the call when the button is pressed.
Hang-up button
Ends the call or refuses an incoming call. In addition, it ends the voice recognition
operation.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-33
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Volume adjustment
The power/volume dial of the audio unit is used to adjust the volume. Turn the dial to the
right to increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel.
NOTE
If the volume is lower compared to other audio modes, increase the volume from the device
side.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-34
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Bluetooth® Preparation
▼Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Preparation
Pairing code setting
The 4-digit pairing code setting for
registration of your cell phone (pairing)
can be set beforehand.
NOTE
The initial setting value is “0000”.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing
Code.”
6. Say: [Beep] “Set pairing code”
7. Prompt: “Your current pairing code is
XXXX. Do you want to change it to a
different pairing code?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit pairing
code.”
10. Say: [Beep] “YYYY”
11. Prompt: “YYYY is this correct?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
13. If “Yes”, go to Step 14. If “No”, the
procedure returns to Step 9.
14. Prompt: “Your new pairing code is
YYYY. Use this pairing code when
pairing devices to the Hands free
system. Do you want to pair a device
now?”
15. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
16. If “Yes”, the system switches to the
device registration mode. If “No”, the
system returns to standby status.
▼Device pairing (Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free)
To use Bluetooth® Hands-Free, the device
equipped with Bluetooth® has to be paired
to the Bluetooth® unit using the following
procedure.
A maximum of seven devices including
hands-free mobile phones and Bluetooth®
audio devices can be paired to one vehicle.
NOTE
If a Bluetooth® device has already been
paired to the vehicle as a Bluetooth®
audio device, it does not need to be paired
again when using the device as a
hands-free mobile phone. Conversely, it
does not need to be paired again as a
Bluetooth® audio device if it has already
been paired as a hands-free mobile phone.
1. Activate the Bluetooth® application of
the device.
NOTE
For the operation of the device, refer
to its instruction manual.
2. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
3. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
4. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
5. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
6. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing
Code.”
7. Say: [Beep] “Pair”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-35
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
8. Prompt: “Start the pairing process on
your Bluetooth® device. Your pairing
code is 0000 (XXXX). Input this on
your Bluetooth® device when
prompted on the device. See device
manual for instructions.”
9. Using the device, perform a search for
the Bluetooth® device (Peripheral
device).
NOTE
For the operation of the device, refer
to its instruction manual.
10. Select “Mazda” from the device list
searched by the device.
11. Input the 4-digit pairing code to the
device.
12. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device after the beep.”
13. Say: [Beep] “XXXX - - -” (Say a
“device tag”, an arbitrary name for the
device.) Example: “Stan's device.”
NOTE
Say a paired “device tag” within 10
seconds.
If more than two devices are to be
paired, they cannot be paired with the
same or similar “device tag”.
14. Prompt: “XXXXXX - - - (Ex. “Stan's
device”) (Device tag). Is this correct?”
15. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
16. Prompt: “Pairing complete”
After a device is registered, the system
automatically identifies the device. By
activating Bluetooth® Hands-Free again,
or by activating Bluetooth® Hands-Free
first after switching the ignition from OFF
to ACC, the system reads out a voice
guidance, “XXXXXX - - - (Ex. “Stan's
device”) (Device tag) is connected”.
NOTE
•
When the pairing is completed, the
symbol is displayed.
•
Some Bluetooth® audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the
symbol is displayed.
•
Device registration can also be done by
operating the audio unit.
•
Depending on the device, the
registration status may be lost after a
certain period of time. If this occurs,
repeat the entire process from Step 1.
Registered device read-out
Bluetooth® Hands-Free can read-out the
devices registered to its system.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing
Code”
6. Say: [Beep] “List”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-36
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
7. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,
XXXXX... (Ex. Device A, device B,
device C)” (The voice guidance reads
out the device tags registered to the
hands-free system.)
Press the talk button with a short press
during the read-out at the desired
device, and then say one of the
following voice commands to execute
it.
•“Select phone”: Selects device
(Mobile phone) when the talk button
is short-pressed.
•“Select music player”: Selects
device (Music player) when the talk
button is short-pressed.
•“Edit”: Edits device when the talk
button is short-pressed.
•“Continue”: Continues the list
readout.
•“Delete”: Deletes the registered
device when the talk button is
short-pressed.
•“Previous”: Returns to the previous
device in read-out when the talk
button is short-pressed.
8. Prompt: “End of list, would you like
to start from the beginning?”
9. Say: [Beep] “No”
10. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”
▼Device selection (Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free)
If several devices have been paired, the
Bluetooth® unit links the device last
paired. If you would like to link a different
paired device, it is necessary to change the
link. The order of device priority after the
link has been changed is maintained even
when the ignition is switched off.
(Hands-free phone)
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Select phone”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device you would like to select.
Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.
device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),
XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Which
device please?”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. Device
B)”
7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B).
Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
9. If “Yes”, go to Step 10. If “No”, the
procedure returns to Step 5.
10. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B)
selected.”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-37
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
(Music player)
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Select music player”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device you would like to select.
Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.
device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),
XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Which
device please?”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. Device
B)”
7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B).
Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
9. If “Yes”, go to Step 10. If “No”, the
procedure returns to Step 5.
10. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B)
selected.”
NOTE
•
When the selected device connection is
completed, the or symbol is
displayed.
•
Some Bluetooth® audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the or
symbol is displayed.
•
Device (Music player) selection can also
be done by operating the panel button.
▼Deleting a device (Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free)
Registered devices (Mobile phone) can be
deleted individually or collectively.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing
Code.”
NOTE
A registered device (Mobile phone) can
be deleted using the registration list.
6. Say: [Beep] “Delete”
7. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device you would like to delete.
Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.
device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),
XXXXX... (Ex. device C), or all.
Which device please?”
8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number of
the device to be deleted.)
NOTE
Say “All” to delete all devices (Mobile
phone).
9. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.
device B...) (Registered device tag). Is
this correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “Deleted”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-38
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Registered device editing
(Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free)
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing
Code.”
6. Say: [Beep] “Edit”
7. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device you would like to edit.
Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.
device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),
XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Which
device please?”
8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number of
the device to be edited.)
9. Prompt: “New name please?”
10. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. Device
C)” (Speak a “device tag” an arbitrary
name for the device.)
11. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device C)
(Device tag), is this correct?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
13. Prompt: “New name saved.”
▼Bluetooth
®
Audio Preparation
Bluetooth® audio device set-up
Bluetooth® audio pairing, changes,
deletions, and display of paired device
information can be performed.
1. The mode changes as follows each
time the menu button ( ) is
pressed. Select “BT SETUP”.
*
*
* Depending on the mode selected, the
indication changes.
2. Turn the audio control dial and select a
desired mode.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-39
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Display Mode Function
PAI R DE-
VICE Pairing mode Bluetooth
®
audio de-
vice pairing
LINK
CHANGE
Link change
mode
Changing link to Blue-
tooth
®
audio device
PAI R DE-
LETE
Pairing dele-
tion mode
Deleting link to Blue-
tooth
®
audio device
DEVICE
INFO
Device infor-
mation dis-
play mode
Displaying vehicle's
Bluetooth
®
unit infor-
mation
3. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
▼Bluetooth
®
audio device pairing
(Bluetooth
®
Audio)
Any Bluetooth® audio device must be
paired to the vehicle's Bluetooth® unit
before it can be listened to over the
vehicle's speakers.
A maximum of seven devices including
Bluetooth® audio devices and hands-free
mobile phones can be paired to one
vehicle.
NOTE
•
If a Bluetooth® device has already been
paired to the vehicle as a hands-free
mobile phone, it does not need to be
paired again when using the device as a
Bluetooth® audio device. Conversely, it
does not need to be paired again as a
hands-free mobile phone if it has
already been paired as a Bluetooth®
audio device.
•
Device registration can also be done
using voice recognition.
Concerning the operation of a Bluetooth®
audio device itself, refer to its instruction
manual.
Some Bluetooth® audio devices have PIN
codes (four digits). Refer to the audio
device's instruction manual because the
pairing procedure differs depending on
whether it has a PIN code or not.
Pairing a Bluetooth® audio device
which has a four-digit PIN code
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
pairing mode “PAIR DEVICE” in the
“BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth® audio device set-up” for
details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode. After “ENTER
PIN” is displayed on the audio display
for three seconds, “PIN 0000” is
displayed and the PIN code can be
input.
3. Input the PIN code of your Bluetooth®
audio device by pressing channel
preset buttons 1 to 4 while “PIN 0000”
is displayed.
Press channel preset button 1 to input
the first digit, 2 for the second, 3 for
the third, and 4 for the forth. For
example, if the PIN code were “4213”
press channel preset button 1 four
times (1, 2, 3, 4), button 2 twice (1, 2),
button 3 once (1), and button 4 three
times (1, 2, 3). If the “PIN 0000”
display disappears before finishing the
PIN code input, repeat the procedure
from Step 1.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-40
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
Some devices accept only a particular
pairing code (Usually, “0000” or
“1234”).
If pairing cannot be completed, refer to
the owner's manual of your mobile
device, and try those numbers if
necessary.
4. Press the audio control dial while the
input PIN code is displayed.
“PAIRING” flashes on the audio
display.
5. Operate the Bluetooth® audio device
and set it to the pairing mode while
“PAIRING” is flashing.
6. When the pairing is completed, and
“PAIR SUCCESS” are displayed after
about 10-30 seconds, after which
“PAIR SUCCESS” continues to be
displayed for three seconds, and then
the unit returns to the normal display.
NOTE
•
Some Bluetooth® audio devices need
a certain amount of time before the
symbol is displayed.
•
If the pairing failed, “Err” flashes
for three seconds.
•
Pairing cannot be performed while
the vehicle is moving. If you attempt
to perform pairing while the vehicle
is moving, “PAIR DISABLE” is
displayed.
•
If seven Bluetooth® audio devices
have already been paired to the
vehicle, pairing cannot be performed
and “MEMORY FULL” is
displayed. Delete one paired device
to pair another one.
Pairing a Bluetooth® audio device
which does not have a four-digit PIN
code
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
pairing mode “PAIR DEVICE” in the
“BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth® audio set up” for details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode. After “ENTER
PIN” is displayed on the audio display
for three seconds, “PIN 0000” is
displayed and the PIN code can be
input.
3. Press the audio control dial while “PIN
0000” is displayed. “PAIRING”
flashes on the audio display.
4. Operate the Bluetooth® audio device
and set it to the pairing mode while
“PAIRING” is flashing.
5. As the Bluetooth® audio device
requires a PIN code, input “0000”.
6. When the pairing is completed, and
“PAIR SUCCESS” are displayed after
about 10-30 seconds, after which
“PAIR SUCCESS” continues to be
displayed for three seconds, and then
the unit returns to the normal display.
NOTE
•
If pairing cannot be completed, try
“1234” instead. Refer to the owner's
manual of your mobile device for the
right PIN code.
•
Some Bluetooth® audio devices need
a certain amount of time before the
symbol is displayed.
•
If the pairing failed, “Err” flashes
for three seconds.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-41
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
Pairing cannot be performed while
the vehicle is moving. If you attempt
to perform pairing while the vehicle
is moving, “PAIR DISABLE” is
displayed.
•
If seven Bluetooth® audio devices
have already been paired to the
vehicle, pairing cannot be performed
and “MEMORY FULL” is
displayed. Delete one paired device
to pair another one.
▼Device selection (Bluetooth
®
Audio)
If several devices have been paired, the
Bluetooth® unit links the device last
paired. If you would like to link a different
paired device, it is necessary to change the
link. The order of device priority after the
link has been changed is maintained even
when the ignition is switched off.
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
link change mode “LINK CHANGE”
in the “BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth® audio device set-up” for
details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
3. The name of the currently linked
Bluetooth® audio device is displayed.
If no Bluetooth® audio device is
currently linked, the name of the first
device among the paired devices is
displayed.
4. Turn the audio control dial to select the
name of the device you would like to
link.
Device name 1
Device name 2
Device name 3
Device name 4
Device name 5
Device name 6
Device name 7
5. Press the audio control dial to select
the device you would like to link. The
symbol disappears, and “PAIRING”
flashes in the audio display.
NOTE
When “GO BACK” is selected and the
audio control dial is pressed, the
display returns to “LINK CHANGE”.
6. If the link to the desired device is
successful, the symbol is displayed
again, together with “LINK
CHANGED”. “LINK CHANGED” is
displayed for three seconds, then it
returns to the normal display.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-42
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
Some Bluetooth® audio devices need
a certain amount of time before the
symbol is displayed.
•
If a hands-free type mobile phone
has been the most recently paired
device, the Bluetooth® unit links this
device. If you would like to use a
Bluetooth® audio type device which
has been previously paired to the
Bluetooth® unit, the link must be
changed to this device.
•
If an error occurs while trying to
link a device, “Err” flashes in the
audio display for three seconds, and
the display returns to “LINK
CHANGE”. If this occurs, check the
pairing status of the Bluetooth®
audio device and the location of the
device in the vehicle (not in the
luggage compartment or a
metal-type box), and then try the link
operation again.
•
Device selection can also be done
using voice recognition.
How to confirm the device currently
linked
Switch to the link-change mode. (Refer to
“Changing the link to a Bluetooth® audio
device”)
The device name displayed first is the
device which is currently linked.
▼Deleting a device (Bluetooth
®
Audio)
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
pairing delete mode “PAIR DELETE”
in the “BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth® audio device set-up” for
details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
3. The name of the first device among the
paired devices is displayed.
4. Rotate the audio control dial and select
the name of the paired device you
would like to delete.
Device name 1
Device name 2
Device name 3
Device name 4
Device name 5
Device name 6
Device name 7
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-43
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
Only the names of paired devices can
be displayed. If only one device is
paired, only the name for this device is
displayed.
5. If a selection other than “GO BACK”
is made and the audio control dial is
pressed, “SURE ? NO” is displayed.
6. Rotate the audio control dial clockwise
and switch the display to “SURE ?
YES”.
NOTE
The display changes as follows
depending on whether the audio
control dial is rotated clockwise or
counterclockwise.
-Clockwise: “SURE ? YES” displayed
-Counterclockwise: “SURE ? NO”
displayed
7. Press the audio control dial to delete
the selected device.
NOTE
Select “GO BACK” and press the
audio control dial to return to the
“PAIR DELETE” display.
8. “PAIR DELETED” is displayed for
three seconds after the deletion is
completed, and then it returns to the
normal display.
NOTE
If an error occurs while trying to
delete the paired device, “Err” flashes
in the display for three seconds and the
display returns to “LINK DELETE”.
▼Bluetooth
®
audio device information
display
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
pair device information display mode
“DEVICE INFO” in the “BT SETUP”
mode. (Refer to “Bluetooth® audio
device set-up” for details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
3. The name of the Bluetooth® unit
device is displayed.
4. Rotate the audio control dial to select
the information for the Bluetooth® unit
which you would like to view.
Device name
BT address
NOTE
When “GO BACK” is selected and the
audio control dial is pressed, the
display returns to “DEVICE INFO”.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-44
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Available Language
The available languages are English,
Spanish, and Canadian French. If the
language setting is changed, all of the
voice guidance and voice input commands
are done in the selected language.
NOTE
•
If the language setting is changed,
device registration is maintained.
•
Phonebook records are not cleared, but
each language has a separate
phonebook. Therefore, entries created in
one language will need to be re-entered
in the phonebook of the new language.
•
Do these steps before you start driving.
These less used functions are too
distracting to undertake while driving
until you are fully familiar with the
system.
(Method 1)
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Language”
5. Prompt: “Select a language: English,
French, or Spanish.”
6. Say: [Beep] “French” (Speak the
desired language:“English”, “French”
or “Spanish”)
NOTE
Other language settings can also be
made while in the current setting by
saying the name of the language in the
native pronunciation.
7. Prompt: “French (Desired language)
selected. Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “French (Desired language)
selected” (Spoken in the newly
selected language).
(Method 2)
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “French” (Say the desired
language: “English”, “French” or
“Spanish”). (Change the desired
language by saying the language
name.)
NOTE
Other language settings can also be
made while in the current setting by
saying the name of the language in the
native pronunciation.
3. Prompt: “Would you like to change
the language to French (Desired
language)?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
5. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching to
French phonebook. French selected”
(Spoken in the newly selected
language).
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-45
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Security Setting
If a passcode is set, the system cannot be
activated unless the passcode is input.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
Passcode setting
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”
5. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled. Would
you like to enable it?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit
passcode. Remember this passcode. It
will be required to use this system.”
8. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say a desired
4-digit passcode, “PCode”.)
9. Prompt:“Passcode XXXX (Passcode,
PCode). Is this correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled.”
Using Bluetooth® Hands-Free with a
passcode
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Prompt: “Hands-Free system is
locked. State the passcode to
continue.”
3. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say the set
passcode “PCode”.)
4. If the correct passcode is input, voice
guidance “XXXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
device”) (Device tag) is connected” is
announced.
If the passcode is incorrect, voice
guidance “XXXX (4-digit passcode,
Pcode) incorrect passcode, please try
again” is announced.
Canceling the passcode
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”
5. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled. Would
you like to disable it?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt:“Passcode is disabled.”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-46
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Confirmation Prompts
The confirmation prompt confirms the
command content to the user before
advancing to the operation requested by
the user. When this function is turned on,
the system reads out the voice input
command previously received and
confirms whether the command is correct
before advancing to the command
execution.
When the confirmation prompt function is
turned on:
(Ex. “Calling John's device. Is this
correct?”)
When the confirmation prompt function is
turned off:
(Ex. “Calling John's device.”)
NOTE
If the confirmation prompt function is
turned off when making an emergency
call, the system reads out and confirms the
command before executing it.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Confirmation prompts”
5. Prompt: “Confirmation prompts are
on/off. Would you like to turn
confirmation prompts off/on?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Confirmation prompts are
off/on.”
Bluetooth® Audio
Applicable Bluetooth® specification
(Recommended)
Ver. 2 .0
Response profile
•A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) Ver. 1.0
•AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.3
A2DP is a profile which transmits only
audio to the Bluetooth® unit. If your
Bluetooth® audio device corresponds only
to A2DP, but not AVRCP, you cannot
operate it using the control panel of the
vehicle's audio system. In this case, only
the operations on the mobile device are
available the same as when a portable
audio device for a non-compliant
Bluetooth® device is connected to the
AUX terminal.
Function A2DP AV R C P
Ver. 1.0 Ver. 1.3
Playback — X X
Pause — X X
File (Track) up/down — X X
Reverse — — X
Fast-forward — — X
Text display — — X
X: Available
—: Not available
NOTE
•
The battery consumption of Bluetooth®
audio devices increases while
Bluetooth® is connected.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-47
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
If a general mobile phone device is USB
connected during music playback over
the Bluetooth® connection, the
Bluetooth® connection is disconnected.
For this reason, you cannot have music
playback over a Bluetooth® connection
and music playback using a USB
connection at the same time.
•
The system may not operate normally
depending on the Bluetooth® audio
device.
▼Switching to Bluetooth
®
audio mode
To listen to music or voice audio recorded
to a Bluetooth® audio device, switch to the
Bluetooth® audio mode to operate the
audio device using the audio system
control panel. Any Bluetooth® audio
device must be paired to the vehicle's
Bluetooth® unit before it can be used.
Refer to Bluetooth® Preparation (Type A)
on page 5-35.
1. Turn on the Bluetooth® audio device's
power.
2. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
Make sure that the “ ” symbol is
displayed in the audio display. The
symbol is not displayed if an un-paired
Bluetooth® audio device is being used
or the vehicle's Bluetooth® unit has a
malfunction.
NOTE
Some Bluetooth® audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the “ ”
symbol is displayed.
3. Press the media button ( ) to
switch to the Bluetooth® audio mode
and start playback.
If the current device version is lower
than AVRCP Ver. 1.3: “BT Audio” is
displayed.
If the current device is AVRCP Ver. 1.3:
The playback time is displayed.
NOTE
•
If the Bluetooth® audio device does not
begin playback, press the Play/Pause
button (4).
•
If a call is received on a hands-free
mobile phone during playback from the
Bluetooth® audio device, the playback is
stopped. Playback from the Bluetooth®
audio device resumes after the call ends.
▼Playback
1. To listen to a Bluetooth® audio device
over the vehicle's speaker system,
switch the mode to Bluetooth® audio
mode. (Refer to “Switching to
Bluetooth® audio mode”)
2. To stop playback, press the Play/Pause
button (4).
3. Press the button again to resume
playback.
Selecting a file (track)
Selects the next file (track)
Short-press the track up button ( ).
Selects the beginning of the current file
(track)
Short-press the track down button ( ).
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-48
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Fast-forward/Reverse (AVRCP Ver. 1.3)
Fast-forward
Press and hold the fast-forward button
().
Reverse
Press and hold the reverse down button
().
▼Switching the display (only AVRCP
Ver. 1.3)
The information displayed on the audio
display changes as follows each time the
text button (3) is pressed during playback.
Button Information displayed
on audio display
Elapsed time
Album name
Song name
Artist name
NOTE
•
If title information is not available, “NO
TITLE” is displayed.
•
This unit cannot display some
characters. Characters which cannot be
displayed are indicated by an asterisk
().
Display scroll
Only 13 characters can be displayed at one
time. To display the rest of the characters
of a long title, press and hold the text
button (3). The display scrolls the next 13
characters. Press and hold the text button
(3) again after the last 13 characters have
been displayed to return to the beginning
of the title.
▼Bluetooth
®
audio device information
display
If a Bluetooth® audio device is connected,
the following information is displayed in
the audio display.
Category AV R C P Ve r.
lower than 1.3
AV R C P
Ver. 1.3
Device name X X
Title — X
Artist name — X
Album name — X
File number — X
Playback time — X
Folder number — —
X: Available
—: Not available
NOTE
Some information may not display
depending on the device, and if the
information cannot be displayed, “NO
TITLE” is indicated.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-49
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Bluetooth® Hands-Free
▼Making a Call
Phonebook Usage
Telephone calls can be made by saying the
name of a person (voice tag) whose phone
number has been registered in Bluetooth®
Hands-Free in advance. Refer to
Phonebook registration.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Call”
3. Prompt: “Name please.”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag registered in
the phonebook.)
5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “at
home”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag
and phone number location registered
in phonebook).
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
NOTE
The “Call” command and the voice tag
can be combined.
Ex. In Step 2, say, “Call John's phone”,
then, Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.
Phonebook registration
Phone numbers can be registered to the
Bluetooth® Hands-Free phonebook.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”
5. Prompt: “Name please.”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag for the name
registered.)
7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.
“Mary's phone”) (Registered voice
tag). Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, or
Other?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home” ,
“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Other”, for the
desired location to be registered.)
11. Prompt: “Mobile (Location to be
registered). Is this correct?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
13. Prompt: “Number, please.”
14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX”
(Say the phone number to be
registered.)
15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Phone
number registration). After the beep,
continue to add numbers, or say
Go-Back to re-enter the last entered
numbers, or press the Pick-Up button
to save the number.”
16. (Registration)
Press the pick-up button or say
“Enter”, then go to Step 17.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 15.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-50
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed.”. Then go back to
Step 13.
17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would you
like to add another number for this
entry?”
18. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.
19. If “Yes”, an additional phone number
registration can be made for the same
entry.
If “No”, the system returns to standby
status.
(Import contact)
Phonebook data from your device (Mobile
phone) can be sent and registered to your
Bluetooth® Hands-Free phonebook using
Bluetooth®.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Import contact”
5. Prompt: “The hands free System is
ready to receive a contact from a
phone. Only a home, a work, and a
mobile number can be imported, This
process requires operation of a mobile
phone. refer to the phone's manual for
more information”
6. Device (Mobile phone) operation:
Select one entry from the phonebook
and send it using Bluetooth®.
7. Prompt: “X (Number of locations
which include data) numbers have
been imported. What name would you
like to use for these numbers?”
8. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag for the name
registered.)
9. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.
“Mary's phone”) (Voice tag). Is this
correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “Number saved. Would you
like to import another contact?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
13. If “Yes”, the procedure proceeds to
Step 5.
If “No”, the system returns to standby
status.
Editing phonebook
The data registered to the Bluetooth®
Hands-Free phonebook can be edited.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Edit”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
entry you would like to edit or say,
“List names”.”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say the voice tag for the
registered name to be edited in the
phonebook.)
7. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, or
Other?”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-51
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
8. Say: [Beep] “Home” (Say the
registered location to be edited:
“Home”, “Work”, “Mobile”, or
“Other”.)
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”) (Registered voice tag) XXXX
(Ex. “Home”) (Registered location). Is
this correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “The current number is
XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex. “555-1234”)
(Currently registered number). New
number, please.”
NOTE
If there was no previous phone number
registered to a location (Ex. “Work”),
the prompt will only read out
“Number, please”
12. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.
“555-5678”)” (Say the new phone
number to be registered.)
13. Prompt: “XXXXXXXX (Telephone
number) After the beep, continue to
add numbers, or say Go-Back to
re-enter the last entered numbers, or
press the Pick-Up button to save the
number.”
14. (Number Change)
Press the pick-up button, then go to
Step 15.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 13.
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed. Number, please.”.
Then go back to Step 12.
15. Prompt: “Number changed.”
Phonebook data deletion
(Erasing individual phonebook data)
Individual data registered to the
Bluetooth® Hands-Free phonebook can be
cleared.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Delete”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
entry you would like to delete or say,
“List names”. ”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”) ” (Say the registered voice tag
to be deleted from the phonebook.)
7. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) (Registered voice tag)
Home (Registered location). Is this
correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”) (Registered voice tag) Home
(Registered location) deleted.”
(Complete deletion of the phonebook
data)
All data registered to the Bluetooth®
Hands-Free phonebook can be erased.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-52
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Erase all”
5. Prompt: “Are you sure you want to
erase everything from your Hands Free
system phonebook?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “You are about to delete
everything from your Hands Free
system phonebook. Do you want to
continue?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Please wait, erasing the
Hands Free system phonebook.”
10. Prompt: “Hands-Free system
phonebook erased.”
Read-out of names registered to the
Bluetooth® Hands-Free phonebook
Bluetooth® Hands-Free can read out the
list of names registered to its phonebook.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “List names”
5. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,
XXXXX... (Ex. “John's phone”,
Mary's phone, Bill's phone)” (Voice
guidance reads out the voice tags
registered to the phonebook.)
Press the talk button with a short press
during the read-out at the desired
name, and then say one of the
following voice commands to execute
it.
•“Continue”: Continues the list
readout.
•“Call”: Calls the registered
phonebook data when the talk button
is short-pressed.
•“Edit”: Edits the registered
phonebook data when the talk button
is short-pressed.
•“Delete”: Deletes the registered
phonebook data when the talk button
is short-pressed.
•“Previous”: Returns to the previous
phonebook data in read-out when the
talk button is short-pressed.
6. Prompt: “End of list, would you like
to start from the beginning?”
7. Say: [Beep] “No”
8. The procedure returns to Step 3.
Redial Function
Redialing the number of the person
previously dialed using the phone is
possible.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”
3. Prompt: “Dialing”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-53
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Telephone Number Input
NOTE
Practice this while parked until you are
confident you can do it while driving in a
non-taxing road situation. If you are not
completely comfortable, make all calls
from a safe parking position, and only
start driving when you can devote your
full attention to driving.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”
3. Prompt: “Number, please”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Telephone number)”
5. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX.
(Telephone number) After the beep,
continue to add numbers, or say
Go-Back to re-enter the last entered
numbers, or press the Pick-Up button
to execute dialing.”
6. (Dialing)
Press the pick-up button or say “Dial”,
then go to Step 7.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 5.
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed.”. Then go back to
Step 3.
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
NOTE
The “Dial” command and a telephone
number can be combined.
Ex. In Step 2, say, “Dial 123-4567” then,
Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.
Emergency calls
A call can be made to the emergency
phone number (911) using the voice input
command.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Emergency”
3. Prompt: “Dialing “911”, is this
correct?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
5. Prompt: “Dialing”
▼Receiving an Incoming Call
1. Prompt: “Incoming call, press the
pick-up button to answer”
2. To accept the call, press the pick-up
button.
To reject the call, press the hang-up
button.
▼Hanging Up a Call
Press the hang-up button during the call. A
beep sound will confirm that call is ended.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-54
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Mute
The microphone can be muted during a
call.
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Mute”
3. Prompt:“Microphone muted”
Canceling mute
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Mute off”
3. Prompt:“Microphone unmuted”
▼Transferring a Call from
Hands-Free to a Device (Mobile
Phone)
Communication between the hands-free
unit and a device (Mobile phone) is
canceled, and the line can be switched to a
standard call using a device (Mobile
phone).
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”
3. Prompt:“Transferred call to phone”
▼Transferring a Call from a Device
(Mobile Phone) to Hands-Free
Communication between devices (Mobile
phone) can be switched to Bluetooth®
Hands-Free.
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”
3. Prompt:“Transferred call to Hands
Free system”
▼Call interrupt
A call can be interrupted to receive an
incoming call from a third party.
Switch to a new incoming call using the
following methods.
(Method 1)
1. Press the pick-up button.
2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”
(Method 2)
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Swap calls”
3. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”
NOTE
•
To refuse an incoming call, press the
hang-up button.
•
After receiving a new incoming call, the
previous call is placed on hold.
Switching calls
Switching back to the previous call can
also be done.
Method 1
1. Press the pick-up button.
2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”
Method 2
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Swap calls”
3. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”
Three-way call function
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Join calls”
3. Prompt: “Joining calls”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-55
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Making a call using a telephone number
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”
3. Prompt: “Number, please”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Telephone number)”
5. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX.
(Telephone number) After the beep,
continue to add numbers, or say
Go-Back to re-enter the last entered
numbers, or press the Pick-Up button
to execute dialing.”
6. (Dialing)
Press the pick-up button or say “Dial”,
then go to Step 7.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 5.
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed.”. Then go back to
Step 3.
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
Making calls using the phonebook
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Call”
3. Prompt: “Name please.”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag registered in
the phonebook.)
5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “at
home”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag
and phone number location registered
in phonebook).
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
Redialing function
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”
3. Prompt: “Dialing”
Ending the current call
Press the hang-up button during the call.
▼DTMF (Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
Signal) Transmission
This function is used when transmitting
DTMF via the user's voice. The receiver of
a DTMF transmission is generally a home
telephone answering machine or a
company's automated guidance call center
(When you send tone signals back
according to the voice guidance
recording).
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “XXXX... send” (Say
DTMF code)
3. Prompt:“Sending XXXX... (DTMF
code)”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-56
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Voice Recognition
In this section, the basic operation of the
voice recognition is explained.
Activating Voice Recognition
To Activate the Main Menu: Press the
pick-up button or talk button with a short
press.
Ending Voice Recognition
Use one of the following methods:
•Press and hold the talk-button.
•Press the hang-up button.
Skipping Voice Guidance (for faster
operation)
Press and release the talk-button.
NOTE
•
The Bluetooth® Hands-Free system is
operable several seconds after the
ignition is switched to ACC or ON
(requires less than 15 seconds).
•
When operating the audio unit or the
A/C while using Bluetooth®
Hands-Free, the beep sounds or voice
guidance (audio unit)/cannot be heard.
Tuto ri al
The tutorial explains how to use
Bluetooth® Hands-Free.
To activate the tutorial, do the following:
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Tutorial”
3. Follow the prompts to receive the
appropriate voice guidance
instructions.
Commands useable anytime during
voice recognition
“Help” or “Go Back” are commands
which can be used at anytime during voice
recognition.
Help function use
The help function informs the user of all
the available voice commands under the
current conditions.
1. Say: [Beep] “Help”
2. Follow the prompts to receive the
appropriate voice guidance
instructions.
Returning to previous operation
This command is for returning to the
previous operation while in the voice
recognition mode.
Say: [Beep] “Go Back”
To prevent a deterioration in the voice
recognition rate and voice quality, the
following points should be observed:
•The voice recognition cannot be
performed while voice guidance or the
beep sound is operating. Wait until
the voice guidance or the beep sound
is finished before saying your
commands.
•Dialects or different wording other than
hands-free prompts cannot be
recognized by voice recognition. Speak
in the wording specified by the voice
commands.
•It is not necessary to face the
microphone or approach it. Speak the
voice commands while maintaining a
safe driving position.
•Do not speak too slow or too loud.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-57
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•Speak clearly, without pausing between
words or numbers.
•Close the windows to reduce loud noises
from outside the vehicle, or turn down
the airflow of the climate control system
while Bluetooth® Hands-Free is being
used.
•Make sure the vents are not directing air
up towards the microphone.
NOTE
If the voice recognition performance is not
satisfactory.
Refer to Voice Recognition Learning
Function (Speaker Enrollment) (Type A)
on page 5-58.
Refer to Troubleshooting on page 5-61.
Voice Recognition
Learning Function
(Speaker Enrollment)
The voice recognition learning function
enables voice recognition appropriate to
the characteristics of the user's voice. If
the recognition of the voice input
commands to the system is not adequate,
this function can largely improve the
system's voice recognition of the user. If
your voice can be recognized sufficiently
without using this function, you may not
realize the added benefit of the function.
To register your voice, the voice input
command list must be read out. Read out
the list when the vehicle is parked.
Perform the registration in as quiet a place
as possible (page 5-57). The registration
must be performed completely. The
required time is a few minutes. The user
needs to be seated in the driver's seat with
the voice input command list for voice
recognition learning visible.
▼When voice recognition learning is
done for the first time
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”
3. Prompt: “This operation must be
performed in a quiet environment
while the vehicle is stopped. See the
owner's manual for the list of required
training phrases. Press and release the
talk button when you are ready to
begin. Press the hang-up button to
cancel at any time.”
4. Press the talk button with a short press.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-58
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
5. The voice guidance reads out the voice
input command number (refer to the
voice input command list for voice
recognition learning). (Ex. “Please
read phrase 1”)
6. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say the
voice input command for voice
recognition learning (1 to 8) according
to the voice guidance.)
7. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment is
complete.”
NOTE
If an error occurred in the voice
recognition learning, re-learning can be
done by pressing the talk button with a
short press.
▼Voice recognition re-learning
If voice recognition learning has already
been done.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”
3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/
disabled. Would you like to disable/
enable or retrain?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Retrain”
5. Prompt: “This operation must be
performed in a quiet environment
while the vehicle is stopped. See the
owner's manual for the list of required
training phrases. Press and release the
talk button when you are ready to
begin. Press the hang-up button to
cancel at any time.”
6. Press the talk button with a short press.
7. The voice guidance reads out the voice
input command number (refer to the
voice input command list for voice
recognition learning). (Ex. “Please
read phrase 1”)
8. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say the
voice input command for voice
recognition learning (1 to 8) according
to the voice guidance.)
9. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment is
complete.”
NOTE
If an error occurred in the voice
recognition learning, re-learning can be
done by pressing the talk button with a
short press.
Voice input command list for voice
recognition learning
When reading out, the following points
must be observed:
•Read out the numbers one at a time
correctly and naturally.
(For example, “1234” must be read out
“one, two, three, four” not “twelve,
thirty four”.)
•Do not read out parentheses. “(” and
hyphens “-” are used for separating
numbers in a phone number.
Ex.
“(888) 555-1212” must be spoken “Eight,
eight, eight, five, five, five, one, two, one,
two.”
Phrase Command
1 0123456789
2 (888) 555-1212
3Call
4Dial
5Setup
6Cancel
7 Continue
8Help
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-59
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
The applicable phrase appears in the
audio display.
•
After user voice registration is
completed, voice guidance “Speaker
enrollment is complete” is announced.
Voice recognition learning on/off
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”
3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/
disabled. Would you like to disable/
enable or retrain?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Disable” or “Enable”
5. When “Disable” is spoken, the voice
recognition learning is turned off.
When “Enable” is spoken, the voice
recognition learning is turned on.
6. Prompt: “Speaker Enrollment is
disabled/enabled.”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-60
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Troubleshooting
Mazda Bluetooth® Hands-Free Customer Service
If you have any problems with Bluetooth®, contact our toll-free customer service center.
•U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdausa.com/mazdaconnect
•Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Bluetooth® Device pairing, connection problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
Unable to perform pairing ―
First make sure the device is com-
patible with the Bluetooth
®
unit,
and then check whether the Blue-
tooth
®
function and the Find Mode/
Visible setting
*1
on the device are
turned on. If pairing is still not pos-
sible after this, contact an Author-
ized Mazda Dealer or Mazda Blue-
tooth
®
Hands-Free Customer Serv-
ice.
Pairing cannot be performed again
The pairing information paired to
the Bluetooth
®
unit or device is not
recognized correctly.
Perform pairing using the following
procedure.
•
Clear “Mazda” stored in the de-
vice.
•
Perform pairing again.
Unable to perform pairing The Bluetooth
®
function and the
Find Mode/Visible setting
*1
on the
device may turn off automatically
after a period of time has elapsed
depending on the device.
Check whether the Bluetooth
®
func-
tion and the Find Mode/Visible set-
ting
*1
on the device are turned on
and pairing or reconnect.
Does not connect automatically
when starting the engine
Automatically connects, but then
disconnects suddenly
Disconnects intermittently
The device is in a location in which
radio wave interference can occur
easily, such as inside a bag in a rear
seat, in a rear pocket of a pair of
pants.
Move the device to a location in
which radio wave interference is
less likely to occur.
Does not connect automatically
when starting the engine
The pairing information is updated
when the device OS is updated. Perform pairing again.
*1 Setting which detects the existence of a device external to the Bluetooth® unit.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-61
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
When the OS of the device is updated, the pairing information may be deleted. If this
happens, reprogram the pairing information to the Bluetooth® unit.
•
If you pair your phone which has already been paired to your vehicle more than once in
the past, you need to delete “Mazda” on your mobile device. Then, execute the
Bluetooth® search on your mobile device once again, and pair to a newly detected
“Mazda”.
•
Before you pair your device, make sure that Bluetooth® is “ON”, both on your phone and
on the vehicle.
•
If Bluetooth®-enabled devices are used in the following locations or conditions,
connection via Bluetooth® may not be possible.
•
The device is in a location hidden from the unit such as behind or under a seat, or
inside the glove compartment.
•
The device contacts or is covered by a metal object or body.
•
The device is set to power-saving mode.
•
Different Bluetooth®-enabled devices can be used for Bluetooth® Hands-Free and
Bluetooth® audio. For example, device A can be connected as a Bluetooth® Hands-Free
device and device B can be connected as a Bluetooth® audio device. However, the
following may occur when they are used at the same time.
•
The Bluetooth® connection of the device is disconnected.
•
Noise occurs in the Hands-Free audio.
•
Hands-Free operates slowly.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-62
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Voice recognition related problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
Poor voice recognition
•
Excessive, slow speech.
•
Excessive, forceful speech (shout-
ing).
•
Speaking before the beep sound
has ended.
•
Loud noise (speaking or noise from
outside/inside vehicle).
•
Airflow from A/C is blowing
against the microphone.
•
Speaking in off-standard expres-
sions (dialect).
Regarding the causes indicated on
the left, be careful with how you
speak. In addition, when numbers
are spoken in a sequence, recogni-
tion ability will improve if no stop is
placed between the numbers.
False recognition of numbers
Poor voice recognition There is a malfunction in the micro-
phone.
A poor connection or malfunction
with the microphone may have oc-
curred. Consult an Authorized Maz-
da Dealer.
Phone-related voice recognition is
disabled
There is a problem with the connec-
tion between the Bluetooth
®
unit
and the device.
If there is any malfunction after
checking the pairing situation, check
for device pairing or connection
problems.
Names in the phonebook are not
easily recognized
The Bluetooth
®
system is under a
condition in which recognition is
difficult.
By carrying out the following meas-
ures, the rate of recognition will im-
prove.
•
Clear memory from the phonebook
which is not used very often.
•
Avoid shortened names, use full
names. (Recognition improves the
longer the name is. By not using
names such as “Mom”, “Dad”, rec-
ognition will improve.)
When operating the audio, a song
name is not recognized
Song names cannot be recognized
by voice. ―
You want to skip guidance ―
Guidance can be skipped by quickly
pressing and releasing the Talk but-
ton.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-63
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Regarding problems with calls
Symptom Cause Solution method
When starting a call, vehicle noise
from the other party can be heard
For about three seconds after start-
ing a call, the Bluetooth
®
unit's
Noise Suppression function requires
time to adapt to the call environ-
ment.
This does not indicate a problem
with the device.
The other party cannot be heard or
the speaker's voice is quiet The volume is set at zero or low. Increase the volume.
Other problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
The indication for the remaining
battery is different between the ve-
hicle and the device
The indication method is different
between the vehicle and the device. ―
When a call is made from the vehi-
cle, the telephone number is updated
in the incoming/outgoing call record
but the name does not appear
The number has not been registered
into the phonebook.
If the number has been registered
into the phonebook, the incoming/
outgoing call record is updated by
the name in the phonebook when
the engine is restarted.
The cell phone does not synchronize
with the vehicle regarding the in-
coming/outgoing call record
Some types of cell phones do not
synchronize automatically.
Operate the cell phone for synchro-
nization.
It takes a long time to complete the
function for changing the language
A maximum of 60 seconds is re-
quired. ―
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-64
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Basic Operation Method
NOTE
•
The explanation of functions described in this manual may differ from the actual
operation, and the shapes of screens and buttons and the letters and characters displayed
may also differ from the actual appearance.
Additionally, depending on future software updates, the content may successively change
without notice.
•
For additional information regarding Mazda Connect, please refer to the following
Website.
http://infotainment.mazdahandsfree.com/
Audio Set (Type B) has three different human interfaces.
•Commander switch
•Touch panel
•Voice recognition with steering switch and microphone
Refer to Voice Recognition on page 5-112.
▼Commander switch operation
NOTE
For safety reasons, some operations are disabled while the vehicle is being driven.
Volume dial operation
Volume dial
Press the volume dial to switch the audio MUTE on and off.
Turn the volume dial to adjust the volume. The volume increases by turning the dial
clockwise, and decreases by turning it counterclockwise.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-65
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Switches around commander knob
The following operations can be done by pressing the switches around the commander
knob.
: Displays the home screen.
: Displays the Entertainment screen.
: Displays the Navigation screen (Only navigation-equipped vehicles). For operation
of the Navigation screen, refer to the navigation system manual. If the SD card for the
navigation system is not inserted, the compass indicating the direction in which the vehicle
is moving is displayed.
: Displays the Favorites screen. Long-press to store particular items in Favorites. (Radio,
phonebook and destination of the navigation system can be programmed.)
: Returns to previous screen.
Commander knob operation
(Selection of icons on screen)
1. Tilt or turn the commander knob and move the cursor to the desired icon.
2. Press the commander knob and select the icon.
NOTE
Long-press operation of the commander knob is also possible for some functions.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-66
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Touch panel operation
CAUTION
Do not press the screen strongly or press it with a sharp-pointed object. Otherwise, the screen
could be damaged.
NOTE
For safety reasons, operation of the center display is disabled while the vehicle is being
driven. However, items not displayed in gray can be operated using the commander switch
while the vehicle is being driven.
Touch & Tap
1. Touch or tap on the item indicated on the screen.
2. The operation is launched and the next item is displayed.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-67
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Slide (USB audio only)
1. Touch the setting item displaying a slider bar.
2. Touch the slider with your finger and move to the desired level.
Swipe
1. Touch the screen with your finger and move up or down.
2. Items which were not displayed can be displayed.
Return to previous screen
1. Touch the .
Displaying the home screen
1. Touch the .
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-68
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Home screen
Icon Function
Applications
Information such as average fuel economy, maintenance, and warnings can be verified.
Depending on the grade and specification, the screen display may differ.
Entertainment
Operates audio such as the radio. The audio source most recently used is displayed. An
audio source which cannot be used at that time is skipped and the previous audio source is
displayed.
To change the audio source, select the icon displayed at the bottom of the screen.
Communication
Bluetooth
®
related functions are available.
Navigation
Navigation screen is displayed (vehicles with navigation system).
If the SD card for the navigation system is not inserted, the compass indicating the direc-
tion in which the vehicle is moving is displayed.
The compass may not indicate the correct bearing when the vehicle is stopped or traveling
at a slow speed.
Settings
Overall setting menu (Such as display, sound, Bluetooth
®
and Language).
Depending on the grade and specification, the screen display may differ.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-69
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Volume/Display/Sound Controls
Commander switch Audio control switch
Volume switch
Volume dial
▼Volume adjustment
Turn the commander switch volume dial.
The volume switch on the steering switch
can also be pressed.
NOTE
Press the volume dial to switch the audio
MUTE on and off.
▼Display setting
Select the icon on the home screen to
display the Settings screen.
Select the tab to select the item you
would like to change.
Display OFF/Clock
The center display can be turned off.
Select to turn the display off.
When is
selected the center display turns off and
the clock is displayed.
The center display can be turned back on
as follows:
•Touch the center display.
•Operate the commander switch.
Daytime/nighttime (System) screen
setting
The daytime or nighttime screen can be
selected.
:
(With auto-light control)
Switches screen automatically according
to parking lights illumination condition.
However, when the light sensor detects
that the surrounding area is bright such as
when the parking lights are turned on in
the daytime, the screen is switched to the
daytime screen*1
(Without auto-light control)
Switches screen automatically according
to parking lights illumination condition.*1
: Daytime screen setting
: Nighttime screen setting
*1 The display is constantly on daytime
screen when the illumination dimmer
is cancelled.
Brightness adjustment
Adjust the center display brightness using
the slider.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-70
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Contrast adjustment
Adjust the center display contrast using
the slider.
Display setting reset
All of the screen setting values can be
reset to their initial settings.
1. Select .
2. Select .
▼Audio sound adjustment
Select the icon on the home screen to
display the Settings screen.
Select the tab to select the item you
would like to change.
Indication Setting value
Bass
(Low pitch sound)
Side: Low pitch en-
hancement
Side: Low pitch re-
duction
Treble
(Treble sound)
Side: Treble enhance-
ment
Side: Treble reduction
Fade
(Front/Rear volume bal-
ance)
Front: Front speaker vol-
ume enhancement
Rear: Rear speaker vol-
ume enhancement
Balance
(Left/right volume bal-
ance)
Right: Right speaker
volume enhancement
Left: Left speaker vol-
ume enhancement
ALC
*1
(Automatic volume ad-
justment)
Off―Adjustment at sev-
en levels
Bose
®
Centerpoint
*2
(Automatic surround
level adjustment)
On/Off
Bose
®
AudioPilot
*2
(Automatic volume ad-
justment)
On/Off
Beep
(Audio operation sound) On/Off
*1 Standard audio
*2Bose
® sound system
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-71
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
ALC (Automatic volume adjustment)
The automatic level control (ALC) is a
feature that automatically adjusts audio
volume and sound quality according to the
vehicle speed. The volume increases in
accordance with the increase in vehicle
speed, and decreases as vehicle speed
decreases.
Bose® Centerpoint (Automatic
surround level adjustment)
Centerpoint®*3 lets vehicle owners enjoy a
Bose® surround sound experience from
their existing MP3s and satellite radio.
Specifically engineered to meet the unique
demands of reproducing surround sound in
a vehicle.
Converts stereo signals to multiple
channels allowing greater precision when
reproducing the sound.
An enhanced algorithm to simultaneously
create a wider, more spacious sound field.
*3 Centerpoint® is a registered trademark
of Bose Corporation.
Bose® AudioPilot (Automatic volume
adjustment)
When driving, background noise can
interfere with enjoying music.
AudioPilot®*4 noise compensation
technology continuously adjusts the music
to compensate for background noise and
vehicle speed.
It reacts only to sustained noise sources
and not intermittent ones, such as speed
bumps.
An enhanced DSP algorithm allows faster
and more effective compensation for
unusual situations, such as driving on a
very rough road or at high speeds.
*4 AudioPilot® is a registered trademark
of Bose Corporation.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-72
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Operating the Radio
▼Radio ON
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen. When selecting
the desired radio, the following icons are indicated in the lower part of the center display.
AM/FM Radio
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Displays the station list.
Select to display the frequencies of up to ten radio stations on the auto
memory preset list.
Select the desired frequency.
Displays the Favorites list. Long-press to store radio station currently being aired.
Switches the on and off. Displays the multi-cast channel list of the
.
You can search for receivable radio stations.
Scanning stops at each station for about five seconds.
Select again to continue receiving the radio station.
You can change the radio frequency manually.
Rotate the commander knob, slide the screen, or touch the radio frequency.
Press or to change the radio frequency one step at a time.
When or is long-pressed, the radio frequency changes continually. It stops when you
remove your hand from the icon or the commander knob.
Launches the iTunes Tagging function (for Apple devices with USB use only). Can be
used when the is on.
Automatic radio station selection.
When long-pressed, the radio frequency changes continually. It stops when you remove
your hand from the icon or the commander knob.
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-70.
▼Favorites Radio
Selected stations can be registered for
convenient operation. Up to 50 stations
can be registered. The Favorites list is
common to AM, FM, and satellite radio.
Registering to Favorites
Long-press the icon to register the
current radio station. The registration can
also be performed using the following
procedure.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-73
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
1. Select the icon to display the
Favorites list.
2. Select .
3. Select .
4. The station is added to the bottom of
the Favorites list.
NOTE
If the battery is disconnected, your
Favorites list will not be deleted.
Selecting radio station from Favorites
1. Select the icon to display the
Favorites list.
2. Select the radio frequency to tune in
the radio station.
Deleting from Favorites
1. Select the icon to display the
Favorites list.
2. Select .
3. Select .
4. Select the radio frequency you want to
delete.
5. Select .
Changing Favorites list order
1. Select the icon to display the
Favorites list.
2. Select .
3. Select .
4. Select a radio frequency. The selected
radio station can be moved.
5. Slide the radio station or move it using
the commander switch, then select .
▼Radio Broadcast Data System
(RBDS)
Radio text information display
Radio text information sent from a
broadcasting station is displayed in the
center display.
NOTE
Radio text information is a function of FM
radio only. There is no text function on AM
radio. Text information is not displayed in
the following:
•
During reception
•
Not an RBDS broadcast
•
RBDS broadcast, but radio text is not
transmitted from the radio station
Genre Seek
Some FM stations transmit Genre codes
(Program type like Rock, News, and so
on). This code enables alternative stations
transmitting the same Genre code to be
found quickly.
(To scan for Genre Seek:)
1. Select the icon while in the FM
mode.
2. Select to open the genre list.
3. Select the genre type you want to
select.
4. Select the , icon.
NOTE
To change the desired genre, select the
icon.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-74
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Ex.)
89.3 is currently being received. With
Rock selected as the Genre, the radio
stations broadcasting Rock are at the
following frequencies.
98.3*1, 98.7, 104.3*1, 107.1
*1 Radio stations with good reception
The frequency changes as follows each
time is pressed.
89.3→98.3→104.3→98.3
NOTE
•
Only one Genre can be selected.
•
It may not be possible to receive any
station even if the Genre Seek function is
used.
•
If a program in the selected genre is not
broadcast to a region, reception is not
possible even if the Genre Seek function
is used.
•
The Genre Seek function searches for
genre code (program type) which FM
analog broadcasts transmit.
specialty programs (HD2-HD8) cannot
be searched because they are not FM
analog broadcasts.
•
If radio stations which are selected by
scanning using the Genre Seek function
are broadcasting stations,
they are changed from analog
broadcasts to broadcasts
after a few seconds if the reception
conditions are good. The genre is
displayed after the switch, however, the
genre for FM analog broadcasts may
differ.
▼HD Radio
What is HD Radio™ Technology and
how does it work?
HD Radio™ Technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
radio product has a special receiver which
allows it to receive digital broadcasts
(where available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts it already receives. Digital
broadcasts have better sound quality than
analog broadcasts as digital broadcasts
provide free, crystal clear audio. For more
information, and a guide to available radio
stations and programming, please visit
www.hdradio.com.
Benefits of HD Radio™ Technology
(Information)
The song title, artist name, album name
and genre will appear on the screen when
available by the radio station.
(Multicast)
On the FM radio frequency most digital
stations have “multiple” or supplemental
programs on each FM station.
Listening to HD Radio™ Technology
If icon turns on by selecting a radio
station which is an broadcasting
station, the analog broadcast is switched to
an broadcast automatically after
a few seconds and then received.
If the broadcast is stopped and
changed to an analog broadcast, press
down to turn off .
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-75
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Multicast channel selection (FM)
If multi-cast channels are available for an
broadcast currently being
received, the multi-cast channel list is
displayed. Select the desired radio station.
NOTE
•
If an analog broadcast is received once
and is received while HD1 is
selected, the audio unit switches to the
station automatically.
•
When the icon is illuminated, there
could be a noticeable difference in
sound quality and volume when a
change from digital to analog signals
occurs. If the sound quality and volume
become noticeably diminished or cut off,
select the icon to turn off
( icon is not illuminated).
•
Once an analog broadcast is received
when HD1 is selected from the Favorite
channels, it is switched to
automatically. If the radio reception
conditions are poor, or HD is off,
switching to broadcasts is not
possible.
•
When an HD specialty channel (HD2 to
HD8) is selected from the Favorite
channels, “Signal Lost” is displayed
and no audio is output until
is received. If the radio reception
conditions are poor, “Signal Lost”
continues to be displayed.
•
If the icon is not illuminated,
information such as song titles of the
station are received, however,
the audio output is analog.
iTunes Tagging (for Apple devices with
USB use only)
By tagging a song currently being aired,
the song can later be purchased from the
iTunes Store. One hundred tags can be
stored. A maximum of 100 tags (for 100
songs) can be stored for later
downloading.
1. Select the icon. The tag is stored in
the audio unit.
2. Connect the device via the vehicle's
USB. Any stored tag(s) will be sent
automatically to the connected device.
3. Once at home or after parking the
vehicle safely, log onto the iTunes
Store with your device. Your
previously tagged song(s) can now be
easily purchased.
NOTE
•
Both AM and FM can be
used.
•
Because iTunes tagging only supports
purchases from the iTunes Store, direct
downloading of music from the vehicle's
audio unit is not possible.
•
If the available memory for the
connected device is insufficient, the tag
is not sent.
•
If an error occurs while the tag is being
sent, reconnect the device.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-76
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Operating the Satellite
Radio*
▼What is satellite radio?
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio
SiriusXM satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming.
Your new Mazda vehicle is
factory-installed with SiriusXM satellite
radio hardware and includes a limited trial
subscription term that begins on the date
of sale or lease of your vehicle. See an
authorized dealer for availability.
The satellite radio service should be active
in your vehicle, if you cannot hear
SiriusXM audio, please activate online by
visiting siriusxm.com/refresh or by calling
SiriusXM Listener Care at
1-877-447-0011 (U.S.A.)/1-888-539-7474
Customer Care (Canada). You can find the
radio ID by turning to Channel 0 or
visiting siriusxm.com/activationhelp
(U.S.A), and siriusxm.ca/subscribe-now/
(Canada).
For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
list of SiriusXM satellite radio channels,
and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com (U.S.A), and
www.siriusxm.ca (Canada), or call
SiriusXM at 1-877-447-0011 (U.S.A.)/
1-888-539-7474 (Canada).
NOTE
This feature may not be available in all
markets and requires an active
subscription. SiriusXM reserves the
unrestricted right to change, rearrange,
add or delete programming. This includes
canceling, moving or adding particular
channels, and its prices, at any time, with
or without notice to you. Mazda shall not
be responsible for any such programming
changes.
▼Displaying the Radio ID (ESN)
When channel 0 is selected, the radio ID is
displayed. Use the PREVIOUS or NEXT
channel buttons to select channel 0.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
*Some models.
5-77
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼SiriusXM operation
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen. When is
selected, the following icons are indicated in the bottom part of the center display.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Displays the channel list of the current category.
Displays the favorites list. Long-press to store the channel currently being aired.
Refer to Operating the Radio on page 5-73.
Indicates that the parental lock function is in use.
Switching of Lock/Unlock and PIN code setting changes can be performed.
Plays each channel in the current channel list for 5 seconds.
Select again to continue receiving the channel.
Plays the previous channel.
Plays the next channel.
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-70.
Selection from channel list
Receivable channels can be displayed on
the channel list screen. You can easily
select the channel you want to listen from
the list. Each category can be also
displayed.
1. Select the icon to display the
channel list.
2. Select a desired channel.
(Select from category list)
1. Select the icon to display the
channel list.
2. Select to display the category
list.
3. Select a desired category.
▼Parental lock
If a channel is locked, the channel is
muted.
To use the parental lock function, the PIN
code must be initialized first.
By using the session lock, the parental
lock can be enabled or disabled during the
current drive cycle (from when the
ignition is switched on to switched off).
When the session lock is on, the parental
lock is available. When the session lock is
off, the parental lock is temporarily
cancelled.
When canceling the parental lock or
session lock, or when changing the PIN
code, PIN code input is required.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-78
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
PIN code reset
If the registered code has been forgotten,
reset the code to the default [0000] code.
1. Select the icon.
2. If the selected channel is locked, input
the PIN code to cancel the parental
lock temporarily.
3. Select .
4. Input the default code [0000] using the
number buttons.
5. Select .
6. Input the new PIN code using the
number buttons.
7. Select .
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-79
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
How to use AUX mode
▼Playback
1. Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen.
2. Select to switch to the AUX mode. The following icons are displayed in the lower
part of the center display.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-70.
NOTE
•
If a device is not connected to the auxiliary jack, the mode does not switch to the AUX
mode.
•
Adjust the audio volume using the portable audio device, commander switch, or audio
control switch.
•
Audio adjustments can also be made using the portable audio device's volume setting.
•
If the connection plug is pulled out from the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noise may
occur.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-80
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
How to use USB mode
Type Playable data
USB mode MP3/WMA/AAC/OGG file
This unit does not support a USB 3.0 device. In addition, other devices may not be
supported depending on the model or OS version.
The recommended capacity of the USB memory is 16 GB or less.
USB devices formatted to FAT32 are supported (USB devices formatted to other formats
such as NTFS are not supported).
▼Playback
1. Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen.
2. Select or to switch the USB mode. The following icons are displayed in the
lower part of the center display.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Category list is displayed.
Current track list is displayed.
Select a desired track to play it.
Plays the current track repeatedly.
Select it again to play the tracks in the current track list repeatedly.
When selected again, the function is canceled.
Tracks in the current track list are played randomly.
Select it again to cancel.
Starts playing a track similar to the current track using Gracenote
®
's More Like This™.
Select the desired song from the category list to cancel More Like This™.
If selected within a few seconds from the beginning of a song which has started to play,
the previous song is selected.
If more than a few seconds have elapsed, the song currently being played is replayed from
the beginning.
Long-press to fast reverse. It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the
commander knob.
Track is played. When selected again, playback is temporarily stopped.
Advances to the beginning of the next song.
Long-press to fast forward.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-81
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Icon Function
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-70.
NOTE
•
If a file name in the USB memory is too long, it could cause operation problems such as
not being able to playback the song.
(Recommended: Within 80 characters)
•
The album art may not display depending on the album art size.
•
To move to the desired location on the track, move the slider indicating the playback time.
•
The appearance of the repeat and shuffle icons changes depending on the type of
operation in which the function is used.
Category list
Select the icon to display the following category list.
Select a desired category and item.
Category Function
Playlist
*1
Displays playlists on the device.
Artist Displays the artist name list.
All the tracks or tracks for each album of the selected artist can be played.
Album Displays the album name list.
Song All the tracks in the device are displayed.
Genre Displays the genre list.
All the tracks or tracks per album or artist in the selected genre can be played.
Audiobook
*2
Displays the audiobook list.
Chapters can be selected and played.
Podcast
*2
Displays the podcast list.
Episode can be selected and played.
Folder
*3
Displays the folder/file list.
*1 Playlist folders of Apple devices are not supported.
*2 Apple device only
*3 USB-Sticks and USB-Android™ device only
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-82
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Example of use (to play all tracks in
USB device)
(Method 1)
1. Select to display the category list.
2. Select .
All the tracks in the USB device are
displayed.
3. Select a desired track.
The selected track is played. All the
tracks in the USB device can be played
by continuing playback.
NOTE
Only the tracks in the desired category
selected in Step 2 are played.
(Method 2)*1
1. Select to display the category list.
2. Select .
All the folders in the USB device are
displayed.
3. Select .
All the tracks in the USB device are
displayed.
4. Select a desired track.
The selected track is played. All the
tracks in the USB device can be played
by continuing playback.
*1 Can be operated using an Android™
device or USB flash memory.
NOTE
Only the tracks in the desired folder
selected in Step 3 are played.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-83
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Gracenote
®
Database
When a USB device is connected to this unit and the audio is played, the album name, artist
name, genre and title information are automatically displayed if there is a match in the
vehicle's database compilation to the music being played. The information stored in this
device uses database information in the Gracenote® music recognition service.
CAUTION
For information related to the most recent Gracenote® database which can be used and how
to install it, go to the Mazda Hands Free Website:
http://www.mazdahandsfree.com
Introduction
Gracenote, the Gracenote logo and logotype are either a registered trademark or a trademark
of Gracenote, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
This application or device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California
(“Gracenote”). The software from Gracenote (the “Gracenote Software”) enables this
application to perform disc and/or file identification and obtain music-related information,
including name, artist, track, and title information (“Gracenote Data”) from online servers or
embedded databases (collectively, “Gracenote Servers”) and to perform other functions. You
may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End-User functions of this
application or device.
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers
for your own personal non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or
transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party. YOU AGREE
NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE,
OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your
license terminates, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data, the
Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers, including all ownership rights. Under no
circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that
you provide. You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its rights under this Agreement
against you directly in its own name.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-84
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to count
queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web
page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service.
The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”
Gracenote makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding the
accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves the right
to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that
Gracenote deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote
Servers are error-free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will
be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional
data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue
its services at any time.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT
WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
LOST REVENUES.
© Gracenote, Inc. 2009
Updating the database
The Gracenote® media database can be updated using USB device.
1. Connect a USB device containing the software for updating Gracenote®.
2. Select the icon on the home screen to display the Settings screen.
3. Select the tab and select .
4. Select . The list of the update package stored in the USB device and the version
are displayed.
5. Select the package to use the update.
6. Select .
NOTE
Gracenote® can be downloaded from the Mazda Hands-free Website.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-85
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Bluetooth®
▼Introduction
Bluetooth® Hands-Free outline
When a Bluetooth® device (mobile phone) is connected to the vehicle's Bluetooth® unit via
radio wave transmission, a call can be made or received by pressing the talk button, pick-up
button, or hang-up button on the audio remote control switch, or by operating the center
display. For example, even if a device (mobile phone) is in your coat pocket, a call can be
made without taking the device (mobile phone) out and operating it directly.
Bluetooth® audio outline
When a portable audio unit equipped with the Bluetooth® communication function is paired
to the vehicle, you can listen to music stored on the paired portable audio device from the
vehicle's speakers. It is not necessary to connect the portable audio device to the vehicle's
external input terminal. After programming, operate the vehicle audio control panel to play/
stop the audio.
NOTE
•
For your safety, a device can be paired only when the vehicle is parked. If the vehicle
starts to move, the pairing procedure will end. Park the vehicle in a safe place before
pairing.
•
The communication range of a Bluetooth® equipped device is about 10 meters (32 ft) or
less.
•
Basic audio operation is available using voice commands even if Bluetooth® is not
connected.
•
For safety reasons, operation of the center display is disabled while the vehicle is being
driven. However, items not displayed in gray can be operated using the commander
switch while the vehicle is being driven.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-86
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CAUTION
Some Bluetooth® mobile devices are not compatible with the vehicle. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer, Mazda's call center or Web support center for information regarding
Bluetooth® mobile device compatibility:
U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdausa.com/mazdaconnect
Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Applicable Bluetooth® specification (Recommended)
Ver. 1.1/1.2/2.0 EDR/2.1 EDR/3.0 (conformity)
▼Component Parts
Microphone
Talk button, Pick-up button and Hang-up button
Microphone
Audio unit
Talk button
Hang-up button
Pick-up button
Microphone (hands-free)
The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or when making a Hands-free call.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-87
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Talk button
Activates the voice recognition. In addition, it skips the voice guidance.
Pick-up button
Responds to incoming calls. In addition, after selecting a contact or dialing a number, it
places the call when the button is pressed.
Hang-up button
Ends the call or refuses an incoming call. In addition, it ends the voice recognition
operation.
Commander switch
The commander switch is used for volume adjustment and display operation. Tilt or turn the
commander knob to move the cursor. Press the commander knob to select the icon.
Volume adjustment
The volume dial of the commander switch is used to adjust the volume. Turn the dial to the
right to increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel.
NOTE
•
Press the volume dial to switch the audio MUTE on and off.
•
If the volume is lower compared to other audio modes, increase the volume from the
device side.
Conversation volume and the volume of the voice guidance and ringtone can each be set in
advance.
1. Select the icon on the home screen to display the Communication screen.
2. Select .
3. Adjust the and the using the slider.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-88
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Bluetooth® Preparation
▼Device pairing
To use Bluetooth® audio and Hands-Free,
the device equipped with Bluetooth® has
to be paired to the unit using the following
procedure. A maximum of seven devices
including Bluetooth® audio devices and
hands-free mobile phones can be paired.
NOTE
•
The Bluetooth® system may not operate
for 1 or 2 minutes after the ignition is
switched to ACC or ON. However, this
does not indicate a problem. If the
Bluetooth® system does not connect
automatically after 1 or 2 minutes have
elapsed, make sure that the Bluetooth®
setting on the device is normal and
attempt to reconnect the Bluetooth®
device from the vehicle side.
•
If Bluetooth®-enabled devices are used
in the following locations or conditions,
connection via Bluetooth® may not be
possible.
•
The device is in a location hidden
from the center display such as behind
or under a seat, or inside the glove
compartment.
•
The device contacts or is covered by a
metal object or body.
•
The device is set to power-saving
mode.
Pairing Procedure
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Settings screen.
2. Select the tab.
3. Select .
4. Turn the Bluetooth® setting on.
5. Select to display the
message and switch to the device
operation.
6. Using your device, perform a search
for the Bluetooth® device (Peripheral
device).
7. Select “Mazda” from the device list
searched by the device.
8. (Device with Bluetooth® version 2.0)
Input the displayed 4-digit pairing
code into the device.
(Device with Bluetooth® version 2.1
or higher)
Make sure the displayed 6-digit code
on the audio is also displayed on the
device, and touch the .
Connection permission and phonebook
access permission for your mobile
device may be required depending on
the mobile device.
9. If pairing is successful, the functions
of the device connected to Bluetooth®
are displayed.
10. (Devices compatible with Mazda
E-mail / SMS function)
SMS (Short Message Service)
messages, and E-mail for the device
are downloaded automatically. A
download permission operation for
your device may be required
depending on the device.
NOTE
When Call history and messages are
downloaded automatically, each automatic
download setting must be on.
Refer to Communication Settings on page
5-111.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-89
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
After a device is registered, the system
automatically identifies the device. By
activating Bluetooth® Hands-Free again,
or by activating Bluetooth® Hands-Free
first after switching the ignition from OFF
to ACC, the device connection condition
is indicated in the center display.
IMPORTANT note about pairing and
automatic reconnection:
•If pairing is redone on the same
mobile phone device, first clear
“Mazda” displayed on the Bluetooth®
setting screen of the mobile device.
•When the OS of the device is updated,
the pairing information may be deleted.
If this happens, reprogram the pairing
information to the Bluetooth® unit.
•Before you pair your device, make sure
that Bluetooth® is “ON”, both on your
phone and on the vehicle.
▼Device selection
If several devices have been paired, the
Bluetooth® unit links the device last
paired. If you would like to link a different
paired device, it is necessary to change the
link. The order of device priority after the
link has been changed is maintained even
when the ignition is switched off.
Connecting other devices
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Settings screen.
2. Select the tab.
3. Select .
4. Turn the Bluetooth® setting on.
5. Select the name of the device you
would like to connect.
6. selection
Connects both devices as hands-free
and Bluetooth® audio.
selection
Connects as a hands-free device.
selection
Connects as Bluetooth® audio.
NOTE
The following functions can be used for
the Hands-free or audio.
•
Hands-free: Phone calls and
E-mail/SMS
•
Audio: Bluetooth® audio, Pandora®,
Aha™, Stitcher™ radio
Disconnecting a device
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Settings screen.
2. Select the tab.
3. Select .
4. Turn the Bluetooth® setting on.
5. Select the device name which is
currently connected.
6. Select .
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-90
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Deleting a device
Selecting and deleting devices
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Settings screen.
2. Select the tab.
3. Select .
4. Turn the Bluetooth® setting on.
5. Select the device name which you
would like to delete.
6. Select .
7. Select .
Deleting all devices
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Settings screen.
2. Select the tab.
3. Select .
4. Select .
5. Select .
6. Select .
▼Changing PIN code
PIN code (4 digits) can be changed.
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Settings screen.
2. Select the tab.
3. Select .
4. Select .
5. Select .
6. Input the new PIN code to be set.
7. Select .
Available Language
The Bluetooth® Hands-Free System
applies to the following languages:
•English
•Spanish
•French
Refer to Settings on page 5-115.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-91
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Bluetooth® Audio
Applicable Bluetooth® specification
(Recommended)
Ver. 1.1/1.2/2.0 EDR/2.1 EDR/3.0
(conformity)
Response profile
•A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.2
•AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.3/1.4
A2DP is a profile which transmits only
audio to the Bluetooth® unit. If your
Bluetooth® audio device corresponds only
to A2DP, but not AVRCP, you cannot
operate it using the control panel of the
vehicle's audio system. In this case, only
the operations on the mobile device are
available the same as when a portable
audio device for a non-compliant
Bluetooth® device is connected to the
AUX terminal.
Function A2DP
AV R C P
Ver.
1.0
Ver.
1.3
Ver.
1.4
Playback X X X X
Pause X X X X
File (Track)
up/down —XXX
Reverse — — X X
Fast-forward — — X X
Text display — — X X
Repeat — —
De-
pends
on de-
vice
De-
pends
on de-
vice
Function A2DP
AV R C P
Ver.
1.0
Ver.
1.3
Ver.
1.4
Shuffle — —
De-
pends
on de-
vice
De-
pends
on de-
vice
Scan — —
De-
pends
on de-
vice
De-
pends
on de-
vice
Folder up/
down ———
De-
pends
on de-
vice
X: Available
—: Not available
NOTE
•
The battery consumption of Bluetooth®
audio devices increases while
Bluetooth® is connected.
•
If a general mobile phone device is USB
connected during music playback over
the Bluetooth® connection, the
Bluetooth® connection is disconnected.
For this reason, you cannot have music
playback over a Bluetooth® connection
and music playback using a USB
connection at the same time.
•
If a device which supports AVRCP Ver.
1.6 or higher is connected, song
information may not display correctly.
•
The system may not operate normally
depending on the Bluetooth® audio
device.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-92
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Switching to Bluetooth
®
audio mode
To listen to music or voice audio recorded to a Bluetooth® audio device, switch to the
Bluetooth® audio mode to operate the audio device using the audio system control panel.
Any Bluetooth® audio device must be paired to the vehicle's Bluetooth® unit before it can
be used.
Refer to Bluetooth® Preparation on page 5-89.
1. Turn on the Bluetooth® audio device's power.
2. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
3. Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen.
4. When is selected, switches to the Bluetooth® audio mode to begin playback.
NOTE
•
If the application screen is not displayed on the device, Bluetooth® audio may not play on
the center display.
•
If Bluetooth® audio is used after using Pandora®, Aha™ or Stitcher™ radio, the
application on the mobile device has to be closed first.
•
If the Bluetooth® audio device does not begin playback, select the icon.
•
If the mode is switched from Bluetooth® audio mode to another mode (radio mode), audio
playback from the Bluetooth® audio device stops.
▼Playback
To listen to a Bluetooth® audio device over the vehicle's speaker system, switch the mode to
Bluetooth® audio mode. (Refer to “Switching to Bluetooth® audio mode”)
After switching to the Bluetooth® audio mode, the following icons are displayed in the
lower part of the display. Icons which can be used differ depending on the version of the
Bluetooth® audio device which you are currently using.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
(AVRCP Ver. 1.4 only)
Displays the top level folder/file list.
Select the folder which you want to select.
The files in the selected folder are displayed.
Select the file you want to play.
(AVRCP Ver. 1.3 or higher)
Replays the song currently being played repeatedly.
When selected again, the songs in the folder are played repeatedly.
Select it again to cancel.
Icons change when the song is repeated or the folder is repeated.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-93
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Icon Function
(AVRCP Ver. 1.3 or higher)
Plays songs in the folder in random order.
When selected again, the songs on the device are played in random order.
Select it again to cancel.
Icons change during folder shuffle or device shuffle.
Scans the titles in a folder and plays the beginning of each song to aid in finding a desired
song.
When selected again, the beginning of each song on the device is played.
When selected again, the operation is canceled and the song currently being played con-
tinues.
Returns to the beginning of the previous song.
Long-press to fast reverse. It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the
commander knob.
Plays the Bluetooth
®
audio. When selected again, playback is temporarily stopped.
Advances to the beginning of the next song.
Long-press to fast forward. It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the
commander knob.
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-70.
▼Bluetooth
®
Audio Device
Information Display
If a Bluetooth® audio device is connected,
the following information is displayed in
the center display.
AV R C P
Ver. lowe r
than 1.3
AV R C P
Ver. 1.3
AV R C P
Ver. 1.4 or
higher
Device name X X X
Remaining
battery charge
of device
XXX
Song name — X X
Artist name — X X
Album name — X X
Playback
time —X X
Genre name — X X
Album art
image ———
X: Available
—: Not available
NOTE
Some information may not display
depending on the device, and if the
information cannot be displayed,
“Unknown - - -” is indicated.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-94
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
How to Use Pandora®*
▼What is Pandora
®
?
Pandora®*1 is free personalized Internet radio. Simply enter a favorite artist, track, genre,
and Pandora® will create a personalized station that plays their music and more like it. Rate
songs by giving thumbs-up and thumbs-down feedback to further refine your station,
discover new music and help Pandora® play only music you like.
*1 Pandora®, the Pandora® logo, and the Pandora® trade dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission.
NOTE
•
Pandora® may not be available outside of the U.S.A..
•
To operate Pandora® from your Bluetooth® device, perform the following in advance:
•
Create Pandora® account on the Web.
•
Create Pandora® station using Pandora® application.
•
Install Pandora® application on your device.
▼Playback
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen. When is
selected, the following icons are indicated in the bottom part of the center display.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Displays the station list.
Use to switch to other stations.
Thumbs-Down
Press the icon to tell Pandora
®
not to play this track.
Thumbs-Up
Press the icon to tell Pandora
®
“you like this track” and it helps to bring in more tracks
like it to your station.
Bookmarking
Bookmarks the song or artist currently being played.
Plays the track. When selected again, playback is temporarily stopped.
Goes to the next song.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
*Some models. 5-95
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Icon Function
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-70.
NOTE
•
The skip function may not be available depending on the device.
•
The number of skips is limited by Pandora®.
•
If the icon is selected when the skip song function is running, the next song is skipped.
▼Selection from station list
Selection can be made from a programmed
radio station list.
1. Select the icon.
2. Select the desired radio station.
NOTE
When is selected, songs randomly
selected from the radio station list are
played.
Selecting the sort method
The displayed order of the station list can
be changed.
1. Select the icon.
2. Select .
3. Select to display in the order
starting from the newly created station.
4. Select to display in alphabetical
order.
NOTE
The displayed order of cannot be
changed.
▼Bookmarking
You can bookmark song or artist to check
out later on the Web.
1. Select the icon.
2. Select to bookmark the
song.
3. Select to bookmark the
artist.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-96
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
How to Use Aha™
▼What is Aha™?
Aha™*1 is an application which can be used to enjoy various Internet content such as
Internet radio and podcasts.
Stay connected to your friends activities by getting updates from Facebook and Twitter.
Using the location-based service, nearby services and destinations can be searched or
real-time local information can be obtained.
For details on Aha™, refer to “http://www.aharadio.com/”.
*1 Aha™, the Aha™ logo, and the Aha™ trade dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Harman International Industries, Inc., used with permission.
NOTE
•
The service content provided by Aha™ varies depending on the country in which the user
resides. In addition, the service is not available in some countries.
•
To operate Aha™ from your Bluetooth® device, perform the following in advance:
•
Install the Aha™ application to your device.
•
Create an Aha™ account for your device.
•
Log onto Aha™ using your device.
•
Select the preset station on your device.
•
If the application screen is not displayed on the device, Aha™ may not play on the center
display.
▼Playback
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen. When is
selected, the following icons are displayed at the bottom of the center display. The displayed
icon differs depending on the selected station.
In addition, icons other than the following icons may be displayed.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Displays the main menu.
Use to switch to other stations.
Displays the content list.
Use to switch to other desired content on the station.
Like
*1
Evaluates the current content as “Like”.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-97
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Icon Function
Dislike
*1
Evaluates the current content as “Dislike”.
Reverses for 15 seconds.
Map (vehicles with navigation system)
Displays the destination searched by the location based services on the navigation system.
Call
A call can be made to the telephone number of a shop searched using the Location Based
Services. Available when a device is connected as a Hands-Free.
Returns to the previous content.
Pauses playback of the content. When selected again, playback resumes.
Goes to the next content.
Fast-forwards for 30 seconds.
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-70.
*1 Some stations may use alternate variations of Like and Dislike, based on station type or provider.
Main menu
Select the icon.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-98
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Switch the tab and select the station category.
Tab Function
Presets Displays the preset station list set on the device.
Select the preset station name to play the station content.
Nearby
Select the desired station.
Guidance is provided to the searched destination near the vehicle's posi-
tion.
You can designate desired categories previously set using the filter setting
on your device.
NOTE
The available Location Based Services may differ because the services depend on the
content provided by Aha™.
Example of use (Location Based
Services)
1. Select the desired station from the
“Nearby” tab on the main menu.
The destination name or address
playback starts in the order of the
destination name list.
2. When the icon is selected, the
currently displayed destination is
displayed on the navigation system
(vehicles with navigation system).
3. When the icon is selected, a phone
call is placed to the currently displayed
destination.
4. Select the icon to display the
content list.
Selection of other destinations from
the list can be made.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-99
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
How to Use Stitcher™ Radio
▼What is Stitcher™ Radio?
Stitcher™*1 radio is an application which can be used to listen to Internet radio or stream
podcasts.
Recommended content is automatically selected by registering content which you put into
your favorites, or by pressing the Like or Dislike button.
For details on Stitcher™ Radio, refer to “http://stitcher.com/”.
*1 Stitcher™, the Stitcher™ logo, and the Stitcher™ trade dress are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Stitcher, Inc., used with permission.
NOTE
•
To operate Stitcher™ Radio from your Bluetooth® device, perform the following in
advance:
•
Install the Stitcher™ Radio application to your device.
•
Create a Stitcher™ Radio account for your device.
•
Log onto Stitcher™ Radio using your device.
•
If the application screen is not displayed on the device, Stitcher™ may not play on the
center display.
▼Playback
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen. When is
selected, the following icons are indicated in the bottom part of the center display.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Displays the station list.
Use to switch to other stations.
Dislike
Evaluates the current program as “Dislike”.
Like
Evaluates the current program as “Like”.
Adds the current station to your favorites or deletes the current station from your favorites.
Reverses for 30 seconds.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-100
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Icon Function
Plays the station. Select it again to pause playback.
Goes to the next station.
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-70.
Station list
1. Select the icon to display the station list.
Favorites station name: Select to display the program registered to your favorites.
Category name: A recommended category selected from your favorites by Stitcher™
is displayed.
Select it to display the category program.
2. Select the program name to play it.
Add to your favorites
If the current program has not been
registered to your favorites, it can be
registered to your favorites.
1. Select the icon to display the
favorites station which the registration
can be added.
2. Select the station name which you
want to register.
3. Select to add the program to the
selected favorites station.
NOTE
•
Multiple favorites stations can be
selected and registered.
•
Favorites stations registered by oneself
as well those set by default are
displayed.
Delete from your favorites
If the current program has already been
registered to your favorites, the program
can be deleted from your favorites.
1. Select the icon.
2. The program is automatically deleted
from the favorites station.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-101
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Bluetooth® Hands-Free
▼Making a Call
For Mazda Connect, making calls is
possible using any of the following six
methods:
•Phonebook downloaded from
Bluetooth® device (mobile phone)
(voice recognition function can be used)
•Favorites
•Call record
•Dialing a telephone number (voice
recognition function can be used)
•“Redial” - Voice recognition command
for making a call to the latest outgoing
call record.
•“Call back” - Voice recognition
command for making a call to the latest
incoming call record.
Phonebook Usage
Telephone calls can be made by saying the
contact name in the downloaded
phonebook or the name of a person whose
phone number has been registered in the
Bluetooth® Hands-Free. Refer to Import
contact (Download Phonebook).
1. Press the talk button.
2. Wait for the beep sound.
3. Say: “Call XXXXX... (Ex. “John”)
Mobile”. (You can also say, “Home”,
“Work”, or “Other” instead of
“Mobile”, depending on how you set
up your contact information.)
4. Follow the voice guidance to make the
call, or simple press the pick-up button
on the steering switch during or after
the guidance to make the call.
Screen operation
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select to display the contact
list.
3. Select the contact you would like to
call to display the details for the
contact.
4. Select the desired phone number to
make the call.
Import contact (Download Phonebook)
Phonebook data from your device (Mobile
phone) can be sent and registered to your
Bluetooth® Hands-Free phonebook using
Bluetooth®.
(Automatic downloading)
The “Auto Download Contacts” setting
must be on. When hands-free is connected
to the device, the phonebook is
downloaded automatically.
Refer to Communication Settings on page
5-111.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-102
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
(Manually downloading)
If the “Auto Download Contacts” setting
is off, download the phonebook using the
following procedure.
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select to display the contact
list.
3. Select .
4. Select or
to switch to the
device operation.
5. If is selected, select
.
6. Download will be started from the
mobile phone.
NOTE
•
If “Import All Contacts” is performed
after saving the phonebook to the
Bluetooth® unit, the phonebook will be
overwritten.
•
A maximum of 1,000 contacts can be
registered to the phonebook.
•
Phonebook, incoming/outgoing call
record, and favorite memories are
exclusive to each mobile phone to
protect privacy.
Favorites Contacts
A maximum of 50 contacts can be
registered. It will take less time to make a
call after registering the telephone number.
In addition, you do not have to look for the
person you want to call in the phonebook.
Registering your favorites
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select to display the favorites
list.
3. Select .
4. Select or
.
5. Select from the displayed list.
NOTE
When “Add New Contact” is selected,
information such as the selected person’s
name is also registered. In addition, when
“Add New Contact Details” is selected,
only the telephone number of the selected
person is registered.
Calling a favorite
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select to display the favorites
list.
3. (If only one phone number is
registered to contact)
Select the contact information you
would like to call. Go to Step 5.
(If multiple phone numbers are
registered to contact)
Select the contact you would like to
call to display the screen indicating the
details for the contact. Go to Step 4.
4. Select the phone number you would
like to call.
5. Select .
Deleting a favorite
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select to display the favorites
list.
3. Select .
4. Select .
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-103
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
5. Select the contact information which
you would like to delete.
6. Select .
Changing the display order of your
favorites list
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select to display the favorites
list.
3. Select .
4. Select .
5. The contact can be moved after it is
selected.
6. Slide the contact or move it using the
commander switch, then select .
Changing contact name of your
favorites
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select to display the favorites
list.
3. Select .
4. Select .
5. Select the contact to display the
keyboard screen.
6. If a new name is input and is
selected, the contact name is stored.
NOTE
If the contact is long-pressed when the
favorites list is displayed, the contact
information can be edited (deleted,
moved).
Telephone Number Input
NOTE
Practice this while parked until you are
confident you can do it while driving in a
non-taxing road situation. If you are not
completely comfortable, make all calls
from a safe parking position, and only
start driving when you can devote your
full attention to driving.
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. When is pressed, the dial pad
is displayed.
3. Input the telephone number using the
dial pad.
4. Select to make the call.
Numeral or symbol entry
Use the dial pad.
Long-press the to input +.
Select to delete the currently input
value.
Long-press to delete all input values.
Redial Function
Makes a call to the last person called
(latest person on outgoing call record)
from the mobile phone/vehicle.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Wait for the beep sound.
3. Say: “Redial”
Call back Function
Makes a call to the last person who called
your (latest person on incoming call
record) mobile phone/vehicle.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Wait for the beep sound.
3. Say: “Call back”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-104
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Mobile 911 (U.S.A./Canada only)
If the vehicle is involved in a moderate to
severe collision, a call is made
automatically to 911 from the connected
device. The “Emergency Assistance Call”
setting must be on.
Refer to Communication Settings on page
5-111.
CAUTION
Though the system can be set to not call
911, doing so will defeat the purpose of the
system. Mazda recommends that the
Mobile 911 system remain activated.
NOTE
•
Mobile 911 is a secondary function of
the audio entertainment system.
Therefore, the mobile 911 function
does not assure that the call is always
made to 911 after an accident occurs.
•
A Hands-free device must be paired and
connected. The 911 operator can verify
the vehicle's position information using
the Hands-free device GPS if equipped.
1. If the vehicle is involved in a moderate
to severe collision, notification of the
call to 911 is made via audio and
screen display. To cancel the call, press
or hang-up
button within 10 seconds.
2. If or
hang-up button is not pressed within
10 seconds, the call is made to 911
automatically.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-105
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Receiving an Incoming Call
When an incoming call is received, the incoming call notification screen is displayed. The
“Incoming Call Notifications” setting must be on.
Refer to Communication Settings on page 5-111.
To accept the call, press the pick-up button on the audio control switch or select on
the screen.
To reject the call, press the hang-up button on the audio control switch or select on the
screen.
The following icons are displayed on the screen during a call. Icons which can be used
differ depending on use conditions.
Icon Function
Displays the Communication menu.
Ends the call.
Transferring a call from hands-free to a mobile phone
Communication between the Bluetooth
®
unit and a device (mobile phone) is canceled,
and an incoming call will be received by the device (mobile phone) like a standard call.
Transferring a call from a device (mobile phone) to hands-free
Communication between devices (mobile phone) can be switched to Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free.
Mute
The microphone can be muted during a call.
When selected again, the mute is canceled.
To make a 3-way call, select the contacts from the following:
: Call History is displayed.
: The phonebook is displayed.
: The dial pad is displayed. Input the phone number.
The device may be unusable depending on the contractual content.
The call on hold is made to make a 3-way call.
The device may be unusable depending on the contractual content.
Switches the call on hold.
DTMF (Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Signal) Transmission
This function is used when transmitting DTMF via the dial pad. The receiver of a DTMF
transmission is generally a home telephone answering machine or a company's automated
guidance call center.
Input the number using a dial pad.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-106
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
•
If the ignition is switched off during a
hands-free call, the line is transferred to
the device (Mobile phone)
automatically.
•
If the DTMF code has two or more
digits or symbols, each one must be
transmitted individually.
▼Call Interrupt
A call can be interrupted to receive an
incoming call from a third party.
When is selected or the
pick-up button on the steering wheel is
pressed, the current call is held and the
system switches to the new incoming call.
When is selected, the current
call is ended and the system switches to
the new incoming call (GSM network
only).
When is selected or the hang-up
button on the steering wheel is pressed, an
incoming call is refused.
NOTE
•
The function may not be available
depending on the contractual content of
the mobile device.
•
The function may not be operable
depending on the type of the telephone
network and the mobile device.
▼Receiving and Replying to Messages
(available only with E-mail/SMS
compatible phones)
SMS (Short Message Service) messages,
and E-mail received by connected devices
can be downloaded, displayed, and played
(read by the system).
Additionally, replies can also be made to
calls and messages in the received
messages.
Downloading messages
Up to 20 new messages can be
downloaded and displayed from a
connected device.
NOTE
For E-mail, 20 messages for each account
can be downloaded.
(Automatic downloading)
The “Auto Download Email” (E-mail) or
“Auto Download Text Message” (SMS)
setting must be on. A message is
downloaded automatically when the
Bluetooth® unit is connected to the device.
Refer to Communication Settings on page
5-111.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-107
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
(Manually downloading)
When the “Auto Download Email”
(E-mail) or “Auto Download Text
Message” (SMS) setting is off, the
message is downloaded using the
following procedure.
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select or to display
the Inbox.
3. Select .
4. Download will be started from the
mobile phone.
NOTE
•
Attached data is not downloaded.
•
Messages up to 1 kilobyte (E-mail)/
140-bytes (SMS) can be downloaded.
•
A message list is created for each
device.
•
If the connected device does not
correspond to MAP 1.0, the AT
command is used to download. The
downloaded message indicates that it is
already read.
•
Downloading using the AT command
may not function depending on the
connected device.
•
If an iPhone is connected, the following
functions cannot be used.
•
Downloading past messages
•
Replying to messages
∗
iPhone is a trademark of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
Receiving messages
(Method 1)
When a device receives a message, a
message received notification is displayed.
The “Email Notifications” (E-mail) or
“Text Notifications” (SMS) setting must
be on.
Refer to Communication Settings on page
5-111.
Select and display the message.
(Method 2)
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select and display the new
message list for E-mail and SMS.
3. Select the message you would like to
display.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-108
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
The following icons are displayed in the lower part of the details on the message. Icons
which can be used differ depending on use conditions.
Icon Function
Displays the Communication menu.
Displays the inbox.
Plays back a message.
When selected again, playback is temporarily stopped.
Displays the previous message.
Displays the next message.
Only replies to the sender of the currently displayed message.
Select the sentence on the displayed reply screen and select the sentence for sending from
the preset message.
Select .
(Only E-mail)
Replies to all members including CC.
Select the sentence on the displayed reply screen and select the sentence for sending from
the preset message.
Select .
Makes a call to a person who sent a message.
For E-mail, this function may not work depending on the device.
Deletes a message.
The messages stored in a device is also deleted.
NOTE
Up to three preset messages can be selected.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-109
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Example of use (verify unread E-mail)
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select to display the inbox.
3. Select the unread message displayed in
bold.
4. The details of the message are
displayed and replying to the message,
making a call, or playback can be
performed.
Changing account for displaying
(E-mail only)
1. Select .
2. Select the account which you would
like to display. Only the messages for
the selected account are displayed in
the inbox.
Editing preset messages
1. Select the icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select .
3. Select .
4. Select the preset message which you
would like to edit. The keyboard
screen is displayed.
5. When the message is input and is
selected, the message is stored as a
preset message.
NOTE
•
Select the icon to change the
language.
•
Select the icon to switch between
capitalized and lower-case characters.
•
Select the icon to return to the
previous screen without storing the edit.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-110
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Communication Settings
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Communication screen.
Select to change the setting.
Item Setting Function
Bluetooth
®
—Go to Bluetooth
®
setting menu.
Refer to Bluetooth
®
Preparation on page 5-89.
Incoming Call Notifi-
cations On/Off Notifies when an incoming call is received.
Auto Download Text
Message On/Off Downloads SMS automatically when the Bluetooth
®
unit is connected
to the device.
Text Notifications On/Off Notifies when a new SMS is received.
Auto Download
Email
*1
On/Off Downloads E-mail automatically when the Bluetooth
®
unit is connect-
ed to the device.
Email Notifications On/Off Notifies when a new Email is received.
Auto Download Call
History On/Off Downloads Call History automatically when the Bluetooth
®
unit is
connected to the device.
Auto Download Con-
tacts
*1
On/Off Downloads the phonebook automatically when the Bluetooth
®
unit is
connected to the device.
Ringtone Car/Phone/Off Changes the ringtone setting.
Phone Volume Adjusts using
the slider. Adjusts the conversation volume.
VR and Ringtone Adjusts using
the slider. Adjusts the voice guidance and ringtone volume.
Contacts Display Or-
der
First Name, Last
Name
Displays the contact information in alphabetical order of the first
name.
Last Name, First
Name
Displays the contact information in alphabetical order of the last
name.
Edit Preset Messages —
Edits the preset message.
Refer to Receiving and Replying to Messages (available only with
E-mail/SMS compatible phones) on page 5-107.
Emergency Assistance
Call On/Off Mobile Utilizes the Mobile 911 function.
Restore Factory set-
tings — Initializes all Communication Settings.
*1 Depending on the device, it may be necessary to acquire download permission on the device side.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-111
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Voice Recognition
▼Basic Operation Method
Activating Voice Recognition
Press the talk button.
Ending Voice Recognition
Use one of the following methods:
•Press the hang-up button.
•Say, “Cancel”.
•Operate the commander switch or the
center display (only when vehicle is
stopped).
Skipping Voice Guidance (for faster
operation)
Press and release the talk button.
Troubleshooting for Voice Recognition
If you do not understand an operation
method while in the voice recognition
mode, say “Tutorial” or “Help”.
Commands useable anytime during
voice recognition
“Go Back” and “Cancel” are commands
which can be used at anytime during voice
recognition.
Returning to previous operation
To return to the previous operation, say,
“Go Back” while in voice recognition
mode.
Cancel
To put the Bluetooth® Hands-Free system
in standby mode, say, “Cancel” while in
voice recognition mode.
To prevent a deterioration in the voice
recognition rate and voice quality, the
following points should be observed:
•The voice recognition cannot be
performed while voice guidance or the
beep sound is operating. Wait until
the voice guidance or the beep sound
is finished before saying your
commands.
•Phone related commands are available
only when your phone is connected via
Bluetooth®. Make sure your phone is
connected via Bluetooth® before you
operate phone related voice commands.
•Music play commands, such as Play
Artist and Play Album can be used only
in USB audio mode.
•Do not speak too slowly or loudly (no
loud voice).
•Speak clearly, without pausing between
words or numbers.
•Dialects or different wording other than
hands-free prompts cannot be
recognized by voice recognition. Speak
in the wording specified by the voice
commands.
•It is not necessary to face the
microphone or approach it. Speak the
voice commands while maintaining a
safe driving position.
•Close the windows and/or the moonroof
to reduce loud noises from outside the
vehicle, or turn down the airflow of the
climate control system while Bluetooth®
Hands-Free is being used.
•Make sure the vents are not directing air
up towards the microphone.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-112
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
If the voice recognition performance is not
satisfactory.
Refer to Troubleshooting on page 5-118.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-113
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Voice Command List
Voice command
When the talk button is pressed and the following command is spoken, the audio or
navigation can be operated. The commands in the () can be omitted. The specified name and
number are put into the {}.
Standard command
Voice command Function
Help Usable commands can be verified.
Tutorial Basic voice commands and methods of use can be verified.
(Navigate/Take me/Drive) Home Set the destination to Home.
Communication (phone) related command
Voice command Function
Call {name in phonebook} (mobile/
home/work/other)
Example: “Call John Mobile”
Call to the contact in the downloaded phonebook.
Refer to Making a Call on page 5-102.
Redial Call to the last contact you called.
Refer to Making a Call on page 5-102.
Callback Call to the last contact who called you.
Refer to Making a Call on page 5-102.
Entertainment (audio) related command
Voice command Function Corresponding audio
source
(Go to/Play) Bluetooth (Audio)
Switches the audio source to BT audio.
Can also switch to each audio source by similarly us-
ing commands such as FM, AM, or USB.
All
Play Artist {Artist name} Plays the selected artist. USB
Navigation related command*
For the navigation screen voice commands, refer to the separate navigation system manual.
NOTE
•
Some commands cannot be used depending on the grade and specification.
•
Some commands cannot be used depending on the device connection conditions and the
use conditions.
•
The commands are examples of the available commands.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-114 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Settings
NOTE
Depending on the grade and specification, the screen display may differ.
Select the icon on the home screen and display the Settings screen.
Switch the tab and select the setting item you want to change.
You can customize settings in the setup display as follows:
Tab I t em Fu n cti on
AD-Disp
Height
Brightness Control
Other
Refer to Active Driving Display on page 4-27.
Display Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-70.
Safety
Distance Recognition Support System
SBS/SCBS
Other
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-
9.
Sound Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-70.
Clock
Adjust Time
Displays the currently set time is displayed.
Press to advance the hour/minute, and select
to move the hour/minute back.
AM/PM can only be selected with the 12-hour
clock display.
GPS Sync
Synchronizes with GPS when turned on.
When turned off, the time can be changed
from “Adjust Time”.
Time Format Changes the display between 12 and 24-hour
clock time.
Time Zone Select When it's not synchronized with GPS, select
the region you want to specify.
Daylight Savings Time
Turns the daylight saving time setting on/off.
When ON, the time advances 1 hour. When
OFF, it returns to normal time.
Vehicle
Rain Sensing Wiper
Door Locks
Other
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-
9.
Devices Bluetooth Refer to Bluetooth
®
Preparation on page 5-89.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-115
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Tab Item Function
System
Tool Tips Turns button explanations ON/OFF.
Language Changes the language.
Temperature Changes the setting between Fahrenheit and
Celsius.
Distance Changes the setting between miles and kilome-
ters.
Music Database Update
Used to update Gracenote
®
. Gracenote
®
is
used with USB Audio, and provides:
1. Supplemental music information (Such as
song name, artist name)
2. Voice recognition assistance for Play Ar-
tist and Play Album
Gracenote
®
can be downloaded from the Maz-
da Handsfree Website.
Refer to Gracenote
®
Database on page 5-84.
Restore All Factory Settings
Memory and settings are initialized to the fac-
tory settings.
The initialization launches by selecting the
button.
About
Agreements and
Disclaimers Verify the disclaimer and agree.
Version Information Can verify the current audio unit OS version
and Gracenote
®
Database version.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-116
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Applications
NOTE
Depending on the grade and specification, the screen display may differ.
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Applications screen. The following
information can be verified.
Top screen Item Function
HD Radio™ Traffic Map ― ―
Fuel Economy Monitor Fuel Consumption Display Refer to Fuel Economy Monitor
on page 4-79.
Vehicle Status Monitor
Warning Guid-
ance
Warnings currently active can be
verified.
Refer to If a Warning Light
Turns On or Flashes on page 7-
23.
Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Oil Change
Refer to Maintenance Monitor
(Type B audio) on page 6-10.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-117
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Troubleshooting
Mazda Bluetooth® Hands-Free Customer Service
If you have any problems with Bluetooth®, contact our toll-free customer service center.
•U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdausa.com/mazdaconnect
•Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Bluetooth® Device pairing, connection problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
Unable to perform pairing ―
Make sure that the Bluetooth
®
de-
vice is compatible with the Blue-
tooth
®
unit, and that Bluetooth
®
and
Find Mode
*1
are on and the airplane
mode is off in the Bluetooth
®
device
setting. Turn off the power of the
Bluetooth
®
device once, then turn it
back on. If pairing is still not possi-
ble after this, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer or Mazda Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Customer Service.
Pairing cannot be performed again
The pairing information paired to
the Bluetooth
®
unit or device is not
recognized correctly.
Perform pairing using the following
procedure:
1. Delete the applicable Blue-
tooth
®
device on the Mazda
Connect.
2. Delete “Mazda” from the Blue-
tooth
®
search screen of the
Bluetooth
®
device.
3. Perform pairing again.
If pairing is not possible after trying
the procedure, turn off the power of
the Bluetooth
®
device once, then
turn it back on. If pairing is still not
possible after this, contact an Au-
thorized Mazda Dealer or Mazda
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Customer
Service.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-118
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Symptom Cause Solution method
Unable to perform pairing The Bluetooth
®
function and the
Find Mode/Visible setting
*1
on the
device may turn off automatically
after a period of time has elapsed
depending on the device.
Check whether the Bluetooth
®
func-
tion and the Find Mode/Visible set-
ting
*1
on the device are turned on
and pairing or reconnect.
Does not connect automatically
when starting the engine
Automatically connects, but then
disconnects suddenly
Disconnects intermittently
The device is in a location in which
radio wave interference can occur
easily, such as inside a bag in a rear
seat, in a rear pocket of a pair of
pants.
Move the device to a location in
which radio wave interference is
less likely to occur.
Does not connect automatically
when starting the engine
The pairing information is updated
when the device OS is updated.
Perform pairing using the following
procedure:
1. Delete the applicable Blue-
tooth
®
device on the Mazda
Connect.
2. Delete “Mazda” from the Blue-
tooth
®
search screen of the
Bluetooth
®
device.
3. Perform pairing again.
If pairing is not possible after trying
the procedure, turn off the power of
the Bluetooth
®
device once, then
turn it back on. If pairing is still not
possible after this, contact an Au-
thorized Mazda Dealer or Mazda
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Customer
Service.
*1 Setting which detects the existence of a device external to the Bluetooth® unit.
NOTE
•
When the OS of the device is updated, the pairing information may be deleted. If this
happens, reprogram the pairing information to the Bluetooth® unit.
•
If you pair your phone which has already been paired to your vehicle more than once in
the past, you need to delete “Mazda” on your mobile device. Then, execute the
Bluetooth® search on your mobile device once again, and pair to a newly detected
“Mazda”.
•
Before you pair your device, make sure that Bluetooth® is “ON”, both on your phone and
on the vehicle.
•
If Bluetooth®-enabled devices are used in the following locations or conditions,
connection via Bluetooth® may not be possible.
•
The device is in a location hidden from the center display such as behind or under a
seat, or inside the glove compartment.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-119
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
The device contacts or is covered by a metal object or body.
•
The device is set to power-saving mode.
•
Different Bluetooth®-enabled devices can be used for Bluetooth® Hands-Free and
Bluetooth® audio. For example, device A can be connected as a Bluetooth® Hands-Free
device and device B can be connected as a Bluetooth® audio device. However, the
following may occur when they are used at the same time.
•
The Bluetooth® connection of the device is disconnected.
•
Noise occurs in the Hands-Free audio.
•
Hands-Free operates slowly.
Voice recognition related problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
Poor voice recognition
•
Excessive, slow speech.
•
Excessive, forceful speech (shout-
ing).
•
Speaking before the beep sound
has ended.
•
Loud noise (speaking or noise from
outside/inside vehicle).
•
Airflow from A/C is blowing
against the microphone.
•
Speaking in off-standard expres-
sions (dialect).
Regarding the causes indicated on
the left, be careful with how you
speak. In addition, when numbers
are spoken in a sequence, recogni-
tion ability will improve if no stop is
placed between the numbers.
False recognition of numbers
Poor voice recognition There is a malfunction in the micro-
phone.
A poor connection or malfunction
with the microphone may have oc-
curred. Consult an Authorized Maz-
da Dealer.
Phone-related voice recognition is
disabled
There is a problem with the connec-
tion between the Bluetooth
®
unit
and the device.
If there is any malfunction after
checking the pairing situation, check
for device pairing or connection
problems.
Names in the phonebook are not
easily recognized
The Bluetooth
®
system is under a
condition in which recognition is
difficult.
By carrying out the following meas-
ures, the rate of recognition will im-
prove.
•
Clear memory from the phonebook
which is not used very often.
•
Avoid shortened names, use full
names. (Recognition improves the
longer the name is. By not using
names such as “Mom”, “Dad”, rec-
ognition will improve.)
When operating the audio, a song
name is not recognized
Song names cannot be recognized
by voice. ―
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-120
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Symptom Cause Solution method
You want to skip guidance ―
Guidance can be skipped by quickly
pressing and releasing the talk but-
ton.
Regarding problems with calls
Symptom Cause Solution method
When starting a call, vehicle noise
from the other party can be heard
For about three seconds after start-
ing a call, the Bluetooth
®
unit's
Noise Suppression function requires
time to adapt to the call environ-
ment.
This does not indicate a problem
with the device.
The other party cannot be heard or
the speaker's voice is quiet The volume is set at zero or low. Increase the volume.
Other problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
The indication for the remaining
battery is different between the ve-
hicle and the device
The indication method is different
between the vehicle and the device. ―
When a call is made from the vehi-
cle, the telephone number is updated
in the incoming/outgoing call record
but the name does not appear
The number has not been registered
into the phonebook.
If the number has been registered
into the phonebook, the incoming/
outgoing call record is updated by
the name in the phonebook when
the engine is restarted.
The cell phone does not synchronize
with the vehicle regarding the in-
coming/outgoing call record
Some types of cell phones do not
synchronize automatically.
Operate the cell phone for synchro-
nization.
It takes a long time to complete the
function for changing the language
A maximum of 60 seconds is re-
quired. ―
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-121
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Things You Need to Know
WARNING
Always adjust the audio while the vehicle is
stopped:
Do not adjust the audio control switches
while driving the vehicle. Adjusting the
audio while driving the vehicle is
dangerous as it could distract your
attention from the vehicle operation which
could lead to a serious accident.
Even if the audio control switches are
equipped on the steering wheel, learn to
use the switches without looking down at
them so that you can keep your maximum
attention on the road while driving the
vehicle.
CAUTION
For the purposes of safe driving, adjust the
audio volume to a level that allows you to
hear sounds outside of the vehicle
including car horns and particularly
emergency vehicle sirens.
NOTE
•
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the audio
system on for a long period of time when
the engine is not running.
•
If a cellular phone or CB radio is used
in or near the vehicle, it could cause
noise to occur from the audio system,
however, this does not indicate that the
system has been damaged.
Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
▼Radio Reception
AM characteristics
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings or mountains and bounce off the
ionosphere.
Therefore, they can reach longer distances
than FM signals.
Because of this, two stations may
sometimes be picked up on the same
frequency at the same time.
Station 2
Station 1
Ionosphere
Interior Features
Appendix
5-122
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
FM characteristics
An FM broadcast range is usually about
40―50 km (25―30 miles) from the
source. Because of extra coding needed to
break the sound into two channels, stereo
FM has even less range than monaural
(non-stereo) FM.
FM Station
40—50km
(25—30 miles)
Signals from an FM transmitter are similar
to beams of light because they do not bend
around corners, but they do reflect. Unlike
AM signals, FM signals cannot travel
beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM
stations cannot be received at the great
distances possible with AM reception.
AM wave
FM wave
FM wave
100—200 km (60—120 miles)
Ionosphere
Atmospheric conditions can also affect
FM reception. High humidity will cause
poor reception. However, cloudy days may
provide better reception than clear days.
Multipath noise
Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both
the direct signal and the reflected signal at
the same time. This causes a slight delay
in reception and may be heard as a broken
sound or a distortion. This problem may
also be encountered when in close
proximity to the transmitter.
Reflected wave
Direct
Flutter/Skip noise
Signals from an FM transmitter move in
straight lines and become weak in valleys
between tall buildings, mountains, and
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes
through such an area, the reception
conditions may change suddenly, resulting
in annoying noise.
Interior Features
Appendix
5-123
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Weak signal noise
In suburban areas, broadcast signals
become weak because of distance from the
transmitter. Reception in such fringe areas
is characterized by sound breakup.
Strong signal noise
This occurs very close to a transmitter
tower. The broadcast signals are extremely
strong, so the result is noise and sound
breakup at the radio receiver.
Station drift noise
When a vehicle reaches the area of two
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from this disturbance.
Station 2
88.3 MHz
Station 1
88.1 MHz
▼Operating Tips for MP3
MP3 stands for MPEG Audio Layer 3, which
is standardized voice compression established
by the ISO
*1
working group (MPEG).
Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be
compressed to approximately a tenth of
the source data size.
This unit plays files with the extension
(.mp3) as MP3 files.
*1 International Organization for
Standardization
CAUTION
Do not use an audio le extension on les
other than audio les. In addition, do not
change the audio le extension. Otherwise,
the unit will not recognize the le correctly
resulting in noise or a malfunction.
NOTE
Supply of this product only conveys a license
for private, non-commercial use and does not
convey a license nor imply any right to use this
product in any commercial (i.e.
revenue-generating) real time broadcasting
(terrestrial, satellite, cable and/or any other
media), broadcasting/streaming via the
Internet, intranets and/or other networks or in
other electronic content distribution systems,
such as pay-audio or audio-on-demand
applications. An independent license for such
use is required. For details, please visit http://
www.mp3licensing.com.
•When naming an MP3 file, be sure to
add an MP3 file extension (.mp3) after
the file name.
•The number of characters which can be
displayed is restricted.
Interior Features
Appendix
5-124
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Operating Tips for WMA
WMA is short for Windows Media*1
Audio and is the audio compression
format used by Microsoft*1.
Audio data can be created and stored at a
higher compression ratio than MP3.
This unit plays files with the extension
(.wma) as WMA files.
*1 Windows Media and Microsoft are
registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation U.S. in the United States
and other countries.
CAUTION
Do not use an audio le extension on les
other than audio les. In addition, do not
change the audio le extension. Otherwise,
the unit will not recognize the le correctly
resulting in noise or a malfunction.
•WMA files written under specifications
other than the indicated specification
may not play normally or files or folder
names may not display correctly.
•The file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings. In
this case, add the file extension “.wma”
to the end of the file name, and then
write it to the memory.
▼Operating Tips for AAC
AAC stands for Advanced Audio Coding,
which is standardized voice compression
established by the ISO*1 working group
(MPEG). Audio data can be created and
stored at a higher compression ratio than
MP3.
This unit plays files with the extensions
(.aac/.m4a/.wav*2) as the AAC files.
CAUTION
Do not use an audio le extension on les
other than audio les. In addition, do not
change the audio le extension. Otherwise,
the unit will not recognize the le correctly
resulting in noise or a malfunction.
•AAC files written under specifications
other than the indicated specification
may not play normally or files or folder
names may not display correctly.
•The file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings. In
this case, add the file extension “.aac”,
“.m4a”, or “.wav*2” to the end of the file
name, and then write it to the memory.
*1 International Organization for
Standardization
*2 Type B
Interior Features
Appendix
5-125
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Operating Tips for OGG
OGG is the audio compression format for
Xiph. Org Foundation.
Audio data can be created and stored at a
higher compression ratio than MP3.
This unit plays files with the extension
(.ogg) as OGG files.
CAUTION
Do not use an audio le extension on les
other than audio les. In addition, do not
change the audio le extension. Otherwise,
the unit will not recognize the le correctly
resulting in noise or a malfunction.
•OGG files written under specifications
other than the indicated specification
may not play normally or files or folder
names may not display correctly.
•The file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings. In
this case, add the file extension “.ogg”
to the end of the file name, and then
write it to the memory.
▼Operating Tips for USB device
This unit plays audio files as follows:
Extension Playback with this unit
.mp3 MP3
.wma WMA
.aac AAC
.m4a
.wav
*1
WAV
.ogg
*1
OGG
CAUTION
Do not use an audio le extension on les
other than audio les. In addition, do not
change the audio le extension. Otherwise,
the unit will not recognize the le correctly
resulting in noise or a malfunction.
NOTE
•
Playback may not be possible depending
on the type and condition of the USB
flash memory even if the audio file
complies with the standard.
•
A copyright protected WMA/AAC file
cannot be played in this unit.
•
(Type B)
If a file name in the USB memory is too
long, it could cause operation problems
such as not being able to playback the
song.
(Recommended: Within 80 characters)
•
The order of the music data stored in the
device may differ from the playback
order.
•
To prevent loss or damage of stored
data, we recommend that you always
back up your data.
Interior Features
Appendix
5-126
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
If a device exceeds the maximum
electric current value of 1,000 mA, it
may not operate or recharge when
connected.
•
Do not pull out the USB device while in
the USB mode (only pull it out while in
FM/AM radio mode).
•
The device will not operate if the data is
password protected.
MP3/WMA/AAC/OGG files written under
specifications other than the indicated
specification may not play normally or
files/folder names may not display
correctly.
*1Type B
▼Operating Tips for iPod
This unit supports playback of music files
recorded to an iPod.
∗iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
The iPod may not be compatible
depending on the model or OS version. In
this case, an error message is displayed.
CAUTION
Remove the iPod when it is not in use.
Because the iPod is not designed to
withstand excessive changes in
temperature inside the cabin, it could be
damaged or the battery may deteriorate
due to the excessive temperature or
humidity inside the cabin if it is left in the
vehicle.
If data in the iPod is lost while it is
connected to the unit, Mazda cannot
guarantee recovery of any lost data.
If the iPod battery is deteriorated, the
iPod may not recharge and playback
may not be possible when it is connected
to the unit.
Be careful not to pinch the iPod
connecting cable when opening/closing
the center console.
For details on using the iPod, refer to the
iPod instruction manual.
When connecting the iPod to a USB port,
all commands are made from the audio
unit. iPod control is not possible.
NOTE
The audio unit cannot display images or
videos stored in an iPod.
Interior Features
Appendix
5-127
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Sunvisors
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for use
in front or swing it to the side.
Sunvisor
▼Side Extension Sunvisors
The visor extender extends the sunvisor's
range of sun shading.
To use, pull it out.
CAUTION
When moving the sunvisor, retract the visor
extender to its original position. Otherwise,
the visor extender could hit the rearview
mirror.
▼Vanity Mirrors
To use the vanity mirror, lower the
sunvisor.
If your vehicle is equipped with a vanity
mirror light, it will illuminate when you
open the cover.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, the vanity mirror will only
illuminate in the tilt range shown in the
figure.
off
off
on
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-128
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Interior Lights
NOTE
Do not leave the lights on for long periods
while the engine is turned off. Otherwise
the battery power could be depleted.
Overhead Lights
Switch Posi-
tion Overhead Lights
Light off
•
Light is on when any door is open
•
Light is on or off when the illumi-
nated entry system is on
Light on
NOTE
The rear map lights also turn on and off
when the overhead light switch is
operated.
Front Map Lights
When the overhead light switch is in the
door or off position, press the lens to
illuminate the front map lights, and then
press the lens again to turn them off.
NOTE
The front map lights will not turn off even
if the lens is pressed in the following
cases:
•
The overhead light switch is in the ON
position.
•
The overhead light switch is in the door
position with the door open.
•
The illuminated entry system is on.
Rear Map Lights
When the overhead light switch is in the
door or off position, press the lens to
illuminate a rear map light, and then press
the lens again to turn it off.
NOTE
•
Once the rear map lights have been
turned off, they will turn on and off
depending on the position to which the
overhead light is switched.
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-129
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•
The rear map lights will not turn off
even if the lens is pressed in the
following cases:
•
The overhead light switch is ON.
•
The overhead light switch is in the
door position with the door open.
•
The illuminated entry system is on.
Luggage Compartment Lights
Switch Posi-
tion Luggage Compartment Light
Light off
Light on when the liftgate is open
▼Illuminated Entry System
The overhead lights turn on when any of
the following operations is done with the
overhead light switch in the DOOR
position.
•The driver's door is unlocked with the
ignition is switched OFF.
•The ignition is switched OFF with all
doors closed.
NOTE
•
The illumination time differs depending
on the operation.
•
Battery saver
If an interior light is left on with the
ignition switched OFF, the light is
turned off automatically after about 30
minutes to prevent battery depletion.
•
The operation of the illuminated entry
system can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-130
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Accessory Sockets
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or
the equivalent requiring no greater than
120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
Front
The ignition must be switched to ACC or
ON.
Center, Rear
The accessory sockets can be used
regardless of whether the ignition is on or
off.
Center
Rear
CAUTION
To prevent accessory socket damage or
electrical failure, pay attention to the
following:
Do not use accessories that require
more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
Do not use accessories that are not
genuine Mazda accessories or the
equivalent.
Close the cover when the accessory
socket is not in use to prevent foreign
objects and liquids from getting into
the accessory socket.
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-131
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Correctly insert the plug into the
accessory socket.
Do not insert the cigarette lighter into
the accessory socket.
Noise may occur on the audio playback
depending on the device connected to
the accessory socket.
Depending on the device connected to
the accessory socket, the vehicle's
electrical system may be aected, which
could cause the warning light to
illuminate. Disconnect the connected
device and make sure that the problem is
resolved. If the problem is resolved,
disconnect the device from the socket
and switch the ignition o. If the problem
is not resolved, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
To prevent discharging of the battery, do
not use the socket for long periods with the
engine off or idling.
Connecting the accessory socket
1. Open the lid.
2. Pass the connection plug cord through
the cutout of the console and insert the
plug into the accessory socket.
Plug
USB Power Outlet*
The USB power outlets can be used
regardless of whether the ignition is
switched to ACC or ON.
Only use USB devices that have a
maximum power consumption of 10.5W
(DC5V, 2.1A) or below.
USB power outlet
CAUTION
To prevent USB power outlets damage or
electrical failure, pay attention to the
following:
Do not use USB devices that require
more than 10.5 W (DC 5 V, 2.1 A).
Close the lid when the USB power
outlets are not in use to prevent
foreign objects and liquids from
getting into the USB power outlets.
Correctly connect the USB connector
into the USB power outlets.
NOTE
•
The USB power outlets are designed
only for charging and they cannot be
used for connecting to the vehicle's
audio system.
•
To prevent discharging of the battery, do
not use the USB power outlets for long
periods with the engine off or idling.
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-132 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
How to connect
The groove in the armrest box can be used
to pass the cord of the device into the box
to connect it to the USB power outlets.
1. Open the lid.
2. Route the cord through the groove in
the armrest box and insert the USB
connector into the USB power outlets.
Connector
Cup Holder
WARNING
Never use a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids while
the vehicle is moving is dangerous. If the
contents spill, you could be scalded.
Do not put anything other than cups or
drink cans in cup holders:
Putting objects other than cups or drink
cans in a cup holder is dangerous.
During sudden braking or maneuvering,
occupants could be hit and injured, or
objects could be thrown around the
vehicle, causing interference with the driver
and the possibility of an accident. Only use
a cup holder for cups or drink cans.
▼Front
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-133
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Rear
*
The rear cup holder is on the rear center
armrest.
Bottle Holder
Bottle holders are on the inside of the
doors.
Front
Bottle holder
Rear
Bottle holder
CAUTION
Do not use the bottle holders for containers
without caps. The contents may spill when
the door is opened or closed.
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-134 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Storage Compartments
WARNING
Keep storage boxes closed when driving:
Driving with the storage boxes open is
dangerous. To reduce the possibility of
injury in an accident or a sudden stop, keep
the storage boxes closed when driving.
Do not put articles in storage spaces with
no lid:
Putting articles in storage spaces with no
lid is dangerous as they could be thrown
around the cabin if the vehicle is suddenly
accelerated and cause injury depending on
how the article is stored.
CAUTION
Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in the
storage boxes while parked under the sun.
A lighter could explode or the plastic
material in eyeglasses could deform and
crack from high temperature.
▼Overhead Console
This console box is designed to store
eyeglasses or other accessories.
Push and release to open.
▼Glove Compartment
To open the glove compartment, pull the
latch toward you.
To close the glove compartment, firmly
press in the center of the glove
compartment lid.
▼Center Console
To open, pull the release latch.
Storage tray
The storage tray can be removed.
Storage tray
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-135
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Armrest Box
*
To open, push the button and pull up the
lid.
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-136 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Luggage Compartment
Cargo Securing Loops
WARNING
Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden
braking or a collision and cause injury.
Use the loops in the luggage compartment to secure cargo with a rope or net. The tensile
strength of the loops is 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf). Do not apply excessive force to the loops as
it will damage them.
Cargo Sub-Compartment
Open the cover to put small items in the cargo sub-compartment.
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-137
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
Loading golf bags
(Some golf bags may not fit using the following methods depending on their sizes.)
Up to four golf bags can be carried in the luggage compartment.
Bottom: Place the first and second golf bags in the luggage compartment with the bottoms
pointed to the right.
Top: Place the third golf bag with its bottom pointed to the left and the fourth golf bag with
its bottom pointed to the right in the luggage compartment.
The arrows indicate the bottoms of the golf bags.
Top
Bottom
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-138
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Rear Coat Hooks
WARNING
Never hang heavy or sharp objects on the
assist grips and coat hooks:
Hanging heavy or sharp-ended objects
such as a coat hanger from the assist grips
or coat hooks is dangerous as they can y
o and hit an occupant in the cabin if a
curtain air bag was to deploy, which could
result in serious injury or death.
Always hang clothes on the coat hooks
and the assist grips without hangers.
Coat hook
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-139
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
MEMO
5-140
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
6Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Essential Information........................6-2
Introduction.................................. 6-2
Scheduled Maintenance.................... 6-4
Scheduled Maintenance................6-4
Maintenance Monitor................. 6-10
Owner Maintenance........................6-12
Owner Maintenance
Precautions................................. 6-12
Hood........................................... 6-14
Engine Compartment
Overview.................................... 6-16
Engine Oil...................................6-17
Engine Coolant........................... 6-18
Brake Fluid................................. 6-20
Washer Fluid...............................6-20
Body Lubrication........................6-21
Wiper Blades.............................. 6-22
Battery........................................ 6-27
Key Battery Replacement...........6-29
Tires............................................ 6-31
Light Bulbs................................. 6-36
Fuses........................................... 6-42
Appearance Care.............................6-48
Exterior Care.............................. 6-48
Interior Care................................6-54
6-1
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Introduction
Be careful not to hurt yourself when inspecting your vehicle, replacing a tire, or doing some
kind of maintenance such as car washing.
In particular, wear thick work gloves such as cotton gloves when touching areas that are
difficult to see while inspecting or working on your vehicle. Doing inspections or
procedures with your bare hands could cause injury.
If you are unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable
and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
To continue warranty eligibility and to protect your investment, it is your responsibility to
properly maintain your vehicle according to factory recommended schedules outlined in this
manual. As part of this you must keep your maintenance records, receipts, repair orders and
any other documents as evidence this maintenance was performed. You must present these
documents, should any warranty coverage disagreement occur. Failure to do so can result in
your warranty being voided either in whole or in part.
This evidence may consist of the following:
•The Mazda Scheduled Maintenance Record, refer to the Warranty Booklet, must be
completely filled out showing mileage, repair order number, date for each service, and
signed by a qualified automotive service technician who service vehicles.
•Original copies of repair orders or other receipts that include the mileage and date the
vehicle was serviced. Each receipt should be signed by a qualified automotive service
technician.
•For self maintenance, a statement that you completed the maintenance yourself,
displaying mileage and the date the work was performed. Also, receipts for the
replacement parts (fluid, filters, etc.) indicating the date and mileage must accompany this
statement.
Maintenance and Care
Essential Information
6-2
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
If you elect to perform maintenance yourself or have your vehicle serviced at a location
other than an Authorized Mazda Dealer, Mazda requires that all fluids, parts and materials
must meet Mazda standards for durability and performance as described in this manual.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.
Selecting “Maintenance Monitor” enables the system to notify you of your vehicle's
approaching inspection/servicing period (page 6-10).
The malfunction diagnosis connector is designed exclusively for connecting the specially
designed device to perform on-board diagnosis.
Do not connect any devices other than the specially designed malfunction diagnosis devices
for servicing. If any device other than the malfunction diagnosis device is connected, it may
affect the vehicle's electrical devices or lead to damage such as battery depletion.
Malfunction
diagnosis
connector
Maintenance and Care
Essential Information
6-3
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Scheduled Maintenance
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
(severe driving conditions)apply.
•Repeated short-distance driving
•Driving in dusty conditions
•Driving with extended use of brakes
•Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
•Driving on rough or muddy roads
•Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
•Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
•Driving in extremely hot conditions
•Driving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2. (Canada residents follow Schedule 2.)
Vehicles using Engine Oil Flexible Maintenance
Engine Oil Flexible Maintenance is selected by default for U.S.A. and Puerto Rico
residents.
If any following conditions do apply, follow Schedule 2 with engine oil fixed maintenance.
•Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation such as police car, taxi or driving
school car
•Driving in dusty conditions
The vehicle calculates the remaining oil life based on engine operating conditions. The
vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by illuminating the wrench indicator light
in the instrument cluster. Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 1000 km (600
mile) or 15 days. Refer page 6-10 for the details.
NOTE
•
Please ensure that the Flexible Oil Maintenance Setting is reset after each Oil and Filter
replacement.
•
For maintenance guidelines beyond the miles/months listed, follow the maintenance
intervals provided in the Scheduled Maintenance Tables.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-4
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Schedule 1
U.S.A. and Puerto Rico residents - Engine oil flexible maintenance interval
Use when the maintenance monitor for “Oil Change” is set to “Flexible”. For details,
see maintenance monitor. (page 6-10)
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first.
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
×1000 miles 7.5 15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles).
Air filter R R
Drive belts I I
Engine oil & filter
*1
Replace when wrench indicator light is ON. (Max interval: 12
months or 12,000 km (7,500 miles))
Engine coolant
*2
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years.
Fuel lines and hoses
*3
IIII
Hoses and tubes for emission
*3
II
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I
Disc brakes IIIIIIII
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles).
Steering operation and linkages I I I I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play IIII
Rear differential oil
*4
Transfer oil
*4
Driveshaft dust boots I I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T
Exhaust system and heat shields I
Emergency flat tire repair kit (if installed)
*5
Inspect annually.
Cabin air filter R R R R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
C: Clean
D: Drain
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-5
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Remarks:
*1 The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year or within 12,000 km (7,500 miles) since last
engine oil and filter change. Reset the engine oil data whenever replacing the engine oil regardless of the
message/wrench indicator light display.
*2 Use of FL-22 is recommended when replacing engine coolant. Using engine coolant other than FL-22 may
cause serious damage to the engine and cooling system.
*3 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
*5 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
▼Schedule 2
U.S.A. and Puerto Rico residents - Severe driving conditions maintenance interval
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first.
Months 6 1218243036424854606672
×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles).
Air filter
*1
RR
Drive belts I I I
Engine oil & filter Flexible
*2
Replace when wrench indicator light is ON. (Max interval: 12
months or 12,000 km (7,500 miles))
Fixed RRRRRRRRRRRR
Engine coolant
*3
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years.
Engine coolant level IIIIIIIIIIII
Fuel lines and hoses
*4
IIII
Hoses and tubes for emission
*4
II
Function of all lights IIIIIIIIIIII
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I
Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Disc brakes IIIIIIIIIIII
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles).
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear IIIIIIIIIIII
Steering operation and linkages I I I I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play IIII
Rear differential oil
*5
Transfer oil
*5
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-6
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first.
Months 6 1218243036424854606672
×1000 km 8 1624324048566472808896
×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Driveshaft dust boots I I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T
Exhaust system and heat shields I
All locks and hinges LLLLLLLLLLLL
Washer fluid level IIIIIIIIIIII
Emergency flat tire repair kit (if installed)
*6
Inspect annually.
Cabin air filter Replace every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 2 years.
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
D: Drain
Remarks:
*1 If the vehicle is operated in very dusty or sandy areas, clean and if necessary, replace the air filter more often
than the recommended intervals.
*2 Engine oil flexible maintenance is available for U.S.A. and Puerto Rico residents whose vehicle is operated
mainly where none of the following conditions apply.
•Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation such as police car, taxi or driving school car
•Driving in dusty conditions
If any do apply, follow fixed maintenance.
The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year or within 12,000 km (7,500 miles) since last
engine oil and filter change. Reset the engine oil data whenever replacing the engine oil regardless of the
message/wrench indicator light display.
*3 Use of FL-22 is recommended when replacing engine coolant. Using engine coolant other than FL-22 may
cause serious damage to the engine and cooling system.
*4 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*5 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
*6 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-7
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Canada residents
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first.
Months 6 1218243036424854606672
×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles).
Air filter IIIIIIIIIIII
Replace every 56,000 km (35,000 miles) or 3 years.
Drive belts I I
Engine oil & filter RRRRRRRRRRRR
Engine coolant
*1
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years.
Engine coolant level IIIIIIIIIIII
Fuel lines and hoses
*2
III
Hoses and tubes for emission
*2
I
Function of all lights IIIIIIIIIIII
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I
Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Disc brakes Inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 1 year.
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles).
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear IIIIIIIIIIII
Steering operation and linkages I I I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play III
Rear differential oil
*3
Transfer oil
*3
Driveshaft dust boots I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T
Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years.
All locks and hinges LLLLLLLLLLLL
Washer fluid level IIIIIIIIIIII
Emergency flat tire repair kit (if installed)
*4
Inspect annually.
Cabin air filter Replace every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 2 years.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-8
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
D: Drain
Remarks:
*1 Use of FL-22 is recommended when replacing engine coolant. Using engine coolant other than FL-22 may
cause serious damage to the engine and cooling system.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
*4 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-9
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Maintenance Monitor
▼Maintenance Monitor (Type A)
Based on the engine operating conditions, the onboard computer in your vehicle calculates
the remaining oil life in the United States and Puerto Rico. The wrench indicator light in the
instrument cluster will be illuminated when remaining oil life becomes less than 1,000 km
(600 mile), or remaining days are less than 15 (whichever comes first).
The system must be reset whenever replacing the engine oil.
Reset method
Press and hold the dashboard illumination knob with the ignition switched off, then switch it
on. Keep pressing the dashboard illumination knob for more than 5 seconds. The master
warning light will flash for a few seconds when the reset is completed.
Dashboard illumination knob
▼Maintenance Monitor (Type B)
1. Select the icon on the home screen to display the “Applications” screen.
2. Select “Vehicle Status Monitor”.
3. Select “Maintenance” to display the maintenance list screen.
4. Switch the tab and select the setting item you want to change.
You can customize settings in the setup display as follows:
Tab Item Explanat io n
Scheduled
Setting Notification can be switched on/off.
Time (months) Displays the time or distance until maintenance is due.
Select this item to set the maintenance period.
The wrench indication/indicator light in the instrument cluster will be illu-
minated when the remaining distance is less than 1,000 km or 600 mile, or
the remaining number of days is less than 15 (whichever comes first).
Distance (km or
mile)
Reset
Resets the time and distance to the initial values.
Once the system turns on, it needs to be reset whenever carrying out
maintenance.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-10
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Tab I t em Ex p lan a tio n
Tire Rotation
Setting Notification can be switched on/off.
Distance (km or
mile)
Displays the distance until tire rotation is due.
Select this item to set the tire rotation distance.
The wrench indication/indicator light in the instrument cluster will be illu-
minated when the remaining distance is less than 1,000 km or 600 mile.
Reset Resets the remaining distance to the initial value.
Once the system turns on, it needs to be reset whenever rotating the tires.
Oil Change
Setting Interval
Oil replacement period can be selected from the flexible setting or fixed
setting, or it can be set to non-display.
The flexible setting is available only in the United States and Puerto Rico.
Once engine oil flexible maintenance is selected, the vehicle calculates
the remaining oil life based on the engine operating conditions. The vehi-
cle lets you know when an oil change is due by illuminating the wrench
indicator light in the instrument cluster.
Distance (km or
mile)
(Displays only in
fixed setting)
Displays the distance until the oil replacement is due.
Select this item to set the oil replacement distance.
The wrench indication/indicator light in the instrument cluster will be illu-
minated when the remaining distance is less than 1,000 km or 600 mile.
Oil life (km or
mile)
(Displays only in
flexible setting)
Displays the engine oil life until the oil replacement is due.
The wrench indication/indicator light in the instrument cluster will be illu-
minated when the remaining oil life distance is less than 1,000 km or 600
mile.
Reset
Resets the remaining distance to the initial value.
Once the system turns on, it needs to be reset whenever replacing the en-
gine oil.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-11
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Owner Maintenance Precautions
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service
technician as soon as possible.
When Refueling
•Brake fluid level (page 6-20)
•Engine coolant level (page 6-18)
•Engine oil level (page 6-17)
•Washer fluid level (page 6-20)
At Least Monthly
•Tire inflation pressures (page 6-31)
At Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical ability
and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.
•Engine coolant (page 6-18)
•Engine oil (page 6-17)
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only
for items that are easy to perform.
As explained in the Introduction (page 6-2), several procedures can be done only by a
qualified service technician with special tools.
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.
Refer to Introduction (page 6-2) for owner's responsibility in protecting your investment.
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If you
are unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please
dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-12
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
WARNING
Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sucient knowledge and experience or the
proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by a qualied
technician:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You can be
seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.
If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you remove all
jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and
similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fan which may turn on
unexpectedly:
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even more
dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.
Pull over to a safe location, then switch the ignition o and make sure the fan is not
running before attempting to work near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan could continue running
indenitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high.
You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.
Do not leave items in the engine compartment:
After you have nished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, do not forget
and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.
Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a re
leading to an unexpected accident.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-13
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Hood
WARNING
Always check that the hood is closed and
securely locked:
A hood that is not closed and securely
locked is dangerous as it could y open
while the vehicle is moving and block the
driver's vision which could result in a
serious accident.
▼Opening the Hood
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the
release handle to unlock the hood.
Release handle
2. Insert your hand into the hood
opening, slide the latch lever to the
right, and lift up the hood.
Lever
3. Grasp the support rod in the padded
area and secure it in the support rod
hole indicated by the arrow to hold the
hood open.
Pad
Support rod
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-14
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Closing the Hood
1. Check under the hood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place and
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil
containers, etc.) have been removed.
2. Lift the hood, grasp the padded area on
the support rod, and secure the support
rod in the clip. Verify that the support
rod is secured in the clip before closing
the hood.
Clip Clip
Clip
3. Lower the hood slowly to a height of
about 20 cm (7.9 in) above its closed
position and then let it drop.
CAUTION
When closing the hood, do not push it
excessively such as by applying your
weight. Otherwise, the hood could be
deformed.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-15
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Engine Compartment Overview
Windshield washer fluid reservoir
Engine oil-filler cap
Brake fluid reservoir
Engine oil-dipstick Battery Fuse block
Cooling system cap Engine coolant reservoir
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-16
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Engine Oil
NOTE
Changing the engine oil should be
performed by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Refer to Introduction (page 6-2) for
owner's responsibility in protecting your
investment.
▼Recommended Oil
Use SAE 0W-20 engine oil.
Mazda Genuine Oil is used in your Mazda
vehicle. Mazda Genuine 0W-20 Oil is
required to achieve optimum fuel
economy.
For maintenance service, Mazda
recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and
Castrol® (U.S.A. only).
(ILSAC)
Only use SAE 0W-20 oil “Certified For
Gasoline Engines” by the American
Petroleum Institute (API).
Oil with this trademark symbol conforms
to the current engine and emission system
protection standards and fuel economy
requirements of the International
Lubricant Standardization and Approval
Committee (ILSAC), comprised of U.S.
and Japanese automobile manufacturers.
80
60
40
20
0
–40 –20
30
100
40
20
10
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
▼Vehicle Engine Control Unit Reset
Procedure
After replacing the engine oil, it is
recommended to have a repair shop such
as an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
the initialization (engine oil data resetting)
of the recorded value. If the value
recorded by the computer is not initialized,
the wrench indicator light may not turn off
or it may turn on earlier than normal.
Refer to Maintenance Monitor on page
6-10.
▼Inspecting Engine Oil Level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level
surface.
2. Warm up the engine to normal
operating temperature.
3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-17
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
MAX
OK
MIN
5. Pull it out again and examine the level.
The level is normal if it is between the
MIN and MAX marks.
If it is near or below MIN, add enough
oil to bring the level to MAX.
CAUTION
Do not overll the engine oil. This may
cause engine damage.
6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick is
positioned properly before reinserting
the dipstick.
7. Reinsert the dipstick fully.
Engine Coolant
▼Inspecting Coolant Level
WARNING
Do not use a match or live ame in the
engine compartment. DO NOT ADD
COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the engine has
been running, parts of the engine
compartment can become very hot. You
could be burned. Carefully inspect the
engine coolant in the coolant reservoir, but
do not open it.
Pull over to a safe location, then switch
the ignition o and make sure the fan is
not running before attempting to work
near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is
running is dangerous. The fan could
continue running indenitely even if the
engine has stopped and the engine
compartment temperature is high. You
could be hit by the fan and seriously
injured.
Do not remove either cooling
system cap when the engine and radiator
are hot:
When the engine and radiator are hot,
scalding coolant and steam may shoot out
under pressure and cause serious injury.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-18
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
Changing the coolant should be done by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Inspect the antifreeze protection and
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at
least once a year―at the beginning of the
winter season―and before traveling where
temperatures may drop below freezing.
Inspect the condition and connections of
all cooling system and heater hoses.
Replace any that are swollen or
deteriorated.
The coolant should be at full in the
radiator and between the F and L marks on
the coolant reservoir when the engine is
cool.
If it is at or near L, add enough coolant to
the coolant reservoir to provide freezing
and corrosion protection and to bring the
level to F.
Securely tighten the coolant reservoir tank
cap after adding coolant.
CAUTION
Radiator coolant will damage paint.
Rinse it o quickly if spilled.
If the “FL22” mark is shown on or near
the cooling system cap, use of FL-22 is
recommended when replacing engine
coolant. Using engine coolant other than
FL-22 may cause serious damage to the
engine and cooling system.
If the coolant reservoir is empty or new
coolant is required frequently, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-19
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Brake Fluid
▼Inspecting Brake Fluid Level
WARNING
If the brake uid level is low, have the
brakes inspected:
A low brake uid level is dangerous.
A low level could indicate brake lining wear
or a brake system leak which could cause
the brakes to fail and lead to an accident.
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir
regularly. It should be kept between the
MAX and MIN lines.
The level normally drops with
accumulated distance, a condition
associated with wear of brake linings. If it
is excessively low, have the brake system
inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Washer Fluid
▼Inspecting Washer Fluid Level
WARNING
Use only windshield washer uid or plain
water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer uid is
dangerous. If sprayed on the windshield, it
will dirty the windshield, aect your
visibility, and could result in an accident.
Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freeze
Protection in Cold Weather:
Operating your vehicle in temperatures
below 4 degrees C (40 degrees F) using
washer uid without anti-freeze protection
is dangerous as it could cause impaired
windshield vision and result in an accident.
In cold weather, always use washer uid
with anti-freeze protection.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-20
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
NOTE
State or local regulations may restrict the
use of volatile organic compounds
(VOCs), which are commonly used as
anti-freeze agents in washer fluid. A
washer fluid with limited VOC content
should be used only if it provides adequate
freeze resistance for all regions and
climates in which the vehicle will be
operated.
Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.
L
F
The top of the float should be between F
and L.
Use plain water if washer fluid is
unavailable.
But use only washer fluid in cold weather
to prevent it from freezing.
NOTE
Front and rear washer fluid is supplied
from the same reservoir.
Body Lubrication
All moving points of the body, such as
door and hood hinges and locks, should be
lubricated each time the engine oil is
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
locks during cold weather.
Make sure the hood's secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the
primary latch is released.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-21
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Wiper Blades
CAUTION
Hot waxes applied by automatic car
washers have been known to aect the
wiper's ability to clean windows.
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near
them.
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position and the ignition is switched ON,
the wipers may move automatically in
the following cases:
If the windshield above the rain sensor
is touched.
If the windshield above the rain sensor
is wiped with a cloth.
If the windshield is struck with a hand
or other object.
If the rain sensor is struck with a hand
or other object from inside the vehicle.
Be careful not to pinch hands or ngers
as it may cause injury, or damage the
wipers. When washing or servicing the
vehicle, make sure the wiper lever is in
the OFF position.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the blades with foreign matter can reduce
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes.
If the blades are not wiping properly, clean
the window and blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if
necessary.
▼Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades
When the wipers no longer clean well, the
blades are probably worn or cracked.
Replace them.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, do not try to
sweep the wiper arm by hand.
Do not bend the blade rubber
unnecessarily when replacing it.
Otherwise, the metal stiener in the
blade may deform and the windshield
wiper operation may be adversely
aected.
NOTE
When raising both windshield wiper arms,
raise the driver's side wiper arm first.
When lowering the wiper arms, slowly
lower the wiper arm from the passenger's
side first while supporting it with your
hand. Forcefully lowering the wiper arms
could damage the wiper arm and blade,
and may scratch or crack the windshield.
1. Raise the wiper arm.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the windshield
let the wiper arm down easily, do not
let it slap down on the windshield.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-22
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
2. Slide the blade component in the
direction of the arrow while pressing
the wiper arm tab to remove the blade
component from the wiper arm.
3. Pull the blade rubber in the direction of
the arrow and slide it to a position
where the blade holder groove can be
checked.
Groove
4. Pull the end of the blade rubber from
the blade holder groove in the direction
of the arrow and remove the blade
rubber from the blade holder.
Groove
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-23
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
5. Insert the end of the new blade rubber
into the groove of the blade holder
until it contacts the end of the blade
holder.
Groove
6. After pulling the blade rubber in the
direction of the arrow and sliding the
blade rubber to a position to check the
blade holder groove, slide the blade
rubber end in the opposite direction.
Groove
7. Make sure that the blade rubber is
correctly installed to the blade holder.
8. Align the wiper arm tabs with the
blade component grooves.
Tabs
Grooves
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-24
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
9. Align the blade component projection
with the wiper arm notch.
Notch
Projection
10. Slide the blade component and install
it to the wiper arm.
11. Slowly lower the wiper arm onto the
windshield.
▼Replacing Rear Window Wiper
Blade
When the wiper no longer cleans well, the
blade is probably worn or cracked.
Replace it.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arm and
other components, do not move the wiper
by hand.
1. Remove the cover and raise the wiper
arm.
2. Firmly rotate the wiper blade to the
right until it unlocks, then remove the
blade.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the rear window,
do not let the wiper arm fall on it.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-25
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
3. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of the blade holder.
4. Remove the metal stiffeners from the
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
CAUTION
Do not bend or discard the stieners.
You need to use them again.
5. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-26
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Battery
WARNING
Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting to
ensure safe and correct handling:
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery uid contains SULFURIC ACID which
could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced during normal
battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery uid:
Spilled battery uid is dangerous.
Battery uid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes, or on
the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately ush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or
wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery uid could cause serious injuries
if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Keep ames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal tools to
contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when working near a battery.
Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced during
normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An exploding battery
can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all ames including cigarettes and sparks away
from open battery cells.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-27
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Keep allames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced during
normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An exploding battery
can cause serious burns and injuries.
NOTE
Before performing battery maintenance, remove the battery cover.
▼Battery Maintenance
To get the best service from a battery:
•Keep it securely mounted.
•Keep the top clean and dry.
•Keep terminals and connections clean,
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or
terminal grease.
•Rinse off spilled electrolyte immediately
with a solution of water and baking
soda.
•If the vehicle will not be used for an
extended time, disconnect the battery
cables and charge the battery every six
weeks.
▼Battery Replacement
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for a
battery replacement purchase.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-28
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Key Battery Replacement
If the buttons on the transmitter are
inoperable and the operation indicator
light does not flash, the battery may be
dead.
Replace with a new battery before the
transmitter becomes unusable.
CAUTION
Make sure the battery is installed
correctly. Battery leakage could occur if it
is not installed correctly.
When replacing the battery, be careful
not to touch any of the internal circuitry
and electrical terminals, bend the
electrical terminals, or get dirt in the
transmitter as the transmitter could be
damaged.
There is the danger of explosion if the
battery is not correctly replaced.
Dispose of used batteries according to
the following instructions.
Insulate the plus and minus terminals
of the battery using cellophane or
equivalent tape.
Never disassemble.
Never throw the battery into re or
water.
Never deform or crush.
Replace only with the same type battery
(CR2025 or equivalent).
The following conditions indicate that the
battery power is low:
•The KEY indicator light (green) flashes
in the instrument cluster for about 30
seconds after the engine is turned off
(for vehicles with a type A instrument
cluster (page 4-30), messages are
displayed in the instrument cluster).
•The system does not operate and the
operation indicator light on the
transmitter does not flash when the
buttons are pressed.
•The system's operational range is
reduced.
Replacing the battery at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent
damage to the key. If replacing the battery
by yourself, follow the instruction.
Replacing the key battery
1. Press the knob and pull out the
auxiliary key.
Knob
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-29
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
2. Twist a tape-wrapped flathead
screwdriver in the direction of the
arrow and open the cover slightly.
Cover
3. Insert the tape-wrapped flathead
screwdriver into the gap and slide it in
the direction of the arrow.
Cover
Gap
4. Twist the flathead screwdriver in the
direction of the arrow and remove the
cover.
Cover
5. Remove the battery cap, then remove
the battery.
CAUTION
Be careful not to allow the rubber
ring shown in the gure to be
scratched or damaged.
If the rubber ring detaches, reattach
it before inserting a new battery.
Rubber ring
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-30
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
6. Insert a new battery with the positive
pole facing up, and then cover the
battery with the battery cap.
7. Close the cover.
8. Reinsert the auxiliary key.
Tires
For reasons of proper performance, safety,
and better fuel economy, always maintain
recommended tire inflation pressures and
stay within the recommended load limits
and weight distribution.
WARNING
Using Dierent Tire Types:
Driving your vehicle with dierent types of
tires is dangerous. It could cause poor
handling and poor braking; leading to loss
of control.
Except for the limited use of the temporary
spare tire, use only the same type tires
(radial, bias-belted, bias-type) on all four
wheels.
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
Using any other tire size than what is
specied for the vehicle (page 9-7) is
dangerous. It could seriously aect ride,
handling, ground clearance, tire clearance,
and speedometer calibration. This could
cause you to have an accident. Use only
tires that are the correct size specied for
the vehicle.
▼Tire Inflation Pressure
WARNING
Always inate the tires to the correct
pressure:
Overination or underination of tires is
dangerous. Adverse handling or
unexpected tire failure could result in a
serious accident.
Refer to Tires on page 9-7.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-31
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Use only a Mazda-genuine tire valve cap:
Use of a non-genuine part is dangerous as
the correct tire air pressure cannot be
maintained if the tire valve becomes
damaged. If the vehicle is driven under this
condition, the tire air pressure will decrease
which could result in a serious accident. Do
not use any part for the tire valve cap that
is not a Mazda-genuine part.
Inspect all tire pressures monthly
(including the spare) when the tires are
cold. Maintain recommended pressures for
the best ride, handling, and minimum tire
wear.
Refer to the specification charts (page 9-
7).
NOTE
•
Always check tire pressure when tires
are cold.
•
Warm tires normally exceed
recommended pressures. Do not release
air from warm tires to adjust the
pressure.
•
Underinflation can cause reduced fuel
economy, uneven and accelerated tire
wear, and poor sealing of the tire bead,
which will deform the wheel and cause
separation of tire from rim.
•
Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,
uneven and accelerated tire wear, and a
greater possibility of damage from road
hazards.
Keep your tire pressure at the correct
levels. If one frequently needs inflating,
have it inspected.
▼Tire Rotation
WARNING
Rotate tires periodically:
Irregular tire wear is dangerous. To
equalize tread wear for maintaining good
performance in handling and braking,
rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500
miles). However Mazda recommends to
rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles) to help
increase tire life and distribute wear more
evenly.
Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page
6-4.
During rotation, inspect them for correct
balance.
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE
ONLY) spare tire in rotation.
Forward
Also, inspect them for uneven wear and
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused
by one or a combination of the following:
•Incorrect tire pressure
•Improper wheel alignment
•Out-of-balance wheel
•Severe braking
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-32
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to
specification (page 9-7) and inspect the
lug nuts for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires
that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or
studs only from front to rear, not from side
to side. Tire performance will be reduced if
rotated from side to side.
▼Replacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.
Reduced braking, steering, and traction
could result in an accident.
Replace all four tires at the same time:
Replacing just one tire is dangerous. It
could cause poor handling and poor
braking resulting in loss of vehicle control.
Mazda strongly recommends that you
replace all four tires at the same time.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will
appear as a solid band across the tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
New tread
Tread wear
indicator
Worn tread
You should replace the tire before the band
crosses the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they
are not being used on the road. It is
recommended that tires generally be
replaced when they are 6 years or older.
Heat caused by hot climates or frequent
high loading conditions can accelerate the
aging process. You should replace the
spare tire when you replace the other road
tires due to the aging of the spare tire. The
period in which the tire was manufactured
(both week and year) is indicated by a
4-digit number.
Refer to Tire Labeling on page 8-23.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-33
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Temporary Spare Tire
Inspect the temporary spare tire at least
monthly to make sure it is properly
inflated and stored.
NOTE
The temporary spare tire condition
gradually deteriorates even if it has not
been used.
The temporary spare tire is easier to
handle because of its construction which is
lighter and smaller than a conventional
tire. This tire should be used only for an
emergency and only for a short distance.
Use the temporary spare tire only until the
conventional tire is repaired, which should
be as soon as possible.
Refer to Tires on page 9-7.
CAUTION
Do not use your temporary spare tire rim
with a snow tire or a conventional tire.
Neither will properly t and could
damage both tire and rim.
The temporary spare tire has a tread life
of less than 5,000 km (3,000 miles). The
tread life may be shorter depending on
driving conditions.
The temporary spare tire is for limited
use, however, if the tread wear
solid-band indicator appears, replace the
tire with the same type of temporary
spare (page 6-33).
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they
are not being used on the road. It is
recommended that tires generally be
replaced when they are 6 years or older.
Heat caused by hot climates or frequent
high loading conditions can accelerate the
aging process. You should replace the
spare tire when you replace the other road
tires due to the aging of the spare tire. The
period in which the tire was manufactured
(both week and year) is indicated by a
4-digit number.
Refer to Tire Labeling on page 8-23.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-34
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Replacing a Wheel
WARNING
Always use wheels of the correct size on
your vehicle:
Using a wrong-sized wheel is dangerous.
Braking and handling could be aected,
leading to loss of control and an accident.
CAUTION
A wrong-sized wheel may adversely aect:
Tire t
Wheel and bearing life
Ground clearance
Snow-chain clearance
Speedometer calibration
Headlight aim
Bumper height
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
NOTE
•
When replacing a wheel, make sure the
new one is the same as the original
factory wheel in diameter, rim width,
and offset (inset/outset).
•
For details, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Proper tire balancing provides the best
riding comfort and helps reduce tread
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause
vibration and uneven wear, such as
cupping and flat spots.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-35
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Light Bulbs
Side turn signal lights
Vanity mirror
lights
Type A
Type B
Overhead lights/Front map
lights
Side turn signal lights
Vanity mirror lights
Overhead lights/Front map
lights
Front turn signal lights/Parking
lights
Rear turn signal lights
License plate lights
Luggage compartment
light
Reverse lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Brake lights
High-mount
brake light
Rear map lights
Rear turn signal lights
License plate lights
Luggage compartment
light
Reverse lights
Brake lights/Taillights/Rear
side-marker lights
High-mount brake light
Rear map lights
Fog lights
Headlights (High/Low beam)
/Daytime running lights
Front side-marker lights
Rear side-marker lights
Daytime running lights/Parking
lights
Front turn signal
lights/Parking lights
Fog lights
Front side-marker lights
Some models.
Headlights (High/Low beam)
/Daytime running lights
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-36
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CAUTION
When removing the lens or lamp unit using
a athead screwdriver, make sure that the
athead screwdriver does not contact the
interior terminal. If the athead screwdriver
contacts the terminal, a short circuit may
occur.
NOTE
•
To replace the bulb, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
Use the protective cover and carton for
the replacement bulb to dispose of the
old bulb promptly and out of the reach
of children.
▼Replacing Exterior Light Bulbs
Headlights/Daytime running lights,
Daytime running lights/Parking lights
(Type A), Front side-marker lights
(Type A), Fog lights*, Brake lights (Type
A), Taillights (Type A), Reverse lights,
High-mount brake light, Side turn
signal lights, Rear side-marker lights
(Type A)
The LED bulb cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated unit.
The LED bulb has to be replaced with the
unit. We recommend an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement is
necessary.
Front turn signal lights/Parking lights
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
Refer to Hood on page 6-14.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
Front side-marker lights (Type B)
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. If you are changing the right bulb, start
the engine, turn the steering wheel all
the way to the left, and turn off engine.
If you are changing the left bulb, turn
the steering wheel to the right.
3. Pull the center of each plastic retainer
using a flathead screwdriver and
remove the retainers, and then partially
peel back the over fender.
Removal
Installation
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
*Some models.
6-37
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
4. Pull the center of each plastic retainer
using a flathead screwdriver and
remove the retainers, and then partially
peel back the mudguard.
Removal
Installation
5. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
6. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
7. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
Rear turn signal lights, Brake lights/
Taillights/Rear side-marker lights (Type
B)
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the turn signal switch is off.
2. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
cover, and then remove the cover with
the flathead screwdriver.
3. Turn the screws counterclockwise and
remove them.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-38
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
4. Pull the unit rearward to remove it.
5. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
6. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Rear turn signal lights
Brake lights/Taillights/Rear
side-marker lights
7. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
License plate lights
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a
soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens, and then remove the lens by
carefully prying on the edge of the lens
with a flathead screwdriver.
3. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-39
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Replacing Interior Light Bulbs
Overhead light/Front map lights, Rear
map lights, Vanity mirror lights*
1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a
soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens, and then remove the lens by
carefully prying on the edge of the lens
with a flathead screwdriver.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
Overhead light/Front map lights
Rear map lights
Vanity mirror lights*
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-40 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Luggage compartment light
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens and remove the lens unit by
carefully prying on the edge of the lens
unit with the flathead screwdriver.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pressing the tab on
the connector with your finger and
pulling the connector.
CAUTION
When replacing the bulb always
disconnect the connector rst.
Otherwise, electric and electronic
devices could be shorted.
3. Insert the flathead screwdriver into the
gap between the lens and the lens unit,
and then slide the screwdriver to
detach the lens.
4. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-41
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Fuses
Your vehicle's electrical system is
protected by fuses.
If any lights, accessories, or controls do
not work, inspect the appropriate circuit
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside
element will be melted.
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
that system and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
▼Fuse Replacement
Replacing the fuses on the vehicle's left
side
If the electrical system does not work, first
inspect the fuses on the vehicle's left side.
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and other switches are off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse
puller provided on the fuse block
located in the engine compartment.
4. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it is
blown.
Normal Blown
5. Insert a new fuse of the same
amperage rating, and make sure it fits
tightly. If it does not fit tightly, have an
expert install it. We recommend an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one
of the same rating from a circuit not
essential to vehicle operation, such as
the AUDIO or OUTLET circuit.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-42
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
CAUTION
Always replace a fuse with a genuine
Mazda fuse or equivalent of the same
rating. Otherwise you may damage the
electric system.
6. Reinstall the cover and make sure that
it is securely installed.
Replacing the fuses under the hood
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses in
the cabin are normal, inspect the fuse
block under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it
must be replaced. Follow these steps:
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and other switches are off.
2. Remove the fuse block cover.
3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is
blown, replace it with a new one of the
same amperage rating.
Normal Blown
WARNING
Do not replace the main fuse by
yourself. Have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform the replacement:
Replacing the fuse by yourself is
dangerous because the MAIN fuse is a
high current fuse. Incorrect
replacement could cause an electrical
shock or a short circuit resulting in a
re.
4. Reinstall the cover and make sure that
it is securely installed.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-43
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Fuse Panel Description
Fuse block (Engine compartment)
DESCRIPTION FUSE
RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT
150 A For protection of various circuits
2 IG2 30 A For protection of various circuits
3INJECTOR
ENG.SUB 30 A Engine control system
*
4SCR1
EVVT 20 A Engine control system
5P.WINDOW1 30 A
Power windows
*
6 R.HEATER 20 A ―
7 ADD FAN DE 40 A Cooling fan
*
8 WIPER.DEI 20 A Windshield wiper de-icer
*
9 DEFOG 40 A Rear window defogger
10 DCDC DE 40 A ―
11 EPB R 20 A Electric parking brake (EPB) (RH)
12 EPB L 20 A Electric parking brake (EPB) (LH)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-44 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
DESCRIPTION FUSE
RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT
13 AUDIO
DCDC REG 30 A Audio system
*
14 FAN GE 30 A Cooling fan
*
15 ENG.MAIN 40 A Engine control system
16 ABS/DSC M 50 A ABS, Dynamic stability control system
17 FAN DE 40 A Cooling fan
*
18 WIPER 20 A Front window wiper and washer
19 HEATER 40 A Air conditioner
20 ADD FAN GE 30 A Cooling fan
*
21 ENGINE.IG1 7.5 A Engine control system
22 C/U IG1 15 A For protection of various circuits
23 AUDIO2 7.5 A Audio system
24 METER2 7.5 A ―
25 ENGINE3 15 A Engine control system
26 ENGINE2 15 A Engine control system
27 ENGINE1 15 A Engine control system
*
28 AT 15 A Transaxle control system, Ignition switch
29 H/CLEAN 20 A ―
30 A/C 7.5 A Air conditioner
31 AT PUMP 15 A ―
32 HORN 15 A Horn
33 R.WIPER 15 A Rear window wiper
34 H/L HI 20 A Headlight high beam
35 ST.HEATER 15 A Heated steering wheel
*
36 FOG 15 A Fog lights
*
37 7.5 A Engine control system
38 H/L LOW L 15 A Headlight low beam (LH)
39 ENGINE4 15 A Engine control system
*
40 ― ― ―
41 METER1 10 A Instrument cluster
42 SRS1 7.5 A Air bag
43 BOSE 25 A Bose
®
Sound System-equipped model
*
44 AUDIO1 15 A Audio system
45 ABS/DSC S 30 A ABS, Dynamic stability control system
46 FUEL PUMP 15 A Fuel system
*
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
*Some models.
6-45
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
DESCRIPTION FUSE
RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT
47 FUEL WARM 25 A Fuel warmer
*
48 TAIL 15 A Taillights, License plate lights
49 SCR2
FUEL PUMP2 25 A Fuel system
*
50 HAZARD 25 A Hazard warning flashers, Turn signal lights/Front side-marker
lights, Parking lights
51 H/L LOW R 15 A Headlight low beam (RH)
52 OUTLET 25 A Accessory sockets
53 STOP 10 A Brake lights
54 ROOM 15 A Overhead light
Fuse block (Left side)
DESCRIPTION FUSE
RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT
1 P.SEAT D 30 A Power seat
*
2 P.WINDOW3 30 A Power windows
3 R.OUTLET3 15 A Accessory sockets
4 P.WINDOW2 25 A Power windows
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-46 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
DESCRIPTION FUSE
RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT
5ESCL 15 A ―
6 D.LOCK 25 A Power door locks
7 SEAT WARM 20 A Seat warmer
*
8 SUNROOF 10 A Moonroof
*
9 F.OUTLET 15 A Accessory sockets
10 MIRROR 7.5 A Power control mirror
11 R.OUTLET1 15 A ―
12 SCR3 15 A Engine control system
*
13 SCR4 15 A Engine control system
*
14 R.OUTLET2 15 A Accessory sockets
15 USB 7.5 A USB power outlet
16 PLG 20 A Power liftgate
*
17 M.DEF 7.5 A Mirror defogger
*
18 R.SEAT W 20 A Seat warmer
*
19 ― ― ―
20 AT IND 7.5 A AT shift indicator
21 P.SEAT P 30 A Power seat
*
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
*Some models.
6-47
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Exterior Care
The paintwork on your Mazda represents
the latest technical developments in
composition and methods of application.
Environmental hazards, however, can
harm the paint's protective properties, if
proper care is not taken.
Here are some examples of possible
damage, with tips on how to prevent them.
Etching Caused by Acid Rain or
Industrial Fallout
Occurrence
Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions
drift into the air and mix with rain or dew
to form acids. These acids can settle on a
vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,
the acid becomes concentrated and can
damage the finish.
And the longer the acid remains on the
surface, the greater the chance is for
damage.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These steps
should be taken immediately after you
suspect that acid rain has settled on your
vehicle's finish.
Damage Caused by Bird Dropping,
Insects, or Tree Sap
Occurrence
Bird droppings contain acids. If these are
not removed they can eat away the clear
and color base coat of the vehicle's
paintwork.
When insects stick to the paint surface and
decompose, corrosive compounds form.
These can erode the clear and color base
coat of the vehicle's paintwork if they are
not removed.
Tree sap will harden and adhere
permanently to the paint finish. If you
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some
vehicle paint could come off with it.
Prevention
It is necessary to have your Mazda washed
and waxed to preserve its finish according
to the instructions in this section. This
should be done as soon as possible.
Bird droppings can be removed with a soft
sponge and water. If you are traveling and
these are not available, a moistened tissue
may also take care of the problem. The
cleaned area should be waxed according to
the instructions in this section.
Insects and tree sap are best removed with
a soft sponge and water or a commercially
available chemical cleaner.
Another method is to cover the affected
area with dampened newspaper for one to
two hours. After removing the newspaper,
rinse off the loosened debris with water.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-48
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Water Marks
Occurrence
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can
contain harmful minerals such as salt and
lime. If moisture containing these minerals
settles on the vehicle and evaporates, the
minerals will concentrate and harden to
form white rings. The rings can damage
your vehicle's finish.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These steps
should be taken immediately after you find
water marks on your vehicle's finish.
Paint Chipping
Occurrence
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown
in the air by another vehicle's tires hits
your vehicle.
How to avoid paint chipping
Keeping a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
having your paint chipped by flying
gravel.
NOTE
•
The paint chipping zone varies with the
speed of the vehicle. For example, when
traveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paint
chipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).
•
In low temperatures a vehicle's finish
hardens. This increases the chance of
paint chipping.
•
Chipped paint can lead to rust forming
on your Mazda. Before this happens,
repair the damage by using Mazda
touch-up paint according to the
instructions in this section. Failure to
repair the affected area could lead to
serious rusting and expensive repairs.
Follow all label and container directions
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.
Read all warnings and cautions.
▼Maintaining the Finish
Washing
CAUTION
When the wiper lever is in the
position and the ignition is switched ON,
the wipers may move automatically in
the following cases:
If the windshield above the rain sensor
is touched or wiped with a cloth.
If the windshield is struck with a hand
or other object from either outside or
inside the vehicle.
Keep hands and scrapers clear of the
windshield when the wiper lever is in the
position and the ignition is
switched ON as ngers could be pinched
or the wipers and wiper blades damaged
when the wipers activate automatically.
If you are going to clean the windshield,
be sure the wipers are turned o
completely (when it is most likely that the
engine is left running) this is particularly
important when clearing ice and snow.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-49
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Do not spray water in the engine
compartment. Otherwise, it could result
in engine-starting problems or damage
to electrical parts.
When washing and waxing the vehicle,
be careful not to apply excessive force to
any single area of the vehicle roof.
Otherwise, you could dent the vehicle.
To help protect the finish from rust and
deterioration, wash your Mazda
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a
month, with lukewarm or cold water.
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the
paint surface could be scratched. Here are
some examples of how scratching could
occur.
Scratches occur on the paint surface when:
•The vehicle is washed without first
rinsing off dirt and other foreign matter.
•The vehicle is washed with a rough, dry,
or dirty cloth.
•The vehicle is washed at a car wash that
uses brushes that are dirty or too stiff.
•Cleansers or wax containing abrasives
are used.
NOTE
•
Mazda is not responsible for scratches
caused by automatic car washes or
improper washing.
•
Scratches are more noticeable on
vehicles with darker paint finishes.
To minimize scratches on the vehicle's
paint finish:
•Rinse off any dirt or other foreign matter
using lukewarm or cold water before
washing.
•Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water
and a soft cloth when washing the
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.
•Rub gently when washing or drying the
vehicle.
•Take your vehicle only to a car wash
that keeps its brushes well maintained.
•Do not use abrasive cleansers or wax
that contain abrasives.
CAUTION
Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners,
or strong detergents containing highly
alkaline or caustic agents on
chrome-plated or anodized aluminum
parts. This may damage the protective
coating; also, cleaners and detergents
may discolor or deteriorate the paint.
Pay special attention to removing salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign material from the
underside of the fenders, and make sure
the drain holes in the lower edges of the
doors and rocker panels are clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with
lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow
soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a
clean chamois to prevent water spots from
forming.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-50
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
WARNING
Dry o brakes that have become wet by
driving slowly, releasing the accelerator
pedal and lightly applying the brakes
several times until the brake performance
returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the vehicle
pulling to one side when braking could
result in a serious accident. Light braking
will indicate whether the brakes have been
aected.
When using an automatic car wash
•Retract the door mirrors.
•The automatic car wash brushes could
reduce the paint lustre or hasten paint
deterioration.
When using a high water pressure car
wash
High water temperature and high water
pressure car washers are available
depending on the type of car wash
machine. If the car washer nozzle is put
too close to the vehicle, the force of the
spray could damage or deform the
molding, affect the sealability of parts, and
allow water to penetrate the interior. Keep
a sufficient space (30 cm (12 in) or more)
between the nozzle and the vehicle. In
addition, do not spend too much time
spraying the same area of the vehicle, and
be very careful when spraying between
gaps in doors and around windows.
Waxing
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when
water no longer beads on the finish.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.
Waxes containing abrasive will remove
paint and could damage bright metal
parts.
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for
metallic, mica, and solid colors.
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.
NOTE
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and
similar materials will usually also take off
the wax. Rewax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not need it.
▼Repairing Damage to the Finish
Deep scratches or chips on the finish
should be repaired promptly. Exposed
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
repairs.
CAUTION
If your Mazda is damaged and needs metal
parts repaired or replaced, make sure the
body shop applies anti-corrosion materials
to all parts, both repaired and new. This
will prevent them from rusting.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-51
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Bright-Metal Maintenance
•Use tar remover to remove road tar and
insects. Never do this with a knife or
similar tool.
•To prevent corrosion on bright-metal
surfaces, apply wax or chrome
preservative and rub it to a high luster.
•During cold weather or in coastal areas,
cover bright-metal parts with a coating
of wax or preservative heavier than
usual. It would also help to coat them
with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or
some other protective compound.
CAUTION
Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or
strong detergents containing highly
alkaline or caustic agents on
chrome-plated or anodized aluminum
parts. This may result in damage to the
protective coating and cause discoloration
or paint deterioration.
▼Underbody Maintenance
Road chemicals and salt used for ice and
snow removal and solvents used for dust
control may collect on the underbody. If
not removed, they will speed up rusting
and deterioration of such underbody parts
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system, even though these parts may be
coated with anti-corrosive material.
Thoroughly flush the underbody and
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold
water at the end of each winter. Try also to
do this every month.
Pay special attention to these areas
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes that
should not be clogged. Water trapped there
will cause rusting.
WARNING
Dry o brakes that have become wet by
driving slowly, releasing the accelerator
pedal and lightly applying the brakes
several times until the brake performance
returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the vehicle
pulling to one side when braking could
result in a serious accident. Light braking
will indicate whether the brakes have been
aected.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-52
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Aluminum Wheel Maintenance
*
A protective coating is provided over the
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed
to protect this coating.
CAUTION
Do not use any detergent other than mild
detergent. Before using any detergent,
verify the ingredients. Otherwise, the
product could discolor or stain the
aluminum wheels.
NOTE
•
Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive
cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent
on aluminum wheels. They may damage
the coating.
•
Always use a sponge or soft cloth to
clean the wheels.
Rinse the wheels thoroughly with
lukewarm or cold water. Also, be sure to
clean the wheels after driving on dusty
or salted roads to help prevent
corrosion.
•
Avoid washing your vehicle in an
automatic car wash that uses high-speed
or hard brushes.
•
(19-inch wheel vehicle)
If your aluminum wheels lose luster,
apply wax which contains no polishing
powder.
▼Plastic Part Maintenance
•When cleaning the plastic lenses of the
lights, do not use gasoline, kerosene,
rectified spirit, paint, thinner, highly
acidic detergents, or strongly alkaline
detergents. Otherwise, these chemical
agents can discolor or damage the
surfaces resulting in a significant loss in
functionality. If plastic parts become
inadvertently exposed to any of these
chemical agents, flush with water
immediately.
•If plastic parts such as the bumpers
become inadvertently exposed to
chemical agents or fluids such as
gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery
fluid, it could cause discoloration,
staining, or paint peeling. Wipe off any
such chemical agents or fluids using a
soft cloth immediately.
•High water temperature and high water
pressure car washers are available
depending on the type of high pressure
car washer device. If the car washer
nozzle is put too close to the vehicle or
aimed at one area for an extended period
of time, it could deform plastic parts or
damage the paint.
•Do not use wax containing compounds
(polish). Otherwise, it could result in
paint damage.
•In addition, do not use an electrical or
air tool to apply wax. Otherwise, the
frictional heat generated could result in
deformation of plastic parts or paint
damage.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
*Some models.
6-53
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Interior Care
WARNING
Do not spray water into the vehicle cabin:
Spraying water into the vehicle cabin is
dangerous as electrical devices such as the
audio and switches could get wet resulting
in a malfunction or vehicle re.
NOTE
•
Do not wipe the interior using alcohol,
chlorine bleach, or organic solvents
such as thinner, benzene, and gasoline.
Otherwise, it may cause discoloration or
stains.
•
Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or cloth
may cause damage.
If the vehicle interior becomes soiled by
any of the following, wipe it off
immediately using a soft cloth.
Leaving it uncleaned could cause
discoloration, stains, cracks, or peeling of
the coating, and it will make it hard to
wipe off later.
•Beverage or fragrance
•Grease or oil
•Soiling
▼Seat Belt Maintenance
1. Clean the soiled area by lightly
dabbing it with a soft cloth soaked in a
mild detergent (approx. 5%) diluted
with water.
2. Wipe off the remaining detergent using
a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
3. Before retracting seat belts which have
been pulled out for cleaning, dry them
off thoroughly and make sure there is
no remaining moisture on them.
WARNING
If a seat belt appears frayed or has
abrasions, have it replaced by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer:
If a seat belts is used under such a
condition, it cannot function at its full
capacity which could result in serious injury
or death.
Use a mild detergent to remove soiling
from a seat belt:
If organic solvents are used for cleaning the
seat belts or they become stained or
bleached, there is the possibility of them
becoming weakened and as a result, they
may not function at their full capacity
which could cause serious injury or death.
NOTE
Clean seat belts diligently if they get dirty.
Leaving them uncleaned will make it
difficult to clean them later, and it may
affect the smooth retracting of the seat
belt.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-54
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Vinyl Upholstery Maintenance
Remove dust and dirt from the vinyl
upholstery using a brush or vacuum.
Remove soiling from vinyl upholstery
using a leather and vinyl upholstery
cleaner.
▼Upholstery Maintenance
1. Clean the soiled area by lightly
dabbing it with a soft cloth soaked in a
mild detergent (approx. 5%) diluted
with water.
2. Wipe off the remaining detergent using
a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
▼Leather Upholstery Maintenance
*
1. Remove dust and sand using a vacuum
cleaner.
2. Wipe off the soiled area with a soft
cloth and a suitable, special cleaner or
a soft cloth soaked in a mild detergent
(about 5%) diluted with water.
3. Wipe off the remaining detergent using
a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
4. Remove moisture with a dry, soft cloth
and allow the leather to further dry in a
well-ventilated, shaded area. If the
leather gets wet such as from rain,
remove the moisture and dry it as soon
as possible.
NOTE
•
Because genuine leather is a natural
material, its surface is not uniform and
it may have natural scars, scratches,
and wrinkles.
•
To maintain the quality for as long as
possible, periodical maintenance, about
twice a year, is recommended.
•
If the leather upholstery comes into
contact with any of the following, clean
it immediately.
Leaving it uncleaned could cause
premature wear, mold, or stains.
•
Sand or dirt
•
Grease or oil, such as hand cream
•
Alcohol, such as in cosmetic or hair
dressing items
•
If the leather upholstery gets wet,
promptly remove moisture with a dry
cloth. Remaining moisture on the
surface may cause deterioration such as
hardening and shrinkage.
•
Exposure to direct sunlight for long
periods may cause deterioration and
shrinkage. When parking the car under
direct sunlight for long periods, shade
the interior using sunshades.
•
Do not leave vinyl products on the
leather upholstery for long periods.
They may affect the leather quality and
coloring. If the cabin temperature
becomes hot, the vinyl may deteriorate
and adhere to the genuine leather.
▼Plastic Part Maintenance
CAUTION
Do not use polishing agents.
Depending on the product ingredients,
they could cause discoloration, stains,
cracks or peeling of the coating.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
*Some models.
6-55
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Instrument Panel Top (Soft pad)
Maintenance
Extremely soft material is used for the soft
pad surface. If the soft pad surface is
rubbed harshly with a dry cloth, it could
result in the surface being damaged and
leaving white scratch marks.
1. Wipe the soiled area with a soft cloth
soaked in a mild detergent (approx.
5%) diluted with water.
2. Wipe off the remaining detergent using
a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
▼Panel Maintenance
If a panel becomes soiled, wipe it off with
a soft cloth soaked in clean water and
thoroughly wrung out.
If some areas require further cleaning, use
the following procedure:
1. Wipe the soiled area with a soft cloth
soaked in a mild detergent (approx.
5 %) diluted with water.
2. Wipe off the remaining detergent using
a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
NOTE
Be particularly careful when cleaning
shiny surface panels and metallic parts
such as plating as they can be scratched
easily.
▼Active Driving Display
Maintenance
*
The dust-proof sheet has a coating. When
cleaning, do not use a hard or
rough-surface cloth, or cleaning detergent.
In addition, if a chemical solvent gets on
the active driving display, wipe it off
immediately. The dust-proof sheet could
be damaged and the surface coating could
be scratched. Use a fine, soft cloth such as
those used for cleaning eyeglasses.
NOTE
Use of compressed air when cleaning the
dust-proof sheet is recommended.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-56 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Cleaning the Window Interiors
If the windows become covered with an
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the
container.
CAUTION
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the
window glass. It could damage the
thermal laments and the antenna lines.
When washing the inside of the window
glass, use a soft cloth dampened in
lukewarm water, gently wiping the
thermal laments and the antenna lines.
Use of glass cleaning products could
damage the thermal laments and the
antenna lines.
▼Cleaning the Floor Mats
Rubber floor mats should be cleaned with
mild soap and water only.
WARNING
Do not use rubber cleaners, such as tire
cleaner or tire shine, when cleaning rubber
oor mats:
Cleaning the rubber oor mats with rubber
cleaning products makes the oor mats
slippery.
This may cause an accident when
depressing the accelerator or brake pedal
or when getting in or out of the vehicle.
After removing the floor mats for
cleaning, always reinstall them securely
(page 3-47).
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-57
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
MEMO
6-58
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
7If Trouble Arises
Helpful information on what to do if a problem arises with the vehicle.
Parking in an Emergency................. 7-2
Parking in an Emergency..............7-2
Flat Tire..............................................7-3
Spare Tire and Tool Storage......... 7-3
Changing a Flat Tire..................... 7-6
Battery Runs Out............................ 7-14
Jump-Starting............................. 7-14
Emergency Starting.........................7-17
Starting a Flooded Engine.......... 7-17
Push-Starting.............................. 7-17
Overheating......................................7-18
Overheating................................ 7-18
Emergency Towing.......................... 7-20
Towing Description.................... 7-20
Tiedown Hooks
*
......................... 7-21
Warning/Indicator Lights and
Warning Sounds.............................. 7-23
If a Warning Light Turns On or
Flashes........................................ 7-23
Message Indicated in Multi-
information Display
*
.................. 7-38
Message Indicated on Display
*
..........
.................................................... 7-40
Warning Sound is Activated....... 7-42
When Liftgate Cannot be
Opened..............................................7-47
When Liftgate Cannot be
Opened........................................7-47
Active Driving Display Does Not
Operate.............................................7-48
If the Active Driving Display Does
Not Operate................................ 7-48
*Some models. 7-1
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Parking in an Emergency
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash. The hazard
warning indicator lights in the instrument
cluster flash simultaneously.
NOTE
•
The turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
•
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle
is being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
If Trouble Arises
Parking in an Emergency
7-2
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Spare Tire and Tool Storage
Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.
Tiedown eyelet Flat tire hold-down bolt
Jack lever
Lug wrench
Spare tire
Jack
Type A
Type B
Spare tire
Tiedown eyelet Flat tire hold-down bolt
Jack lever
Lug wrench
Jack
Some models.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-3
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Jack
To remove the jack
1. Open the luggage board, and lift it.
2. Remove the jack.
To secure the jack
Perform the removal procedure in reverse.
Maintenance
•Always keep the jack clean.
•Make sure the moving parts are kept
free from dirt or rust.
•Make sure the screw thread is
adequately lubricated.
▼Spare Tire
Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.
The temporary spare tire is lighter and
smaller than a conventional tire, and is
designed only for emergency use and
should be used only for VERY short
periods. Temporary spare tires should
NEVER be used for long drives or
extended periods.
WARNING
Do not install the temporary spare tire on
the front wheels (driving wheels):
Driving with the temporary spare tire on
one of the front driving wheels is
dangerous. Handling will be aected. You
could lose control of the vehicle, especially
on ice or snow bound roads, and have an
accident. Move a regular tire to the front
wheel and install the temporary spare tire
to the rear.
CAUTION
When using the temporary spare tire,
driving stability may decrease compared
to when using only the conventional tire.
Drive carefully.
To avoid damage to the temporary spare
tire or to the vehicle, observe the
following precautions:
Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-4
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Avoid driving over obstacles. Also, do
not drive through an automatic car
wash. This tire's diameter is smaller
than a conventional tire, so the ground
clearance is reduced.
Do not use a tire chain on this tire
because it will not t properly.
Do not use your temporary spare tire
on any other vehicle, it has been
designed only for your Mazda.
Use only one temporary spare tire on
your vehicle at the same time.
To remove the spare tire
1. Open the luggage board, and remove
it.
2. For vehicles equipped with a
sub-woofer, uncouple the connector.
Connector
NOTE
Extra strength may be required to
uncouple the connector. Be sure to
squeeze the tab firmly.
3. For vehicles equipped with a
sub-woofer, loosen the hold-down bolt
and remove the woofer and spare tire.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-5
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
For vehicles not equipped with a
sub-woofer, turn the spare tire
hold-down bolt counterclockwise and
remove the spare tire.
Spare tire hold-down bolt
To secure the spare tire
Store the spare tire in the reverse order of
removal. After storing, verify that the
spare tire is stored securely.
Changing a Flat Tire
NOTE
If the following occurs while driving, it
could indicate a flat tire.
•
Steering becomes difficult.
•
The vehicle begins to vibrate
excessively.
•
The vehicle pulls in one direction.
If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to a
level spot that is well off the road and out
of the way of traffic to change the tire.
Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a
busy road is dangerous.
WARNING
Be sure to follow the directions for
changing a tire:
Changing a tire is dangerous if not done
properly. The vehicle can slip o the jack
and seriously injure someone.
No person should place any portion of their
body under a vehicle that is supported by a
jack.
Never allow anyone inside a vehicle
supported by a jack:
Allowing someone to remain in a vehicle
supported by a jack is dangerous. The
occupant could cause the vehicle to fall
resulting in serious injury.
NOTE
Make sure the jack is well lubricated
before using it.
1. Park on a hard, level surface off the
right-of-way and firmly set the parking
brake.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-6
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
2. Shift into Park (P) and turn off the
engine.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire
(page 7-3).
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire. When blocking a wheel,
place a tire block both in front and
behind the tire.
NOTE
When blocking a tire, use rocks or
wood blocks of sufficient size if
possible to hold the tire in place.
▼Removing a Flat Tire
WARNING
When jacking-up a vehicle, always shift the
selector lever to P, apply the parking brake,
and place wheel blocks in the position
diagonally opposed to the jack:
Changing a at tire without using wheel
blocks is dangerous because the vehicle
may move and fall o the jack even with
the select lever is in P, which could result in
an accident.
1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
2. Place the jack on the ground.
3. Turn the jack screw in the direction
shown in the figure and adjust the jack
head so that it is close to the jack-up
position.
Jack head
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-7
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
4. Place the jack under the jack-up
position closest to the tire being
changed with the jack head squarely
under the jack-up point.
Jacking position
5. Continue raising the jack head
gradually by rotating the screw with
your hand until the jack head is
inserted into the jack-up position.
Tire blocks
Jacking position
WARNING
Use only the front and rear jacking
positions recommended in this manual:
Attempting to jack the vehicle in
positions other than those
recommended in this manual is
dangerous. The vehicle could slip o
the jack and seriously injure or even kill
someone. Use only the front and rear
jacking positions recommended in this
manual.
Do not jack up the vehicle in a position
other than the designated jack-up
position or place any objects on or
under the jack:
Jacking up the vehicle in a position
other than the designated jack-up
position or placing objects on or under
the jack is dangerous as it could deform
the vehicle body or the vehicle could fall
o the jack resulting in an accident.
Use only the jack provided with your
Mazda:
Using a jack that is not designed for
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle
could slip o the jack and seriously
injure someone.
Never place objects under the jack:
Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the jack is dangerous. The jack
could slip and someone could be
seriously injured by the jack or the
falling vehicle.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-8
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
6. Insert the jack lever and attach the lug
wrench to tire jack.
7. Turn the jack handle clockwise and
raise the vehicle high enough so that
the spare tire can be installed. Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure your
Mazda is firmly in position and that it
cannot slip or move.
WARNING
Do not jack up the vehicle higher than
is necessary:
Jacking up the vehicle higher than is
necessary is dangerous as it could
destabilize the vehicle resulting in an
accident.
Do not start the engine or shake the
vehicle while it is jacked up:
Starting the engine or shaking the
vehicle while it is jacked up is
dangerous as it could cause the vehicle
to fall o the jack resulting in an
accident.
Never go under the vehicle while it is
jacked up:
Going under the vehicle while it is
jacked up is dangerous as it could result
in death or serious injury if the vehicle
were to fall o the jack.
8. Remove the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise; then remove the
wheel and center cap.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-9
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Locking Lug Nuts
If your vehicle has Mazda optional
antitheft wheel lug nuts, one on each
wheel will lock the tires and you must use
a special key to unlock them. This key will
attach to the lug wrench. Register them
with the lock manufacturer by filling out
the card provided in the glove
compartment and mailing it in the
accompanying envelope. If you lose this
key, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer
or use the lock manufacturer's order form,
which is with the registration card.
Accessory wheel locks cannot be used on
steel wheels. This includes situations when
the spare tire is installed. If the spare tire is
installed, one of the original lug nuts
(which should still be in the vehicle) must
be installed in place of the wheel lock.
Special keyAntitheft lug nut
To remove an antitheft lug nut
1. Obtain the special key for the antitheft
lug nut.
2. Place the special key on top of the
antitheft lug nut, and be sure to hold
the key square to it. If you hold the key
at an angle, you may damage both key
and nut. Do not use a power impact
wrench.
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench
counterclockwise.
To install the antitheft lug nut
1. Place the special key on top of the nut,
and be sure to hold the key square to it.
If you hold the key at an angle, you
may damage both key and nut. Do not
use a power impact wrench.
2. Place the lug wrench on top of the
special key, apply pressure, and turn it
clockwise.
Nut tightening torque
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf) 108―147 (12―14,
80―108)
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-10
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Mounting the Spare Tire
1. Remove dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel and
hub, including the hub bolts, with a
cloth.
WARNING
Make sure the mounting surfaces of the
wheel, hub and lug nuts are clean
before changing or replacing tires:
When changing or replacing a tire, not
removing dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug
nuts could loosen while driving and
cause the tire to come o, resulting in
an accident.
2. Mount the spare tire.
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled
edge inward; tighten them by hand.
WARNING
Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts
and bolts and do not tighten the lug
nuts beyond the recommended
tightening torque:
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts could
loosen while driving and cause the tire
to come o, resulting in an accident. In
addition, lug nuts and bolts could be
damaged if tightened more than
necessary.
4. Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise
and lower the vehicle.
5. Use the lug wrench to tighten the nuts
in the order shown.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-11
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
If you are unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Nut tightening torque
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf) 108―147 (12―14,
80―108)
WARNING
Always securely and correctly tighten
the lug nuts:
Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could
wobble or come o. This could result in
loss of vehicle control and cause a
serious accident.
Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you
removed or replace them with metric
nuts of the same conguration:
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts
on your Mazda have metric threads,
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.
On a metric stud, it would not secure
the wheel and would damage the stud,
which could cause the wheel to slip o
and cause an accident.
6. Remove the center cap by tapping it
from the backside of the wheel using
the lug wrench.
7. Store the damaged tire, using the flat
tire hold-down bolt to hold it in place.
(With sub-woofer)
Flat tire
hold-down bolt
Sub-woofer
(Without sub-woofer)
Flat tire
hold-down bolt
8. Place the luggage board on the
damaged tire.
Luggage board
9. Remove the tire blocks and store the
tools and jack.
10. Check the inflation pressure. Refer to
Tires on page 9-7.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-12
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
11. Have the flat tire repaired or replaced
as soon as possible.
WARNING
Do not drive with any tires that have
incorrect air pressure:
Driving on tires with incorrect air pressure
is dangerous. Tires with incorrect pressure
could aect handling and result in an
accident. When you check the regular tires'
air pressure, check the spare tire, too.
NOTE
To prevent the jack and tool from rattling,
store them properly.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-13
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Jump-Starting
Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you feel
unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service
technician do the work.
WARNING
Follow These Precautions Carefully:
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions carefully
before using the battery or inspecting it.
Keep ames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal tools to
contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when working near a battery.
Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced during
normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An exploding battery
can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all ames including cigarettes and sparks away
from open battery cells.
Keep allames and sparks away from open battery cells because hydrogen gas is
produced from open battery cells while charging the battery or adding battery uid:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced during
normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An exploding battery
can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all ames including cigarettes and sparks away
from open battery cells.
Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low uid level:
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low uid level is dangerous. It may rupture or
explode, causing serious injury.
Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:
Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of the discharged
battery is dangerous.
A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.
If Trouble Arises
Battery Runs Out
7-14
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:
Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous. The
cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.
CAUTION
Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and other
electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in series or a 24 V
motor generator set).
Booster battery Discharged battery
Jumper cables
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
1. Remove the battery cover.
2. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V
and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
3. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow both vehicles to
touch. Turn off the engine of the
vehicle with the booster battery and all
unnecessary electrical loads in both
vehicles.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence as in the illustration.
•Connect one end of a cable to the
positive terminal on the discharged
battery (1).
•Attach the other end to the positive
terminal on the booster battery (2).
•Connect one end of the other cable
to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3).
•Connect the other end to the ground
point indicated in the illustration
away from the discharged battery
(4).
5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run it a few minutes. Then start the
engine of the other vehicle.
6. When finished, carefully disconnect
the cables in the reverse order
described in the illustration.
If Trouble Arises
Battery Runs Out
7-15
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
7. If the battery cover has been removed,
install it in the reverse order of
removal.
NOTE
•
Verify that the covers are securely
installed.
If Trouble Arises
Battery Runs Out
7-16
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Starting a Flooded Engine
If the engine fails to start, it may be
flooded (excessive fuel in the engine).
Follow this procedure:
1. If the engine does not start within five
seconds on the first try, wait ten
seconds and try again.
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.
3. Depress the accelerator all the way and
hold it there.
4. Depress the brake pedal, then press the
push button start. If the engine starts,
release the accelerator immediately
because the engine will suddenly rev
up.
5. If the engine fails to start, crank it
without depressing the accelerator.
If the engine still does not start using the
previous procedure, have your vehicle
inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Push-Starting
Do not push-start your Mazda.
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it:
Towing a vehicle to start it is dangerous.
The vehicle being towed could surge
forward when its engine starts, causing the
two vehicles to collide. The occupants
could be injured.
NOTE
You cannot start a vehicle with an
automatic transaxle by pushing it.
If Trouble Arises
Emergency Starting
7-17
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Overheating
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating or the high engine coolant
temperature warning light turns on, the
vehicle loses power, or you hear a loud
knocking or pinging noise, the engine is
probably too hot.
WARNING
Pull over to a safe location, then switch
the ignition o and make sure the fan is
not running before attempting to work
near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is
running is dangerous. The fan could
continue running indenitely even if the
engine has stopped and the engine
compartment temperature is high. You
could be hit by the fan and seriously
injured.
Do not remove either cooling
system cap when the engine and radiator
are hot:
When the engine and radiator are hot,
scalding coolant and steam may shoot out
under pressure and cause serious injury.
Open the hood ONLY after steam is no
longer escaping from the engine:
Steam from an overheated engine is
dangerous. The escaping steam could
seriously burn you.
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating or the high engine coolant
temperature warning light turns on:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
park off the right-of-way.
2. Shift into park (P).
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Turn off the air conditioner.
5. Check whether coolant or steam is
escaping from the engine
compartment.
If steam is coming from the engine
compartment:
Do not go near the front of the vehicle.
Stop the engine.
Wait until the steam dissipates, then
open the hood and start the engine.
If neither coolant nor steam is
escaping:
Open the hood and idle the engine
until it cools.
CAUTION
If the cooling fan does not operate
while the engine is running, the engine
temperature will increase. Stop the
engine and call an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,
then turn off the engine after the
temperature has decreased.
7. When cool, check the coolant level.
If it is low, look for coolant leaks from
the radiator and hoses.
If Trouble Arises
Overheating
7-18
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
coolant is still leaking:
Stop the engine and call an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Cooling system
cap
Coolant
reservoir
Cooling fan
If you find no problems, the engine is
cool, and no leaks are obvious:
Carefully add coolant as required (page
6-18).
CAUTION
If the engine continues to overheat or
frequently overheats, have the cooling
system inspected. The engine could be
seriously damaged unless repairs are
made. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Overheating
7-19
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Towing Description
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle. Particularly
when towing an AWD vehicle, where all
the wheels are connected to the drive train,
proper transporting of the vehicle is
absolutely essential to avoid damaging the
drive system. Government and local laws
must be followed.
Wheel dollies
A towed 2WD vehicle should have its
drive wheels (front wheels) off the ground.
If excessive damage or other conditions
prevent this, use wheel dollies.
When towing a 2WD vehicle with the rear
wheels on the ground, release the parking
brake.
Refer to Electric Parking Brake (EPB) on
page 4-65.
A towed AWD vehicle must have all its
wheels off the ground.
WARNING
Always tow an AWD vehicle with all four
wheels o the ground:
Towing an AWD vehicle with either the
front or rear wheels on the ground is
dangerous as the drive train could be
damaged, or the vehicle could trail away
from the tow truck and cause an accident.
If the drive train has been damaged,
transport the vehicle on a atbed truck.
CAUTION
Do not tow the vehicle pointed backward
with driving wheels on the ground. This
may cause internal damage to the
transaxle.
If Trouble Arises
Emergency Towing
7-20
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Do not tow with sling-type equipment.
This could damage your vehicle. Use
wheel-lift or atbed equipment.
If the electric parking brake (EPB) cannot
be released when towing the vehicle,
transport the vehicle with all front and
rear wheels raised o the ground as
shown in the gure. If the vehicle is
towed without raising the wheels o the
ground, the brake system could be
damaged.
Wheel dollies
Tiedown Hooks*
CAUTION
Do not use the front and rear tiedown
eyelets for towing the vehicle.
They have been designed only for securing
the vehicle to a transport vessel during
shipping.
Using the eyelets for any other purpose
could result in the vehicle being damaged.
▼Tiedown Hooks
1. Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug
wrench from the luggage compartment
(page 7-3).
2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar
tool with a soft cloth to prevent
damage to a painted bumper, and open
the cap located on the front or rear
bumper.
Front
If Trouble Arises
Emergency Towing
*Some models.
7-21
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Rear
Jack lever
CAUTION
Do not use excessive force as it may
damage the cap or scratch the painted
bumper surface.
NOTE
Remove the cap completely and store it
so as not to lose it.
3. Securely install the tiedown eyelet
using the lug wrench.
Front
Lug wrench
Tiedown
eyelet
Rear
Tiedown eyelet
Lug wrench
4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown
eyelet.
CAUTION
If the tiedown eyelet is not securely
tightened, it may loosen or disengage
from the bumper when tying the
vehicle. Make sure that the tiedown
eyelet is securely tightened to the
bumper.
If Trouble Arises
Emergency Towing
7-22
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
If a Warning Light Turns On or Flashes
If any warning light turns on/flashes, take appropriate action for each light. There is no
problem if the light turns off, however if the light does not turn off or turns on/flashes again,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
(Vehicles with type B audio)
The details for some warnings can be viewed on the center display.
1. If the warning light is turned on, select icon on the home screen to display the
application screen.
2. Select “Vehicle Status Monitor”.
3. Select “Warning Guidance” to display the current warnings.
4. Select the applicable warning to view the warning details.
▼Stop Vehicle in Safe Place Immediately
If any of the following warning lights turns on, the system may have a malfunction. Stop the
vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-23
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning
Brake System Warning
Indication/Warning
Light
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning/Warning light inspection
The light illuminates when the electric parking brake (EPB) is applied with the igni-
tion switched to START or ON. It turns off when the electric parking brake (EPB) is
released.
When the light turns on
If the brake system warning light remains turned on even though the electric parking
brake (EPB) is released, the brake fluid may be low or there could be a problem with
the brake system. Park the vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact an Author-
ized Mazda Dealer.
When the light is flashing
The light flashes if the electric parking brake (EPB) has a malfunction.
If the light remains flashing even if the electric parking brake (EPB) switch is operat-
ed, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated. Contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous. It indicates that
your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time. If this
light remains illuminated, after checking that the parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.
CAUTION
In addition, the eectiveness of the braking may diminish so you may need to depress
the brake pedal more strongly than normal to stop the vehicle.
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution System
Warning
If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some compo-
nents are operating incorrectly, the control unit may illuminate the brake system
warning light and the ABS warning light simultaneously. The problem is likely to be
the electronic brake force distribution system.
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated.
Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as
soon as possible:
Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated
simultaneously is dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emer‐
gency stop than under normal circumstances.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-24
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning
Charging System Warn-
ing Indication/Warning
Light
If the warning light illuminates while driving, it indicates a malfunction of the alter-
nator or of the charging system.
Drive to the side of the road and park off the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Do not continue driving when the charging system warning light is illuminated be‐
cause the engine could stop unexpectedly.
Engine Oil Warning
Light
This warning light indicates low engine oil pressure.
CAUTION
Do not run the engine if the oil pressure is low. Otherwise, it could result in extensive
engine damage.
If the light illuminates or the warning indication is displayed while driving:
1. Drive to the side of the road and park off the right-of-way on level ground.
2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.
3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 6-17). If it's low, add the appropriate amount of
engine oil while being careful not to overfill.
CAUTION
Do not run the engine if the oil level is low. Otherwise, it could result in extensive
engine damage.
4. Start the engine and check the warning light.
If the light remains illuminated even though the oil level is normal or after adding oil,
stop the engine immediately and have your vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
(Red)
High Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Indication/Warning
Light
The light flashes when the engine coolant temperature is extremely high, and illumi-
nates when the engine coolant temperature increases further.
Handling Procedure
Flashing light
Drive slowly to reduce engine load until you can find a safe place to stop the vehicle
and wait for the engine to cool down.
Illuminated light
This indicates the possibility of overheating. Park the vehicle in a safe place immedi-
ately and stop the engine.
Refer to Overheating on page 7-18.
CAUTION
Do not drive the vehicle with the high engine coolant temperature warning light illumi‐
nated. Otherwise, it could result in damage to the engine.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-25
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning
Power Steering Mal-
function Indication
*
The message is displayed if the electric power steering has a malfunction.
If the message is displayed, stop the vehicle in a safe place and do not operate the
steering wheel. There is no problem if the message in the display turns off after a
while. Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer if the message is displayed continuously.
NOTE
•
If the message is displayed, the power steering will not operate normally. In this
case, the steering wheel can still be operated, however, the operation may feel heavy
compared to normal, or the steering wheel could vibrate when turning.
•
Repeatedly jerking the steering wheel left and right while the vehicle is stopped or
moving extremely slowly will cause the power steering system to go into protective
mode which will make the steering feel heavy, but this does not indicate a problem. If
this occurs, park the vehicle safely and wait several minutes for the system to return
to normal.
Power Steering Mal-
function Indicator
Light
*
The light illuminates/flashes if the electric power steering has a malfunction.
If the light illuminates/flashes, stop the vehicle in a safe place and do not operate the
steering wheel. There is no problem if the light turns off after a while. Contact an Au-
thorized Mazda Dealer if the light illuminates/flashes continuously.
NOTE
•
If the indicator light illuminates/flashes, the power steering will not operate normal-
ly. If this happens, the steering wheel can still be operated, however, the operation
may feel heavy compared to normal, or the steering wheel could vibrate when turn-
ing.
•
Repeatedly jerking the steering wheel left and right while the vehicle is stopped or
moving extremely slowly will cause the power steering system to go into protective
mode which will make the steering feel heavy, but this does not indicate a problem. If
this occurs, park the vehicle safely and wait several minutes for the system to return
to normal.
▼Contact Authorized Mazda Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected
If any of the following warning lights or the indicator light turns on/flashes, the system may
have a malfunction. Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have your vehicle inspected.
Signal Warning
ABS Warning Light
If the ABS warning light stays on while you're driving, the ABS control unit has detected
a system malfunction. If this occurs, your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle
had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
•
When the engine is jump-started to charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light may illuminate. If this occurs, it is the result of the weak battery and does
not indicate an ABS malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
•
The brake assist system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-26 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning
Master Warning In-
dication/Warning
Light
*
With Multi-information Display
Displays when notification of the system malfunctions is required.
Check the message indicated in the display and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Master
warning
light
Indication in display and master warning light in instrument cluster are illuminated at
same time.
This indicates a malfunction with the vehicle system. Check the message indicated in the
display and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
For details, refer to the explanations for the warning/indicator lights, in the warning/indi-
cator lights section, which match the symbol in the upper part of the display.
If a message is not indicated in the display, operate the INFO switch to display the “Warn-
ing” screen.
Refer to Message Indicated in Multi-information Display and INFO Switch on page 4-19.
Without Multi-information Display
The light illuminates continuously if any one of the following occurs. Consult an Author-
ized Mazda Dealer.
•
There is a malfunction in the battery management system.
•
There is a malfunction in the brake switch.
Electric Parking
Brake (EPB) Warn-
ing Indication/
Warning Light
The warning light illuminates when the system has a malfunction. Have your vehicle in-
spected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
*Some models. 7-27
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning
(Red)
Brake Pedal Opera-
tion Demand Warn-
ing Light
*
When only flashing
Flashes if there is the possibility of the vehicle not being held in the stopped position by
the AUTOHOLD function, such as on steep slopes. Depress and hold your foot on the
brake pedal.
When flashing and beep sound is activated at the same time
The warning light flashes and the beep sound is activated for about five seconds if there is
a problem with the system. If the warning light flashes and the warning sound is activated,
immediately depress the brake pedal and stop using the AUTOHOLD function then con-
tact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Immediately depress the brake pedal if the warning light ashes and the beep sound is acti‐
vated while using the AUTOHOLD function:
Because the AUTOHOLD function is canceled forcibly, the vehicle may move unexpectedly
and result in an accident.
Check Engine Light
If this light illuminates while driving, the vehicle may have a problem. It is important to
note the driving conditions when the light illuminated and consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
The check engine light may illuminate in the following cases:
•
The fuel tank level being very low or approaching empty.
•
The engine's electrical system has a problem.
•
The emission control system has a problem.
•
The fuel-filler cap is missing or not tightened securely.
If the check engine light remains on, or it flashes continuously , do not drive at high
speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
If the check engine light turns on, do not disconnect the battery cables.
If the battery cables are disconnected and then reconnected, the engine could be damaged
and catch on re.
Engine Oil Level
Warning Indication
*
The message is displayed when the system has a malfunction. Have your vehicle inspect-
ed at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Automatic Trans-
axle Warning Indi-
cation/Warning
Light
The indication/light illuminates when the transaxle has a problem.
CAUTION
If the automatic transaxle warning indication/light illuminates, the transaxle has an electri‐
cal problem. Continuing to drive your Mazda in this condition could cause damage to your
transaxle. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-28 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning
AWD Warning Indi-
cation
*
“4WD System Malfunction” is displayed
The indication is displayed under the following conditions. The system may have a mal-
function. Have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
When there is a malfunction in the AWD system.
•
When there is a large difference between the tire size of the front and rear wheels.
“4WD System High Load” is displayed
The indication is displayed under the following conditions. Park the vehicle in a safe place
and check that the warning indication light turns off, and then drive the vehicle. Contact
an Authorized Mazda Dealer if the indication is continuously displayed.
•
When the differential oil temperature is excessively high.
•
When there is a large difference between the front and rear wheel rotation, such as when
trying to remove the vehicle from mud.
AWD Warning
Light
*
When the light is turned on
The light turns on under the following conditions. The system may have a malfunction.
Have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
When there is a malfunction in the AWD system.
•
When there is a large difference between the tire size of the front and rear wheels.
When the light is flashing
Park the vehicle in a safe place. After a few moments, if the warning light stops flashing,
you can resume driving. If the light does not stop flashing, contact an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
•
When the differential oil temperature is excessively high.
•
When there is a large difference between the front and rear wheel rotation, such as when
trying to remove the vehicle from mud.
(Turns on)
TCS/DSC Indicator
Light
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and
they may not operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Air Bag/Front Seat
Belt Pretensioner
System Warning
Light
A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes, constantly illu-
minates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON. If any of these oc-
cur, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not operate
in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could
accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
*Some models. 7-29
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning
(Flashing)
Tire Pressure Moni-
toring System
Warning Light
If the tire pressure monitoring system has a malfunction, the tire pressure warning light
flashes. Have your vehicle checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates orashes, or the tire pres‐
sure warning beep sound is heard, decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or ashes, or the tire pres‐
sure warning beep sound is heard, it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or braking. Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an
accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak or a at, pull over to a safe position where you can
check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer or a tire repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous, even if you know why it is illuminated. Have
the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situa‐
tion that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident.
(Amber)
KEY Warning Indi-
cation
*
“Keyless System Malfunction” is displayed
This message is displayed if the advanced keyless entry & push button start system has a
problem.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
If the message is indicated, or the push button start indicator light (amber) ashes, the en‐
gine may not start. If the engine cannot be started, try starting it using the emergency oper‐
ation for starting the engine, and have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Deal‐
er as soon as possible.
Refer to Emergency Operation for Starting the Engine on page 4-9.
“Ignition is On” is displayed
This message is displayed when the driver's door is opened without switching the ignition
off.
“Key Not Detected” is displayed
This message is displayed when any of the following operations is performed with the key
out of the operational range or placed in areas inside the cabin where it is difficult for the
key to be detected.
•
The push button start is pressed with the ignition switched off
•
The ignition is switched on
•
All doors are closed without switching the ignition off
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-30 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning
(Red)
(Illuminate)
KEY Warning
Light
*
If any malfunction occurs in the keyless entry system, it illuminates continuously.
CAUTION
If the key warning indicator light illuminates or the push button start indicator light (amber)
ashes, the engine may not start. If the engine cannot be started, try starting it using the
emergency operation for starting the engine, and have the vehicle inspected at an Author‐
ized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Refer to Emergency Operation for Starting the Engine on page 4-9.
(Amber)
High Beam Control
System (HBC)
Warning Indication/
Warning Light
*
The light remains turned on if there is a problem with the system. Have your vehicle in-
spected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
If the windshield area in front of the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) is fogged or ob-
structed, the light turns on temporarily. If the light remains turned on, there may be a
problem with the system.
Blind Spot Monitor-
ing (BSM) Warning
Indication
*
This light illuminates if there is a malfunction in the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM). Have
your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors
can detect, the system may pause. However, it does not indicate a malfunction.
Blind Spot Monitor-
ing (BSM) OFF In-
dicator Light
*
A problem in the system may be indicated under the following conditions.
Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
The light does not turn on when the ignition is switched ON.
•
The light remains on even when the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) system can be operat-
ed.
•
It turns on while driving the vehicle.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors
can detect, the system may pause (The Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) OFF indicator light
in the instrument cluster illuminates). However, it does not indicate a malfunction.
(Amber)
Mazda Radar Cruise
Control with Stop &
Go function
(MRCC with Stop
& Go function)
Warning Indication
*
The message is displayed when the system has a malfunction. Have your vehicle inspect-
ed at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
*Some models. 7-31
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning
(Amber)
Lane-keep Assist
System (LAS) &
Lane Departure
Warning System
(LDWS) Warning
Indication
*
The message is displayed when the system has a malfunction. Have your vehicle inspect-
ed at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The system does not operate when the warning message is displayed.
CAUTION
Always use tires for all wheels that are of the specied size, and the same manufacture,
brand, and tread pattern. In addition, do not use tires with signicantly dierent wear
patterns on the same vehicle. If such improper tires are used, the system may not operate
normally.
When an emergency spare tire is used, the system may not operate normally.
LED Headlight
Warning Light
This light illuminates if there is a malfunction in the LED headlight. Have your vehicle
inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-32 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Taking Action
Take the appropriate action and verify that the warning light turns off.
Signal Warning Action to be taken
(Amber)
Smart Brake Support/
Smart City Brake Sup-
port (SBS/SCBS)
Warning Indication/
Warning Lig ht
*
The light turns on if the windshield or the
radar sensor are dirty, or there is a malfunc-
tion in the system.
Verify the reason why the warning light is
illuminated on the center display.
If the reason why the warning light is illu-
minated is due to a dirty windshield, clean
the windshield.
If the warning light is illuminated because
of a dirty radar sensor, clean the front em-
blem.
For any other reasons, have the vehicle in-
spected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Low Fuel Warning In-
dication/Warning
Light
The light turns on when the remaining fuel
is about 9.0 L (2.3 US gal, 1.9 Imp gal).
NOTE
The light illumination timing may vary be-
cause fuel inside the fuel tank moves
around according to the driving conditions
and the vehicle posture.
Add fuel.
Check Fuel Cap Warn-
ing Indication/Warning
Light
*
If the check fuel cap warning light illumi-
nates while driving, the fuel-filler cap may
not be installed properly.
Stop the engine and reinstall the fuel-filler
cap.
Refer to Refueling on page 3-31.
Engine Oil Level
Warning Lig ht
*
This warning light indicates that the engine
oil level is around the MIN mark (page
6-17).
Add 1 L (0.3 US gal, 0.2 Imp gal) of en-
gine oil (page 6-17).
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
*Some models. 7-33
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Signal Warning Action to be taken
Seat Belt Warning
Light
The seat belt warning light turns on if the
driver or front passenger's seat is occupied
and the seat belt is not fastened with the ig-
nition switched ON.
If the driver or front passenger's seat belt is
unfastened (only when the front passenger's
seat is occupied) and the vehicle is driven at
a speed faster than about 20 km/h (12 mph),
the warning light flashes. After a short time,
the warning light stops flashing, but re-
mains illuminated.
NOTE
•
The warning light flashes for about 6 sec-
onds if the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition is switched ON.
•
To allow the front passenger occupant
classification sensor to function properly,
do not place and sit on an additional seat
cushion on the front passenger's seat. The
sensor may not function properly because
the additional seat cushion could cause
sensor interference.
•
If a small child is seated on the front pas-
senger's seat, the warning light may not
operate.
Fasten the seat belts.
Low Washer Fluid
Level Warning Indica-
tion/Warning Light
*
This warning light indicates that little wash-
er fluid remains. Add washer fluid (page 6-20).
Door-Ajar/Lift-
gate-Ajar Warning In-
dication/Warning
Light
The light turns on if any door/liftgate is not
closed securely. Close the door/liftgate securely.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-34 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light (Turns on)
Take the appropriate action and verify that the warning light turns off.
Warning
When the warning light illuminates, and the warning beep sound is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or ashes, or the tire pressure warning beep sound
is heard, decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or ashes, or the tire pressure warning beep sound
is heard, it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds, or perform sudden maneuvering or braking. Vehicle
drivability could worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak or a at, pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition
of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system
monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous, even if you know why it is illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a
dangerous accident.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-35
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Action to be taken
Inspect the tires and adjust to the specified inflation pressure (page 6-31).
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or wheels or both, have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the
tire pressure sensors may be damaged.
NOTE
•
Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary according to the tire tempera-
ture, therefore let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting the tire
pressures. When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep
may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light, resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient
temperature, may turn off if the ambient temperature rises. In this case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure, make sure to check
and adjust the tire air pressures.
•
After adjusting the tire air pressures, it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off. If the
TPMS warning light remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10 mi-
nutes, and then verify that it turns off.
•
Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you
have a flat. However, when you find one low tire in a set of four-that is an indication of trouble; you should
have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects
sticking through tread or sidewall. Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a
bad valve. Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous ―
take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems and order the
best replacement tire for your vehicle.
If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted, there may be a tire puncture.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-36
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light*
Take the appropriate action and verify that the warning light turns off.
Signal Cause Action to be taken
(White)
KEY Warning Indica-
tion
The key battery is dead. Replace the key battery (page 6-29).
(Red)
(Flashing)
KEY Warning Light
The key battery is dead. Replace the key battery (page 6-29).
The key is not within the operation range.
Bring the key into the operation range
(page 3-7).
The key is placed in areas inside the cabin
where it is difficult for the key to be detect-
ed.
A key from another manufacturer similar to
the key is in the operation range.
Take the key from another manufacturer
similar to the key out of the operation
range.
Without the ignition switched off, the key is
taken out of the cabin, and then all the
doors are closed.
Bring the key back into the cabin.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
*Some models. 7-37
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Message Indicated in Multi-information Display*
If there is a notification from the vehicle, a message is displayed in the multi-information
display. Check the information and take the necessary action.
(Display example)
If the warning light turns on/flashes simultaneously or a symbol is indicated in the display,
check the information regarding the warning light or symbol. (page 4-30)
Display Content Action to be taken
Indicated when the push button start is
pressed while the selector lever is not in
the P position.
Shift the selector lever to the P position.
Indicated when the push button start is
pressed without depressing the brake
pedal.
Depress the brake pedal and press the
push button start.
Indicates when the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB) switch is operated without
depressing the brake pedal.
Operate the Electric Parking Brake
(EPB) switch while depressing the brake
pedal.
Indicates when there is a problem with
the brake related system while the vehi-
cle is being held in a stop position by the
AUTOHOLD function or during the
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop
& Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) stop hold control.
Depress the brake pedal.
Cancel the AUTOHOLD function or the
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop
& Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function), and have your vehicle inspect-
ed at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-38 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Display Content Action to be taken
Indicates the possibility of the vehicle
not being held in the stopped position by
the AUTOHOLD function, such as on
steep slopes.
Depress and hold your foot on the brake
pedal.
Indicates when the cancel operation is
done without depressing the brake pedal
while the vehicle is being held in the
stopped position by the AUTOHOLD
function or during the stop hold control
of the Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop
& Go function).
Cancel the AUTOHOLD function or the
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop
& Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) stop hold control while de-
pressing the brake pedal.
Indicated when the engine may be over-
heating and the engine output is restrict-
ed
Drive slowly and make sure that the in-
dication turns off.
If the indication does not turn off, con-
sult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-39
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Message Indicated on Display*
If a message is displayed in the center display (Type B audio), take appropriate action (in a
calm manner) according to the displayed message.
(Display example)
▼Stop Vehicle in Safe Place Immediately
If the following messages are displayed in the center display , a vehicle system may be
malfunctioning. Stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Display Indicated Condition
Displays if the engine coolant temperature has increased excessively.
Displays if the charging system has a malfunction.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-40 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Verify Display Content
Displays in the following cases:
Display Indicated Condition/Action to be taken
The following message is displayed when the temperature around the
center display is high.
Lowering the temperature in the cabin or the temperature around the
center display by avoiding direct sunlight is recommended.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-41
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Warning Sound is
Activated
▼Lights-On Reminder
The lights-on reminder is operable when
the time setting*1 of the auto headlight off
function is off.
If lights are on and the ignition is switched
to ACC or off, a continuous beep sound
will be heard when the driver's door is
opened.
*1 If the light switch is left on, the auto
headlight off function automatically
turns off the lights about 30 seconds
after switching the ignition off. The
time setting can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
NOTE
•
When the ignition is switched to ACC,
the “Ignition Not Switched Off (STOP)
Warning Beep” (page 7-43) overrides
the lights-on reminder.
•
A personalized function is available to
change the sound volume for the
lights-on reminder.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
▼Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If there is a problem with the air bag/seat
belt pretensioner systems and the warning
light illumination, a warning beep sound
will be heard for about 5 seconds every
minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep sound will continue
to be heard for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag/
seat belt pretensioner system warning beep
sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/seat
belt pretensioner system warning beep
sounding is dangerous. In a collision, the
air bags and the seat belt pretensioner
system will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
vehicle inspected as soon as possible.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-42
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Seat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition is switched ON, a beep
sound will be heard for about 6 seconds. If
the driver or the front passenger's seat belt
is not fastened and the vehicle is driven at
a speed faster than about 20 km/h (12
mph), a beep sound will be heard again for
a specified period of time.
Until a seat belt is fastened or a given
period of time has elapsed, the beep sound
will not stop even if the vehicle speed falls
below 20 km/h (12 mph).
NOTE
•
To allow the front passenger occupant
classification sensor to function
properly, do not place and sit on an
additional seat cushion on the front
passenger's seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
•
If a small child is seated on the front
passenger's seat, the warning beep may
not operate.
▼Ignition Not Switched Off (STOP)
Warning Beep
If the driver's door is opened with the
ignition switched to ACC, a beep will be
heard continuously in the cabin to notify
the driver that the ignition has not been
switched OFF (STOP). Under this
condition, the keyless entry system will
not operate, the vehicle cannot be locked,
and the battery voltage will be depleted.
▼Key Removed from Vehicle Warning
Beep
Vehicles with advanced keyless function
If the key is taken out of the vehicle while
the ignition is not switched OFF and all
the doors are closed, the beep which
sounds outside of the vehicle will be heard
6 times, the beep which sounds inside the
vehicle will be heard 6 times, and the
KEY warning light (red) in the instrument
cluster flashes continuously to notify the
driver that the ignition has not been
switched OFF.
Vehicles without advanced keyless
function
If the key is taken out of the vehicle while
the ignition is not switched OFF and all
the doors are closed, a beep will be heard
in the cabin 6 times and the KEY warning
light (red) in the instrument cluster turns
on continuously to notify the driver that
the ignition has not been switched OFF.
NOTE
Because the key utilizes low-intensity
radio waves, the Key Removed From
Vehicle Warning may activate if the key is
carried together with a metal object or it
is placed in a poor signal reception area.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-43
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Request Switch Inoperable Warning
Beep (With the advanced keyless
function)
If the request switch is pressed with the
door open or ajar, or the ignition is not
switched OFF with a key being carried, a
beep will be heard outside for about 2
seconds to notify the driver that the door
or liftgate cannot be locked.
▼Key Left-in-luggage Compartment
Warning Beep (With the advanced
keyless function)
If the key is left in the luggage
compartment with all the doors locked and
the liftgate closed, a beep will be heard
outside for about 10 seconds to notify the
driver that the key is in the luggage
compartment. In this case, take out the key
by pressing the electric liftgate opener and
opening the liftgate. The key taken out of
the luggage compartment may not operate
because its functions have been
temporarily stopped. To restore the key's
functions, perform the applicable
procedure (page 3-8).
▼Key Left-in-vehicle Warning Beep
(With the advanced keyless
function)
If all the doors and luggage compartment
are locked using another key while the key
is left in the cabin, the beep which sounds
outside of the vehicle will be heard for
about 10 seconds to notify the driver that
the key is in the cabin. In this case, take
out the key by opening the door. A key
taken out of the vehicle using this method
may not operate because its functions have
been temporarily stopped. To restore the
key's functions, perform the applicable
procedure (page 3-8).
▼Power Liftgate Warning Beep
*
If system operation precautions are
necessary, the driver is notified by the
warning sound.
Cautions What to check
The beep sounds 3 times
The conditions required
for the power liftgate to
operate have not been
met, such as an object
being stuck in the lift-
gate.
The beep sound contin-
ues
The vehicle is being
driven with the liftgate
open. Stop the vehicle
and close the liftgate.
▼Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Beep
The warning buzzer is activated under the
following conditions:
•The vehicle is driven with the electric
parking brake (EPB) applied.
•The electric parking brake (EPB) switch
is pulled while the vehicle is driven.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-44 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼AUTOHOLD Warning Beep
Warning light flashes/message is displayed
and beep sound is activated
simultaneously for about five seconds
when using AUTOHOLD function or
when AUTOHOLD switch is operated.
Because a problem with AUTOHOLD
function has occurred, AUTOHOLD
function does not operate even if
AUTOHOLD switch is operated.
If the warning light flashes/message is
displayed and the beep sound is activated
simultaneously, have your vehicle
inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
▼Power Steering Warning Buzzer
If the power steering system has a
malfunction, the power steering
malfunction light turns on or flashes and
the buzzer operates at the same time.
Refer to Warning Indication/Warning
Lights on page 4-30.
▼Tire Inflation Pressure Warning
Beep
The warning beep sound will be heard for
about 3 seconds if the tire pressures
decrease.
Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System
on page 4-162.
▼Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
Warning Beep
*
Driving forward
The warning beep operates when the turn
signal lever is operated to the side where
the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) warning
light is illuminated.
NOTE
A personalized function is available to
change the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
warning beep sound volume.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
Reversing
The Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
warning sound is activated if there is a
possibility of collision with a vehicle
approaching from behind and from the
rear on the left and right sides of the
vehicle.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
*Some models.
7-45
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Lane Departure Warning Sound
*
While the system is operating, if the
system determines that the vehicle may
depart from the lane, it sounds a warning
sound.
NOTE
•
The volume of the Lane-keep Assist
System (LAS) & Lane Departure
Warning System (LDWS) warning sound
can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
The type of the Lane-keep Assist System
(LAS) & Lane Departure Warning
System (LDWS) warning sound can be
changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
▼Excessive Speed Warning
*
If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed
limit sign displayed on the active driving
display, the warning sound is activated and
the area around the speed limit sign
displayed on the active driving display
flashes 3 times in amber, and if the vehicle
speed continues to exceed the displayed
speed limit sign, the indication stops
flashing and remains on.
▼Collision warning
*
If there is a possibility of a collision with a
vehicle ahead or an obstruction at the rear
of the vehicle, the warning light in the
instrument cluster flashes at the same time
as the warning indication is displayed in
the multi-information display or the active
driving display, and a warning sound is
activated intermittently.
▼Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with
Stop & Go function) System
Warnings
*
The Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop &
Go function) system warnings notify the
driver of system problems and precautions
on use when required. Check after hearing
a warning beep sound.
Warning beep What to check
While the Mazda Radar
Cruise Control with Stop
& Go function (MRCC
with Stop & Go func-
tion) system is operating,
a single beep sound is
heard when “Front radar
blocked” is displayed in
the multi-information
display.
Cancel the Mazda Radar
Cruise Control with Stop
& Go function (MRCC
with Stop & Go func-
tion) system if the radar
sensor (front) becomes
dirty. Clean the area
around the radar sensor
(front).
The beep sounds inter-
mittently while the vehi-
cle is being driven.
The distance between
your vehicle and the ve-
hicle ahead is too close.
Verify the safety of the
surrounding area and re-
duce vehicle speed.
While the Mazda Radar
Cruise Control with Stop
& Go function (MRCC
with Stop & Go func-
tion) system is operating,
a single beep sound is
heard when “Front radar
sensor system malfunc-
tion” is displayed in the
multi-information dis-
play.
A malfunction in the
system may be indicated.
Check the center display
to verify the problem
and then have your vehi-
cle inspected by an Au-
thorized Mazda Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-46 *Some models.
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
When Liftgate Cannot be
Opened
If the battery is dead, the liftgate cannot be
unlocked and opened.
In this case, the liftgate can be unlocked
by taking care of the dead battery
situation.
Refer to Jump-Starting on page 7-14.
If the liftgate cannot be unlocked even if
the dead battery situation has been
resolved, the electrical system may have a
malfunction.
In this case, the liftgate can be opened
using the following procedure as an
emergency measure.
1. Wrap the end of a flathead screwdriver
in a cloth and remove the cover on the
interior surface of the liftgate using it.
Cover
2. (Without power liftgate)
Turn the lever to the right to unlock the
liftgate.
Lever
(With power liftgate)
Push the liftgate while pressing the
lever down.
Lever
After performing this emergency measure,
have the vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
If Trouble Arises
When Liftgate Cannot be Opened
7-47
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
If the Active Driving
Display Does Not Operate
If the active driving display does not
operate, switch the ignition off and then
restart the engine. If the active driving
display does not operate even with the
engine restarted, have the vehicle
inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Active Driving Display Does Not Operate
7-48
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
8Customer Information and Reporting
Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on
equipment.
Customer Assistance......................... 8-2
Customer Assistance
(U.S.A.)........................................ 8-2
Customer Assistance
(Canada)....................................... 8-7
Customer Assistance (Puerto
Rico)........................................... 8-10
Mazda Importer/Distributors.........8-11
Importer/Distributor....................8-11
Reporting Safety Defects................ 8-12
Reporting Safety Defects
(U.S.A.)...................................... 8-12
Reporting Safety Defects
(Canada)..................................... 8-13
Warranty.......................................... 8-14
Warranties for Your Mazda.........8-14
Outside the United States/
Canada........................................ 8-15
Registering Your Vehicle in A
Foreign Country (Except United
States and Canada)..................... 8-16
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories................................. 8-17
Cell Phones.......................................8-18
Cell Phones Warning.................. 8-18
Event Data Recorder.......................8-19
Event Data Recorder (U.S.A. and
Canada).......................................8-19
Recording of Vehicle Data.............. 8-20
Recording of Vehicle Data..........8-20
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS).......................................... 8-21
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
System (UTQGS)....................... 8-21
Tire Information (U.S.A.)............... 8-23
Tire Labeling.............................. 8-23
Location of the Tire Label
(Placard)..................................... 8-28
Tire Maintenance........................8-31
Vehicle Loading..........................8-34
Steps for Determining the Correct
Load Limit.................................. 8-40
Declaration of Conformity..............8-41
Declaration of Conformity......... 8-41
8-1
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in
top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer. For more
information, go to NHTSA website www.safercar.gov (VEHICLE SHOPPERS > Air Bags >
Air Bag FAQs > Air Bag Deactivation).
▼STEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue.
•If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of
the dealership or the OWNER.
•If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, go to STEP 2.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-2
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼STEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management or it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the
supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical
conditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda North American
Operations by one of the following ways.
Log on: at www.MazdaUSA.com
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
the U.S., can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contact Us” located on the bottom of the page at www.mazdausa.com
under “Help”
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500
By letter at:
ATTN: Customer Experience Center
Mazda North American Operations
200 Spectrum Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-3
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼STEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)
Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not
be possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, Mazda
North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program
administered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.
BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a
mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able to
facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.
You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies
under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To the extent
permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort to BBB
AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “Lemon Law”. If
you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or
the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTO LINE.
The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not binding on
you or Mazda unless you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTO
LINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBB
website at www.bbb.org/autoline.
Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hope
to satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazda
believes in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure
Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-4
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼California Customers
1. Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE, a mediation/
arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus [4200
Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203] through local Better Business Bureaus.
BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification
Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs.
2. If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty, we encourage you to
bring it to our attention. If we are unable to resolve it, you may file a claim with BBB
AUTO LINE. Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six (6) months after
the expiration of the warranty.
3. To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, call 1-800-955-5100. There is no charge for the
call.
4. In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, you will have to provide your name and
address, the brand name and vehicle identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and a
statement of the nature of your problem or complaint. You will also be asked to provide:
the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle, the vehicle's current mileage, the
approximate date and mileage at the time any problem(s) were first brought to the
attention of Mazda or one of our dealers, and a statement of the relief you are seeking.
5. BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. If
mediation is not successful, or if you do not wish to participate in mediation, claims
within the program's jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal
hearing. The arbitrator's decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the
time your complaint is filed; there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact
Mazda about your problem, or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an
inspection/report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by
BBB AUTO LINE.
6. You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or
remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22. You are also required to
use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22 or Title I of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
7. California Civil Code Section 1793.2 (d) requires that, if Mazda or its representative is
unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable express
warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, Mazda may be required to replace or
repurchase the vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22 (b) creates a presumption
that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its
applicable express warranties if, within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18,000
miles on the vehicle's odometer, whichever occurs first, one or more of the following
occurs:
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-5
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
•The same nonconformity [a failure to conform to the written warranty that
substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle] results in a condition that
is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the
nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents
AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
•The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its
agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
•The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its
agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the
vehicle to the buyer.
NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE
FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
Mazda North American Operations
200 Spectrum Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618
ATTN: Customer Mediation
8. The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: repairs, reimbursement for
money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle
nonconformity, repurchase or replacement of your vehicle, and compensation for
damages and remedies available under Mazda's written warranty or applicable law.
9. The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: punitive or multiple
damages, attorneys' fees, or consequential damages other than as provided in California
Civil Code Section 1794 (a) and (b).
10. You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator. If you reject the
decision, you will be free to pursue further legal action. The arbitrator's decision and any
findings will be admissible in a court action.
11. If you accept the arbitrator's decision, Mazda will be bound by the decision, and will
comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we
receive notice of your acceptance of the decision.
12. Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100 for further details about the program.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-6
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Customer Assistance (Canada)
▼Satisfaction Review Process
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:
▼STEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General Manager.
▼STEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda
Canada Inc. Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address
and phone numbers are shown (page 8-9).
▼STEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda
Canada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)
263-4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the Vehicle Identification Number on
page 9-2 for the location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date
5. Present odometer reading
6. Your dealer's name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of
your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the
above three steps in sequence for most effective results.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-7
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Mediation/Arbitration Program
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer Satisfaction
Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still not resolved,
you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about how your
concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through binding
arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.
Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that goal.
There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.
▼Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,
Mazda, and/or one of its dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish to
use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the
Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the Canadian Motor Vehicle
Arbitration Plan Office at:
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
http://camvap.ca
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally:
Province/Territory CAMVAP Number
British Columbia & Yukon Territories 1 (800) 207-0685
Alberta & Northwest Territories 1 (800) 207-0685
Saskatchewan 1 (800) 207-0685
Manitoba 1 (800) 207-0685
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-8
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Province/Territory CAMVAP Number
Ontario 1 (800) 207-0685
Atlantic Canada 1 (800) 207-0685
Quebec 1 (800) 207-0685
▼Regional Offices
REGIONAL OFFICES COVERING AREAS
MAZDA CANADA INC.
WESTERN REGION
5011 275 STREET
LANGLEY, BRITISH COLUMBIA
V4W 0A8
(778) 369-2100
1 (800) 663-0908
ALBERTA,
BRITISH COLUMBIA,
MANITOBA,
SASKATCHEWAN,
YUKON
MAZDA CANADA INC.
CENTRAL REGION
55 VOGELL ROAD,
RICHMOND HILL,
ONTARIO, L4B 3K5
1 (800) 263-4680
ONTARIO,
NEW BRUNSWICK,
NOVA SCOTIA,
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,
NEWFOUNDLAND
MAZDA CANADA INC.
QUEBEC REGION
6111 ROUTE TRANSCANADIENNE
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC
H9R 5A5
(514) 694-6390
QUEBEC
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-9
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top
condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
▼STEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
▼STEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your
area's Mazda representative.
Refer to Importer/Distributor on page 8-11.
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-10
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Importer/Distributor
▼U.S.A.
Mazda North American Operations
200 Spectrum Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.
TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)
▼CANADA
Mazda Canada Inc.
55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,
Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada
TEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)
(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)
▼PUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island
International Automotive Distributor
Group, LLC. (Mazda de Puerto Rico)
P.O. Box 191850, San Juan, Puerto Rico
00919-1850
TEL: (787) 641-1777
▼GUAM
Triple J Motors
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,
GUAM 96911 USA
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931
TEL: (671) 649-6555
▼SAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234-7524
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051
▼AMERICAN SAMOA
Polynesia Motors, Inc.
P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, American
Samoa 96799
TEL: (684) 699-9347
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
8-11
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury
or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
Importer/Distributor).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA,
1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC, 20590. You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
NOTE
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be
forwarded to:
Mazda North American Operations
200 Spectrum Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618
or
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
Customer Experience Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page
8-11) in this manual.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
8-12
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect
Investigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact
Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330
Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
8-13
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Warranties for Your Mazda
•New Vehicle Limited Warranty
•Powertrain Limited Warranty
•Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty
•Anti-perforation Limited Warranty
•Federal Emission Control Warranty/California Emission Control Warranty
•Emission Defect Warranty
•Emission Performance Warranty
•Emission Control Warranty
•Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
•Tire Warranty
NOTE
Warranty information varies depending on the country. Refer to the Warranty Booklet for
detailed warranty information.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
8-14
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Outside the United States/Canada
Government regulations in the United States/Canada require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United
States/Canada may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside the United States/Canada.
United States
However, in the event that you are moving to Canada permanently, Mazda vehicles built for
use in the United States could be eligible for exportation to Canada with specific vehicle
modifications to comply with the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS).
Canada
However, in the event that you are moving to the United States permanently, Mazda
vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the United States with
specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (FMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers
on vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United
States/Canada:
•Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
•Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
8-15
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except
United States and Canada)
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it
meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be
driven. Consequently, your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in order
to meet the regulations.
In addition, you should be aware of the following issues:
Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country.
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your
vehicle.
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
8-16
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your vehicle's
performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you install
any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts or
accessories:
Improperly designed parts or accessories could seriously aect your vehicle's performance or
safety systems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries
in an accident.
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as mobile
telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an improper
installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine stalling, air-bag
(SRS) activation, ABS/TCS/DSC inactivation, or a re in the vehicle.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
8-17
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Cell Phones Warning
WARNING
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication equipment in
vehicles in your country:
Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle
navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous. Dialing a
number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of these devices will
cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident. If a passenger is unable
to use the device, pull o the right-of-way to a safe area before use. If use of a cell phone is
necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free system to at least leave the hands free to
drive the vehicle. Never use a cell phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving
and, instead, concentrate on the full-time job of driving.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Cell Phones
8-18
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Event Data Recorder (U.S.A. and Canada)
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is
to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or
hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems
performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
•How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
•Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
•How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
•How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes
and injuries occur.
NOTE:
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash or near crash-like situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such
as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or
the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law
enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access
to the vehicle or the EDR.
Mazda will not disclose any of the data recorded in an EDR to a third party unless:
•A written agreement from the vehicle owner or the lessee is obtained
•Officially requested by the police or other law enforcement authorities
•Used as a defense for Mazda in a lawsuit, claim, or arbitration
•Ordered by a judge or court
However, if necessary Mazda will:
•Use the data for research on Mazda vehicle performance, including safety.
•Disclose the data or the summarized data to a third party for research purposes without
disclosing vehicle or owner identification information.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Event Data Recorder
8-19
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Recording of Vehicle Data
This vehicle is equipped with a computer which records the following main vehicle data
related to vehicle controls, operation, and other driving conditions.
Recorded data
•Vehicle conditions such as engine speed and vehicle speed
•Driving operation conditions such as accelerator and brake pedals, and information related
to the environmental circumstances while the vehicle is driven
•Malfunction diagnosis information from each on-vehicle computer
•Information related to controls of other on-vehicle computers
NOTE
The recorded data may vary depending on the vehicle grade and optional equipment. Voice
and images are not recorded.
Data handling
Mazda and its subcontracting parties may obtain and use the recorded data for vehicle
malfunction diagnosis, research and development, and quality improvement.
Mazda will not disclose or provide any of the obtained data to a third party unless:
•An agreement from the vehicle owner (agreements from lessor and lessee for leased
vehicle) is obtained
•Officially requested by the police or other law enforcement authorities
•For statistical processing by a research institution after processing the data so that
identification of the owner or the vehicle is impossible
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Recording of Vehicle Data
8-20
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and temperature
performance.
▼Tread Wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
▼Traction-AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent the
tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction
performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and
does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
▼Temperature-A, B, C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
8-21
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
WARNING
Keep your vehicle's tires properly inated and not overloaded:
Driving with improperly inated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,
underination, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire
that is properly inated and not overloaded.
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary
with respect to grade.
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND TO
ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
▼UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A
UTQGS MARK (example)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
8-22
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Tire Labeling
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of
all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire
and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of
a recall.
▼Information on Passenger Vehicle Tires
Please refer to the sample below.
1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number
2. Passenger car tire
3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
5. Radial
6. Run-flat tire
7. Rim diameter code
8. Load index & speed symbol
9. Severe snow conditions
10. Tire ply composition and materials used
11. Max. load rating
12. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades
13. Max. permissible inflation pressure
14. SAFETY WARNING
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-23
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
P
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
NOTE
If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO
(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing
Association).
215
“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
65
“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
R
“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.
15
“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
95
“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each tire
can support.
H
“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating Speed Rating
Q99 mph
R106 mph
S 112 mph
T 118 mph
U124 mph
H130 mph
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-24
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Letter Rating Speed Rating
V 149 mph
W168
*
mph
Y186
*
mph
* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For
tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.
MS or M/S: Mud and Snow
AT: All Terrain.
AS: All Season. The “M S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use in mud
and snow.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)
This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. The
next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last four
numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers
457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,
the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codes
used at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire
defect requires a recall.
Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. In
general, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,
and other.
Maximum Load Rating
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the
tire.
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under
normal driving conditions.
Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades
Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-25
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades
represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
Temperatu re: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Snow Tires
In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with very
deeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels. Make
sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other tires
on your vehicle.
SAFETY WARNING
The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.
SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:
•EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-MATCH
TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa) TO SEAT
BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT TIRES.
•TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/
DAMAGE-FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN
VEHICLE-FREQUENTLY CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR
DAMAGE.
▼Information on Temporary Tires
Please refer to the sample below.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-26
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
1. Temporary tires
2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
4. Diagonal
5. Rim diameter code
6. Load index & speed symbol
T115/70D16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
T
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
115
“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
70
“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
D
“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.
16
“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
90
“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each tire
can support.
M
“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating Speed Rating
M81 mph
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-27
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Location of the Tire Label (Placard)
You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important
information on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.
SAMPLE
▼Recommended Tire Inflation Pressure
On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi
for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that the
inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.
You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is
maintained.
Refer to Tires on page 9-7.
NOTE
Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the
recommended cold tire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle
has been parked for at least 3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up,
increasing the tire pressure.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-28
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
WARNING
Always check the tire ination pressures on a regular basis according to the recommended
tire ination pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the information in this owner's
manual:
Driving your vehicle with under-inated tires is dangerous.
Under-ination is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may result in
severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss of vehicle control and
increased risk of injury. Under-ination increases sidewall exing and rolling resistance,
resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It results in unnecessary tire stress,
irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and
not appear to be at!
It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inated just by looking at them.
▼Checking Tire Pressure
1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are not
hot from driving even a mile.
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.
3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.
4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.
5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the
valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.
6. Replace the valve cap.
7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.
NOTE
Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure.
8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.
9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or other
irregularities.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-29
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Glossary of Terms
Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, and the
maximum weight the vehicle can carry.
Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing
information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date of manufacture.
Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.
kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.
psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.
B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.
Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.
Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and
cargo.
Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it's
mounted on the vehicle.
Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacity
is described on the tire label.
Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production
options weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace, and
not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty
brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-30
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Tire Maintenance
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here are
some important maintenance points:
▼Tire Inflation Pressure
Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintain
recommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use the
pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.
▼Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) at the latest or sooner
if irregular wear develops. Mazda recommends to rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles) to
help increase tire life and distribute wear more evenly.
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Forward
Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a
combination of the following:
•Incorrect tire pressure
•Improper wheel alignment
•Out-of-balance wheel
•Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 9-7) and inspect the lug nuts
for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs
only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be weakened if rotated
from side to side.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-31
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Replacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction could result in
an accident.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
New tread
Tread wear indicator
Worn tread
You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace
the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. The
period in which the tire was manufactured (both week and year) is indicated by a 4-digit
number.
Refer to Tire Labeling on page 8-23.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-32
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Safety Practices
The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivate
good driving habits for your own benefit.
•Observe posted speed limits and drive at speeds that are safe for the existing weather
conditions
•Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
•Avoid potholes and objects on the road
•Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking
CAUTION
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or
vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution until you can
safely pull o the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tire is under-inated or
damaged, deate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it with your spare tire. If you cannot
detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle
inspected.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-33
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Vehicle Loading
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keep your
loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer. Properly
loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before
loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your
vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's Safety Certification
Label and Tire and Load Information Label:
WARNING
Overloaded Vehicle:
Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have serious consequences
in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's suspension system can cause
spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure, handling or steering problems, irregular tire
wear, tire failure or other damage.
Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the distance
required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail completely, particularly
on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the size of the tire, its load
range, and corresponding ination pressure.
Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from the vehicle's
Safety Certication and Tire and Load Information labels.
Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your
dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
PAYLOAD
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-34
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to
carry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load
Information label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THE COMBINATION
WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg or XXX
lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tire label is the maximum
payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If any aftermarket or dealer installed
equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight of the equipment must be subtracted
from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be accurate.
SAMPLE
CARGO
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-35
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and
optional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of
cargo weight.
The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargo
weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from
the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tire
label.
Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg (849
lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:
The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) － 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg
(699 lbs)
The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) － (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)
lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)
If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -
including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried
by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-36
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's door
frame or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.
SAMPLE
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-37
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
WARNING
Never Exceed Axle Weight Rating Limits:
Exceeding the Safety Certication Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and could
result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling, performance,
engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the vehicle, or loss of
control.
Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.
GCW
GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus the
weight of the fully loaded trailer.
GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the
vehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can
handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is rated for
operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safe
control of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW must
never exceed the GCWR.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-38
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer
the vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal or
external), a tongue load of 10－15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15－25%
(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.
Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a
trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.
Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain a
proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by
0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.
WARNING
Never Exceed GVWR or GAWR Specications:
Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specied on the certication label is dangerous. Exceeding
any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, or damage to the
vehicle.
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because
they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher
limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations.
Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specied on the certication label.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-39
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit-
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never
exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your
vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers
in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 － 750 (5 × 150) = 650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That
weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated
in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-40
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Declaration of Conformity
▼Keyless Entry System/Immobilizer System
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-41
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
NOTE
During printing time of this user manual the approvals listed above are granted.
WARNING
Change or modications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance
could void the use's authority to operate the equipment.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-42
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼HomeLink Wireless Control System
CAUTION
HomeLink has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules. Changes or
modications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the device.
NOTE
FCC ID: NZLMOBHL4
CANADA:4112A-MOBHL4
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1- This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2- This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
▼Tire Pressure Monitoring System
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
▼Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free
Type A
FCC ID: NT8MBLUEC09 IC:3043A-MBLUEC09
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-43
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
WARNING
Changes or modications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term “IC: ” before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with
installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure
compliance.
Mazda Bluetooth® Hands-Free Customer Service
•U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdausa.com/mazdaconnect
•Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-44
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Type B
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-45
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC)/Distance Recognition Support System
(DRSS)/Smart Brake Support (SBS)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-46
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
9Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Identification Numbers.....................9-2
Vehicle Information Labels.......... 9-2
Specifications..................................... 9-4
Specifications............................... 9-4
Personalization Features...................9-9
Personalization Features...............9-9
9-1
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Vehicle Information
Labels
▼Vehicle Identification Number
The vehicle identification number legally
identifies your vehicle. The number is on a
plate attached to the cowl panel located on
the left corner of the dashboard. This plate
can easily be seen through the windshield.
▼Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
Label
▼Chassis Number
Open the cover shown in the figure to
check the chassis number.
▼Vehicle Emission Control
Information Label
▼Tire Pressure Label
Specifications
Identification Numbers
9-2
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Engine Number
Forward
Specifications
Identification Numbers
9-3
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Specifications
▼Engine
Item Specification
Type DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder
Bore × Stroke 89.0 × 100 mm (3.50 × 3.94 in)
Displacement 2,488.5 ml (2,488.5 cc)
Compression ratio 13.0
▼Electrical System
Item Classification
Battery 12V-60Ah/20HR or 12V-65Ah/20HR
Spark-plug number Mazda Genuine spark plug
*1
PE5R-18-110 or PE5S-18-110
*1 The spark plugs provide the SKYACTIV-G its optimum performance. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer
for details.
CAUTION
When cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The ne particulate coating on the
iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.
Specifications
Specifications
9-4
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Lubricant Quality
Lubricant Classification
Engine oil Refer to Recommended Oil on page 6-17.
Coolant FL-22 type
Automatic transaxle fluid Mazda Genuine ATF-FZ
Transfer case oil Mazda Long Life Hypoid Gear Oil SG1
Rear differential oil Mazda Long Life Hypoid Gear Oil SG1
Brake fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3
NOTE
Refer to Introduction on (page 6-2) for owner's responsibility in protecting your investment.
▼Capacities
(Approximate Quantities)
Item Capacity
Engine oil With oil filter replacement 4.5 L (4.8 US qt, 4.0 Imp qt)
Without oil filter replacement 4.3 L (4.5 US qt, 3.8 Imp qt)
Coolant 7.4 L (7.8 US qt, 6.5 Imp qt)
Automatic transaxle fluid 8.0 L (8.5 US qt, 7.0 Imp qt)
Transfer case oil 0.45 L (0.48 US qt, 0.40 Imp qt)
Rear differential oil 0.35 L (0.37 US qt, 0.31 Imp qt)
Fuel tank 2WD 56.0 L (14.8 US gal, 12.3 Imp gal)
AWD 58.0 L (15.3 US gal, 12.8 Imp gal)
Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.
▼Dimensions
Item Vehicle specification
Overall length 4,550 mm (179.1 in)
Overall width 1,840 mm (72.4 in)
Overall height 1,675 mm (65.9 in)
Front tread 1,596 mm (62.8 in)
Rear tread 1,596 mm (62.8 in)
Wheelbase 2,698 mm (106.2 in)
Specifications
Specifications
9-5
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Weights
Item Indication on display
2WD AWD
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 2,061 kg (4,544 lbs) 2,118 kg (4,669 lbs)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight
Rating)
Front 1,069 kg (2,357 lbs) 1,089 kg (2,401 lbs)
Rear 992 kg (2,187 lbs) 1,029 kg (2,269 lbs)
▼Air Conditioner
The type of refrigerant used is indicated on a label attached to the inside of the engine com-
partment. Check the label before recharging the refrigerant. Refer to Climate Control Sys-
tem on page 5-4.
Item Classification
Refrigerant Type HFC134a (R-134a)
Specifications
Specifications
9-6
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
▼Light Bulbs
Exterior light
Light bulb Category
Wattage UNECE
*1
(SAE)
Headlights/Daytime running lights LED
*2
― (―)
Parking lights LED type LED
*2
― (―)
Front turn signal lights/Parking lights
*
28/8 ― (#7444NA)
Front side-marker lights LED type LED
*2
― (―)
Bulb type 5 W5W (―)
Fog lights
*
LED
*2
― (―)
Side turn signal lights LED
*2
― (―)
High-mount brake light LED
*2
― (―)
Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W (7443NA)
Brake lights/Taillights/Rear
side-marker lights
LED type LED
*2
― (―)
Bulb type 21/5 W21/5W (7443)
Reverse lights LED
*2
― (―)
License plate lights 5 W5W (―)
*1 UNECE stands for United Nations Economic Commission for Europe.
*2 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.
Interior light
Light bulb Category
Wattage UNECE
*1
Luggage compartment light 8 ―
Overhead light (Front)/Map lights 8 ―
Rear map lights 8 ―
Vanity mirror lights
*
2―
*1 UNECE stands for United Nations Economic Commission for Europe.
▼Tires
NOTE
The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.
When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally
fitted to your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.
Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 6-31.
Specifications
Specifications
*Some models.
9-7
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Standard tire
Tire size Inflation pressure
Front Rear
P225/65R17 100H 230 kPa (34 psi) 230 kPa (34 psi)
P225/55R19 99V 240 kPa (35 psi) 240 kPa (35 psi)
1 person's weight: About 75 kg
Temporary spare tire
Tire size Inflation pressure
T145/90D16 106M 420 kPa (60 psi)
Lug nut tightening torque
When installing a tire, tighten the lug nut to the following torque.
108―147 N·m (12―14 kgf·m, 80―108 ft·lbf)
▼Fuses
Refer to Fuses on page 6-42.
Specifications
Specifications
9-8
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Personalization Features
The following personalization features can be set or changed by the customer or an Author-
ized Mazda Dealer. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details.
Additionally, some of the personalization features can be changed by the customer depend-
ing on the feature.
Personalization features and settings which can be changed differ depending on the market
and specification.
Settings Change Method
Settings can be changed by operating the center display screen.
A: Refer to Settings on page 5-115.
B: Refer to Fuel Economy Monitor on page 4-79.
C: Refer to Active Driving Display on page 4-27.
Settings can be changed by operating the vehicle switches.
D: Refer to Auto Lock/Unlock Function on page 3-16.
E: Refer to Transmitter on page 3-4.
F: Refer to Locking, Unlocking with Request Switch (With the advanced keyless function)
on page 3-13.
Settings can be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Item Feature Factory
Setting Available Settings
Settings
Change
Method
Safety
Advanced Smart City
Brake Support (Ad-
vanced SCBS) (page
4-136)
Smart Brake Support
(SBS) (page 4-144)
The system can be changed so that Ad-
vanced Smart City Brake Support (Ad-
vanced SCBS) does not operate.
*1
On On/Off A ―
The distance at which the collision warn-
ing activates can be changed. Med. Far/Med./Near A ―
The volume of the collision warning can
be changed. High High/Low/Off A ―
Smart City Brake Sup-
port (SCBS) (page
4-140)
The system can be changed so that Smart
City Brake Support (SCBS) does not op-
erate.
*1
On On/Off A ―
Specifications
Personalization Features
9-9
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Item Feature Factory
Setting Available Settings
Settings
Change
Method
Lane-keep Assist Sys-
tem (LAS) & Lane De-
parture Warning System
(LDWS) (page 4-125)
The system can be changed so that the
steering wheel assist does not operate. On On/Off A ―
When the steering
wheel operation assis-
tance is turned on
The cancel sensi-
tivity of the steer-
ing assistance for
the system can be
changed.
High High/Low A ―
The system can
be changed so
that the Lane De-
parture Warning
does not activate.
On On/Off A ―
When the steering
wheel operation assis-
tance is turned off
The warning tim-
ing in which the
system deter-
mines that the ve-
hicle may be de-
viating from its
lane can be
changed.
At At/Before A ―
The sensitivity of
the warning for
the system can be
changed.
Often Often/Rare A ―
Lane-keep Assist Sys-
tem (LAS) & Lane De-
parture Warning System
(LDWS) (page 4-125)
The type of Lane-keep Assist System
(LAS) & Lane Departure Warning Sys-
tem (LDWS) warning can be changed.
Vibration Vibration/Beep/
Rumbl. A―
The warning intensi-
ty/volume of the sys-
tem can be changed.
Vibration Low High/Low A ―
Rumbl. Low High/Mid/Low A ―
Beep Low High/Low A ―
Blind Spot Monitoring
(BSM) (page 4-93)
The system can be changed so that Blind
Spot Monitoring (BSM) does not oper-
ate.
*1
On On/Off A ―
Warning beep volume
*2
High
High/
Low/
Off
A―
Specifications
Personalization Features
9-10
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Item Feature Factory
Setting Available Settings
Settings
Change
Method
Distance Recognition
Support System (DRSS)
(page 4-105)
The system can be changed so that Dis-
tance Recognition Support System
(DRSS) does not operate.
*1
On On/Off A ―
The distance at which the vehicle ahead
and your vehicle indicated in the display
flashes in white can be changed.
Near Far/Med./Near A ―
Traffic Sign Recogni-
tion System (TSR)
*3
(page 4-99)
The Traffic Sign Recognition System
(TSR) can be set to inoperable.
*1
On On/Off A ―
The warning pattern of the excessive
speed warning can be changed. Off
Off/
Visual/
Audio & Visual
A―
The activation timing for the excessive
speed warning can be changed. 00/ 5/ 10 A―
Veh ic le
Door locks (page 3-16) Operation condition of auto lock/unlock
function
Lock:
Driving,
Unlock:
IGN Off
Lock: Out of Park
Unlock: In Park/
Lock: Shifting Out of
Park/
Lock: When Driving
Unlock: In Park/
Lock: When Driving
Unlock: IGN Off/
Lock: When Driving/
Off
AD
Keyless entry system
(page 3-3)
Method for unlocking door using trans-
mitter
Once:
Driver's,
Twice: All
Doors
Touch Once: All
Doors/
Once: Driver's,
Twice: All Doors
AE
Time for locking door automatically 60 sec-
onds
90 seconds/
60 seconds/
30 seconds
A―
Specifications
Personalization Features
9-11
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Item Feature Factory
Setting Available Settings
Settings
Change
Method
Advanced keyless entry
system (page 3-9)
Method for unlocking door using request
switch/transmitter
Once:
Driver's,
Twice: All
Doors
Touch Once: All
Doors/
Once: Driver's,
Twice: All Doors
AE,
F
Time for locking door automatically 60 sec-
onds
90 seconds/
60 seconds/
30 seconds
A―
Auto-lock function operation/non-opera-
tional Off On/Off A ―
Beep volume when locking/unlocking Medium
High/
Medium/
Low/
Off
AE,
F
Illuminated entry sys-
tem (page 5-130)
Time until interior lights turn off after
closing door
15 sec-
onds
60 seconds/
30 seconds/
15 seconds/
7.5 seconds
A―
Time until interior lights turn off auto-
matically when any door is not closed
completely
30 mi-
nutes
60 minutes/
30 minutes/
10 minutes
A―
Auto-wiper control
(page 4-53) Operational/non-operational On On/Off
*4
A―
Daytime running lights
(page 4-51) Operational/non-operational On On/Off ― ―
Auto headlight off
*5
(page 4-46) Time until headlights turn off 30 sec-
onds
120 seconds/
90 seconds/
60 seconds/
30 seconds/
0 seconds
*6
A―
Auto-light control (page
4-46) Timing by which lights turn on Medium
Low/
Med.Low/
Medium/
Med.High/
High
A―
High Beam Control
System (HBC) (page
4-90)
Operational/non-operational
*1
On On/Off A ―
Adaptive Front Lighting
System (AFS) (page
4-89)
Operational/non-operational
*1
On On/Off A ―
Specifications
Personalization Features
9-12
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Item Feature Factory
Setting Available Settings
Settings
Change
Method
Lights-on reminder
*7
(page 7-42) Warning beep volume High High/Low/Off A ―
Coming home light
(page 4-49) Time until headlights turn off 30 sec-
onds
120 seconds/
90 seconds/
60 seconds/
30 seconds/
Off
A―
Leaving home light
(page 4-50) Operational/non-operational On On/Off A ―
Turn signal indicator
(page 4-52) Beep volume High High/Low A ―
Three-flash turn signal
(page 4-52) Operational/non-operational On On/Off A ―
System
Language Language indicated in display US Eng-
lish Depends on market
*9
A―
Temperature Temperature unit indicated in display °F or °C °F/°C A ―
Distance Distance unit indicated in display mi or km mi/km A ―
Fuel Economy Monitor (page 4-79)
Ending display Display/non-display Off On/Off B ―
Fuel economy resetting
procedure
Linkage/non-linkage with fuel economy
reset and trip meter A reset Off On/Off B ―
Specifications
Personalization Features
9-13
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Item Feature Factory
Setting Available Settings
Settings
Change
Method
Active Driving Display (page 4-27)
Display
Setting can be changed so that the Active
Driving Display is not displayed. On On/Off C ―
The display height (up/down position)
can be changed. 0
13 steps up/down
from initial setting
(total: 27 steps)
C―
The method for adjusting the display
brightness (automatically/manually) can
be changed.
Auto Auto/Man. C ―
The standard brightness while automatic
adjustment is selected can be changed us-
ing the brightness adjustment.
0
2 steps up/down from
initial setting (total: 5
steps)
C―
The standard brightness while manual
adjustment is selected can be changed us-
ing the brightness adjustment.
0
20 steps up/down
from initial setting
(total: 41 steps)
C―
The display angle can be changed. 0
3steps up/down from
initial setting (total:
7steps)
C―
Navigation guidance Display/non-display On On/Off C ―
*1 Though these systems can be turned Off, doing so will defeat the purpose of the system and Mazda
recommends that these systems remain On.
*2 Only the volume of the warning beep during Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) operation can be changed. The
volume of the warning beep during Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) operation cannot be changed.
*3 This system functions only when the navigation system is functioning.
*4 If the auto-wiper control is set to Off, the wiper lever position is set to intermittent operation.
*5 If the setting is changed to Off, the following operation is performed according to the headlight switch
position:
•At position: Headlights turn off immediately after the ignition is switched off.
•At any position other than : Headlights on/off conditions vary according to the headlight switch
position. Refer to Headlights on page 4-46.
*6 When set to Off, the lights-on reminder is operable.
*7 The lights-on reminder settings can be changed at anytime, however, the lights-on reminder only operates
when the auto headlight function is set to Off. Refer to Lights-On Reminder on page 7-42.
*8 The operation may stop in 15 minutes due to the effect of the outside temperature even if the operation time of
the rear window defogger has been changed to Continuous.
*9 Available only in display from the center display.
Specifications
Personalization Features
9-14
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
10 Index
10-1
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Index
A
Accessory Socket............................ 5-131
Active Driving Display.....................4-27
Adaptive Front Lighting System
(AFS).................................................4-89
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories........................................8-17
Advanced Key
Advanced keyless entry system.....3-9
Operational range........................ 3-10
Advanced Key Removed from Vehicle
Warning Beep....................................7-43
Advanced Smart City Brake Support
(Advanced SCBS)...........................4-136
Collision warning...................... 4-138
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
Indicator Light (Red).................4-138
Stopping the Advanced Smart City
Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)
system operation........................4-139
Air Bag Systems............................... 2-44
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner
System Warning Beep.......................7-42
Ambient Temperature Display.......... 4-16
Antilock Brake System (ABS)..........4-75
Armrest Box....................................5-136
Audio Control Switch
Adjusting the Volume..................5-15
Seek Switch................................. 5-15
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
AUX.............................................5-24
Bluetooth®.................................. 5-32
Clock............................................5-22
Error Indications..........................5-31
iPod mode....................................5-28
Power/Volume/Sound Controls... 5-20
Radio............................................5-23
Troubleshooting........................... 5-61
USB............................................. 5-25
Voice Recognition....................... 5-57
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
Applications............................... 5-117
AUX.............................................5-80
Bluetooth®.................................. 5-86
Radio............................................5-73
Satellite Radio............................. 5-77
Settings...................................... 5-115
Troubleshooting......................... 5-118
USB............................................. 5-81
Voice Recognition......................5-112
Volume/Display/Sound
Controls....................................... 5-70
Audio System
Antenna........................................5-19
Appendix................................... 5-122
Audio Control Switch................. 5-15
Audio Set [Type A (non-
touchscreen)]............................... 5-20
Audio Set [Type B
(touchscreen)].............................. 5-65
AUX/USB mode..........................5-16
Before Using the Audio
System......................................... 5-15
AUTOHOLD.....................................4-69
AUTOHOLD Warning Beep.............7-45
Automatic Transaxle......................... 4-37
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)...... 4-39
Automatic transaxle controls.......4-37
Driving tips..................................4-45
Manual shift mode.......................4-40
Shift-lock system.........................4-38
Transaxle ranges..........................4-38
B
Battery............................................... 6-27
Maintenance.................................6-28
Replacement................................ 6-28
Specifications.................................9-4
Battery Runs Out.............................. 7-14
Jump-starting............................... 7-14
10-2
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Index
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM).......... 4-93
Canceling operation of Blind Spot
Monitoring (BSM).......................4-98
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Warning
Beep...................................................7-45
Bluetooth® [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
Bluetooth® Audio....................... 5-47
Bluetooth® Hands-Free...............5-50
Bluetooth® Preparation...............5-35
Bluetooth® [Type B (touchscreen)]
Bluetooth® Audio....................... 5-92
Bluetooth® Hands-Free.............5-102
Bluetooth® Preparation...............5-89
Body Lubrication.............................. 6-21
Bottle Holder...................................5-134
Brakes
Brake assist..................................4-68
Electric parking brake (EPB)...... 4-65
Foot brake....................................4-64
Pad wear indicator.......................4-67
Warning light...............................4-67
Break-In Period................................. 3-45
C
Capacities............................................ 9-5
Carbon Monoxide............................. 3-30
Cell Phones....................................... 8-18
Center Console................................5-135
Child Restraint
Child-restraint precautions.......... 2-26
Child-restraint system
installation................................... 2-31
Installing child-restraint
systems.........................................2-32
LATCH child-restraint systems... 2-40
Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors... 3-19
Climate Control System......................5-4
Fully Automatic Type..................5-11
Gas specifications..........................9-6
Manual Type..................................5-7
Operating tips................................ 5-4
Vent Operation...............................5-5
Collision warning..............................7-46
Coming Home Light......................... 4-49
Cruise Control.................................4-157
Cruise control switch.................4-157
Cruise main indication (white)/cruise
set indication (green).................4-158
Cruise Control Set Vehicle Speed
Display.............................................. 4-17
Cup Holder......................................5-133
Customer Assistance........................... 8-2
D
Dashboard Illumination.....................4-15
Daytime Running Lights...................4-51
Defogger
Mirror...........................................4-58
Rear window............................... 4-57
Dimensions..........................................9-5
Distance Recognition Support System
(DRSS)............................................ 4-105
Indication on display................. 4-106
Door Locks........................................3-11
Drive Selection..................................4-82
Driving In Flooded Area...................3-50
Driving on Uneven Road..................3-51
Driving Tips
Automatic transaxle.....................4-45
Break-in period............................3-45
Driving in flooded area............... 3-50
Driving on uneven road...............3-51
Floor mat..................................... 3-47
Hazardous driving....................... 3-46
Overloading................................. 3-50
Rocking the vehicle.....................3-47
Saving fuel and protection of the
environment................................. 3-45
Winter driving............................. 3-48
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC).....4-78
10-3
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Index
TCS/DSC indicator light............. 4-78
E
Electric parking brake (EPB)............ 4-65
Electric Parking Brake (EPB) Warning
Beep...................................................7-44
Emergency Starting
Push-starting................................ 7-17
Starting a flooded engine............ 7-17
Emergency Towing
Tiedown hooks............................ 7-21
Towing description...................... 7-20
Emission Control System..................3-29
Ending Screen Display......................4-80
Engine
Coolant.........................................6-18
Engine compartment overview.... 6-16
Exhaust gas..................................3-30
Hood release................................ 6-14
Oil................................................ 6-17
Starting...........................................4-5
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge................................................ 4-14
Essential Information.......................... 6-2
Event Data Recorder.........................8-19
Excessive Speed Warning................. 7-46
Exhaust Gas...................................... 3-30
Exterior Care.....................................6-48
Aluminum wheel maintenance.... 6-53
Bright-metal maintenance........... 6-52
Maintaining the finish................. 6-49
Plastic part maintenance..............6-53
F
Flasher
Hazard warning........................... 4-59
Headlights....................................4-46
Flat Tire...............................................7-3
Mounting the spare tire............... 7-11
Removing a flat tire...................... 7-7
Floor Mat.......................................... 3-47
Fluid
Brake............................................6-20
Washer......................................... 6-20
Fluids
Classification................................. 9-5
Fog Lights......................................... 4-51
Foot Brake.........................................4-64
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)..... 4-147
Front Seat............................................ 2-5
Fuel
Filler lid and cap......................... 3-31
Gauge...........................................4-15
Requirements............................... 3-28
Tank capacity.................................9-5
Fuel Consumption Display............... 4-80
Fuel Economy Monitor.....................4-79
Ending screen display................. 4-80
Fuel consumption display............4-80
Fuses..................................................6-42
Panel description......................... 6-44
Replacement................................ 6-42
G
Gauges............................................... 4-11
Glove Compartment........................5-135
H
Hazardous Driving............................ 3-46
Hazard Warning Flasher....................4-59
Headlights
Coming home light......................4-49
Control......................................... 4-46
Headlight flashing....................... 4-49
High-low beam............................4-49
Leaving home light..................... 4-50
Leveling....................................... 4-50
Head Restraint...................................2-16
High Beam Control System
(HBC)................................................ 4-90
10-4
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Index
High Beam Control System (HBC)
indicator light (green)..................4-91
Hill Launch Assist (HLA)................ 4-73
HomeLink Wireless Control
System............................................... 4-60
Hood Release.................................... 6-14
Horn...................................................4-59
I
If a Warning Light Turns On or
Flashes...............................................7-23
If the Active Driving Display Does Not
Operate.............................................. 7-48
Ignition
Switch............................................ 4-4
Ignition Not Switched Off (STOP)
Warning Beep....................................7-43
Illuminated Entry System............... 5-130
Immobilizer System.......................... 3-43
Indication/Indicator Lights................4-34
Indicator Lights
Low engine coolant
temperature.................................. 4-36
Wrench.........................................4-36
Inspecting Brake Fluid Level............6-20
Inspecting Coolant Level.................. 6-18
Inspecting Engine Oil Level............. 6-17
Inspecting Washer Fluid Level......... 6-20
Instrument Cluster.............................4-11
Interior Care...................................... 6-54
Active driving display
maintenance................................. 6-56
Cleaning the floor mats...............6-57
Cleaning the window interiors.....6-57
Instrument panel top (Soft pad)
maintenance................................. 6-56
Leather upholstery
maintenance................................. 6-55
Panel maintenance.......................6-56
Plastic part maintenance..............6-55
Seat belt maintenance..................6-54
Upholstery maintenance.............. 6-55
Vinyl upholstery maintenance..... 6-55
Interior Lights................................. 5-129
Luggage compartment light.......5-129
Map lights..................................5-129
Overhead lights..........................5-129
i-ACTIVSENSE................................ 4-86
Active safety technology.............4-86
Adaptive Front Lighting System
(AFS)........................................... 4-89
Advanced Smart City Brake Support
(Advanced SCBS)..................... 4-136
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM).....4-93
Camera and sensors.....................4-87
Distance Recognition Support System
(DRSS).......................................4-105
Forward Sensing Camera
(FSC)......................................... 4-147
High Beam Control System
(HBC).......................................... 4-90
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) &
Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS)..................................... 4-125
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with
Stop & Go function)..................4-112
Pre-crash safety technology.........4-87
Radar sensors (rear)...................4-155
Radar sensor (front)...................4-152
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA)...................................... 4-108
Smart Brake Support (SBS)...... 4-144
Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS).......................................4-140
Traffic Sign Recognition System
(TSR)........................................... 4-99
i-ACTIV AWD Operation.................4-83
10-5
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Index
J
Jack......................................................7-4
Jump-Starting.................................... 7-14
K
Keyless Entry System......................... 3-3
Keys.....................................................3-2
Key suspend function....................3-8
Transmitter.....................................3-4
Key Left-in-luggage Compartment
Warning beep (With the advanced
keyless function)............................... 7-44
Key Left-in-vehicle Warning Beep (With
the advanced keyless function)......... 7-44
Key Removed from Vehicle Warning
Beep...................................................7-43
Key Suspend Function........................ 3-8
L
Label Information............................... 9-2
Lane Departure Warning sound........ 7-46
Lane-change Signals......................... 4-52
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) & Lane
Departure Warning System
(LDWS)...........................................4-125
Leaving Home Light.........................4-50
Liftgate.............................................. 3-20
When Liftgate Cannot be
Opened.........................................7-47
Lighting Control................................4-46
Lights-on Reminder.......................... 7-42
Light Bulbs
Replacement................................ 6-36
Specifications.................................9-7
Lubricant Quality................................ 9-5
Luggage Compartment....................5-137
Cargo securing loops.................5-137
Cargo sub-compartment............ 5-137
Luggage Compartment Light.......... 5-129
M
Maintenance
Information.................................... 6-2
Scheduled.......................................6-4
Maintenance Monitor........................6-10
Map Lights...................................... 5-129
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop &
Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function).......................................... 4-112
Close proximity warning........... 4-115
Cruise control function..............4-122
Display indication......................4-114
Setting the system......................4-115
Stop hold control.......................4-121
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop &
Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) System Warnings...............7-46
Message Indicated in Multi-information
Display.............................................. 7-38
Message Indicated on Display.......... 7-40
Meters and Gauges............................4-11
Mirrors
Outside mirrors............................3-34
Rearview mirror.......................... 3-35
Mirror Defogger................................4-58
Moonroof...........................................3-40
Multi-information Display................ 4-19
Average fuel economy.................4-24
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
Display.........................................4-25
Compass Display.........................4-26
Cruise Control Set Vehicle Speed
Display.........................................4-26
Current fuel economy..................4-24
Distance Recognition Support System
(DRSS) Display...........................4-25
Distance-to-empty....................... 4-23
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge...........................................4-22
Fuel Gauge.................................. 4-22
10-6
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Index
Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) &
Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS) Display..........................4-26
Maintenance Monitor.................. 4-24
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with
Stop & Go function) System
Display.........................................4-25
Odometer and Trip Meter............4-21
Outside Temperature Display...... 4-23
Warning (Display Indication)...... 4-26
O
Odometer and Trip Meter................. 4-13
Outside Mirrors................................. 3-34
Outside Temperature Display............4-16
Overhead Console...........................5-135
Overhead Lights..............................5-129
Overheating....................................... 7-18
Overloading.......................................3-50
Owner Maintenance
Closing the hood......................... 6-15
Engine compartment overview....6-16
Key battery replacement..............6-29
Opening the hood........................ 6-14
Owner maintenance
precautions...................................6-12
P
Personalization Features..................... 9-9
Power Liftgate...................................3-22
Power Liftgate Warning Beep...........7-44
Power Steering.................................. 4-85
Power Steering Warning Buzzer....... 7-45
Power Windows................................ 3-37
R
Radar Sensors (Rear)...................... 4-155
Radar Sensor (Front).......................4-152
Rearview Mirror................................3-35
Rear Coat Hooks.............................5-139
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA).... 4-108
Rear Door Child Safety Locks..........3-19
Rear Seat............................................. 2-9
Rear View Monitor......................... 4-166
Displayable range on the
screen......................................... 4-168
Picture quality adjustment......... 4-173
Rear view monitor operation..... 4-169
Rear view parking camera
location...................................... 4-167
Switching to the rear view monitor
display........................................4-167
Variance between actual road
conditions and displayed
Image......................................... 4-172
Viewing the display...................4-169
Rear Window Defogger.................... 4-57
Rear Window Washer....................... 4-56
Rear Window Wiper......................... 4-56
Recommended Oil.............................6-17
Recording of Vehicle Data................8-20
Recreational Towing......................... 3-60
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country..............................................8-16
Replacement
Fuse..............................................6-42
Key battery.................................. 6-29
Light bulbs...................................6-36
Tires............................................. 6-33
Wheel...........................................6-35
Wiper........................................... 6-22
Request Switch Inoperable Warning
Beep (With the advanced keyless
function)............................................ 7-44
Rocking the Vehicle..........................3-47
S
Safety Defects, Reporting................. 8-12
10-7
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Index
Saving Fuel and Protection of the
Environment...................................... 3-45
Scheduled Maintenance...................... 6-4
Seats.................................................... 2-5
Driving position memory.............. 2-7
Front seat.......................................2-5
Front seat warmer..........................2-6
Head restraint.............................. 2-16
Rear seat........................................ 2-9
Rear seat warmer.........................2-14
Seat Belt System............................... 2-21
Automatic locking....................... 2-20
Emergency locking......................2-20
Extender.......................................2-24
Pregnant women.......................... 2-20
Seat belt precautions................... 2-18
3-point type................................. 2-21
Seat Belt Warning Beep....................7-43
Security System
Immobilizer system..................... 3-43
Smart Brake Support (SBS)............4-144
Collision warning...................... 4-146
Stopping the Smart Brake Support
(SBS) system operation.............4-146
Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS)............................................ 4-140
Collision warning...................... 4-142
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
Indicator Light (Red).................4-142
Stopping the Smart City Brake
Support (SCBS) System
Operation................................... 4-143
Spare Tire............................................7-4
Specifications...................................... 9-4
Speedometer...................................... 4-13
SRS Air Bags
Front passenger occupant
classification system....................2-58
How the SRS air bags work........ 2-52
Limitations to SRS air bag.......... 2-56
Monitoring................................... 2-62
SRS air bag deployment
criteria..........................................2-55
Supplemental restraint system
components..................................2-51
Starting the Engine..............................4-5
Steering Wheel..................................3-33
Horn............................................. 4-59
Storage Compartments....................5-135
Armrest box...............................5-136
Center console........................... 5-135
Glove compartment................... 5-135
Luggage compartment............... 5-137
Overhead console...................... 5-135
Rear coat hooks......................... 5-139
Sunshade............................................3-42
Sunvisors......................................... 5-128
T
Tachometer........................................ 4-14
Three-flash Turn Signal.................... 4-52
Tiedown
Hook............................................ 7-21
Tires...................................................6-31
Flat tire.......................................... 7-3
Replacing a tire........................... 6-33
Replacing a wheel....................... 6-35
Snow tires....................................3-48
Specifications.................................9-7
Temporary spare tire....................6-34
Tire chains................................... 3-49
Tire inflation pressure................. 6-31
Tire rotation.................................6-32
Uniform tire quality grading system
(UTQGS)..................................... 8-21
Tire Inflation Pressure Warning
Beep...................................................7-45
Tire Information................................ 8-23
Tire Pressure Monitoring System....4-162
Towing
Recreational towing.....................3-60
10-8
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
Index
Trailer towing.............................. 3-52
Towing Description...........................7-20
Traction Control System (TCS)........ 4-76
TCS OFF Indicator Light............ 4-77
TCS OFF Switch.........................4-77
TCS/DSC indicator light............. 4-76
Traffic Sign Recognition System
(TSR).................................................4-99
Transmitter.......................................... 3-4
Trip Computer...................................4-17
Trip Meter......................................... 4-13
Trouble
Battery runs out...........................7-14
Emergency starting......................7-17
Emergency towing.......................7-20
Flat tire.......................................... 7-3
Overheating................................. 7-18
Parking in an emergency...............7-2
When Liftgate Cannot be
Opened.........................................7-47
Turn Signals...................................... 4-52
U
USB Power Outlet.......................... 5-132
V
Vanity Mirrors.................................5-128
Vehicle Information Labels.................9-2
W
Warning Indication/Warning
Lights.................................................4-30
Warning Sound is Activated............. 7-42
Advanced Key removed from vehicle
warning beep............................... 7-43
Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep................... 7-42
AUTOHOLD Warning Beep....... 7-45
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
warning beep............................... 7-45
Collision warning........................ 7-46
Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Beep.............................. 7-44
Excessive speed warning.............7-46
Ignition not switched off (STOP)
warning beep............................... 7-43
Key left-in-luggage compartment
warning beep (With the advanced
keyless function)..........................7-44
Key left-in-vehicle warning beep
(With the advanced keyless
function).......................................7-44
Key removed from vehicle warning
beep..............................................7-43
Lane Departure Warning sound...7-46
Lights-on reminder...................... 7-42
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with
Stop & Go function) system
warnings.......................................7-46
Power Liftgate Warning Beep..... 7-44
Power steering warning buzzer....7-45
Request switch inoperable warning
beep (With the advanced keyless
function).......................................7-44
Seat belt warning beep................ 7-43
Tire inflation pressure warning
beep..............................................7-45
Warranty............................................ 8-14
Weights................................................9-6
Windows
Power windows........................... 3-37
Windshield Washer........................... 4-56
Windshield Wipers............................4-53
Windshield Wiper De-icer................ 4-57
Winter Driving.................................. 3-48
Wiper
Replacing Rear Window Wiper
Blade............................................6-25
Replacing windshield wiper
blades........................................... 6-22
10-9
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
10-10
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
10-11
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27
10-12
CX-5_8GN5-EA-17J_Edition1 2017-8-18 12:58:27

Navigation menu